{"1": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4388", "width": "2796", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0001.jp2"}, "2": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4458", "width": "2841", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0002.jp2"}, "3": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4388", "width": "2732", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0003.jp2"}, "4": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4024", "width": "2498", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0004.jp2"}, "5": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4024", "width": "2498", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0005.jp2"}, "6": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4024", "width": "2498", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0006.jp2"}, "7": {"fulltext": "Health at Home\\nA DIGEST OF\\nMODERN MEDICAL SCIENCE\\nCOMPILED FROM STANDARD AUTHORITIES\\nBY\\nHOME REMEDY COMPANY,\\nIOWA CITY, IOWA.\\n1900.\\nL", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0007.jp2"}, "8": {"fulltext": "33376\\njL.ibrary of Congress\\nj 1*0 LORIES feUH ED\\nAUG 11 1900\\nCopyright entry\\nSECOND COPY,\\nDelivered to\\nORDER DIVISION,\\nAUG 27 1900\\ncopyright, 1900\\nBy Home Remedy Company\\niowa city, iowa\\n68740\\nIowa Citizen Publishing Company,\\nprinters and binders.\\niowa city, iowa.\\nf\\\\CS\\\\\\nWis", "height": "4396", "width": "2846", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0008.jp2"}, "9": {"fulltext": "TABLE OF CONTENTS\\nIntroduction.\\nHygiene Health Rules.\\nSoils.\\nWater.\\nRemoval of Excreta.\\nAir.\\nPhysiology of Digestion.\\nFood.\\nDiscussion of Foods.\\nAlcoholic Beverages.\\nNon-alcoholic Beverages.\\nExercise.\\nClothing.\\nDisinfection and Deodoriza-\\ntion.\\nGeneral Remarks.\\nNursing.\\nThe Sick Room.\\nThe Bed.\\nBed Sores.\\nCirculation of the Blood.\\nTemperature.\\nClinical Thermometer.\\nRespiration.\\nVentilation.\\nDiet in Disease.\\nSick Room Dietary.\\nInjections into the Bowel.\\nCounter-irritants\\nPoultices.\\nBaths.\\nMassage.\\nThe Urine.\\nThe Observation of Symp-\\ntoms,\\nGeneral Diseases.\\nSmallpox.\\nErysipelas St. Anthony s\\nFire.\\nDysentery Bloody Flux\\nMalarial Fever Intermittent\\nFever\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Fever and Ague\\nSwamp Fever.\\nHydrophobia.\\nGlanders and Anthrax.\\nTrichinosis.\\nBronchitis.\\nAsthma.\\nHay Fever.\\nCongestion of the Lungs.\\nPneumonia Lung Fever.\\nTuberculosis Consumption.\\nPleurisy.\\nDiseases of the Heart.\\nAcute Catarrh of the Stom-\\nach Acute Indigestion.\\nDiseases of the Stomach.\\nInflammation of the Bowels.\\nColic Gripes.\\nCholera Morbus.\\nHemorrhoids Piles.\\nDiseases of the Intestines.\\nDiseases of the Liver.\\nNeuralgia.\\nHabitual Headache Sick\\nHeadache.\\nParalysis.\\nDiseases of the Spinal Cord.\\nInfantile Paralysis.\\nApoplexy.\\nDelirium Tremens.\\nHeat Stroke\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Sun Stroke.\\nHysteria.\\nNervous Prostration.\\nBright s Disease.\\nCatarrh of the Bladder\\nRheumatism.\\nDiabetes.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0009.jp2"}, "10": {"fulltext": "TABLE OF CONTENTS.\\nCONTINUED.\\nScrofula.\\nDifferences Noticed in Disea-\\nses.\\nChildren and Their Diseases,\\nGeneral Care of Infants and\\nChildren.\\nPeculiarities of Disease in\\nChildren.\\nThe Administration of Reme-\\ndies.\\nCounter-irritants\\nPoultices.\\nDoses of Medicine for Chil-\\ndren.\\nDiseases of the New-born\\nChild.\\nInfant Feeding and Nutrition.\\nDiseases Dependent upon\\nFood and Feeding.\\nDiseases of the Digestive\\nSystem.\\nDiseases of the Stomach.\\nDiseases of the Intestines.\\nWorms.\\nDiseases of the Liver.\\nDiseases of the Respiratory-\\nSystem.\\nDiseases of the Genital Or-\\ngans.\\nDiseases of the Nervous Sys-\\ntem.\\nBone, Joint and Skin Dis-\\neases.\\nSpecific Infectious Diseases.\\nScarlet Fever.\\nMeasles.\\nGerman Measles.\\nChickenpox.\\nWhooping Cough.\\nMumps.\\nDiphtheria.\\nTyphoid Fever.\\nInfluenza La Grippe.\\nSurgery.\\nInflammation.\\nAntiseptics and Surgical\\nDressings.\\nHemorrhage.\\nWounds.\\nSnake Bites.\\nLock Jaw Tetanus.\\nBurns and Scalds Frostbite.\\nCarbuncle.\\nObstetrics\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Childbirth.\\nTreatment of Poisoning.\\nTreatment of Cases of Drown-\\ning.\\nDiseases of the Eye and Ear.\\nDiseases of the Nose and\\nThroat.\\nIndex of Symptoms.\\nGeneral Index.\\nGlossary.\\nAppendix.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0010.jp2"}, "11": {"fulltext": "PREFACE.\\nThe need of a comprehensive book upon the subject of Medi-\\ncine, and a book which can be read and understood by all seems\\nto exist. The book which is here offered to the reading public\\nmakes no claim to be in any sense an original work but is a\\ncompilation from the best writers of the day upon the subjects\\ntreated. Many practical points, learned by personal experience,\\nwill be found in the volume but all standard authorities have\\nbeen consulted and freely used in the preparation of this work.\\nThe authors do not claim that the book is a complete store-house\\nof medical knowledge but rather a collection of practical hints\\nand methods which will be an ever present aid in the home and\\nwhich will furnish the means for gaining some slight medical\\nknowledge by the people at large.\\nThe diseases have been taken up under two heads general, and\\nand children s, and in but few cases are the diseases described\\nunder both heads. Where a disease is a disease of children and\\nalso of adults it has, in most cases, been taken up under one head\\nand reference made to the other form of the disease.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0011.jp2"}, "12": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0012.jp2"}, "13": {"fulltext": "INTRODUCTION\\nThere has been, for many years, much discussion among lead-\\ning physicians respecting the propriety of spreading knowledge\\nof medical subjects among the common people. A certain gdass\\nof the profession have bitterly opposed the idea of popularization\\nof medical subjects, claiming that more harm than good would\\nbe done by so doing, since unqualified /persons would thereby\\nbe led to undertake the management of cases which require\\nthe educated judgment and skill possessed alone by the physician\\nwho has had a long course of training in schools, and an exten-\\nsive bedside experience.\\nWe have long believed that this objection was based upon a\\npartial and prejudiced view of the subject, and that a considera-\\ntion of its various bearings from a more liberal standpoint would\\nlead candid thinkers to a different conclusion. It would not be\\nurged that because everyone cannot become learned in all the\\nabstractions of modern theology, the masses should be kept in\\nutter ignorance of religious theories, notwithstanding the possi-\\nbility that such knowledge might be used in an unwise manner\\nunder some circumstances. Every man, who desires to do so,\\nhas as good a right to learn all he is capable of comprehending\\nof the science of medicine, as he has of the science of mathemat-\\nics, astronomy, law, or any other department of human knowledge.\\nWe further hold that the best way to check the rapidly increas-\\ning consumption of patent medicines and the patronizing of\\nthe innumerable quacks who claim to perform miracles, is to\\neducate the people out of the superstitions upon which alone the\\nnostrum vendor and the brazen quack thrive and flourish.\\nTo this end the study of anatomy, physiology, hygiene, and\\nparticularly the laws of life, with the influence thereon of habits,\\nconditions and surroundings, should enter largely into the educa-\\ntion of the young and should be carried on through life. They\\nshould be taught that all unhealthy conditions are the result of", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0013.jp2"}, "14": {"fulltext": "10 HEAI/fH AT HOME.\\ntransgressions of nature s laws, that every effect has its ante-\\ncedent cause and that these effects follow their causes as certainly\\nas night follows day. They should be taught the difference\\nbetween a healthy and an unhealthy environment. These sub-\\njects are fully treated in the chapter upon Hygiene and should\\nbe read and studied carefully by everyone. It has been the\\nendeavor of the authors of this book to produce a comprehensive\\ndigest of the latest standard authorities known to the scientific\\nprofession of medicine, upon all the subjects treated, avoiding as\\nfar as possible the use of technical names, and where it is neces-\\nsary to make use of technical terms, to fully explain their mean-\\ning in simple language. Our idea is not to place in the hands of\\nthe public a book, and it s accompanying cabinet of remedies and\\nappliances, which will enable them to dispense with the physi-\\ncian in all cases, but rather to provide a means by which the\\nefforts of the physician may be supplemented and many visits\\nrendered unnecessary. Long and extensive experience has con-\\nvinced us that a large proportion of the visits made by physicians\\nare unnecessary and could have been avoided had the proper\\nremedies been at hand and the ordinary knowledge and common\\nsense required for their use been exercised. Nature herself is a\\ngrand physician, and, given opportunity, performs wonderful\\ncures. The most successful physicians are those who constantly\\nrecognize nature s power as a healer and who direct their efforts\\nto the removal of the cause of sickness and to aiding nature to\\nrestore normal conditions. In the preparation of the cabinet of\\nremedies which accompanies this work we have carefully selected\\nonly those remedies and combinations which have been thor-\\noughly tested and proved to be safe and reliable, and which are\\nknown to produce the result desired in the particular conditions\\nfor which they are prescribed. We have adopted the plan of\\npreparing all of our remedies in tablet form and as far as possible\\nmaking use of only the active principle of the drug in the tablet.\\nBy this plan we secure a form of drug which will not deteriorate\\nby keeping, as the powders from which the tablets are made are\\nthoroughly dried before being compressed. Our specially designed\\nscrew top bottles, by hermetically sealing the bottle when screwed\\ndown tightly, also affords additional means of preserving the\\npurity of our preparations. A further reason for the use of the", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0014.jp2"}, "15": {"fulltext": "HEAI/1 H AT HOMK. 11\\nuse of the tablet form in our remedies is that it enables us to\\nuse the most accurate dose and reduce to a minimum the\\nquantity of drug necessary to produce the desired effect, thus\\navoiding overloading the stomach with irritating and nauseous\\ndrugs, which is unavoidable when the ordinary form of tinctures\\nand fluid extracts is used. In the preparation of our tablets we\\nhave used the minimum single dose in each tablet, thus render-\\ning the taking of an overdose impossible except by the exercise\\nof the most gross carelessness. Throughout this work we have,\\nwhen recommending a drug or remedy, referred to such drug or\\nremedy by number. Our reason for this is that many drugs bear\\nsimilar names and to one unfamiliar with scientific and technical\\nterms, great danger ol mixing drugs by confusion of names\\nwould exist; particularly would this be so when laboring under\\nstress of excitement in case of sudden illness, or injury, or should\\nthe necessity of immediate use of a drug occur during the dark-\\nness of night. Again in making the selection of a remedy from\\nthe cabinet it is much more easy to find a certain number, when\\narranged in order, than it would be to find the same remedy if it\\nwere necessary to look for an unfamiliar name, and to avoid all\\npossible error each individual tablet bears its proper number.\\nIn the further preparation of the Home Remedy Cabinet we have\\nincluded such instruments and appliances as our experience has\\ntaught us can be used to great advantage in every home, and by\\ntheir use much knowledge can be obtained which would other-\\nwise be impossible. Kvery instrument and appliance is standard\\nand thoroughly reliable and when used intelligently and care-\\nfully add enormously to the value and usefulness of the cabinet.\\nIn the administration of remedies to obtain the best results it is\\nessential that they be absolutely pure, and free from deleterious\\nsubstances. The Home Remedy Company guarantee the absolute\\npurity of all their preparations and advise that all remedies be\\nprocured from them. Bach cabinet contains a printed list, with\\nprices attached, and we guarantee to supply the remedies at\\nthe prices there named which are lower than druggist s prices,\\nand we guarantee absolute purity and reliability. The Home\\nRemedy Company also carries a full line of drug supplies and\\nappliances which will be found listed in the back of this book,\\nand from which list the users of the book and remedy cabinet", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0015.jp2"}, "16": {"fulltext": "12 HKAI/TH AT HOME).\\ncan order, either by mail or express, whatever articles they may\\nneed, with absolute assurance of fair dealing and reliability. All\\nof our goods are listed at the lowest price consistent with the best\\nof material and reliability.\\nAs good health is man s best inheritance, every precaution\\nshould be taken to preserve and maintain the body in a healthy,\\nand normal condition, and that this effort is constantly being\\nmade is proven by the wide spread use of innumerable patent\\nmedicines, nostrums and so-called panaceas. To such an\\nextent has the use of nostrums spread, that it may almost be said\\nto constitute a national habit, and it is to combat this use of\\npatent medicines which have for their purpose merely the\\nrelief of certain symptoms, and not the cure of the disease, that\\nthe book, Health at Home, and its accompanying Home\\nRemedy Cabinet, is placed in the hands of the people, so that\\nany one ot ordinary intelligence may be able to recognize the\\nmore common forms of ailments and apply the correct and scien-\\ntific remedy demanded, thus preventing the saturation of the\\nsystem with what are usually but combinations of alcoholics and\\nopiates, which, if continued, result in poisoning the system, dis-\\narranging the digestive functions, and disturbing the nerve cen-\\ntres, often leading to the formation of the drug habit, which pro-\\nduces untold suffering and misery. No home should be without\\nthe simple remedies needed to relieve the ordinary forms of\\ndisease; and indeed such remedies as quinine, salts, sage tea and\\nvarious salves are found in every home. But how much better\\nit is to have at hand ready for instant use pure and safe remedies\\nof known scientific value, with full directions for their use. What\\na comfort it is to parents to know that they have at hand means\\nfor treating any and all conditions which may arise in the lives\\nof their children? With the book, Health at Home, and the\\nHome Remedy Cabinet at hand, the strident, barking congh of\\ncroup looses its terrors, the cold in the chest may receive its\\nproper remedy at the proper time, the delerium of high fever in\\na teething child may be checked and convulsions prevented, and\\nthe mother will time and again have the satisfaction of hearing\\nthe physician, when he arrives, say to her: Your prompt treat-\\nment has prevented your baby from having lung fever. In this\\nway the preparatory treatment will have begun and much time", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0016.jp2"}, "17": {"fulltext": "HBAIvTH AT HOME. 13\\nand many visits by the doctor will have been saved, thus lessen-\\ning the expense, besides saving the patient much suffering. As\\na further means of economy may be mentioned the time lost to\\na wage earner by sickness, which may be greatly lessened by\\nprompt application of the proper remedies before the disease has\\nfastened itself upon the system, and also by careful observance of\\nthe rules of healthful living, which latter are fully and plainly\\nbrought out in the chapters on Hygiene and Diet, many of the\\ncommon ailments may be entirely prevented and, after all, the\\ntendency of modern scientific medicine is toward the prevention\\nrather than the cure of disease, and the true physician endeavors\\nby advice and teaching to so educate and train his patients that\\nthey may avoid disease. That this is true is shown by the great\\nreduction in the frequency and virulence of epidemic diseases. In\\nfact, epidemics have almost disappeared in most civilized coun-\\ntries, and could the mass of people be brought to avoid errors of\\ndiet, excesses of passion and exposures to inclemencies of weather,\\nas they avoid exposure to smallpox, diphtheria or scarlet fever, a\\nvast amount of functional disease would disappear.\\nWith this object, of preventing disease as far a possible, we\\nhave devoted separate chapters to Hygiene and Diet and have\\nendeavored to place before our readers in a condensed form all\\nthe essentials of right living, and to describe in as clear a manner\\nas possible the environment best suited for normal and perfect\\ndevelopment of the human organism. It will probably seem to\\nour readers that such an environment borders upon the ideal\\nthis may be true, and is, in fact, what we have endeavored to\\ndepict, since, after all, the highest aim in life should be the attain-\\nment of the ideal, and happiest is he who most nearly approaches\\nthe goal. With this explanation let us urge upon you to care-\\nfully read and study, at your leisure, the chapters upon Hygiene\\nand Diet, confident that you will be amply repaid.\\nIn the preparation of this book we have found it necessary to\\ncombat in its teachings many ancient superstitions, and the use-\\nfulness of many household remedies for ills and sickness will be\\ndenied but resting securely upon the solid foundation of scien-\\ntific knowledge we do not hesitate to overthrow such household\\nidols as the belief that if a running sore is checked it will break\\nout elsewhere a popular belief which has numbered its victims", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0017.jp2"}, "18": {"fulltext": "14 HKAI/TH AT HOME.\\nby the millions. Take the one instance of a discharging ear,\\nwhere even the standard advice of the old fashioned physician\\nwas, Do not dry up the discharge or it will cause inflammation of\\nthe brain, an idea conceived in ignorance and nurtured in lack\\nof ability to cure the disease, and because having seen certain\\ncases in which a cessation of the discharge from the ear had been\\nfollowed by inflammation of the brain, the conclusion came that\\nthe stopping of the discharge caused the more serious inflamma-\\ntion of the brain, when the opposite condition in reality prevailed\\nand the extension of the inflammation of the ear to the brain\\ncaused the stoppage of the discharge from the ear, and had the\\ninflammation of the ear been properly treated and the discharge\\nstopped, the inflammation of the brain would not have occurred.\\nAgain, many a cut or scratch has been prevented from healing\\nby first intention and caused to suppurate by the application of a\\nbread and milk poultice, which is allowed to remain until decom-\\nposition of the mass begins, in the vain hope that it will draw\\nout the fever. By this plan the conditions are such that the\\nformation of pus is favored and the wound, instead of closing at\\nonce as it would do under antiseptic dressing, leaving but little,\\nif any, scar, must heal by granulation and leave broad dense\\nscars, significant of improper and uncleanly methods of treatment\\nof wounds.\\nFrom the preceding paragraph it will be seen how necessary\\nit is that some means of scientific knowledge of wounds and\\ninjuries should be in every home, and for this reason the chapters\\nupon Surgery, Surgical Dressings and Antiseptics are especially\\nfull and complete, and every parent should carefully study the\\nprinciples and methods therein set forth. With the knowledge\\nto be obtained from such perusal and the use of the dressings and\\nappliances found in the cabinet, prompt and proper treatment\\nmay be given all the ordinary injuries likely to occur.\\nTo mothers, especially young mothers and those living far\\nfrom drug stores and doctors, will the chapters devoted to the\\ncare and rearing of infants be interesting and helpful. Every\\nrule, every statement, and all the advice contained in the chap-\\nters named has the highest authority and has been verified time\\nand again in daily practice and observation. By careful atten-\\ntion to the teachings given in the section devoted to the diseases", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0018.jp2"}, "19": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOMK. 15\\nand management of children, a vast amount of infantile suffering\\nmay be prevented and thousands of children reared to maturity and\\nmade useful members of society who would otherwise sicken and\\ndie solely from lack of care through ignorance on the part of the\\nmother, of the proper manner of caring for her babe. The chil-\\ndren of the household are God given treasures, and the most\\nsacred obligations of motherhood enforce the duty of knowledge\\nof the best and proper methods of caring for helpless infants, and\\nfailure to so instruct herself comes but little short of crime on\\nthe part of her to whom infant life is intrusted. The chapter\\nupon Nursing is in some respects the most important of all. In\\nit are given the essentials of good nursing as it is now taught in\\nour modern training schools. There is no nobler occupation than\\nthat of ministering to the comfort of the sick and suffering, and\\nnothing is more important in the treatment of disease than proper\\ncare and nursing. Thousands of desperate cases have been saved\\nfrom death by a faithful and devoted nurse and in many dis-\\neases good nursing occupies an equal place with good medicine.\\nWhat could be more grateful to the fever tormented sufferer than\\nthe refreshing sponge bath administered by a skillful nurse, or\\nwhat is more important to the favorable termination of a case of\\ntyphoid fever than a constant care and regulation of the diet by a\\nskilled and intelligent nurse?\\nIn the human system there is a constant change taking place\\nin the tissues. This change is called waste and repair and to\\nmaintain the normal equilibrium of the body, the necessary\\nmaterial for repair must be constantly supplied. This material\\nis furnished by the food taken into the body, and the perfection\\nof repair depends upon the character and quantity of the mate-\\nrial furnished. In the chapter on Food and Diet the subject is\\nfully discussed and the advice there given is based upon the\\nbest physiological knowledge obtainable and should be carefully\\nstudied by everyone.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0019.jp2"}, "20": {"fulltext": "u", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0022.jp2"}, "21": {"fulltext": "HYGIENE\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Health Rules.\\nAccording to Dr. Parkes, Hygiene is the art of preserving\\nhealth; that is, of obtaining the most perfect action of mind and\\nbody during as long a period as is consistent with the laws of life.\\nIn other words it aims at rendering growth more perfect, decay\\nless rapid, life more vigorous, death more remote. Taking the\\nword hygiene in the largest sense it signifies rules for perfect cul-\\nture of mind and body. It is impossible to dissociate the two.\\nThe body is affected by every mental and moral action the mind\\nis profoundly influenced by bodily conditions. For a perfect\\nsystem of hygiene we must train the body, the intellect, and the\\nmoral faculties in a perfect and balanced order.\\nWhether the world will ever see such a system of hygiene no\\none can say, but as time passes, glimmerings of hope may be\\nseen. While mankind still suffers from indulgence and weakness\\nand many errors, it can be truly said that knowledge is increas-\\ning and that if mankind would but make use of the knowledge\\nattainable he could to a large degree control his future physical\\nbeing.\\nAgain quoting from Dr. Parkes It is undoubtedly true that\\nwe can, even now, literally choose between health and disease\\nnot, perhaps, always individually, for the sins of our fathers\\nmay be visited upon us, or the customs of our civilization and\\nsocial customs may gall us, or even our fellow men may deny us\\nhealth, or the knowledge which leads to health. But as a race\\nman holds his destiny in his own hand and can choose between\\ngood and evil, and as time unrolls the scheme of the world it is\\nnot too much to hope that the choice will be for good.\\nConsidering only that part of hygiene which has to do with\\nthe subjects treated from a medical standpoint, we may arrange a\\nsystem of rules governing the life of individuals and communities\\nat different periods of their existence. We would commence with", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0023.jp2"}, "22": {"fulltext": "18 HEAI/TH AT HOMK.\\nthe mother and regulate her health before the birth of the child,\\nthus securing the best development possible for the unborn babe.\\nAfter a child is born, the life of the individual may be divided\\ninto three grand divisions or epochs First, growth or develop-\\nment is the most important of all periods, since the growing or-\\nganism is much more profoundly influenced by environment than\\nit is after the body has reached maturity and ceased to grow, and\\nit is during this period that best results of hygienic living are to\\nbe attained second, maturity, during which epoch physical growth\\npractically ceases, and the body remains seemingly stationary,\\nsurrounded by fixed habits, often so powerful in their influence\\nas to negative, in large degree, the influences of environment;\\nthird, decay, the epoch during which man travels down the\\nhill of life, and, losing the protecting power of fixed habits,\\ngradually becomes more and more susceptible to the influences of\\nenvironment. Decay progresses without actual disease, attacking\\nfirst one portion of the body and then another, until general de-\\ncay and death arrives. In these several epochs of his life\\nthe human being would have to be considered. First: In\\nrelation to the natural conditions which surround him and\\nwhich he must have in order to live. These essential con-\\nditions of life are air, water, food, heat and light. Second:\\nIn his relation to his fellow men, as in the effect of such social\\nand communal customs as trades, character of dwellings, clothing,\\npolitical influences, and sexual relations, all of which have an\\ninfluence upon his mental and moral being, and through these\\nchannels affect the physical being. Third In relation to his\\npersonality, feelings, thoughts, desires, and all mental processes,\\nwhich affect the health and require self -regulation and control.\\nSuch a plan of hygienic control, if followed out to its ultimate\\nresults, would revolutionize the world.\\nThere are, however, many reasons why such a comprehensive\\nplan of hygienic control could not be carried out, no matter how\\nhonestly the individual might strive for the attainment of the\\nideal. One reason, for example, why perfection in hygienic\\nrules cannot be attained is the fact that the carrying on of many\\nof the trades and vocations demanded by civilization require not\\nonly that the individual engaged in conducting the work shall\\nbe surrounded by evil conditions, but the conditions of the work", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0024.jp2"}, "23": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOME. 19\\nare such that whole communities in the vicinities of the works\\nor factory are brought within its contaminating influences. Pure\\nair is a necessity for health, but how much control can an indi-\\nvidual exercise over the fouling of the atmosphere of a commun-\\nity by the smoke of a dozen tall factory chimneys An instance\\nillustrating this point is afforded by the atmospheric conditions\\nsurrounding the large copper smelters at Butte, Montana. The\\nore which is smelted contains large amounts of arsenic and anti-\\nmony, the fumes from which escape in considerable quantities,\\ncausing a large number of cases of sickness among those people\\nliving in the vicinity of the works. Foul streets, poor drainage,\\na contaminated water supply are all general unhygienic conditions\\nover which the individual has but a limited control, and which\\nproperly belong to State Medicine, a branch of greatest impor-\\ntance and one which, fortunately for all, is becoming more\\ngenerally recognized each year as a public necessity and benefac-\\ntion, and the scope of which is being constantly widened. There\\nexist, however, conditions which at the present time are, and we\\nfear will continue to be, beyond the reach of state control as for\\nexample the dwellings of a large number of the poorer classes,\\nwhich are unfit for human habitation. This is true not only in\\nour cities, but even to a greater extent in many rural districts.\\nThis lamentable condition can be changed only by educating the\\npeople and teaching them not only the evils of unhygienic living,\\nbut how to live properly.\\nSOILS.\\nSoils consist of mineral, vegetable and often animal substances\\nin the spaces between each particle of soil are also air and often\\nwater. The conditions and constituents of soil have an impor-\\ntant bearing upon health, and in this chapter will be given the\\nimportant rules governing the selection of the best soil for a\\nhome, and that the subject may be made clear each constituent\\nof the soil will be taken up and discussed separately.\\nAir in the Soil Only the hardest rocks are free from air;\\nloose sand, gravel and dirt contain the greatest amount of air. It", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0025.jp2"}, "24": {"fulltext": "20 HEALTH AT HOME-\\nis rnoist, very rich in carbon dioxide, and often contains organic\\nsubstances and germs derived from decaying animal and vege-\\ntable material. The air in soils is in continual movement, especi-\\nally if the soil be dry. This point is important, as currents of\\nair from the ground are frequently drawn into the dwelling, and\\nshould such air be drawn from the vicinity of a cesspool or\\nbroken drain, disease germs will be introduced and sickness\\nresult. The only certain manner of preventing ground air from\\nentering the house is to thoroughly cement the floor of the cellar\\nand plaster the foundation walls upon the inner surface with a\\ngood coat of hydraulic cement. All houses built upon made\\nsoils, or upon ground which has been filled in, should be thor-\\noughly cemented before being occupied. A good substitute for\\nthe cement is asphalt. Where neither cement nor asphalt can be\\nsecured the house should be raised clear of the ground and free\\nventilation of the space between the surface of the ground and\\nfloor of the house provided by numerous openings in the founda-\\ntion walls upon opposite sides of the house. As a rule loose,\\nporous soil is considered the most healthy; this, however, is not\\nso much on account of the character of the air which it contains\\nas because of its better drainage and freedom from moisture.\\nThe diseases which have been attributed to ground air are:\\nintermittent fever, typhoid fever, yellow fever, epidemic diar-\\nrhea, cholera, dysentery and diphtheria.\\nWater in the Soil In soil we have moisture and ground\\nwater. When air as well as water is found in the soil it is merely\\nmoist. When ground water is spoken of, we mean the water\\nthat fills all the spaces between the solid particles of the soil.\\nThe amount of water in the soil depends upon the character of the\\nsoil, but water is found to a greater or less degree in all soils,\\nfrom the loose porous sand to the hardest granite, which latter\\nwill contain from five to fifty pints of water per cubic yard of\\nstone. The water in the soil is derived from two sources that\\nwhich falls as rain and is absorbed by the soil, and that ground\\nwater which comes up from below, chiefly by capillary attraction,\\nthe water following minute cracks and channels in the soil.\\nThese ground waters carry more or less minute mineral sub-\\nstances, such as iron, lime, magnesium, sulphur and soda, and", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0026.jp2"}, "25": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 21\\nshould their channel carry them into the vicinity of any decaying\\nanimal or vegetable matter, contamination may and does occur.\\nThe Effect of Ground Water upon Health: Wet soil affects\\nhealth in two ways first, by the water itself causing a cold soil\\nand a damp air, thus favoring the development of catarrh and\\nrheumatism, and second, by aiding decomposition of organic\\nsubstances, thus producing poisonous emanations.\\nDecomposition of organic substances, animal or vegetable, is\\nthe result of three factors heat, air and moisture. The most\\nimportant of all is moisture. A substance perfectly dry cannot\\nundergo decomposition, as decomposition is produced by low\\nforms of life, classed under the general term of germs, which\\ncannot exist without the presence of moisture.\\nThe diseases which are either the direct result of or are ren-\\ndered more active by moist conditions of the soil are rheumatism,\\ncatarrh and neuralgia. They thrive and are more violent on\\nmoist, cold soil. Most people are more healthy on a dry soil.\\nConsumption: Statistics show that thorough draining of the\\nsoil has greatly diminished the death rate from consumption in\\ncertain localities.\\nMalarial Fever: All localities in which malarial fever flour-\\nishes are wet; but it seems necessary that a certain degree of heat\\nmust obtain in order that the germ of malarial fever may reach\\nits fullest development. Thus we find that in the swampy low\\nlands of warm countries malarial fever is ever present, while in\\nthe no less extensive swamps and marshes of the far north\\nmalarial fever is seldom or never encountered. When localities\\nwhich have been noted for the violence of malarial fever have\\nbeen thoroughly drained it is found that the malarial fever disap-\\npears or is greatly reduced in violence and frequency. In newly\\nopened agricultural districts, where there is extensive upturning\\nof the soil and imperfect drainage, malarial fever prevails, but as\\nyears pass and drainage systems become perfected, a gradual\\ndisappearance of malarial fever is noted.\\nTyphoid Fever, Cholera, Epidemic Diarrhea a?id Dysentery:\\nThese are more virulent and fatal in wet, poorly drained local-\\nities, since the specific germs by which these diseases are caused\\nfind suitable conditions for development in the moist condition of\\nthe soil.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0027.jp2"}, "26": {"fulltext": "22 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nWATER.\\nA sufficient supply of good water is an absolutely essential\\nelement of good sanitary surroundings and health. Without\\npure water or with an insufficient supply health always suffers.\\nImpurities in drinking water are perhaps the most prolific causes\\nof illness undoubted evidence has been furnished of late years\\npointing directly to the water supply as the means of introduction\\ninto the system of the germs of typhoid fever and dysentery par-\\nticularly, and probably also the germs of many other diseases of\\nan epidemic character.\\nQuantity of Water for Healthy Men In all cases the\\nsupply should be plentiful. Cleanliness is essential to good health,\\nand pure water in plenty is necessary in order to be cleanly. The\\nessential quantity for each individual should include that for\\ndrinking, cooking, washing of person, clothes and utensils, for\\ncleansing closets, sewers, streets, etc., and in cities an amount\\nnecessary for the use of animals, washing of carriages and\\nstables, for manufacturing purposes, fire protection, etc. This\\nhas been found to be in large cities from twenty-three gallons per\\nhead of population per day in Liverpool, England, to eighty-three\\ngallons in New York.\\nAn adult requires from three and one-half to five pints of water\\ndaily for proper nutrition, but about three-fourths to two pints of\\nthis amount is contained in the solid food taken and the remainder\\nin some form of liquid. There are, however, wide ranges of\\nvariation from the average. Women drink less than men chil-\\ndren, of course, drink absolutely less, but more, in proportion\\nto their bulk, than adults.\\nSources of Water Supply The sources of water supply are\\nwells, cisterns, springs, rivers and lakes.\\nQuality of Drinking Water Rain Water Rain falling\\nthrough the air takes up large quantities of matter in the form of\\ngases. These gases consist of oxygen, nitrogen, ammonical salts,\\n(carbonate, nitrate, etc.) and various acids, such as nitric and\\nsulphuric; these are especially present in the rain falling over\\ntowns where a large quantity of coal is burned. v", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0028.jp2"}, "27": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 23\\nThe rain also carries down large quantities of solid substances,\\nsuch as salt (in sea air), calcium carbonate, sulphate and phos-\\nphate, which are various forms of lime. Rain water also almost\\nalways contains more or less organic matter, and in towns the\\ndebris of street dust. Rain water, however, when properly col-\\nlected and stored, is perhaps the purest and healthiest water for\\ndrinking purposes, and, owing to the small quantity or entire\\nabsence of lime, it is what is known as soft, requiring a less\\namount of soap than the lime or hard water, and is most desir-\\nable for washing. In collecting and storing rain water great care\\nshould be exercised the roof or surface upon which the water is\\ncaught should be kept clean and free from the contamination of\\nbirds, pigeons being especially liable to foul a roof from which\\nwater is drained into the cistern. The cistern should always be\\nconstructed with a filter wall, consisting of a single course of soft\\nbrick enclosing a small space into which the water flows from\\nthe downfall and frdm which it then percolates into the main\\nbody of the cistern.\\nWell and Spring Water Shallow wells, or those which do\\nnot penetrate into and derive their water from the solid rock, are\\nperhaps the most dangerous sources from which water can be\\nobtained. This is especially true when they are located in the\\nthickly settled portions of cities and towns. The soil above bed\\nrock is permeated by water channels, and the water on the sur-\\nface, after absorbing all manner of impurities, carries them in\\nsolution into the ground, and it is from this source that shallow\\ndug wells and driven wells derive their supply. Into them pass\\nthe drainage of filthy stable yards, cesspools and privy vaults,\\nladen with disease germs. Many cases of typhoid fever can be\\ndirectly traced to the use of water from a well so located that the\\nseepage of a privy vault drains into it. Thousands of innocent\\nchildren have sickened and died of bowel trouble caused by\\nimpure water drawn from a fifteen-foot driven well so located as\\nto catch the drainage of the stable yard. In all cases where a\\nwell is sunk for supplying drinking water it should be put down\\ndeeply into the bedrock and then carefully curbed from bed rock\\nto surface, so as to exclude all surface water. The water from\\ndeep wells and springs, as a rule, is free from organic impurities", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0029.jp2"}, "28": {"fulltext": "24 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nor the products of decay, but they always carry more or less inor-\\nganic or mineral substances, which as a rule are not injurious to\\nhealth. Sulphur, lime and iron are the most common mineral\\ningredients.\\nRiver Water River water is, as a rule, more or less contam-\\ninated by sewage and surface impurities, and should be used\\nwith great caution, especially at or near large cities or towns.\\nAs a general rule all river water should be passed through a\\ngood filter, or better, boiled before using for drinking purposes.\\nIyake water offers the same objections as river water, and to a\\ngreater degree, when taken from the radius of contamination\\nof the sewage of a city upon its shores, on account of the absence\\nof flow or current, which, in a river, exerts a powerful purifying\\ninfluence.\\nDistilled Water Distilled water is to most people unpalat-\\nable, being tasteless and flat, due to the absence of air; this may\\nin a large measure be remedied by forcing the water through a\\nspray apparatus, whereby the water is broken up into fine\\nstreams, thus allowing it to take up air. In distilling water care\\nshould be taken that no lead, zinc or copper finds its way into\\nthe water. The pipes in a water still should, if possible, be\\nmade of block tin.\\nArtesian Well Water The composition of artesian well\\nwater varies greatly. Nearly all artesian waters carry more or\\nless mineral matter in solution, often to such an extent as to ren-\\nder them undrinkable. The temperature is usually higher than\\nsurface water, and increases with the depth of the well; the\\ncontained air is diminished. Often air is entirely absent, as it\\nis in distilled water. These two features at times render artesian\\nwater from very deep wells unfit for drinking.\\nGeneral Conclusions by Dr. Parkes I. An epidemic\\nof diarrhea in a community is almost always owing either to\\nimpure air, impure water, or bad food. If it affects a number\\nof persons suddenly it is probably owing to one of the two last\\ncauses, and if it extends over many families, almost certainly\\nto water. But, as the cause of the impurity may be transient, it-\\nis not easy to find experimental proof.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0030.jp2"}, "29": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 25\\nII. Diarrhea or dysentery constantly affecting a community\\nor returning periodically at certain times of the year is far more\\nlikely to be produced by bad water than by any other cause.\\nIII. A sudden and localized attack of either typhoid fever\\nor cholera is almost certainly owing to the introduction of the\\npoison by water. J\\nIV. The same fact holds good in cases of malarial fever\\nand especially if the cases are very grave, a possible introduction\\nby water should be carefully inquired into.\\nV. The introduction of the ova of certain entozoa by means\\nof water is proved in some cases is probable in others.\\nVI. Although it is not at present possible to assign to every\\nimpurity in water its exact share in the production of disease, or\\nto prove the precise influence on the public health of water\\nwhich is not extremely impure, it appears certain that the health\\nof a community always improves when an abundant and pure\\nwater supply is given and apart from this actual evidence we are\\nentitled to conclude from other considerations that abundant\\nand good water is a primary sanitary necessity.\\nREMOVAL OF EXCRETA.\\nAll excreta should be immediately removed from dwellings.\\nThis is best accomplished by means of water acting through a\\nsewerage system, as the water supplied in pipes to houses is\\nunder pressure and the force thus developed can be utilized in\\ncarrying away not only the excreta, but also the slops and sink\\nwater from the dwelling.\\nIn order that this plan may be effective, however, it is neces-\\nsary that there be a sufficient supply of water, and that the\\narrangement of pipes be such as to offer no obstruction to the free\\nand rapid flow of the waste water, and that proper arrangements\\nbe made for the disposal of the sewage matter. All sewers should\\nbe strongly and tightly built, as they are often subjected to con-\\nsiderable pressure, and a leak or a bursted pipe constitutes a\\nsource of contamination for the soil surrounding the dwelling and\\npossibly the water supply. Where the leak or break occurs with-", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0031.jp2"}, "30": {"fulltext": "26 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nin the house it permits the escape of sewer gas into the house,\\nspreading disease germs and contagion and poisoning the air.\\nWater Closets In the construction of water closets the fol-\\nlowing points should be observed First, that the amount and\\nforce of the water be sufficient to thoroughly cleanse and sweep out\\neverything in the bowl; second, that the soil pipe be ventilated\\nbeyond the bowl by a pipe of the same size, being carried up to\\nthe top of the house third, that the connections of the bowl pipes\\nand soil pipes are perfect and allow of no leakage. The amount\\nof water used to flush the bowl should be from two to five gallons,\\nnever less than two, and the fall from tank to bowl should not\\nbe less than three to four feet. The location of the closet in the\\nhouse is of great importance. If possible it should be in an out-\\nbuilding or a projection, with thorough ventilation between it\\nand the house. In a two-storied building in may be put in a small\\nroom in the attic, which can be thoroughly ventilated. When\\nnecessary to place the closet upon the same level as the living\\nrooms it should, if possible, be located at a corner of the building,\\nso that outside windows can be had on two sides of the room, per-\\nmitting a current of air to pass through. The windows in a\\ncloset should always extend quite up to the ceiling, and a ven-\\ntilator should be placed in the ceiling of the room, connected by\\na large pipe with the outer air through the roof. The plan of\\nplacing closets in the basement should be entirely abandoned, as\\ncloset air is certain to be drawn into the house.\\nOuthouses, Privy Vaults and Cess Pools When it is\\nnot possible to connect dwellings with a sewerage system the\\ngreatest care should be used in the location of the privy vault\\nto avoid contamination of the dwelling and water supply. The\\nlocation should be such that all drainage from the vault shall\\nbe away from the dwelling, wells and cistern. From what has\\nbeen said in previous pages regarding the free passage of gases\\nand water through ordinary soils, it can be readily seen how con-\\ntaminating material can be carried into a well or, by means of the\\nair, into the dwelling should the location be such that the drain-\\nage will be toward the dwelling. All vaults and cesspools should\\nbe on lower ground than the dwelling, and situated at least 150\\nfeet from the house or well.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0032.jp2"}, "31": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOME. 27\\nIn the construction of privy vaults care should be taken that\\nthey be dug of^sufficient depth not less than twelve feet; the\\nvault should be walled up with brick or stone, and covered\\nthroughout, walls and floor, by a good coat of cement or asphalt\\nthe building over the vault should fit tightly over top of vault,\\nand all openings should be covered by tightly fitting lids, which\\nshould be kept tightly shut when not in use the vault should be\\nprovided with a ventilator, connected with outer air by a pipe\\ncarried through the roof. The vault should be cleaned at least\\nonce a year, or oftener, depending upon the number of people\\nusing it; and should it become foul, the use of one-half bushel of\\nslacked lime sprinkled over the surface of the contents of the\\nvault will act as a deodorizer.\\nAIR.\\nThe air which we breathe is the most important substance\\nwhich we regularly take into our systems. It is the only element\\nwhich enters directly into the blood, without alteration or modi-\\nfication, and the only safeguard provided by nature against the\\nentrance of impure air is the sense of smell, which, as a rule,\\nenables the individual to detect most of the impurities of the air\\nbreathed. Constant exposure of the organ of smell to impur-\\nities, however, dulls its sensibility and diminishes its power to\\nprotect. The food and water taken into the system undergo\\ncomplete changes in the stomach and bowels before being\\nabsorbed or taken up by the tissues, and the majority of harmful\\nsubstances are thus neutralized or eliminated or, should they be\\nof an irritating character, they are promptly rejected by the\\nstomach, and vomiting is produced. But the air taken into the\\nlungs passes directly from the air cells into the blood and thence\\ninto the tissues without alteration or purifying.\\nImpurities in Air These are found in three forms gases,\\nvapors and solid particles. The senses of taste and smell will\\ndetect many of them others, however, give no warning, or so\\nslight a warning as to be disregarded. -I Nature has provided\\ncertain means of purifying the air by which many deleterious", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0033.jp2"}, "32": {"fulltext": "28 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nsubstances lose their power for evil gases diffuse and expand\\nand are carried away by air currents, which so reduces the quan-\\ntity of poison present in the respired air as to greatly diminish\\nits power for harm or these gases are washed down by rain and\\nthen return to the earth. Solid substances, lifted by the wind,\\nfall by their own weight, or, if they are of animal or vegetable\\nmatter, are oxidized or burned by the oxygen present in air, and\\nthus separated into their simple elements, which are not harm-\\nful in ordinary amounts. Diffusion, dilution by winds, oxi-\\ndization and fall by rains are the great purifiers, and to these\\nmust be added the power of vegetation to extract from the air the\\ncarbon dioxide, which is necessary for its growth.\\nRespiration or Breathing The lungs take in the atmos-\\npheric air in regular quantities, and when the air reaches the air\\ncells or the minute terminations of the bronchial tubes an inter-\\nchange of gases between the air in the lungs and the blood in the\\narteries and veins takes place, the air giving up to the blood that\\nportion of oxygen which the body requires, while the blood, in\\nturn, transfers to the air the carbon dioxide, or the product of\\ntissue changes, which the blood has absorbed in its circuit of the\\nbody. This normal balance of gaseous composition between the\\nair and blood must be constantly maintained. Should the air\\nnot contain a sufficient amount of oxygen to balance the amount\\nof carbon dioxide which it is necessary to remove from the blood\\nthe unremoved portion constitutes an excess, and is again carried\\nback to the tissues, where it acts as a poison and produces disease.\\nThus a person or a number of persons confined in an unventilated\\nroom soon exhaust the oxygen contained in the air of the room\\nand, in the absence of a fresh supply, the foul and vitiated air\\nis breathed over and over again until, unless fresh air containing\\noxygen is admitted, it will fail to support life. All movement or\\nbodily functional activity results in tissue change, which is\\naccompanied by the production of carbon dioxide, and the only\\nmeans of removal of this gas from the system is through the\\nblood and lungs. But there must be supplied at the same time a\\ncorresponding volume of pure oxygen to take its place and to\\nmaintain the normal gaseous balance in the tissues. Thus it may\\nbe seen how .necessary it is that a proper amount of pure air be", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0034.jp2"}, "33": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 29\\nsupplied at all times, and it is especially necessary that the sleep-\\ning rooms be thoroughly ventilated. Do not be afraid of plenty\\nof fresh air. The only danger in fresh air is when it strikes the\\nsurface of the body in the form of a draught then it is likely to\\nproduce chilling of the surface of the body and a cold will be\\ntaken, but if the body be protected from draughts the breathing\\nof fresh air, no matter how cold, can do no injury, nor will one\\ncatch cold.\\nMethods of Ventilation In ventilation two considerations\\nobtain first, means for introduction of fresh air from the outside\\nsecond, an outlet for the impure air. The air of a living room\\nas it becomes impure and heated rises to the ceiling and occupies\\nthe upper portion of the room, while the colder, fresh air, being\\nheavier, descends to the floor on entrance to the room, and as it\\nbecomes warmer gradually ascends, carrying the impurities with\\nit. Such being the case, a plan of ventilation should consist of\\nan opening or openings at or near the ceiling for the escape of the\\nfoul air, and another opening or set of openings near the floor\\nto permit the entrance of fresh, pure air from the outside. These\\nopenings should be so arranged that a direct draught will not be\\nformed. This can be provided for by constructing an elbow in\\nthe metal lining of the passage, directing the mouth downward\\nand carrying it down, so that the opening shall be below the\\nlevel of the passage through the walls. In rooms heated by stoves\\na considerable amount of foul air is carried out by the draught,\\nand ordinarily the room is thus kept fairly well ventilated,\\nespecially if the precaution be taken of providing for an opening\\nthrough which fresh air may enter from the outside. The best\\nof all means of ventilation is the open hearth fire or a good grate,\\nand no dwelling which is heated by hot air furnace or steam\\npipes, and especially the latter, should be without one or more\\nfire places for ventilation.\\nIn the colder portions of our country it has been the extensive\\npractice to provide our doors and windows with double doors\\nand windows, thus rendering it much easier and cheaper to heat\\nthe house in severe weather. The saving, however, is obtained\\nat the expense of good ventilation, unless arrangements are made\\nwhereby at least one of the storm windows in each room is", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0035.jp2"}, "34": {"fulltext": "30 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nhinged, or provided with a hinged aperture, which may be opened\\nfor a portion of each day, in order that the room may be thor-\\noughly aired. In the case of a sleeping room the window should\\nbe left slightly open during the night, and provision made against\\nthe lowered temperature of the room by increasing the bed cloth-\\ning. The importance of plenty of fresh air in a sleeping room\\ncannot be overestimated and no one in ordinarily good health\\nshould fear night air.\\nThe ventilation of a room in which a sick person is confined\\ncannot be too carefully looked after. Special agents for contam-\\ninating the air are present in most cases of illness, and this is\\nespecially true in all cases of acute infectious diseases, such as\\nscarlet fever, measles, diphtheria and all forms of fevers. When-\\never possible when a long or severe attack of illness is antici-\\npated the patient should have the use of two connecting rooms,\\nso that while one is occupied by the patient the other may be\\nthoroughly aired, and all poisonous emanations be completely\\nremoved before the patient is returned to the room. Where this\\ncan be done one room should be used for the day room and one\\nfor the night room, the sunniest and brightest room being chosen\\nfor the day room. Not only does this plan secure the greatest\\npossible amount of fresh, pure air for the patient, but the chang-\\ning of rooms, by breaking the monotony of constant, unchanged\\nsurroundings, is of the greatest benefit to the sufferer. Where\\nit is not possible or practicable to make use of the double rooms\\nan open fire in a grate or upon the hearth, even in moderately\\nwarm weather, will insure constant change of air if used in con-\\nnection with an open window or other means of entrance for\\nfresh air, besides adding greatly to the cheerfulness of the room,\\nand so brighten up the depressed, low-spirited patient.\\nGas from Sewers and House Drains If in suflicient\\nquantity this gas may produce rapid poisoning, asphyxia and\\ndeath; but usually the gas is in such diluted condition as to con-\\nstitute a slow poison, which, acting upon the system, produces\\ndisease, especially in children, and which is accompanied by\\nlanguor, loss of appetite, attacks of vomiting, diarrhea, colic\\nand prostration. There is a feverishness, and the blood, by being\\ndeprived of its proper amount of oxygen, loses a portion of its", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0036.jp2"}, "35": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOME. 31\\nred blood corpuscles; headache is also a constant symptom.\\nThe diseases which seem especially liable to accompany foul air\\nof sewers are diarrhea, typhoid fever, and diphtheria. Abun-\\ndant evidence has been secured to prove their relationship.\\nWarming of Houses The heat of the human body may\\nbe preserved in two ways First, the heat generated in the body,\\nwhich is continually passing off and being carried away by the\\nmoving air, may be in a measure retained by the clothes and,\\ngiven a sufficient amount of proper food, the clothing may be so\\nregulated that normal health may be retained with but little\\napplication of external heat. In fact some of our most vigorous\\nraces inhabit the cold countries; and in temperate climates\\nhealthy adults are undoubtedly benefited by external cold, pro-\\nvided food be sufficient, and the internal warmth of the body be\\nretained by clothing. Second, external heat may be applied to\\nthe body, either by the heat of the sun or by artificial means.\\nThe points to determine in respect to warming of dwellings\\nare First, what degree of artificial warmth should be given\\nSecond, what are the different kinds of warmth, and how are\\nthey to be given\\nDegree of Warmth For Healthy Persons Infants and old\\npersons require much artificial heat, in addition to abundant food\\nand clothes. The lowering of the temperature, especially when\\nrapid, is very depressing to the very young and to the old; and\\nwhen we remember the extraordinary reviving effects of warmth\\nwe cannot be surprised at this. For adult healthy men, who are\\nproperly clothed and fed, the degree of temperature of the house\\ndoes not make any great difference, and perfect health and even\\ncomfort can be maintained with a wide variation of temperature\\nbut for healthy adults an average temperature in a dwelling of\\n68\u00c2\u00b0 F. seems to afford the best condition. For children and old\\npersons the temperature should be considerably higher, old\\npeople often requiring a temperature of even 72\u00c2\u00b0 or 75\u00c2\u00b0 F.\\nIn regulating the heat for children it should be remembered\\nthat small bodies have a much larger surface in proportion to\\nbulk than larger bodies, so that the body of a child, producing\\na certain degree of heat, offers a much larger radiating surface in\\nproportion to the bulk than a full grown adult.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0037.jp2"}, "36": {"fulltext": "32 HKAI/TH AT HOME.\\nFor Sick Persons The degree of temperature for sick persons\\nis a matter of great importance. There seems to be a general\\nrule that the air of a sick room should be about 60\u00c2\u00b0 F., but this\\nmay be varied to advantage in many cases. There are many\\ndiseases which are greatly benefited by a low temperature, espe-\\ncially all those in which there is a rise in the bodily heat. In all\\nfevers, except those attended by great depression, as is often the\\ncase in scarlet fever, and during the stage of the fever when col-\\nlapse is likely to occur, it is desirable to have the temperature of\\nthe room as low as 50\u00c2\u00b0 or even 40\u00c2\u00b0. Cold air moving over the body\\nis a cooling agent of great power, second only to the direct appli-\\ncation of cold to the surface in the form of ice or the cold pack\\nnor is there danger of bad results if the movement of the air is\\nnot too great. Even in acute lung diseases this is the case.\\nPneumonia cases do best in cold rooms, provided there is no\\ngreat current of air over the patient. On the other hand chronic\\nheart disease with lung congestion and diseases of this class\\nrequire a warm air with considerable moisture. In inflammatory\\naffections of the throat, larynx, trachia and bronchial tubes a\\nwarm air is best.\\nIn convalescence, or during the period of recovery from illness,\\ncold is very badly borne; the bodily powers of resistance are\\nmuch reduced and the air should be kept warm, and sudden\\nchanges of temperature especially avoided.\\nDifferent Kinds of Warmth Radiant heat is the best\\nmeans of warming. This is the manner in which the heat of\\nthe sun reaches us. It heats the body without warming the air,\\nand there is no possibility of adding impurity to the air.\\nRadiant heat is obtained from grates and fireplaces, and in very\\ncold climates it is so feeble in power and expensive in its pro-\\nduction as to be impracticable.\\nConvection and Conduction of Heat This method of\\nwarming consists of heating air in a confined space surrounding\\na fire, or through which hot steam pipes pass. The heated air\\nis then led to the different parts of the building by ducts or pipes.\\nThere are several points to be noted in this method of warming.\\nThe point of entrance into the room should be at or near the\\nfloor, so that the heated air shall properly mingle with the air", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0038.jp2"}, "37": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 33\\nalready there. The air should not be too hot, not above 75\u00c2\u00b0 to\\n80\u00c2\u00b0 F., and a large volume of gently heated air should be pre-\\nferred to a small volume of very hot air, as the former is more\\nlikely to mix thoroughly with the air of the room. The air after\\nheating should be passed over the surface of a body of water in\\norder that it may not be too dry when discharged into the room.\\nIn all cases a reliable thermometer should be employed to regulate\\nthe temperature. The thermometer should be so placed as to\\nrecord as nearly as possible the average temperature of the room.\\nIf possible it should be suspended about the center of the room,\\nas from a gas fixture, or it may be hung upon the inner partition\\nwall. The thermometer should never be hung upon the outside\\nwall of a room, or near a window, around which may enter cur-\\nrents of cold air from the outside, thus causing great error in the\\nreading of the thermometer nor should it be so placed that the\\ncurrents of warm air from furnace pipe or stove or the radiant\\nheat of a grate or fireplace shall strike upon it, and thus raise its\\nreading far above the average temperature of the room. What-\\never be the means of warming, the temperature should be kept at\\na regular, even degree, both as a matter of preserving health and\\nfor the sake of economy, for a heating apparatus if kept at an\\neven heat requires far less fuel than if the fire is allowed to die\\nout or become very low, necessitating the addition of large quan-\\ntities of fuel and the reheating of a large volume of air in the\\nrooms which has become chilled.\\nPHYSIOLOGY OF DIGESTION.\\nThat portion of the body which has to do with the digestion\\nand absorption of food is called the alimentary canal. It con-\\nsists of the mouth, the oesophagus, the stomach, the small intes-\\ntine and the large intestine. These various organs are lined\\nthroughout with mucous membrane, which has certain general\\ncharacteristics in common, but which differs essentially in certain\\nparticulars in each portion of the digestive tract. This difference\\nin mucous membrane lies chiefly in the character of the glandular\\nstructures which are found in the different locations. The\\nfood in passing along the alimentary canal is acted upon by cer-", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0039.jp2"}, "38": {"fulltext": "34 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\ntain juices, which are the product of the glands belonging to the\\nmucous membrane. These juices are saliva, gastric juice, bile,\\npancreatic juice and the juices secreted by the glands in the\\nintestines. These juices are poured upon and mingled with the\\nfood, and produce in it such changes that, from being largely\\ninsoluble, it becomes largely soluble, or otherwise modified in\\nsuch a manner that the larger part of what is eaten passes into\\nthe blood, while the smaller part is discharged as excrement.\\nThe digestive juices, coming from all of these glands which\\nhave been described, are derived from the blood and the process\\nof their manufacture in the gland is under the direct control of\\nthe nervous system, as is also the circulation of the blood to and\\nwithin the glands; hence we see the great importance of perfec-\\ntion in the nervous mechanism governing these delicate struct-\\nures. Furthermore it can be readily seen how many and how\\nvaried may be the causes of imperfect digestion and dyspepsia.\\nIn order that we may have a clear understanding of digestion\\nit will be necessary to study First, the properties of the various\\njuices and the changes which they bring about in the food eaten;\\nsecond, the mechanisms, which are chiefly muscular, by which\\nthe food is passed along the canal, and most efficiently brought\\nin contact with the successive juices; thiid, the means by which\\nthe nutritious digested material is separated from the undigested\\nor excremental material and absorbed into the blood.\\nSaliva The saliva is a compound secretion, being the pro-\\nduct of four distinct sets of glands. Three of these exist in\\npairs, and are named respectively the parotid, submaxillary and\\nsublingual. The fourth set consists of simple mucous glands,\\nwhich are very numerous in the mucous membrane of the mouth.\\nSaliva, in a healthy subject and when secreted freely, is alkaline\\nin its chemical reaction but when the amount is scanty or when\\nthe subject suffers from dyspepsia the reaction is or may be acid.\\nThe chief purpose of the saliva in digestion is to moisten the food\\nand to assist in mastication and swallowing. In some animals\\nthis is its only function. In other animals and in man it has a\\nspecific, solvent action on some of the food stuffs. On fats it\\nhas no effect, and the same is true of proteids, or the nitrogenous\\nelements of the food. Its characteristic property is that of con-", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0040.jp2"}, "39": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 35\\nverting starch into sugar. The conversion of starch into sugar\\nwill go on at the ordinary temperature of the atmosphere, but\\nexcessive cold retards and finally stops the action increase of\\ntemperature, up to 90\u00c2\u00b0 or 100\u00c2\u00b0 F., favors the action of the saliva.\\nIn other words the saliva acts best at or near the normal body\\ntemperature. So also the action of the saliva is favored by a\\nslight alkalinity of the medium in which it is contained, but the\\npresence of an excess of acid checks or altogether stops its action.\\nThe action of the saliva is also hampered by an excess of its own\\nproduct, that is, sugar.\\nThe action of saliva depends upon and is produced by one of\\na class of substances which are called ferments. The particular\\nferment found in saliva is called ptyalin.\\nGastric Juice This juice is secreted by the glands which\\nare distributed throughout the mucous membrane lining the\\nstomach. The gastric juice is acid in reaction and contains a\\nferment called pepsin, which is the active agent in the changes\\nproduced by the gastric juice in the food. The gastric juice\\nhas no effect whatever upon starch fats also are not effected by\\ngastric juice, but when fatty substances are eaten and reach the\\nstomach the tissue envelopes of the fat cells are dissolved and the\\nfats are set free the fat itself undergoes no change.\\nThe essential property of gastric juice is the power to dissolve\\nproteid matters and convert them into a form in which they are\\nreadily taken up by the blood. The action of the gastric juice\\ndepends not so much upon the quantity of the juice as it does\\nupon the time in which the juice is given to act. In other words\\nthe gastric juice in the stomach will change a very large amount\\n*Note All substances which are suitable for food are found to\\ncontain substances which belong to three large classes of chem-\\nical materials, viz., proteids, carbohydrates and fats. By proteids\\nare meant substances containing carbon, oxygen, hydrogen and\\nnitrogen in a certain proportion, varying within narrow limits\\nand having certain general features. They are frequently called\\nalbuminoids. Muscle tissue, lean meat, the albuminous portion\\nof eggs, and the nitrogenous portion of cereals are all examples\\nof proteids. By carbohydrates are meant starches and sugars and\\ntheir allies.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0041.jp2"}, "40": {"fulltext": "36 HKAI/TH AT HOME.\\nof proteids if they are slowly introduced into the stomach in a\\nfinely divided state, that is, well masticated. Furthermore, the\\nproper action of the gastric juice depends largely upon there\\nbeing the proper amount of hydrochloric acid present in the juice.\\nThe entire absence of acid or an excess both prevent absolutely\\nthe action of the juice, and a very slight variation either way\\nfrom the normal results in imperfect digestion of proteids with\\nall the distressing svmptoms of dyspepsia, which we see may be\\ncaused either by a deficiency or an excess of acid. Temperature,\\nalso, has^a marked effect on the action of the gastric juice, the\\nnormal bodily temperature being best adapted for its action, and\\nany marked departure in either direction from about the normal\\nbodily temperature interferes with perfect digestion. Drinking\\nconsiderable quantities of ice water during or immediately after\\neating tends to check the action of the gastric juice upon pro-\\nteids and causes indigestion and dyspepsia.\\nBile The bile is the digestive juice which is secreted by the\\nliver, the largest gland in the body. The quality of the bile\\nvaries much, not only in different persons, but in the same per-\\nson at different times. It is, moreover, affected by the length of\\ntime it remains in the gall bladder. The color of bile in man\\nand in carnivorous and omnivorous animals is a bright golden\\nred in herbiverous animals a golden green or a bright green, or\\na dirty green, according to circumstances, being much affected\\nby the length of time it remains in the gall bladder. The reac-\\ntion is alkaline. Bile has but a slight soluble action upon the\\nconstituents of the food. In some animals the bile has a limited\\npower of converting starch into sugar; on proteids it has no\\ndirect digestive power whatever, and on fats its solvent action\\nis but slight, if any. The chief function of the bile is in its act-\\nion upon the absorbing functions of the digestive organs, to\\nstimulate them to greater activity and to act upon the membra-\\nnous walls of the blood vessels in such a manner that the digested\\nportions of the food are taken up more rapidly.\\nPancreatic Juice The pancreatic juice is secreted by the\\npancreas, a gland lying upon the left side of the abdomen below\\nthe stomach. Its action upon food is such that starch is rapidly\\nconverted into sugar. All that was said of gthe action of saliva", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0042.jp2"}, "41": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 37\\nmay be repeated in the case of pancreatic juice, except that the\\nactivity of the latter is far greater than that of the former. The\\npancreatic juice also possesses the power of acting on all food\\nstuffs, starch, fats and proteids, and is one of the most important\\nof all the digestive juices.\\nMuscular Mechanism of Digestion From its entrance\\ninto the mouth until such remnant of it as is undigested leaves\\nthe body the food is continually subjected to movements, having\\nfor their object the trituration of the food as in mastication or its\\nmore complete mixture with the digestive juices or its forward\\nprogress through the alimentary canal.\\nMastication This is the process of chewing or grinding the\\nfood between the teeth, the object being to divide the food into\\nvery small particles so that a larger surface may be exposed to the\\naction of the digestive juices. The importance of thorough mas-\\ntication cannot be overestimated, and sound teeth properly made\\nuse of have a much more important influence upon the health of\\nthe individual, than is generally supposed. Many cases of dys-\\npepsia are due to the lack of proper mastication of the food. The\\naction of the jaws in mastication also stimulates the flow of saliva\\nand that portion of the digestive function is thereby rendered\\nmore perfect.\\nDeglutition or Swallowing This is a muscular process which\\nis partly voluntary and partly involuntary. When the food is\\nmasticated it is gathered into a ball by the tongue and carried\\nback to the opening into the throat the soft palate rises and the\\nepiglottis or cover of the windpipe automatically folds downward\\nand shuts off the larynx. Then by a wave-like contraction of the\\nmuscles of the throat, passing from the upper portion downward,\\nthe ball of food is caught in the grip of the muscles and carried\\ndownward toward the stomach. This wave-like contraction con-\\ntinues throughout the muscular fibers located in the walls of the\\noesophagus, until the food finally passes the oesophagus and is\\ndischarged into the stomach.\\nMovements of the Stomach The walls of the stomach are sup-\\nplied with muscular layers so arranged that by their alternate\\nrelaxation and contraction a rolling motion is given to the con-\\ntents of the stomach, and the particles of food and the gastric juice", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0043.jp2"}, "42": {"fulltext": "38 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nare thus more thoroughly mixed together, and are finally forced\\nout of the stomach into the small intestine.\\nMovements of the Intestines In the walls of the intestines we\\nfind a layer of muscle fibers arranged in a circular manner, so\\nthat their contraction narrows the opening of the intestine, and\\nas these contractions begin at the upper portion of the intestine\\nand pass downward in a wave-like manner the contents of the\\nbowels are carried along and finally discharged from the body.\\nThis is called peristaltic action. The importance of perfect peri-\\nstaltic action in the bowels cannot be overestimated, for by this\\nmeans only is the removal of undigested excreta effected. Most\\ncases of chronic constipation are due to deficient peristaltic action\\nof the bowels, and in their treatment call, not for cathartics, but\\nfor those remedies which have the property of stimulating the\\nmuscular fibers in the bowel wall to proper action.\\nVomiting This act is preceded by a feeling of nausea this is\\nfollowed by retching, in which a considerable quantity of air is\\nswallowed, which assists in dilating the lower portion of the\\noesophagus. There is then a violent and sudden contraction of\\nthe abdominal walls, so that the stomach is compressed from\\nwithout and the contents are expelled through the mouth. Dur-\\ning vomiting the opening of the stomach into the small intestine\\nis generally closed so that but little material escapes into the\\nbowels. When the gall bladder is full a large flow of bile passes\\ninto the bowels during the act of vomiting. Part of this may\\nfind its way into the stomach, as is seen in bilious vomiting.\\nAbsorption of the Products of Digestion We have now\\ntraced the process of digestion through the various processes by\\nwhich the food which is eaten is altered and made fit for absorp-\\ntion and to be taken up by the blood and carried to the various\\nparts of the body, where it is required for repair of the tissues\\nwhich have been changed by the development of energy.\\nThe process by which the food, after preparation, passes from\\nthe alimentary canal into the circulation is called absorption,\\nand in order that the process may be understood, it will be neces-\\nsary to explain a principle in physics upon which absorption\\ndepends. If a vessel be divided into two compartments by stretch-\\ning across it a partition made from some thin animal membrane,", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0044.jp2"}, "43": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 39\\nsuch for instance as a section of a pig s stomach, and a solution\\nof some inorganic material, such as salt, placed in one compart-\\nment and the other compartment filled with pure water, it will\\nbe found after a time that the pure water has become equally\\nsalty with the salty solution first placed in the vessel, and analy-\\nsis will show that the salty solution has been diminished in\\nstrength. In other words the salt has passed through the mem-\\nbrane from one side to the other until the two solutions have\\nbecome equalized. This process is called diffusion by dialysis, and\\nthe perfection of absorption of digested foods depends upon the\\nperfect diffusibility of the material. Futhermore, in the body we\\nfind, in addition to the blood vessels, and intimately associated\\nwith them, a second set of vessels or channels for the passage of\\nfluids. This second circulatory system is called the lymphatic\\nsystem, and in these vessels circulates the lymph, which is the\\nfluid of the blood, from which the red corpuscles and the fibrin\\nhave been removed. There is a constant and rapid interchange\\nof fluid between the lymph channels and the blood vessels, and\\nthe lymph or fluid as it leaves the blood carries in it in solution\\nthe nourishment for the tissues, which is carried through the\\nlymph vessels to the points where it is required and there\\ndeposited, the lymph then returning to the blood vessels for a\\nfresh supply.\\nThe greater portion of the digested food, when taken up by the\\nblood, is still in an unprepared condition and needs further\\nchange and modification before being taken to the tissues. This\\nchange is chiefly accomplished in the liver, which we may rightly\\nconsider the great chemical laboratory of the body. The fats\\nwhich we eat almost all pass directly to the liver for their final\\npreparation, and a diet containing an excess of fats is liable to\\nthrow more work upon the liver than it is capable of performing.\\nThus the liver becomes over worked, the changes are imperfectly\\nperformed, the organ becomes sluggish, and a bilious attack\\nresults. The proteids and starch arid sugar are much more\\nsoluble A and in more proper form for immediate use by the tissues\\nthan the fats, and but a small quantity of these materials pass\\nto the liver, by far the greater quantity entering directly into the\\nblood and the general circulation.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0045.jp2"}, "44": {"fulltext": "40 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nFOOD.\\nIn the widest, broadest sense of the term food, we mean every-\\nthing taken into the body, which goes directly or indirectly to the\\ngrowth or repair of the body or to the production of energy in any\\nform. It is necessary, however, in this discussion, to exclude\\nnot only water and air, which have been considered under special\\nheads, but also generally, medicines and poisons, which on the\\none hand either act, or are intended to act, upon the processes of\\nunhealth}^ nutrition, or on the other hand prevent healthy nutri-\\ntion, and so induce unhealthy nutrition and ultimate death. This\\nline of distinction, however, cannot be drawn too strictly, for in\\nmany cases it is more a question of quantity than of kind that\\ndetermines the method of action.\\nAs a basis of classification of foods necessary to maintain\\nhuman life in its most perfect state, milk may be considered to\\ncontain all the necessary elements in the best form. The sub-\\nstances in milk are, first, the nitrogenous matters, viz., the\\ncasein principally, also albumin, lacto-peptin and other proteids;\\nsecond, fat and oil; third, sugar; fourth, water, and salts of\\nvarious minerals.\\nCareful analysis of all food substances shows that their value\\nas a food depends upon the presence in their composition of one\\nor more of these substances named above, and their relative food\\nvalue depends upon both the percentage of the food elements\\npresent and the facility with which the digestive function is\\nenabled to separate them from their compounds with other\\nmaterials of non-food value.\\nDigestibility of Food In order that food may be digested\\nand absorbed two conditions are necessary the food must be in\\na fit state to be digested, and it must meet in the alimentary canal\\nwith such chemical and physical conditions as will permit of its\\ndigestion and absorption. Fitness for digestibility depends partly\\non the original nature of the substance, as to hardness and cohesion,\\nor chemical nature, and partly in the manner in which it can be\\naltered by cooking. At the end of this chapter will be found a\\ntable giving the degree of digestibility of the principal foods,\\ntogether with the manner of cooking to secure the best results.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0046.jp2"}, "45": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOMK. 41\\nRice, tripe, whipped eggs, sago, tapioca, boiled milk, raw eggs,\\nlamb, parsnips, roasted and baked potatoes and fricasseed chicken\\nare the most easily digested substances in the order here given,\\nthe rice disappearing from the stomach in one hour and the fric-\\nasseed chicken in two and three-fourths hours. Beef, pork,\\nmutton, oysters, butter, bread, veal, boiled and roasted fowls are\\nrather less digestible, roast beef disappearing from the stomach\\nin three hours, and roast fowl in four hours. Salt beef and pork\\ndisappear in four and one-fourth hours. As a rule animal\\nfood is digested sooner than farinaceous, and in proportion to its\\nminuteness of division and tenderness of fiber. The admixture\\nof foods of different classes aids digestibility thus fat taken with\\nmeat aids the digestion of the meat. Some of the accessory foods\\nprobably increase the outpour of saliva, intestinal secretion and\\ngastric juice.\\nThe degree of fineness and division of the food, the amount of\\nsolidity and of trituration, which should be left to the teeth, in\\norder that the fluids of the mouth and salivary glands may flow\\nout in due proportion, the bulk of the food which should be\\ntaken at once, are points seemingly slight, but of real import-\\nance. There is another matter which appears to affect digesti-\\nbility, viz., variety of food.\\nAccording to the best writers on diet it is not enough to give\\nthe dietic substances in proper amount. Variety must be intro-\\nduced into the food, and different substances of the same class\\nmust be alternately employed. It may appear singular that this\\nshould be necessary, and certainly many men and most animals\\nhave perfect health on a very uniform diet. Yet there appears\\nno doubt of the good effects of variety and its good effect on\\ndigestion. Sameness cloys, and with variety more food is taken\\nand a larger amount of nourishment is introduced. Where\\nvariety of substances cannot be obtained much can be done to\\nrelieve the monotony by having a variety in the manner of cook-\\ning. In the case of children particularly a great improvement in\\nhealth takes place when a variety in cooking is introduced.\\nThe abundance and condition of the digestive juices and\\naction of the muscular fibers in moving the food, so that it shall\\nbe brought thoroughly in contact with them, depend upon the\\nperfection of the nervous currents, the vigor of the circulation", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0047.jp2"}, "46": {"fulltext": "42 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nand the composition of the blood. Many of the digestive diseases\\nthe physician has to treat depend on alterations in these condi-\\ntions, so that the food is only imperfectly digested. In such cases\\nbenefit can often be obtained by artificial digestion of the food\\nbefore it is taken into the alimentary canal, this process reliev-\\ning the diseased and disordered digestion of a larger part of its\\nwork.\\nDiseases Connected with Food No other single ele-\\nment in daily life has so great an influence upon health as the\\nfood taken into the body, and the diseases depending upon food\\nform the largest number of any arising from a single class of causes.\\nThese diseases may be produced by alterations in quantity,\\neither excess or deficiency, by imperfect conditions of digesti-\\nbility and by special characters of quality.\\nExcess of Food Where food is taken in such quantities\\nthat it cannot be absorbed, it undergoes chemical changes, and\\nat last putrifies and large quantities of gas are formed. Then\\ndypespsia, constipation and a diarrhea which does not empty\\nthe bowels follow. Often some of the putrid substances are\\nabsorbed, and evidences of poisoning of the blood are seen,\\naccompanied by fever, torpor and heaviness, foul breath, and\\neven jaundice. It is this condition which has led to the almost\\nuniversal giving of purgatives, which give relief, but a repeti-\\ntion of the cause produces the same results. The relief, however,\\nshould not be obtained so much through the use of purgatives\\nas by the regulation of the diet, and by avoiding overloading of\\nthe system with food. Temperance means not only moderation\\nin drinking, but moderation in eating as well.\\nOf the different classes of food the proteid class is the most\\neasily digested and can be absorbed in the largest quantity,\\nespecially if it be taken into the system in small amounts, fre-\\nquently repeated. Starch is much less capable of absorption by\\nthe system and after an excess of starchy foods much unchanged\\nstarch passes from the system. This is also true of fats. Habit,\\nhowever, has much influence upon the digestion, and a certain\\ndiet long persisted in has the effect of producing an increased\\namount of the digestive juices, which act upon the food con-\\nstituents which are in excess. Where an excess of proteids con-", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0048.jp2"}, "47": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 43\\ntinually pass into the system the liver is found to be congested\\nand enlarged other organs are altered and a general state of\\nplethora and sluggishness is induced. This condition is made\\nworse if, at the same time, there is a lack of exercise, in which\\ncase less oxygen is taken into the system and the normal reduc-\\ntion of these substances into waste material is not complete.\\nPartially oxidized material is retained in the system or else it\\nproduces irritation in the organs of elimination, such as the\\nkidneys, lungs and skin, through which it passes. For an\\nexample, a general rash or skin eruption follows an improper\\ndiet in nearly every case. Gout is also a disease which is depend-\\nent upon an excess of proteids in the form of meat or the use of\\ncertain liquids which, by their action, retard the digestion and\\nabsorption of the proteids and hence produce the same effect.\\nThe effects of excess of meat in a diet are largely influenced by\\nthe habits of the individual. One taking active outdoor exercise\\nor performing manual labor in the open air can absorb without\\ndetriment a large excess of proteid foods, as may be seen in the\\ncase of the frontiersman, whose diet usually consists almost\\nentirely of meat. The student or the indoor worker, sitting\\nhour after hour in one position, should eat sparingly of meat.\\nAn excess of starches and fats delays the normal changes\\noccurring in the tissues of the body and tends to produce an\\nexcess of fat. Sour stomach and flatulence or wind in the stom-\\nach and bowels are produced by the incomplete conversion of\\nthe starch into sugar, which is followed by fermentation and\\nthe production of gas. In excessive use of starch and fat in\\nthe diet we find a tendency to fatty degeneration of the muscu-\\nlar tissue throughout the body. Where the muscles of the heart\\nundergo this change enfeebled heart action follows, with a gen-\\neral lowering of the vital forces. Where an excess of starch is\\ntaken much of it passes from the bowels unchanged and the\\nurine will also be found to contain sugar.\\nThere may also be an excess of food in a given time, that is,\\nmeals too frequently repeated, though the absolute quantity in\\ntwenty-four hours may not be too great.\\nDeficiency of Food It is not necessary here to speak of the long\\ncatalogue of diseases produced by famine. Disease, however,\\nmay be produced by a deficiency of one or more of the four great", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0049.jp2"}, "48": {"fulltext": "44 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nclasses of food elements, when the other constituents are in a\\nnormal amount. This is a subject about which much has yet\\nto be learned. The following general statements, however, have\\nbeen thoroughly proved\\nComplete deprivation of proteids, without lessening of the\\nother classes, produces marked effects only after some days from\\nfive to seven. If the deprivation be continued there is eventually\\nloss of mental and muscular strength, with some fever and symp-\\ntoms of dyspepsia. This condition is followed by anemia and\\ngreat prostration. If starch be largely supplied the weight of the\\nbody does not lessen for seven or eight days. If the proteids be\\nonly partially removed from the diet the vital forces are slowly\\ndiminished, and the system becomes much more susceptible to\\nthe influences of disease, less able to adapt itself to circumstances,\\nthe influences of malaria, typhoid fever and pneumonia are more\\nprofound and more apt to attack the weakened vital forces. The\\nremoval of starch from the diet can be borne for a long time if\\nfat be supplied, but if starch and fat both are excluded, though\\na normal amount of proteids be given, illness soon occurs. This\\nis especially true unless very severe exercise is practiced, and\\neven then the effects are only delayed. The removal of fat from\\nthe diet is not well borne even if starch be supplied. The exact\\nmanner in which fat acts upon the nutrition of the body is not\\nknown, but we do know that in many cases of faulty nutrition\\nthe greatest benefit is derived by the administration of fats in\\nvarious forms, as for example the giving of cod liver oil in the\\ncase of chronic bronchitis or early consumption where there is\\na rapid loss of weight and strength.\\nBad effects are also produced by too long an interval between\\nmeals. There are great individual differences in this respect,\\nhowever, and much depends upon habit. It may be said here\\nthat one of the most important points regarding diet is regularity\\nin the time of taking food. Nothing will have greater influence\\nupon the production of dyspepsia and disorders of the digestion,\\nin both children and adults than the habit of irregular eating.\\nChildren should never be allowed to lunch between the regular\\nhours for meals.\\nConditions of Digestibility and Assimilation. A large number\\nof diseases are produced not by alterations in the quantity or", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0050.jp2"}, "49": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 45\\ndefects in the quality of the food, but by reason of its indigesti-\\nbility, caused either by its physical or chemical condition or by\\nan altered state of the digestive juices. To some persons certain\\nfoods are indigestible at all times, or only at certain times, depend-\\ning upon the condition of the digestive juices at that particular\\ntime. Indigestibility leads to retention of the undigested mass in\\nthe stomach and bowels and is followed by chemical changes and\\nputrifaction under the influence of warmth and moisture. Then\\nirritation is produced and dyspepsia, diarrhea or dysentery is\\ncaused. Indigestibility goes further than this, however, for\\nwhen the food is imperfectly prepared for absorption some, at\\nleast, of the proteids pass into the circulation unfit for assimila-\\ntion and produce irritation in the liver, kidneys and skin. Some-\\ntimes albumin appears in the urine, as if it were a foreign sub-\\nstance in the blood circulating through the body. Such condi-\\ntions are usually associated with some evident error in the diges-\\ntion, but occasionally no evident gastric disorder can be found.\\nConditions of Quality of Food Altered quality, of what is other-\\nwise good food, produces a great number of diseases. The altera-\\ntions occur either during storage, such as chemical changes and\\npartial decomposition, an example of which is the souring of\\nmilk, or are produced during preparation or cooking of the food.\\nThis subject will be considered more at length under the discus-\\nsion of individual articles of food.\\nDiscussion of Individual Articles of Food.\\nMeat The advantages of meat in a diet are that it contains\\na large amount of nitrogenous substances and important mineral\\nsubstances, such as chlorides, phosphates and the salts of iron.\\nMeat is also easily cooked and very digestible, and is more easily\\nassimilated than any vegetable.\\nHow to Detect Bad Meat There should be sufficient but not\\ntoo much fat present. The fat should be firm, healthy looking,\\nnot like jelly, or too yellow, and there should be no sign of blood\\nat any point in the fat. The color of fat varies from white to\\nstraw and yellow. Beef fat should be more yellow than pig fat,\\nwhich latter should be almost pure white. The muscular tissue\\nof the meat should be firm and yet elastic, not tough the pale", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0051.jp2"}, "50": {"fulltext": "46 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nmoist muscle indicates a young animal, the dark colored muscle\\nan old one. A dark purple tint is said to indicate that the animal\\nhas not been slaughtered, but that it died with blood in it. When\\ngood meat is placed upon a white plate a little reddish juice often\\nflows from it for several hours. Meat should, however, become\\ntolerably dry after being exposed to the atmosphere for some\\nhours. It should have a pleasant sweet flavor, and when heated\\nshould give a savory odor. Good meat has a marbled appearance,\\ncaused by the distribution of thin layers of fat between the muscle\\nlayers. When cut across, the meat should present the same gen-\\neral condition throughout the mass. There should be no dis-\\ncolored areas nor softened spots. The muscular tissue becomes\\nsoft and tears easily when putrification is beginning.\\nThe degree of freshness of meat is judged of by the color,\\n(when putrification is beginning the meat becomes paler) by\\nthe odor which early becomes different from the not unpleasant\\nodor of fresh meat; and by the consistence of the meat, which\\nsoon begins to soften under putrifactive changes. As putrifac-\\ntion advances these signs become more marked the disagreeable\\nodor increases, and the meat begins to have a greenish color.\\nThe odor becomes more apparent when the meat is chopped up\\nand drenched with warm water. Diseased conditions or putri-\\nfactive changes can often be detected in the central portions of a\\npiece of meat by pushing a clean knife entirely through the mass.\\nThe knife should meet with the same resistance throughout and\\nshould have no smell of putrifaction on withdrawal. Salt meats\\nare much harder to judge than fresh, and putrifactive changes\\nare often undetected until the meat is cooked.\\nMeat often produces disease by changes which occur after cook-\\ning. These changes are probably of the nature of fermentation,\\nor the primary stage of putrifaction, in which certain chemical\\npoisons are developed. The chemical poisons are called ptomaines\\nThey are especially liable to develop in meats which have been\\ncooked and then allowed to stand one to three days before using.\\nWarm or hot weather favor their development, but they also\\ndevelop in sufiicient quantity to cause serious or even fatal illness\\nin cold weather. In all cases where meat is in any way suspi-\\ncious it should be at once destroyed, as while thorough cooking\\nmay render the poison innocuous, it is not certain that the chemi-\\ncal poisons are entirely eliminated.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0052.jp2"}, "51": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME- 47\\nMethods of Cooking Meat In all cases there is one grand rule\\ncook meat slowly, with little heat, and, as far as possible, let\\nthe loss in weight be water only.\\nBoiling In boiling, meat loses from twenty to thirty per cent\\nof its weight. The meat should be in a large piece, and is first\\nplaced for five minutes in boiling water, after that the heat can\\nbe low, and should continue until the meat is tender throughout.\\nIf too great a heat is used the meat is hard and shrunken. If\\nit is desired to make good broth the meat should be cut into small\\npieces and put into cold water and gradually warmed up to a\\nlittle below the boiling point about 150\u00c2\u00b0 to 175\u00c2\u00b0 F. Beef makes\\nthe weakest broth mutton is a little stronger, and chicken makes\\nthe strongest broth of all. Broth made without heat, by adding\\nfour drops of hydrochloric acid to a pint of water and half a\\npound of beef is very rich in soluble albumin. If a little more\\nhydrochloric acid be added and the broth then gently warmed\\nfor an hour nearly one-half the meat can be obtained in the broth\\nRoasting The loss in roasting is from twenty to thirty-five\\nper cent. This loss is chiefly water, the other constituents\\nremaining the same. The roasting should be slowly done. To\\nobtain the juices the meat must be first subjected to intense heat,\\nand afterwards cooked very slowly. There are chemical changes\\ninduced by the heat which form aromatic products, to which\\nthe pleasant odor of roasting meat is due. The fat melts and\\nflows out with the gelatin and extracts and forms the gravy.\\nThe melted fat and juices should be frequently dipped up and\\npoured over the meat during the roasting process.\\nBaking The loss in baking is the same or a little less than in\\nroasting.\\nStewing Stewing is virtually the same as roasting, only the\\nmeat is cut up and placed in enough water to cover it. Iyike\\nboiling and roasting it should be done slowly and at a low heat.\\nThe loss in weight is then about twenty per cent and is chiefly\\nwater evaporated.\\nFish Fish as an article of diet is of great nutritive value.\\nIt is less satisfying and not so stimulating as the flesh of animals,\\nbut is easily digested, and in many parts of the world whole com-\\nmunities subsist on it. The lowered vitality, however, of these", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0053.jp2"}, "52": {"fulltext": "48 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\ncommunities would seem to indicate that fish alone should not\\nbe the source from which nitrogenous food is drawn. Fish con-\\ntains a large proportion of phosphorous, which makes it a suit-\\nable diet for those who have to perform much brain work, and\\nfor this class, which generally takes but little exercise, it has\\nthe further advantage of being easily digested.\\nThe flavor and digestibility of fish depend upon the amount of\\nfat it contains, which varies in different species, white fish hav-\\ning the least amount of oil, and salmon and the eel the largest.\\nFish are preserved for use by smoking, drying, salting and by\\nthe use of oil. When salted they should be thoroughly soaked\\nin water before used, as this will render them more palatable.\\nCodfish is not easy of digestion it is often hard and tough.\\nWhen in season curdy matter is often found between the flakes\\nafter boiling. The roe of fish is a greatly esteemed delicacy.\\nThe hard roe is the ova of the female fish, the soft roe or milt\\nis the spermatic organ of the male. Caviare is the salted hard\\nroe of the sturgeon. Codfish is verv liable to be infested by\\nparasites, no less than ten species being found in it. It is neces-\\nsary, therefore, before eating this fish that it should be thoroughly\\ncooked; boiling or baking will effectually kill any known para-\\nsite. The flesh of apparently healthy fish may produce poison-\\nous symptoms. This is especially true of certain kinds of fish\\nfrom tropical waters. There is no indication that the fish is dis-\\neased or that its flesh has or is undergoing decomposition, yet it\\nproduces violent symptoms of two kinds gastro-intestinal irrita-\\ntion and severe nervous symptoms, with great depression. Fish\\nare less liable to cause irritation when eaten fresh, and should be\\neaten the earliest moment possible after capture.\\nOysters and shellfish, even when in season, produce poisonous\\nsymptoms at times, especially in certain persons who suffer from\\npeculiarities which render them more susceptible. When decom-\\nposing, oysters and shellfish act as violent irritant poisons.\\nMussels, and especially those taken from stagnant water to\\nwhich sewage gains access, at times are very violent poisons.\\nWheat Wheat is poor in water and rich in solids, therefore\\nvery nutritious in small bulk, and when the two outer coats\\nare removed the whole grain is digestible. The nitrogenous", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0054.jp2"}, "53": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 49\\nsubstances consist of soluble albumen one to two per cent and\\ngluten eight to twelve per cent. The amount of starch is large,\\nsixty to seventy per cent, and easily digested. Phosphates of\\npotash and magnesia are also found. Wheat is, however, defi-\\ncient in fat and vegetable salts, which are required in the sys-\\ntem. As usually prepared the grain is separated into flour and\\nbran about eighty parts flour, sixteen parts bran and four parts\\nloss. The flour is divided in three classes best, middlings and\\nbran flour. The wheat of commerce is named from its color or\\nconsistence, hard or soft, white or red. The hard wheat con-\\ntains less water, less starch and more gluten than the soft wheat.\\nFlour Almost all the bran is separated from the finest flour,\\nbut it is a question whether this is desirable, since the bran con-\\ntains large amounts of nitrogenous matter, fats and salts of min\\nerals. Bran, however, is very indigestible, and if taken into the\\nstomach in large amounts it loads that organ with indigestible\\nmaterial from which but little nourishment can be extracted\\nThe undigested mass also acts as an irritant, and in weak and\\nirritable digestive tracts frequently starts persistent diarrhea.\\nThe bran, however, consists of four or five layers, and in some\\nmilling processes the outer three or four layers are removed, leav-\\ning only the inner tender layer, which is fairly easy of digestion.\\nWheat flour made in this manner, constitutes the best flour for\\nthe making of bread. If the whole wheat is used it should be\\nground very fine, so that the harder envelopes shall offer the\\nleast possible resistance to the digestive juices, and produce the\\nleast possible irritation. Whole wheat flour should never be\\nused for making bread for invalids or sick persons. Children\\nwith a tendency to bowel complaints should never be given the\\nordinary so-called graham bread in their diet. This is a verv\\nimportant point, since it has become the fashion in some health\\nrules to recommend whole meal bread. It is true that well made\\nwhole meal bread contains more nourishment than that made\\nfrom finely sifted flour, such as is now generally used. The\\nbran carries most if not all of the fats and mineral salts in the\\nwheat grain, and these constituents are lost in the removal of the\\nbran, whole meal showing upon analysis a marked excess of\\nthese over the best white flour. There is also a certain loss in\\nnitrogenous matter, which is believed to aid digestion. Were", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0055.jp2"}, "54": {"fulltext": "50 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nit not for the irritation which the bran produces upon a tender\\nand irritable digestive tract the whole meal would be much pre-\\nferred for its nutrient value. Modern improvements in milling\\nprocesses have, however, done much and will do more to elim-\\ninate this objection, and when this can be completely remedied\\nwhole wheat flour will constitute the best material from which\\nbread will be made.\\nAdulterations of Wheat Flour As a rule there is but little\\nadulteration of wheat flour, since the price of good wheat has\\nreached a level at which adulterations are not particularly profit-\\nable, but with rising prices the case might be different. The\\nchief adulterations are by the admixture of other cheaper flours,\\nsuch as that of barley, potato, beans, peas, corn, oats, rye, rice,\\nbuckwheat, millet and linseed. All of these are easily recog-\\nnized under the microscope. Mineral substances such as alum,\\ngypsum, clay, powdered flint and calcium and magnesium car-\\nbonate may also sometimes be used for adulterations. These\\nare best detected by a chemical examination.\\nCooking of Flour The effect of heat is to coagulate the albu-\\nmen and to transform some of the starch into sugar.\\nCakes Flour, water and salt made into paste or dough without\\nfermentation and cooked with low heat form a palatable food and\\nthis method of preparing flour for digestion is an easy one.\\nMacaroni This is made from flour of a hard Italian wheat,\\nrich in gluten. The flour is moistened with water and pressed\\nthrough a number of small openings, while at the same time heat\\nis applied. It is very nutritious in small bulk and keeps well.\\nCrackers or Biscuit Crackers are usually made from flour with\\nlittle or no bran, and generally no salt is added. The simplest\\ncrackers are merely flour and water, but some are made with\\nmilk, eggs, etc. Crackers should be well baked but not burnt.\\nCrackers contain little water, and bulk for bulk are more nutri-\\ntious than bread. Three-fourths of a pound of crackers is equal\\nto one pound of bread. Bread is deficient in fat, and in some\\ninstances is difficult of digestion.\\nBread The process of baking renders bread more digestible\\nthan flour. It can be used regularly as an article of diet without", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0056.jp2"}, "55": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 51\\nthe system becoming: tired of it, although it may be always made\\nin the same way. This, probably, is due to the great variety of\\nits components. Bread is, however, poor in fats and salts of min-\\nerals, hence the common practice of using some form of fat with\\nit, such as butter or bacon fat.\\nThere are several methods of making bread, differing in the\\nmanner in which carbon dioxide gas is introduced into the dough\\nmass. The common household method is by fermentation, pro-\\nduced by the addition of yeast to the dough. The gas is pro-\\nduced by the fermentation and permeates the mass of dough,\\ndividing it into a large number of little cavities, and whenever\\nwe have this divided condition of the dough we have bread.\\nThis method of fermentation by yeast is a very satisfactory\\nmethod provided the yeast be good. When the yeast is bad the\\nfermentation changes go on in the stomach after the bread is\\neaten, a large quantity of carbon dioxide gas is freed and dyspep-\\nsia, flatulence and unpleasant sensations, such as heartburn, are\\nproduced.\\nMechanically aerated bread is made by forcing carbon dioxide\\ngas through the dough by pressure. The gas is prepared by the\\naddition of sulphuric acid to chalk. The bread made in this way\\ndoes not undergo fermentation and it is impossible for the conver-\\nsion of starch into sugar and lactic acid to go too far.\\nBread may be of bad color (rather yellowish) from old flour,\\nfrom grown flour, in which case the changes in the starch have\\ngenerally gone on to a considerable extent, and the bread con-\\ntains more sugar than usual and does not rise well, and from bad\\nyeast. Bread may be acid or sour, from bad flour giving rise to\\nan excess of lactic acid or from bad yeast. Bread is heavy and\\nsodden from bad yeast fermenting too rapidly, or when the fer-\\nmentation has not taken place (cold weather, bad water or some\\nother cause will sometimes hinder it) or when the wheat from\\nwhich the flour is made is grown, or when too little or too much\\nheat has been employed. Bread is bitter from bitter yeast.\\nBread becomes rapidly mouldy when it contains an excess of\\nwater. Alum added to the dough stops fermentation, and\\nalso whitens the bread, does not increase the water, and enables\\nbread to be made from flour that could not be otherwise used.\\nSulphates of copper and zinc in very small quantities are some-", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0057.jp2"}, "56": {"fulltext": "52 HEALTH AT HOME.\\ntimes employed for the same purpose. These are adulterations\\nand their use is not recommended.\\nBiscuit The biscuit is made by the addition of baking powder\\nto the dough mass, the carbon dioxide necessary to make the bis-\\ncuit light being given off by the chemical decomposition of the\\nbaking powder, which is a compound of some acid, such as\\nhydrochloric, tartaric, phosphoric or citric, with sodium or\\nammonium carbonate. This method of preparation furnishes a\\nwholesome and palatable bread.\\nBarley As an article of diet barley has the same advantages\\nand disadvantages as wheat. It is said to be rather laxative and\\nshould be avoided where the stomach and bowels are weak and\\nirritable, or where there is a tendency to dysentery. Barley is\\nparticularly rich in phosphoric acid and iron. The diseases aris-\\ning from use of barley under conditions of altered quality are\\nthose of wheat under similar conditions, viz. indigestion, flatu-\\nlence and diarrhea.\\nOats Oats are considered to be even more nutritious than\\nwheat or barley and to contain larger proportions of both nitro-\\ngenous matters and fat. The nitrogenous matters, however, have\\nno adhesive property, and bread cannot be made of it. The amount\\nof indigestible cellulose is large. On the other hand oatmeal\\nhas the great advantage of being easily cooked much more so\\nthan wheat or barley. In its nutrient properties oatmeal stands\\nnearer to beans and peas than do other cereals. Oatmeal should\\nbe thoroughly cooked. It is best prepared by placing the meal in\\na small quantity of water and cooking by steaming. Made into\\nthin gruel it forms an exceedingly nourishing and healthful\\ndrink.\\nCorn and Rye Both corn and rye are very nutritious grains.\\nCorn contains a large amount of fat, 6 or 7 per cent. It requires\\nvery careful cooking, as otherwise much of it passes through the\\nbody undigested, and often causes diarrhea. Corn in the shape\\nof hominy should be thoroughly soaked in water from two to four\\nhours and then thoroughly boiled for from four to six hours at a\\nrather low heat. Corn cakes are especially palatable and nutri-\\ntious. Corn flour is prepared by treating the meal with a weak", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0058.jp2"}, "57": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOME. 53\\nsolution of caustic soda. This removes the greater part of the fat\\nand nitrogenous matter, making it more palatable but less nutri-\\ntious.\\nRye makes a very dark, acid bread which causes diarrhea in\\nthose not accustomed to its use. One soon becomes accustomed\\nto the bread, however, and as far as nutritive value goes, rye\\nappears to be about equal to wheat.\\nRice Rice consists of the whole grain after the husk has been\\nremoved. As an article of diet it furnishes an extremely digest-\\nible form of starch, and there is a great admixture of different food\\nstuffs in the grain. It is poorer in nitrogenous matters than wheat\\nand contains much less fat.\\nCooking of Rice Rice should be steamed, not boiled, and the\\nsteaming should be thoroughly done, in order that the rice grains\\nshall be swollen and digestible. If boiled at all it should not be\\nfor too long a time, else the albuminous matters are extracted\\nand the rice loses in nutritive power.\\nBuckwheat Buckwheat is poor in nitrogenous substances\\nand fat and contains a large amount of indigestible cellulose. It\\nmakes fairly palatable cakes, but their long continued use results\\nin indigestion, as shown by the frequent skin eruptions or rash\\nwhich is seen in those people who consume large amounts of\\nbuckwheat.\\nPeas and Beans Peas and beans, as representatives of the\\nclass of foods known as leguminosae, differ from other vegetables\\nin the very large amount of nitrogenous substance called legu-\\nmin or vegetable casein, which they contain. They also contain\\na small amount of albumin and other proteid bodies. The advan-\\ntages of peas and beans as articles of diet are the great amount of\\nlegumin and the existence of much sulphur and phosphorus in\\ncombination with the legumin. The disadvantage of peas and\\nbeans is that they are to a considerable extent indigestible.\\nMuch hydrogen sulphide gas is formed by the chemical changes\\noccurring in the legumin, producing flatulence or wind in the\\nintestines. Peas and beans, on the whole, are very valuable\\narticles of diet, especially when added to the meat and bread diet\\nof persons taking much exercise.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0059.jp2"}, "58": {"fulltext": "54 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nCooking of Peas a?id Beans They must be boiled slowly and\\nfor a long time, otherwise they are very indigestible. If old no\\namount of boiling will soften them properly. They should be\\nsoaked in cold water for twelve to twenty-four hours, then crushed\\nand stewed. In this way they can be made both palatable and\\ndigestible. Peas and beans should not be boiled in hard water or\\nwater containing chalk, as the lime forms insoluble compounds\\nwith the legumin. This rule should be generally observed in the\\ncooking of all vegetables.\\nStarches Under the class of foods called starches come those\\nwhose chief food value depends upon the large amount of starch\\nwhich they contain. The chief representatives of this class are\\narrowroots of various kinds tapioca, obtained from the cassava\\nplant; sago, which is obtained from the sago palm. All of the\\nstarch class form a valuable, light and easily digested food when\\nnot taken in excess. They should be thoroughly cooked the\\nbest method is by boiling at a low heat.\\nSugar Sugar should be more or less white, crystalline, not feel\\nmoist to the touch, and should entirely dissolve in water. The\\nwhiter the sugar the less is the percentage of water which it\\ncontains.\\nSucculent Vegetables Almost all other vegetables (except\\npotatoes) are used not so much on account of nutritive qualities\\nas for the mineral salts which they contain. Some of them also\\ncontain peculiar oils, such as occur in the onion, which act as\\ncondiments.\\nPotatoes Potatoes contain only a small amount of nitroge-\\nnous matter and but little fat and mineral salts, but they contain\\na large amount of very easily digested starch and a large quantity\\nof vegetable acids and their salts. The juice of the potato is\\nacid and there is no better vegetable for constant use than the\\npotato. The sweet potato and the yam are similar to the ordinary\\npotato and are much relished as a change. To some individuals,\\nhowever, they are very indigestible.\\nCooking of Potatoes Potatoes are best cooked in their skins,\\neither boiled or baked, otherwise a large amount of the salts pass\\noff. When boiled in salt water nearly all of the mineral and", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0060.jp2"}, "59": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 55\\nvegetable salts in the potato are retained. The boiling should be\\nslow at low temperature. Steaming is a better method of cooking.\\nMilk Milk contains all of the different classes of food which\\nare essential to health, being especially intended for feeding dur-\\ning growth. The proportions of nitrogenous substances and fat,\\nas compared to sugar, are large. Milk varies greatly in its\\ncomposition, not only in the different breeds of cows from which\\nthe milk is taken, but also according to the manner in which and\\nthe substances upon which the cow is fed. Some breeds of cows,\\nsuch as the Alderny and Jersey, give milk which contains a very\\nlarge percentage of fat, while the milk from other breeds, such as\\nthe Shorthorn, contains a large proportion of casein. Koumiss is\\nmare s milk which has been subjected to partial fermentation. It\\nis valuable as an easily digested nutrient and stimulant.\\nChanges in Milk The cream rises in from four to eight hours,\\nand is hastened by slightly warming the milk, but the quantity\\nis not increased. Milk changes on standing. It absorbs oxygen\\nand gives off carbon dioxide. Later on lactic acid is formed in\\nlarge quantities, the milk becomes turbid and changes into a\\nform called curd or clabber. The cream which had pre-\\nviously risen to the surface disappears.\\nIn decomposing milk a chemical poison develops in the form\\nof a ptomaine, which is called tyrotoxicon. It was originally dis-\\ncovered in cheese, but has since been found in milk, and is\\nespecially liable to occur in ice cream. In poisoning by tyrotox-\\nicon the symptoms are similar to those produced by other irritant\\npoisons, accompanied by violent vomiting and purging, and\\ngreat depression.\\nMilk from Diseased Cows Milk from diseased animals soon\\ndecomposes. It sours very rapidly and generally an offensive\\nodor develops. Pus can sometimes be found in the milk of cows\\nsuffering from certain diseases, and the milk sometimes coagu-\\nlates on boiling. In cows suffering from tuberculosis during the\\nearly stages the quantity of milk is often increased, but it con-\\ntains an excess of water and alkaline salts, and is deficient in\\nfat, sugar and proteids. Tuberculosis is very prevalent among\\ncows, and it is the same disease that is found among human beings,\\nhence it follows that it is quite possible, and indeed it seems", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0061.jp2"}, "60": {"fulltext": "56 HEALTH AT HOMK.\\nproven, that tuberculosis is transmitted from cows to man through\\nthe milk. Milk may also be the medium through which germs\\nof disease may be transmitted, the germs gaining admission to\\nthe milk after leaving the cow. In this way, scarlet fever, diph-\\ntheria and typhoid fever have frequently been spread through\\ncommunities, especially among children. The milk may be\\ninfected by watering it with impure water, or by putting the milk\\nin unclean cans.\\nMilk which is contaminated with pus from an inflamed udder,\\nor an abscess on the udder, will produce sore mouth in children,\\naccompanied by ulcers on the mucous membrane of the lips and\\ngums.\\nButter Butter, as an article of diet, supplies most people with\\nthe principal amount of fat which they take. Fresh butter is\\neasily digested by most people, but, when it becomes rancid, it\\ncauses dyspepsia and diarrhea. This is true of all decomposing\\nfats.\\nAdulterations Lard and beef fat are commonly used as adul-\\nterations. There is nothing harmful in this form of adulteration\\nand no objection to its use, provided, however, the fact of adul-\\nteration be not concealed. In truth a good quality of adulterated\\nbutter, sold under the name of oleomargarine, made of clean,\\nwholesome, beef suet, under careful supervision as regards clean-\\nliness and purity, may be preferred to a poor quality of so-called\\ncountry butter made without due regard to cleanliness as\\nregards the milk or utensils, or where the cream has been per-\\nmitted to stand so long as to undergo a partial decomposition\\nbefore churning.\\nButterine, which is made by the addition of hog s fat or\\nlard to butter, a poor quality of which is often used, is less to be\\ndesired than the oleomargarine. The various forms of coloring\\nmatter introduced into butter to improve its appearance are, as\\na rule, harmless.\\nCheese There are many varieties of cheese, some being made\\nfrom skim milk, others from the whole milk. Cheese contains a\\nlarge amount of nitrogenous matter and fat in a small bulk, and\\nunder some conditions affords an excellent form of nourishment.\\nIt is, however, somewhat difficult of digestion, especially to", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0062.jp2"}, "61": {"fulltext": "HEAI/fH AT HOMK. 57\\ncertain individuals, producing indigestion by its very richness.\\nStrong odor in cheese is evidence of partial decomposition and\\nconsequently is in a measure an indication of the possibility of\\nbad consequences arising from its use. Cheese having strong,\\noffensive odor should be avoided. Those least likely to produce\\nindigestion and dyspepsia are the fresh varieties made from whole\\nmilk. The possible presence of the poisonous ptomaine, tyrotox-\\nicon, should always be remembered when serious symptoms arise\\nafter partaking of cheese. The treatment for tyrotoxicon poison-\\ning will be found in the chapter on poisons and antidotes else-\\nwhere in this book.\\nEg g S Eggs contain a large amount of nourishment in very\\nsmall bulk. The food stuffs in the egg are chiefly albumin and\\nfat with a large amount of water. Eggs should be used only\\nwhen perfectly fresh. Hard boiled eggs are difficult of digestion,\\nowing to the fact that the albumin is coagulated, hence the diges-\\ntive juices have less opportunity to act upon the mass, it being very\\nslowly dissolved by the fluids poached and soft boiled eggs are\\nthe easiest digested. Raw eggs whipped into a custard with\\nmilk and slightly cooked form one of the most digestible meth-\\nods of taking eggs.\\nAi/cohouc Bbvkragks.\\nIn considering alcoholic beverages it will be necessary to dis-\\ncuss at some length the nature and effect of their principal con-\\nstituent, alcohol, although different beverages may vary widely in\\ntheir composition, effects, and the amount of alcohol which they\\ncontain.\\nAlcohol Alcohol is the product of fermentation, in which\\nprocess sugar is converted into alcohol. Any substance which\\ncontains carbon, hydrogen and oxygen can, by fermentation and\\ndistillation, be made to produce alcohol. The chief sources for\\nthe production of alcohol are the cereal grains, potatoes and var-\\nious fruits. In the grains the starch is first converted into sugar\\nand the sugar is then broken up into alcohol and a residue com-\\nposed chiefly of water.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0063.jp2"}, "62": {"fulltext": "58 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nPhysiological Action of Alcohol 071 the Stomach In very small\\nquantities it appears to aid digestion, in larger amounts it checks\\ndigestion, reddens the mucous membrane lining the stomach and\\nproduces a thickening of the membrane by increasing the amount\\nof connective tissue between the glands. This is followed by\\nfatty and cystic degeneration of the glands themselves and finally\\nmore or less atrophy and destruction of these parts hence the\\ncommon expression in reference to chronic drunkards that they\\nare burned out. Taken habitually in large quantities it lessens\\nand finally destroys the appetite.\\nEffect on the Liver Taken in large quantities for a long time it\\nproduces enlargement of the organ by the deposit of fatty\\nmaterial. This is followed by an increase of the fibrous tissue and\\nsubsequent contraction and atrophy, so that the function of the\\nliver is interfered with or abolished.\\nEffect on the Lungs It produces irritation and alters the tissues\\nof the lungs. Chronic bronchitis and pneumonia are more fre-\\nquent and serious in those who habitually take much alcohol.\\nEffect on the Heart and Blood Vessels Alcohol in healthy per-\\nsons at first increases the force and quickness of the heart action.\\nIt causes evident dilation of the superficial blood vessels, as is\\nshown by the redness and flushing of the skin. If it were not for\\nthis yielding of the vessels, alcohol would be a most dangerous\\nagent, as either the strong wave of blood would break the vessel\\nor the heart would not be properly emptied of blood during the\\ncontraction. There is danger, then, in the excessive use of alco-\\nhol in advanced life when the arteries have become more rigid, of\\nsudden death as a result of the rupture of some of the blood ves-\\nsels about the brain. Eventually the vessels on the surface become\\npermanently enlarged and turgid, so that their course in the skin\\ncan be easily traced.\\nEffect 071 the Blood The amount of fat is increased. The\\nchemical changes in the blood are partially arrested.\\nEffect on the Nervous System In most cases it acts at once as\\nan anaesthetic, and lessens the rapidity of impressions, the power\\nof thought and the perfection of the senses. In some cases,\\nhowever, it seems to increase the rapidity of thought and excites\\nthe imagination, but even here the power of control over a train", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0064.jp2"}, "63": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 59\\nof thought is lessened. The special senses of sight, taste, touch\\nand hearing are dulled. In almost all cases moderate quantities\\ncause a feeling of comfort and exhilaration, due probably at first\\nto its anaesthetic effect upon the nerves of the stomach, but later\\nto its action upon the heart, increasing the circulation and the\\namount of blood which is sent to the nerve centers in the brain.\\nEffect on the Muscular System Voluntary muscular power is\\nlessened, especially when large amounts of alcohol are taken at\\nonce. The finer combined movements are less perfectly made.\\nIn very large amounts it paralyzes the respiratory centers in the\\nbrain, sometimes causing death.\\nEffect o?i the Tissue Changes of the Body Whether tissue\\nchanges in the body are materially interfered with or not is\\nnot definitely known, but probably they are to a certain extent.\\nEffect on the Temperature of the Body In full doses to a\\nhealthy man or animal alcohol causes a fall in temperature. This\\nchange, however, is not marked, and in most cases the change is\\nslight.\\nEffect on the Eliminating Organs The amount of urine is\\nslightly increased, also its acidity. The action of the skin is\\nincreased and larger amounts of insensible perspiration occur.\\nRemote Effects of Alcohol The degenerative changes which\\noccur so frequently in the stomach and liver, by the constant\\nintroduction of improper amounts of alcohol into the system,\\nfollow also in almost all other parts of the body. The brain, its\\nmembranes and its vessels, suffer early and principally. Many\\ncases of severe brain disease and insanity are unquestionably due\\nto excessive use of alcohol. Degenerative changes in the stomach,\\nliver, lungs and kidneys also follow its immoderate use. The\\nnature of the change seems to be the same in all cases, that of a\\nfibroid and fatty degeneration. What is moderate use of alcohol\\nin one individual may be and often is an excess in another.\\nPeople differ constitutionally, and an amount of alcohol which\\nwould be of no particular detriment to one person would be a\\npoisonous dose to another. Alcohol, by its great effect in increas-\\ning the action of the heart, is undoubtedly the cause of many\\ndiseases of the circulatory system occurring in those addicted to\\nits use.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0065.jp2"}, "64": {"fulltext": "60 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nConclusions on the Use of Alcohol The vast mass of facts,\\nphysiological and of personal experiences, leads to the conclusion\\nthat alcohol is unnecessary to the well being of the healthy\\norganism. That a man can better withstand extreme heat or\\nextreme cold, can better perform hard mental or physical labor,\\nand in fact has greater powers of endurance without the addition\\nof alcohol to his diet. In certain diseased conditions, where the\\nheart needs a powerful and rapid stimulant, the use of alcohol\\nis invaluable, but as an article of diet it is, to the healthy indi-\\nvidual, not only unnecessary but actually harmful.\\nAlcoholic Beverages Alcoholic beverages vary much, not\\nonly in the proportion of alcohol which they contain, but in the\\nchemical composition of the liquid.\\nPER CENT OF ALCOHOL IN DIFFERENT BEVERAGES\\nBeverage. Per cent Alcohol.\\nEnglish ale 7.3\\nLondon porter 5. 5\\nScotch ale 8.5\\nLager beer 4. to 8.\\nBavarian beer 4.5\\nVienna beer 3.5\\nPort wine 16.62 to 23.2\\nSherry wine 16. to 25.\\nMadiera wine 16.7 to 22.\\nBordeaux wines 6.85 to 13.\\nRhone wines 8.7 to 13.7\\nBurgundy 8.9 to 12.\\nChampagnes 5.8 to 13.\\nMoselles 8. to 13.\\nRhine wines 6. 7 to 16.\\nHungarian wines 9.1 to 15.\\nItalian wines 14. to 19.\\nBrandy 45. to 55.\\nGin 49. to 57.\\nWhiskey 50. to 55.\\nRum 50. to 60.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0066.jp2"}, "65": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 61\\nBeer Beer is brewed from malt and hops. In inferior beers\\ncorn, wheat and sugar are often substituted for the barley malt\\nand hops. The percentage of malt extract varies from 5 to 10.9\\nper cent. It is least in the bitter and highest in the sweet ales\\nand beers. There are present in beers and ales many acids, such\\nas lactic, acetic, gallic, and malic acid also their salts in composi-\\ntion with various chlorides and phosphates. Sugar, and a small\\nquantity of albuminous matter, are also present. Dark colored\\nbeers such as porter and stout owe their dark color to the presence\\nof roasted malt or caramel. Volatile and essential oils are also\\npresent.\\nFrom the foregoing it will readily be seen, how complex a sub-\\nstance beer is and what varied and complex actions it may have\\nupon the system.\\nPhysiological Action So far as known, beer seems to lessen\\nthe excretion from the system, of the products of tissue change,\\nthe amount of urea in the urine, and of carbon dioxide from the\\nlungs, both being decreased. The action on the nervous system\\nis the same as that of alcohol, the exhausting or depressing action\\nof large quantities of beer, taken at one time, being probably due\\nto the large amount of potash it contains and also to the action\\nof the hops. When beer is taken daily in excess, it gradually\\nproduces a state of fullness and plethora of the system this is due\\nto the continual interference with the elimination of the fat and\\nnitrogenous substances from the tissues. When this reaches a\\ncertain point, the appetite is lessened and the bodily power is\\ndiminished. There is imperfect oxidation, and an excess of\\npartially oxidized products, such as oxalic and uric acids which\\nact as chemical poisons, producing gouty and bilious disorders.\\nWines The composition of wines is even more varied and\\ncomplex than of beers. It may be said, however, that they contain,\\nin addition to the varying percentages of alcohol, varying quan-\\ntities of many different ethers, some of which are volatile while\\nothers may be said to be fixed. There are also present varying\\namounts of albuminous matters, sugar, fat, free acids and salts.\\nThe champagnes also contain free carbon dioxide.\\nSpirits Brandy is distilled from wine or fermented grapes,\\nand contains, besides the alcohol, many ethers, tannin and color-", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0067.jp2"}, "66": {"fulltext": "62 HEALTH AT HOME.\\ning matter made from the cask or from caramel. Inferior brandy\\nmade from potatoes or grain contains a deadly poison called fusel\\noil. Rum is distilled from fermented juice of the sugar cane,\\nand derives its peculiar odor from the large amount of butyric\\nether present. Gin is made from grain, unmalted, and besides\\ncontaining the oil of juniper is flavored with various aromatic\\nsubstances. Whiskey is distilled from malted grain.\\nDietetic Use of Alcoholic Beverages Some advantages\\nmay be obtained from moderate dietetic use of beer and wine on\\naccount of the presence of other substances than alcohol in their\\ncomposition. Wines, on account of the large amounts of salts and\\nsugar present in most wines, act, when taken in moderate quan-\\ntities, favorably on digestion, and many people with weak diges-\\ntive powers are much benefited by the addition of small amounts\\nof wine to their diet. Port, sherry and champagne are the best\\nforms in which wine can be taken. Beer does not so well agree\\nwith weakened digestion; its chief value is obtained when used\\nin those cases in which there is a general impairment of the phy-\\nsical system the digestive powers still remaining in good condi-\\ntion, such as is the case with a nursing mother, or one recovering\\nfrom any wasting diesase, where it is desired to rapidly put on\\nflesh. Brandy, gin and whiskey should never be added to a diet\\nand should only be used in those cases where profound and rapid\\nstimulation are demanded. Here we find them of value and\\noccupying a prominent position among the remedies at our com-\\nmand with which to combat disease. But let them always be\\nonly considered as a medicine, and occupy a place in the medi-\\ncine chest and not upon the table or sideboard. They are for the\\nmost part merely flavored and colored alcohol and they do not\\ncontain the ingredients which give a dietetic value to beer and\\nwine morever they are more dangerous, since it is so easy to\\ntake them undiluted and thus introduce an amount of alcohol into\\nthe system which at once becomes harmful, and if persisted in is\\ndestructive.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0068.jp2"}, "67": {"fulltext": "heai/th at home. 63\\nNon-Aixohouc Beverages\\nCoffee Unroasted coffee contains much cellulose, sugar and\\nvegetable acid. There is also a small quantity of aromatic oil\\nand caffein. The total amount of caffein is small, but it is the\\nactive principle upon which coffee depends for its stimulating\\neffect. The caffein is not appreciably affected by roasting.\\nWhen coffee is roasted it swells considerably and becomes lighter,\\nlosing from 15 to 25 per cent in weight. The sugar is changed\\ninto caramel and the caffein is liberated from its chemical com-\\nbination with other substances. Several gases are formed, but\\ncarbon dioxide is the principal product. It is owing to the forma-\\ntion of these gases that the coffee swells so much.\\nAs an Article of Diet Coffee stimulates the nervous system,\\nand in large doses produces tremors. Pure caffein in large doses\\nproduces tetanus, or peculiar stiffness of the muscles. Coffee in\\nmoderate quantities increases the frequency of the pulse, but in\\nlarge amounts diminishes the pulse rate. It removes the sensa-\\ntion of commencing fatigue during exercise, but owing to its\\nstimulating effect on the nervous system and circulation it pro-\\nduces wakefulness. Coffee has but little effect on the salivary\\ndigestion, but it retards to a considerable extent the stomach\\ndigestion when taken in considerable quantities. It slightly\\nincreases the action of the kidneys, and in some cases acts as a\\nmild cathartic upon the intestines. Coffee should not be kept\\nlong after roasting unless it is kept sealed tightly, as it rapidly\\nloses its aroma. It should not be ground until time of using.\\nCoffee should not be boiled in making, as the boiling liberates the\\ntannin and other bitter principles in the coffee and dissipates the\\naroma or flavor. In making coffee the water should be brought\\nto the boiling point and then the finely ground coffee should be\\nadded and the vessel then removed from the fire and allowed to\\nstand for five minutes. The liquid is then poured off from the\\ngrounds and placed upon the fire again and brought to the boiling\\npoint, when the beverage is ready for use. The partially\\nexhausted grounds can be again used by the addition of fresh\\ncoffee for a second infusion, but should be thrown away after the\\nsecond using.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0069.jp2"}, "68": {"fulltext": "64 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nAdulterations The usual adulterations are chicory, grains and\\nbeans. The whole coffee grain is not often adulterated, but the\\nadulterations are frequent in coffee which is ground before being\\nput up in packages for the market.\\nTea Teas are of two kinds, black tea, such as Souchong and\\nOolong and green teas, such as Hyson and Gunpowder. Dry\\ntea contains about 1.8 per cent of thein, which is the active prin-\\nciple of tea, and which corresponds to the caffein in coffee. Tea\\nalso contains albumin, sugar, cellulose, tannin and vegetable\\nextracts, and small amounts of other matters, such as oil and\\nresin.\\nAs an Article of Diet Tea has a decided stimulating and\\nrestorative action on the nervous system. This effect is not\\nfollowed by depression. The pulse is a little quickened. The\\naction of the skin is increased, while that of the bowels is les-\\nsened. The kidneys are but little if any affected. The salivary\\nand stomach digestion are slightly retarded by teas. This is prob-\\nably due to the large amount of tannin contained in tea, and it is\\nclaimed that the addition of a small quantity of carbonate of soda\\nto the tea entirely removes this effect upon the digestion.\\nMaking the Infusion of Tea The water should be brought to\\nthe boiling point and the tea then added and the vessel removed\\nfrom the fire and allowed to stand for five or six minutes. The\\nliquid should then be poured off from the leaves and reheated\\nover the fire.\\nCocoa Cocoa contains an active principle called theobromin,\\nwhich greatly resembles caffein and thein found in coffee and tea,\\nbut the composition of cocoa removes it widely from tea and\\ncoffee as an article of diet, as cocoa contains a large amount of fat,\\nin some instances as much as 40 to 50 per cent. It also contains\\nfrom 15 to 18 per cent of proteid matter, with some vegetable\\nextractives and a large amount of phosphate of potash.\\nAs a?i Article of Diet The large quantity of fat and proteid\\nsubstance which it conains makes cocoa a very nourishing and\\nvaluable addition to the diet. It is very useful in weak states of\\nthe system, and in healthy men where great exertion is required.\\nAdulterations In commerce cereal grains, starches, arrowroot,", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0070.jp2"}, "69": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 65\\nsago, or potato starch and sugar, are very commonly mixed with\\ncocoa, and some of the so-called homeopathic cocoas are rightly\\nnamed, for the amount of cocoa is very small.\\nChocolate This is a preparation of cocoa from which the\\ngreater part of the cocoa butter or fat has been removed. The\\npaste is then mixed with sugar and various flavoring substances\\nand pressed into moulds.\\nCoca The leaves of the erythroxylon coca, when chewed, are\\nsaid to remove the feeling of fatigue, and the Indians of Peru\\nmake use of the plant for this purpose. The active principle is\\ncocaine, which is so useful as a local anaesthetic.\\nKola This is made from the seeds of the kola nut. It relieves\\nfatigue to some extent when chewed. It increases the amount of\\nurine, acts as a stimulant upon the nervous system, and increases\\narterial tension.\\nCondiments Under this head come vinegar, mustard, pep-\\nper and salt.\\nVinegar This is a useful addition to the diet, but should be\\npure and not contain sulphuric acid, as, when thus adulterated,\\nit not only furnishes a strong acid, but one which forms an insol-\\nuable compound with any lime salts with which it may come in\\ncontact in the body.\\nMustard Mustard is made from the seed of the mustard plant,\\nfrom which the outer coats have been removed and the residue of\\nthe seed ground into a fine powder. It is a mild irritant and\\nstimulates the flow of saliva and gastric juice and adds flavor to\\nthe food when taken in moderate quantities.\\nPepper Pepper is an irritant stimulant to the glands in the\\nmucous membrane of the mouth and stomach and increases the\\nflow of saliva and gastric juice. Ground pepper, as found in the\\nshops, is almost always adulterated with linseed, mustard seed\\nhusks, flour and ground rice.\\nSalt Salt is a necessary addition to the diet. The fluids of the\\nbody all contain more or less salt and all foods are made more or\\nless palatable by the addition of salt.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0071.jp2"}, "70": {"fulltext": "66 HKAI/TH AT HOME.\\nEXERCISE.\\nIn order to have perfect health every organ must have its\\nrequired amount of exercise. If exercise is deficient either in a\\ngeneral sense, or as regards any particular organ, nutrition suffers,\\nand the organ is lessened in size and more or less degeneration\\noccurs. If the exercise be excessive, nutrition, at first appar-\\nently vigorous, becomes at last abnormal, and often a degenera-\\ntion occurs which is as complete as that which follows the disuse\\nof the organ. Every organ has its special stimulus which excites\\nit to action, and if this stimulus is perfectly normal in quality and\\nquantity perfect health is necessarily the result. The term\\nexercise, however, is generally used to mean only the action of\\nthe voluntary muscles. This action is not absolutely essential to\\nthe exercise of the other organs, still it is really necessary, as the\\nheart especially, and to a certain extent all of the other organs,\\nexcept possibly the brain, are profoundly affected by the action of\\nthe voluntary muscles. Without this exercise of the voluntary\\nmuscles the health must inevitably be lost, and it becomes impor-\\ntant, therefore, to determine the effects of exercise, and the amount\\nwhich should be taken.\\nThe Effects of Exercise On the Lungs The most impor-\\ntant effect of muscular exercise is produced on the lungs. The\\ncirculation of the blood through the lungs is much hurried, and\\nthe quantity of air taken in and of carbon dioxide thrown\\nout is wonderfully increased by exercise. The amount of air\\ntaken into the lungs by a person when walking at the rate of six\\nmiles per hour is seven times as great as the amount taken in\\nwhile lying quietly in one position. This is more clearly shown\\nwhen it is stated in this way Under ordinary circumstances a\\nman draws in 480 cubic inches of air per minute if he walks\\nfour miles an hour he draws in five times 480, or 2400 cubic\\ninches if six miles an hour seven times 480, or 3360 cubic inches.\\nThe amount of carbon dioxide or waste from the system in the\\nexpired air is correspondingly increased. The amount of water\\nremoved from the system, both by the lungs, in the form of\\nwatery vapor, and by the skin in the form of perspiration is", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0072.jp2"}, "71": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 67\\nvastly increased by active exercise. Carbon dioxide is formed\\nchiefly in the muscles, and is taken from them by the blood and\\ncarried to the lungs, where it is expelled from the body, and\\nthis process must be rapid so that there may be no accumu-\\nlation of the carbon dioxide in the tissues, else their power of\\nstrong action is reduced or made impossible. That this is true is\\nshown by the diminution in the power of bodily action which\\noccurs when the circulation of the blood through the lungs is by\\nany means interfered with.\\nMuscular exercise is then clearly necessary for the sufficient\\nelimination of carbon from the body, and in a state of prolonged\\nrest either there must be a diminished amount of food containing\\ncarbon taken into the body or carbon will accumulate in the tis-\\nsues with its resultant poisonous effects. Excessive or badly\\narranged exercise may lead to congestion of the lungs, and even\\nto bleeding from the lungs. Deficient exercise, on the other\\nhand, is one of the conditions which favor the development of\\nthose changes in the lungs which depend upon altered nutrition,\\nsuch as consumption. Certain rules may be established from\\nthese facts. During exercise the action of the lungs should be\\nperfectly free no impediment must be allowed to the freest play\\nof the chest and the action of the muscles of respiration and as\\nsoon as the respiration becomes labored or sighing the lungs are\\nbecoming too congested and rest is necessary in order that the\\nnormal balance may be regained. Another point is that the great\\nincrease in the amount of carbon thrown out of the system during\\nexercise demands a corresponding increase in the amount of car-\\nbon taken into the system in the food. This increase in carbon\\nis best supplied in the form of fat, and not in the form of starch.\\nAgain, as alcohol lessens the excretion of carbon dioxide through\\nthe lungs, it is hurtful during exercise, and for this reason, as\\nwell as because it lessens the power of voluntary action, those\\nwho use large amounts of alcohol are incapable of great exertion.\\nThis is well understood by trainers of athletes, who allow no\\nspirits and but little if any wine or beer. Water alone is the best\\nliquid to train on. Finally, since the amount of carbon dioxide\\nremoved through the lungs is so much increased, it follows that\\na much larger amount of pure air is necessary, and all enclosed\\nbuildings, such as gymnasia, where exercise is taken, should\\nhave every facility for thorough and complete ventilation.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0073.jp2"}, "72": {"fulltext": "68 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nOn the Heart and Blood Vessels The action of the heart is\\ngreatly increased in force and frequency by exercise, and the\\nflow of blood through all parts of the body as well as the heart\\nitself, is augmented. The increase in heart beats is from ten to\\nthirty beats per minute in ordinarily active exercise, but in severe\\nexercise it may be much more. After exercise the rate of heart\\nbeats falls below the normal and may become irregular or inter-\\nmittent. During exercise if the heart is not oppressed the action,\\nthough rapid and forcible, is regular and equable but when the\\nheart becomes embarrassed, the pulse becomes quick, small, and\\nthen unequal and irregular. After resting for a time the healthy\\nheart again regains its normal regular action. Excessive exer-\\ncise when too prolonged leads to more or less permanent disturb-\\nance of the heart and vessels; in extreme cases even to rupture\\nof the heart or some of the vessels. In other instances excessive\\nexercise is followed by palpitation and hypertrophy of the heart,\\nand rarely to valvular disease. These affections may be avoided\\nby careful training and due proportion of rest during exercise.\\nDeficient exercise leads to weakening of the heart s action and\\nultimately to dilation, and fatty degeneration. In commencing\\nexercise to which one is not accustomed the heart must be closely\\nwatched. Excessive rapidity (one hundred and twenty to one\\nhundred and forty beats per minute), inequality and irregularity\\nwill indicate that rest and more care in beginning the exercise are\\nneeded, in order that the heart may become accustomed to the\\nadditional work.\\nOn the Skin The skin becomes red from dilation of the blood\\nvessels, and perspiration is increased; water, chloride of sodium\\n(salt) and acids (fatty) pass off in great abundance. This evapo-\\nration reduces and regulates the heat of the body, which would\\notherwise soon become excessive thus, even during violent exer-\\ncise, if the perspiration be free, there is but little increase in the\\ninternal heat of the body, but if from any cause the perspiration\\nbe checked the bodily heat soon increases, languor follows and in\\nextreme cases great prostration ensues. No amount of external\\ncold seems to be able to check the passage of fluid through the\\nskin, although it may check the rapidity of evaporation. Dur-\\ning exercise there is little danger of chill under almost any cir-", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0074.jp2"}, "73": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 69\\ncumstances, but when exercise ceases there is then great danger,\\nbecause the heat of the body rapidly falls and declines below the\\nnormal amount, while the evaporation from the surface still con-\\ntinues, thus increasing the reduction of bodily heat. The lessons\\nto be drawn from these facts are that the skin should be kept\\nextremely clean and the pores thoroughly opened. During exer-\\ncise the body may be thinly clad, but immediately afterward it\\nshould be covered sufficiently well to prevent the least feeling of\\ncoolness of the surface. Flannel is best for this purpose.\\nOn the Voluntary Muscles The muscles grow, become harder\\nand respond more readily to will power. Their growth, however,\\nhas a limit, and when any single muscle or group of muscles is\\nexercised to too great an extent, they will, after growing to great\\nsize, commence to waste. This does not seem to be the case when\\nall the muscles of the body are exercised, for then no single muscle\\nor group of muscles can be over- exercised. Prolonged exertion\\nwithout sufficient rest interferes to a certain extent with the\\nnutrition of the muscles and they become soft. The rules to be\\ndrawn from these facts are that all muscles and not a single group\\nshould be brought into play, and that periods of exercise must be\\nalternated with long periods of rest, especially during the early\\npart of training, until the system becomes accustomed to the\\nexercise.\\nOn the Nervous System It is supposed that the intellect is less\\nclear in those who take excessive exercise. But there is no\\ndoubt that great bodily activity is quite consistent with extreme\\nmental activity and, indeed, considering that perfect nutrition is\\nnot possible, except with bodily activity, it may be inferred that\\nsufficient exercise is necessary for perfect performance of mental\\nwork. The point to be made is that exercise should be in moder-\\nation and not pushed to excess. Deficient exercise causes a\\nheightened sensitiveness of the nervous system, a sort of morbid\\nexcitability, and a greater susceptibility to the action of external\\nagencies.\\nOn the Digestive System The appetite is largely increased by\\nexercise, the increased desire seeming to be mostly for meat and\\nfat. Exercise makes digestion more perfect and absorption more\\nrapid. The circulation through the liver and abdominal organs", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0075.jp2"}, "74": {"fulltext": "70 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nis carried on with more vigor. The effects of exercise on diges-\\ntion are greatly increased if it is taken in the open air, and it is\\nthen a most valuable remedy for some forms of dyspepsia. On\\nthe other hand lack of exercise lessens both the appetite and\\ndigestive power.\\nGeneral Effect of Exercise on the Body The chief effect is to\\nincrease the oxidation of carbon. It also eliminates water\\nfrom the body after exercise, therefore, the body, especially the\\nblood, is poor in water. It increases in circulation everywhere,\\nthus increasing the rapidity of tissue change and renewal. It\\nincreases the outflow of heat from the body by increasing the\\nperspiration, which carries out with it large amounts of waste\\nmatters, thus cleansing the system. It strengthens all parts of the\\nbody. To obtain the best effects of exercise, it must be indulged\\nin, carefully and in moderation. Sufficient intervals of rest must\\nbe allowed and care must be taken to avoid chilling after exer-\\ncise. There must be supplied to the body a sufficient increase\\nin the amount of food elements, which are demanded by the\\ninci eased rapidity of tissue changes which occur during action.\\nThe lungs must be free to act to their full capacity, so that suffi-\\ncient oxygen may be taken in to properly exchange for the\\nincreased amount of carbon dioxide in the blood.\\nClothing The object of clothing is to protect the body\\nagainst cold and heat. Materials for clothing are chiefly cotton,\\nlinen, wool, silk and leather.\\nCotton is a vegetable substance, the fiber being very hard, and\\nit does not shrink in washing, does not rapidly absorb water,\\neither into the fiber or between the fibers in the cloth. It con-\\nducts heat less rapidly than linen, but much more rapidly than\\nwool. Its advantages as an article of dress are cheapness and\\ndurability. Its hard non-absorbing fibers place it far below wool\\nas a warm clothing.\\nLinen is also made from vegetable fibers. It conducts heat and\\nabsorbs water slightly better than cotton. It is smoother than\\ncotton, but as an article of clothing belongs in the same class.\\nWool is an animal fiber is a bad conducter of heat, and great\\nabsorber of water, but is a poor absorber of odors. Water pene-\\ntrates into the fibers of the wool as well as between them. This", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0076.jp2"}, "75": {"fulltext": "I\\nHKAI/TH AT HOME. 71\\nproperty of absorbing water is a very important one. During\\nperspiration the evaporation from the surface of the body is\\nnecessary to reduce the heat which is generated by the exercise.\\nWhen the exercise is finished the evaporation still goes on, and\\nto such an extent as to chill the body. When dry woolen cloth-\\ning is put on after exercise the vapor from the surface of the body\\nis condensed in the wool and gives out again the large amount of\\nheat which had become latent when the water was vaporized.\\nTherefore woolen clothing feels warm when used during sweat-\\ning. In the case of cotton and linen clothing the perspiration\\npasses through them and evaporates from the surface, so the loss\\nof heat continues and the body becomes chilled. In addition to\\nthis the texture of the wool is warmer, on account of its bad con-\\nducting power, and it is less easily penetrated by cold winds.\\nThe disadvantage of wool is that its soft fiber shrinks on washing\\nand becomes smaller, harder and less absorbent. The admixture\\nof certain proportions of cotton with wool forms a cloth which\\nshrinks but little in washing and still retains a considerable por-\\ntion of the qualities which make the pure woolen cloth desirable.\\nGeneral Conclusions on Clothing Protection Against Cold\\nWool is superior to either cotton or linen, and should be worn for\\nunderclothing in cold weather. Cotton and linen have about the\\nsame value for protection against cold.\\nProtection Against Heat Texture has nothing to do with pro-\\ntection against direct rays of the sun this depends entirely upon\\ncolor. White is the best color, then grey, yellow, pink, blue and\\nblack. In hot weather, therefore, white or grey should be chosen.\\nIn the shade, the effect of color on heat is not marked. The\\nthickness and heat conducting power of the material are the con-\\nditions which influence heat.\\nProtection Against Cold Winds For equal thickness leather\\nand rubber goods take first rank, wool the second, cotton and\\nlinen are about equal in the third place\\nAbsorption of Perspiration Wool has about double the power\\nof absorption of cotton and linen.\\nAbsorption of Odors This partly depends upon color. Experi-\\nments show that the order of power of absorption of odors is\\ngreatest in black, then in blue, red, green, yellow and white.\\nAs far as texture is concerned the absorption is in proportion to", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0077.jp2"}, "76": {"fulltext": "72 HEALTH AT HOME-\\nthe power to absorb water, hence wool absorbs more odor than\\ncotton or linen.\\nDISINFECTION AND DEODORIZATION.\\nThe term, disinfectant, which has now come into popular use,\\nunfortunately has been employed to mean several different things,\\nbut the sense in which it is used here is to designate those sub-\\nstances which can prevent infectious diseases from spreading, by\\ndestroying their specific poisons. The mode in which the poisons\\nare destroyed is a matter of indifference, provided the destruc-\\ntion of the poison be accomplished.\\nThe general term, air purifier, is given to those agents which\\nin any way cleanse the air; disinfectants then come under this\\nclassification. The term, deodorants, is given to those sub-\\nstances which are used to prevent putrefaction in excreta or in\\nwaste animal or vegetable matters, or to remove the products of\\nputrefaction. In a great many instances the substances which\\nare recommended as disinfectants are little more than deodorants,\\nand ought properly to be considered as such.\\nThe chief human diseases which are spread by means of special\\nagencies (conveniently designated under the term, contagia)\\nare Infectious fevers, such as typhoid and typhus fevers, scar-\\nlet fever, various forms of malarial fever, yellow fever and chol-\\nera, bubonic plague, influenza, whooping-cough, diphtheria,\\nerysipelas, puerperal fever, syphilis, gonorrhea, glanders, tuber-\\ncular phthisis and leprosy.\\nIt has long been the belief that the spread of infectious diseases\\nmight be prevented by destroying the agencies in some way,\\nand various fumigations, fires and similar plans have been\\nemployed for centuries during great epidemics. In order to apply\\ndisinfection in the modern sense of the term we ought to know,\\nfirst, the nature of these contagious agencies second, the media\\nthrough which they spread third, the effect produced upon them\\nby the substances with which we attempt to destroy them.\\nContagia Contagia are those substances which, when devel-\\noped under diseased conditions in one organism or individual,", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0078.jp2"}, "77": {"fulltext": "1\\nHEAI/TH AT HOME. 73\\nwill, when transferred to some other organism or individual offer-\\ning a favorable or suitable soil or location for their development,\\nproduce the same or a similar disease in that organism or indi-\\nvidual. The nature of contagia is at present the object of eager\\ninquiry and study, and in some instances the specific substance\\nwhich developes the disease has been isolated and studied but in\\nthe great majority of cases much is yet to be learned. Con-\\ntagia are now considered to belong in the main, if not altogether,\\nto a general class called bacteria and are considered as being\\nclosely allied to that form of growth known as fungi. Bacteria\\nare given various names, according to certain peculiarities of\\nshape, habit or development, such as baccilli, microbes, vibrios\\nand monads. It is still an open question whether the bacteria\\nthemselves produce the disease, or whether the disease is produced\\nby the products of tissue change within the bacteria themselves,\\nand which are passed out in the form of excreta, thus infecting the\\nsoil in which the bacteria grows. Under this theory the disease\\nis caused by the poison which the bacteria produce. Many forms\\nof bacteria are not only harmless, but beneficent. In truth our\\ndigestive functions are dependent, for the most part, upon the\\naction of bacteria for their completion. Fermentation is the result\\nof the development of bacteria, and all decomposition is caused by\\nsome form of bacteria.\\nAs knowledge of disease increases, the belief is becoming more\\ngeneral that each of the specific diseases, which are capable of\\nbeing transfered from one individual to another, and which are\\nnot dependent upon some organic function or functional derange-\\nment of the organism, is due to some special and distinctive germ\\nor micro-organism. Many of these germs have been recognized\\nunder the microscope and have been isolated and their habits\\nstudied, and means found for their destruction.\\nMedia or Material in which Contagia are Spread The\\nspecial and distinctive symptoms of each disease are usually\\nattended with special violence in some one or more parts of the\\nbody, and it is especially in these parts of the body that the con-\\ntagia are formed. Rapid changes, either of growth or decay, are\\nfound in these parts. The skin and mouth and throat in scarlet\\nfever, sore throat in diphtheria, skin and bronchial secretions in", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0079.jp2"}, "78": {"fulltext": "74 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nmeasles, the stools containing the broken down tissue of the lin-\\ning mucous membrane and glands of the intestine in typhoid\\nfever, the sputa of consumptives containing broken down lung\\ntissue are all evidences of this. In fact those parts of the body\\nwhich are the breeding place of the contagious particles give off\\nthe poison in greatest amount. The portions of the body thus\\nthrown off, and containing the contagia, may then pass into the\\nair or find their way into the drinking water or food, and in this\\nway be introduced by breathing, drinking or eating, or through\\nbroken surfaces of the body. Any break of the skin may be the\\npoint of entrance for certain kinds of bacteria, which thus pro-\\nduce the disease. The methods of disinfection ought then to\\ndeal with the poisons at their point of origin as far as they are\\naccessible to us. Thus the way to prevent the spread of scarlet\\nfever is to attack the poison in the skin from the very first and\\ndestroy it there if possible; failing in that, the effort to prevent\\nthe epidermis from breaking up and passing into the air should\\nbe made. Oily disinfectant inunctions of the skin and complete\\ndisinfection of all clothing which in any way touches or comes in\\ncontact with the skin of the patient are the two chief means of\\npreventing the spread of scarlet fever. In typhoid fever and all\\ndiseases characterized by altered excreta the immediate destruc-\\ntion of all particles of poison in the stools by strong chemical\\nagents and the prevention of the poison getting into sewers,\\ndrinking water or food, are measures obviously demanded by the\\npeculiarities of these special diseases. The more complete our\\nknowledge of the breeding places of bacteria in the body the more\\nperfect will be our means of disinfection.\\nAgents for the Destruction of Bacteria Heat is, when\\nproperly applied, absolutely destructive to germ life, and is, for\\nthe disinfection of clothing and other materials suitable for the\\napplication of heat, such as food, water, etc. the best and surest\\nmethod. Steam at high temperature is more rapid and certain\\nthan dry heat.\\nA large number of chemical agents are employed. Some are\\ntrue disinfectants; others are simply antiseptics, which have the\\npower of suspending the vitality and power of propagation of\\nthe micro-organisms, thus reducing their effect; still others are", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0080.jp2"}, "79": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOME. 75\\nbut deodorants, which oxidize the products of decomposition,\\nand thus destroy the offensive odors. These chemical agents are\\ndivided into gaseous, liquid and solid substances.\\nDried earth, quicklime, charcoal and a mixture of lime and tar\\nare the most important of solid disinfectants. Charcoal is the\\nbest. Solutions of potassium permanganate, zinc chloride, car-\\nbolic acid, corrosive sublimate, formaline, etc., are the liquid\\ndisinfectants commonly used, and the strength of the solutions\\nshould be regulated by the uses to which they are to be put, as\\nthey are all more or less active poisons, and when used about the\\nhuman body should be in very dilute solutions.\\nPurification of Rooms after Infectious Diseases All\\nwoodwork should be scrubbed with a solution of corrosive sub-\\nlimate (1 in 5,000) and afterwards with soft soap and water.\\nThe walls should be well washed, and if papered the old paper\\nshould all be removed and the room repapered. All fabrics and\\nfurniture should be removed, and if facilities are not at hand for\\ntheir thorough disinfection they should be burned. The room\\nshould be tightly closed and fumigated with the fumes of chlorine\\nor burning sulphur for three to six hours. After that the win-\\ndows should be opened and allowed to remain open for one to\\ntwo days.\\nDisinfection in Various Diseases Scarlet Fever The\\npoints of attack are the skin and throat. The skin should be\\nrubbed from the very beginning of the rash until complete des-\\nquamation is accomplished with camphorated oil or oil with a\\nlittle weak carbolic acid. The throat should be washed with a\\nweak solution of carbolic acid in water, of a strength sufficient to\\ntaste sweet and stillnot bite the tongue. Clothing and bedding\\nshould not be washed in the common laundry, but by themselves,\\nand thoroughly boiled. There should be no attempt at disinfect-\\ning the air during the time the room is occupied, but as perfect\\nventilation as possible should be secured.\\nSmall Pox The skin and the discharge from the nose, mouth\\nand eyes are to be disinfected. The skin is the most difficult\\nto manage, but keeping the surface well smeared with cam-\\nphorated oil or carbolized vaseline will be of great service. A solu-\\ntion of permanganate of potash and sulphurous acid should be", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0081.jp2"}, "80": {"fulltext": "76 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nused for the mouth, nose and eyes. The clothing should always\\nbe burned unless absolutely reliable means of disinfection by high\\ntemperature is at hand. The contagion of small pox passes into\\nthe air enclosed in small, dried pieces of pus and epithelial scales,\\nand is very difficult to destroy.\\nMeasles Oily applications to the skin, and carbolic acid in\\nthe vessels receiving the expectoration are the proper measures.\\nTyphoid Fever The bowel discharges are believed to be the\\nchief, if not the only agents in spreading the disease. Kvery dis-\\ncharge should, at once, be mixed with some strong chemical\\nagent; of these corrosive sublimate is the best. The following\\nformula will give an efficient solution: Corrosive sublimate, one-\\nhalf ounce; hydrochloric acid, one ounce; aniline blue, five\\ngrains; water, three gallons. Chloride of lime also acts well.\\nCarbolic acid in a 5 per cent solution is effectual. The stools\\nshould be thoroughly mixed with the solution and then allowed\\nto stand in a covered vessel for some hours before final disposal.\\nIn towns they should be finally disposed of in the sewers and in\\nthe country they should be buried at a point far removed from the\\nwater supply they should never be thrown into earth closets or\\nupon manure heaps. Bed clothing should be washed separately\\nfrom the common laundry and be thoroughly boiled.\\nDiphtheria The specific poison seems to reside chiefly in the\\nfalse membrane and in the discharge from the mucous mem-\\nbrane of the mouth and throat. The application of strong\\ncaustics to the membrane has been recommended both as a cura-\\ntive agent and as a disinfectant. Nitrate of silver, twenty\\ngrains to the ounce of water, or equal parts of hydrochloric acid\\nand water may be applied with a swab. Various disinfectant\\ngargles may be used and pulverized sulphur may be blown upon\\nthe surface of the membrane. Peroxide of hydrogen or pyrozone\\nis an invaluable agent in the removal, and destruction, of this\\nfalse membrane. The full strength solution can be applied to the\\nmembrane with a swab and after the application the surface\\nthoroughly washed with a solution made by dissolving two tab-\\nlets of No. 1 in a half tea cup of water which has been boiled.\\nThese measures should be begun as early as possible in the\\ncourse of the disease.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0082.jp2"}, "81": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME). 77\\nDeodorants Charcoal acts well as a deodorant, but soon\\nbecomes clogged and loses its power. The effect of dry earth,\\nmarly and clayey soil is similar to that of charcoal, but these\\nare not so soon clogged. Quicklime may be spinkled over solid\\nexcreta or added to sewer water until a deposit occurs leaving a\\nclear fluid above. This is a very imperfect way of deodorizing.\\nChloride of lime is a powerful deodorant and is also a sterilizer,\\nespecially at high temperatures, but even at ordinary temperatures\\nit will almost completely destroy bacteria. Chloride of soda\\nhas a similar action but is more soluble and throws down a\\ndeposit. Corrosive sublimate is very powerful in one-tenth to\\none-half per cent solution, but its use is attended with some dan-\\nger, when used on a large scale, as it is an active poison. Car-\\nbolic acid in 5 per cent solution in water is an active and reliable\\nagent. The solution can be thrown down cesspools or sprinkled\\nover manure heaps.\\nGENERAL REMARKS ON INDIVIDUAL HYGIENE.\\nIt is impossi ble to make rules sufficiently elastic and yet precise\\nenough to meet every possible case. While individual hygiene\\nshould be a matter of study to everyone, it is by no means desir-\\nable that one should pay a constant or minute attention to one s\\nhealth. Such care will defeat its object. One should only exer-\\ncise such reasonable care, thought and prudence which, in a\\nmatter so important, everyone is bound to take. Every man, for\\ninstance, is the best judge of the exact diet which suits him. If\\nhe understands the principles of diet and remembers that the\\namount of food and exercise must be balanced and that evil\\nresults from an excess of either he is hardly likely to go wrong.\\nTemperance and exercise was the rule laid down by the\\nancients, and if we understand by temperance sufficient food for\\nwants, but not for luxuries, we shall express the present ideas\\nof true hygiene.\\nThe nutrition of the body is so affected by individual peculiar-\\nities that what may be a satisfactory and proper diet for one per-\\nson would be a very unwholesome and improper diet for another.\\nProper and slow mastication of the food is necessary, and it is", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0083.jp2"}, "82": {"fulltext": "78 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nextraordinary how many affections of the stomach called dyspep-\\nsia arise simply from faulty mastication, from deficient teeth or\\nfrom swallowing the food too rapidly. Many persons are too\\nthin simply from their own habits they eat chiefly meat and eat\\nit too fast, when they should eat very slowly and eat more bread\\nand starchy substances. Fat persons, on the other hand, by les-\\nsening the amount of starch and taking more exercise can often\\nlessen the amount of fat to almost any extent. These rules are,\\nhowever, only general and there are many exceptions, for some\\npersons are normally thin, or fat, as the case may be, and varia-\\ntions in the diet have but little or no effect. The exact amount\\nof exercise is a matter for individual decision, it being remem-\\nbered that exercise in the free air is necessary for good health,\\nand that the healthiest persons are those who have the most exer-\\ncise. As a rule people, especially women who are not obliged to\\nwork, take too little exercise, and in them the muscles become\\nflabby and poorly nourished.\\nAttention to the skin is another matter of personal hygiene.\\nThe skin must be kept perfectly clean and well clothed. For\\ncleanliness, cold bathing and friction are the best. The effect of\\ncold water is to improve the nutrition of the skin so that it acts\\nmore readily and this is especially true when combined with fric-\\ntion. The effect of heat on the skin, and especially the action\\nof the Turkish bath, and its effect upon health, is somewhat unde-\\ncided. To some people the use of the Turkish bath is harmful,\\nacting as a depressant and leaving them weak and languid. The\\nTurkish bath as a curative agent in certain diseases is extremely\\nuseful but it should not be daily used by anyone in good health\\nexcept possibly in a very mild form, and always concluding the\\nbath with the application of cold water to the surface of the body.\\nThe care of the bowels is another matter of personal hygiene,\\nand is of much importance. Constipation is to be avoided, but\\non the other hand the constant use of purgatives is destructive\\nto digestion and absorption, and the use of injections, though\\nless hurtful to the stomach, is undesirable. On the whole it\\nseems that relief for the bowels can usually be obtained by proper\\nexercise, especially by exercise of the abdominal muscles and by\\nthe use of certain articles of diet, such as pure water in consider-\\nable quantities at meals, the use of bran bread, honey, fruit and", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0084.jp2"}, "83": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 79\\nsuch gently laxative foods. Many cases of chronic constipation\\nare due to a lack of tone in the muscular fibers in the bowel\\nwalls, amounting in some cases to a partial paresis. Such cases do\\nnot require strong purgatives, as they are only made worse by\\ntheir use. The treatment should consist of such remedies as have\\na direct action upon muscular tissue, stimulating it to a proper\\naction and giving it tone. (See chapter on Constipation.\\nThe regulation of the passions must also be left to the individ-\\nual. The control of morals has baffled the exertions of the priest\\nand the statesman, and can only be attained by the education of\\nthe individual so that he may see the evils of excess. The period\\nof puberty corresponds with the period of most important growth,\\nwhen the bones are consolidating and uniting and both muscles\\nand nerves are largely absorbing nourishment and are developing\\ntheir fullest power. Too early indulgence in sexual gratifica-\\ntion or the greater drain of solitary vice arrest this development\\nto a considerable extent, and prevent the development of powers\\nof strength and endurance necessary to a healthful life. The\\nbaleful influences of venereal diseases, affecting not only the\\nindividual, but wives and children, and through the family\\ninfluencing the state itself, can only be avoided by proper per-\\nsonal hygiene. The amount of mental work and the practice of\\ngeneral good temper and cheerfulness and hope are other points\\nwhich each man must control for himself. Great mental work\\ncan be borne well if hygienic principles of diet, exercise, etc.\\nbe attended to.\\nHope and cheerfulness are great aids to health, no doubt from\\ntheir effect upon digestion. Usually, too, they are combined\\nwith a quick and active temperament and with rapid bodily\\nmovements and a love of exercise.\\nThe individual application of hygienic rules will differ accord-\\ning to the sex and age and circumstances of the person. In the\\ncase of children we have to apply the general rules with as much\\ncaution and care as possible, as we must depend upon external\\nevidence to prove their utility. In the case of adults individual\\nexperiences soon shows whether a certain rule is or is not benefi-\\ncial and what modification must be made in it. Were the laws\\nof health and physiology better understood, how great would be\\nthe effect!", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0085.jp2"}, "84": {"fulltext": "80 HEALTH AT HOMK.\\nAnd a better understanding of the laws of health and physi-\\nology can only be obtained by educating the people. Teach\\nthem how to observe, how to reason from cause to effect and\\nenable them to recognize that certain acts or conditions are harm-\\nful and have an effect upon their health and happiness. It is\\nwith this object in view that the author of this book has given so\\nmuch space to hygiene and has gone into such detail, feeling\\nthat if anyone is stirred to a desire for knowledge upon such\\nimportant subjects, and led to a deeper study in volumes devoted\\nto the consideration of hygiene and physiology he will be amply\\nrepaid for his labor.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0086.jp2"}, "85": {"fulltext": "NURSING.\\nThe Sick Room The comfort and well being of an invalid\\ndepend to so great an extent upon his surroundings that in con-\\nsideration of the universal liability to illness and accident there\\nought to be in every well regulated and properly arranged house\\nan apartment chosen and especially fitted for the use of the sick.\\nThis matter, however, in spite of its importance, is very generally\\nignored, and in order that one may be able to do the best possible\\nwith the facilities at hand it is well to know what a sick room\\nought to be and how to make the best use of such a room as can be\\nobtained. A model sick room is large, light, airy, clean and\\nquiet. The larger the room the better it can be aired the more\\nairy, the cleaner it will be, and the cleaner it is the more favor-\\nable it is for the recovery of the patient. Space is therefore\\nimportant from a hygienic point of view.\\nLocation of Sick Rooms The sick room should be located upon\\nthe sunny side of the house, having a south or west aspect. Only\\nin exceptional cases, such as inflammation of the eye or brain, is it\\nnecessary to have the room darkened, and even then a south\\nroom, with the light carefully moderated with blinds and curtains,\\nis to be preferred to a darker room on the north side. Iyight is a\\nhealthful stimulus, and in the majority of cases not only light but\\ndirect sunshine is beneficial, partly on account of the cheerful-\\nness which it imparts and partly because of its actual physical\\neffects. The Italian proverb, Where the sun does not enter the\\ndoctor does, well illustrates the healing power of sunlight. There\\nshould be as many windows as possible, and they should be on\\ntwo sides of the room, so that circulation can be obtained for the\\nair in the room. The windows should be such as can be opened\\nboth top and bottom, and should reach nearly to the floor so that\\nthe patient can see out of them. Bars and streaks of light are to\\nbe guarded against, as they may cause a great deal of annoyance.\\nThe sick room should be as far as possible removed from the", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0087.jp2"}, "86": {"fulltext": "82 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nnoises and odors of the house and street; the walls should be thick\\nenough to deaden external sounds and the floor should not be so\\nunsubstantial as to vibrate under every tread.\\nWhere these conditions are not to be obtained try to have the\\nroom above unoccupied. There are numerous advantages to be\\ngained, especially in cities, by having the sick room at the top\\nof the house. It will be more quiet, in a stratum of purer air,\\nand in case of contagious disease can be more completely isolated.\\nWherever possible there should be two connected rooms for the\\nuse of the sick, so that the patient can be moved to the adjoining\\nroom at least once daily. A good plan is to have one for night\\nuse and the other for use by day. This plan allows thorough\\nventilation of the unused room and facility for thorough cleansing,\\nto say nothing of the benefit afforded the patient by the change\\nfrom surroundings which soon become monotonous. It is a com-\\nmon, but very reprehensible, practice to have food, medicine,\\nand all sorts of paraphernalia lying about in a confusion that\\nwould be enough to make a well person sick. They should be\\nkept out of sight except at the moment of actual use. Growing\\nplants or freshly cut flowers may fill their place, much to the\\nadvantage of the patient. The flowers should be removed, how-\\never, as soon as they begin to fade. Do everything to make the\\nsick room the brightest and cheeriest room in the house. A cer-\\ntain amount of depression is the inevitable accompaniment of\\nsickness. It cannot be entirely dispelled, but all counteracting\\ninfluences should be brought to bear. Dark, gloomy and\\nunpleasantly suggestive surroundings do much to magnify and\\nintensify it.\\nThe walls and ceiling are best of some soft, uniform, neutral\\ntint, as pale green or gray. Avoid wall paper of conspicuous\\ntone or colors, or regularly recurrent figures, as in some states of\\nthe mind in sick people, the constant study of an ever recurring\\nfigure in the wall paper or ceiling becomes a positive element of\\nharm. Better than any paper is paint or a hard finished surface\\nwhich can be scrubbed. The monotony may be relieved by pic-\\ntures, but judgment must be exercised in their selection. The wood-\\nwork should be severely plain and flat. There should be no cornices\\nor mouldings, and no woolen curtains, portieres or drapery of any\\nkind. All woolen stuffs easily become infected and are extremely", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0090.jp2"}, "87": {"fulltext": "HEAIvTH AT HOME, 83\\ndifficult to disinfect. If any curtains are used they should be of\\nlight wash stuff and should be frequently laundered. Carpets\\neven are much better dispensed with. Rugs may be used, as\\nfootsteps are noisy on the bare floor, but they must be small\\nenough to be easily removed each day and thoroughly shaken and\\naired. If there is a carpet on the floor it can only be swept and\\ncleaned when the patient can be taken out of the room here we\\nsee the advantage of the double rooms for the sick. The sur-\\nface dust, however, can be quite effectually and noiselessly\\nremoved by means of a damp cloth wrapped around a broom.\\nFurnishing of the Sick Room The essential furnishings of the\\nsick room are a bed, on easily and noiselessly running castors, a\\nbedside table, an easy chair, a lounge and a large movable screen.\\nThe latter can be readily improvised by fastening a shawl or\\nsheet over an ordinary clothes-horse. Convenient tables are\\nmade with the point of support very much to one side, so as to\\nreach well over the bed they may be raised or lowered to any\\ndesired height. Bed trays, with a low rim around three sides,\\nmay be used by the patient for all purposes of a table. They are\\nabout thirty inches long by fourteen broad, and stand on legs\\nhigh enough to keep the weight entirely off the body. A bed\\nrest, a commode, and similar small conveniences may be desir-\\nable, but the fewer superfluous things the better. All the furni-\\nture should be of the simplest possible style. Elaborate carvings\\nonly find lodging-places for dust, and whatever adds to the diffi-\\nculty of maintaining absolute cleanliness is to be avoided.\\nNoises in the Sick Room Everything should be substantial and\\nin good repair. Ill-fitting blinds, rattling windows, and creak-\\ning doors are nuisances demanding speedy remedy. Many slight\\nand apparently unimportant noises, which are nevertheless pecul-\\niarly annoying to the sensitive nerves of the sick, may easily,\\nwith a little care and forethought be done away with. Keep\\nrocking chairs out of the room. Avoid wearing clothes that\\nrustle or shoes that squeak. If coal must be put on the fire bring\\nit in wrapped in paper and lay paper and all on the fire. Use\\na wooden rather than a metallic poker to rake the fire. Noise\\nwhich is understood and inevitable is far less trying than a much\\nslighter noise, unexplained or unnecessary. Intermittent noise is", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0091.jp2"}, "88": {"fulltext": "84 HEALTH AT HOMK.\\nmore hurtful than a continuous noise. Sudden sharp or jarring\\nsounds are especially bad. A good nurse never startles the\\npatient. Even in such a small matter as the way of addressing\\nthe patient be considerate of his weakness. Do not speak abruptly\\nfrom behind him, making him first jump, then turn around and\\nask what you said, but get his attention before speaking, and\\nuse a clear, distinct, though not necessarily loud voice. Whis-\\npering in the sick room, or just outside the door, is one of the\\nmany distressing forms in which the solicitude of the patient s\\nfriends will manifest itself. There are few things more torment-\\ning, though it is usually done with the very best of intention\\nnot to disturb him. A low distinct tone, when conversation is\\nnecessary, will seldom annoy. Whispering will annoy, as will\\nany sound which strains the attention or creates a sense of\\nexpectation. It should be laid down as a rule that what the\\npatient is not intended to hear should never be said in his pres-\\nence.\\nThese seem very small points to dwell upon, but good nursing\\ndepends largely upon attention to details so apparently trivial\\nthat a careless person would never think of them, but which\\nmake or mar the comfort of the invalid. Small things grow\\nvery large and important to the sensative patient in the limited\\ninterests of the sick room. Nothing is insignificant or beneath\\nnotice which has any bearing on the welfare of the patient. To\\nkeep the sick room in a proper condition is as important a part of\\nthe nurse s care of the patient as the more personal ministrations.\\nThe Bed It is a common notion that anyone can make a\\nbed, and possibly also that it is also of very little account how a\\nbed is made. To a thoroughly healthy person who will sleep\\nsoundly all night and turn out of bed as soon as he awakens, it\\ndoes not indeed matter much, although he spends a third of his\\nlife in it, whether his bed be well or illy made, so long as it is\\nclean and warm. But the invalid whose confinement to the bed\\nis more or less compulsory and permanent and whose acuteness of\\nsensation is increased by disease, finds few things more seriously\\naffecting his comfort than the condition of the bed. To know\\nhow best to arrange and take care of the bed is very important\\nto the nurse.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0092.jp2"}, "89": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 85\\nThe Bedstead Wooden bedsteads for the sick should not be\\nused, when anything else can be obtained. The best kind is\\nmade entirely of metal, iron or brass, with a woven wire mat-\\ntress. The metal bedsteads can be more easily kept clean and\\nwholesome than those ordinarily found in homes. They are\\nnon-absorbent, and afford no hiding places for vermin, which\\nin spite of all precautions will sometimes appear even in well\\ncared-for homes. The sign of a bug should be the signal for a\\nmost careful search and extermination, for, once having gained\\na foothold, they multiply with alarming rapidity. Corrosive sub-\\nlimate is the surest remedy but, being a violent poison, it must\\nbe used with great care. Another exterminator, recommended\\nfor all kinds of vermin, consists of the following formula Aqua\\nammonia, two ounces; saltpeter, one ounce; soap scraped, one\\nounce soft water, one quart.\\nBedsteads should be on castors, and no heavier than is neces-\\nsary for strength. The best dimensions for a bed in which a sick\\nperson is to be cared for, are six and a half feet long, three feet\\nwide, and two or at most two and a half feet high. If it is too\\nwide the nurse will be unable to reach the patient without getting\\non the bed herself, always an objectionable proceeding; if too\\nhigh, it adds to the difficulty of raising the patient, and makes\\nit harder for convalescents to get in and out.\\nMattresses Some kind of a mattress should be placed over the\\nwire springs. The mattress may be made of hair, straw, jute,\\nexcelsior, or some similar material. Straw has the advan-\\ntage of cheapness, and the ticks can be frequently emptied,\\nwashed, and refilled, and the old straw burned but hair of good\\nquality makes the most comfortable bed, being at once firm and\\nelastic. It can be cleaned and subjected to disinfecting tempera-\\nture without damage. A feather bed is a thing which is never\\nto be thought of in connection with the sick room, being a com-\\nbination of all that is objectionable. Its use is merely equivalent\\nto putting the patient into an immense poultice; it is warm,\\nsoft, absorbent, and consequently nearly always damp. Unless\\nit is stuffed uncommonly full the patient sinks at once into a\\nhole. It is impossible to keep it level, and if it once gets wet\\nthere is no way of drying it. Nothing is more conducive to the\\ndevelopment of bed sores than a feather bed.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0093.jp2"}, "90": {"fulltext": "86 HEAI/TH AT HOME).\\nFracture Board In many surgical cases it is of great impor-\\ntance that the bed be kept flat and level. Where this is required\\na board the size of the mattress is placed under it. This is\\nknown as a fracture board. It should have holes in it for ven-\\ntilation.\\nSheets For sheets cotton or linen may be used, though the\\npreference is given to cotton, as it does not conduct away the heat\\nquite as rapidly, consequently the patient is not so liable to chill.\\nThe sheet should be wide enough to extend at least one foot over\\neach side of the bed. It should not have a seam in the middle.\\nTo Make the Bed Spread the lower sheet smoothly and tightly\\nover the mattress, tucking it in securely on all sides. It can be\\nmade still more firm by fastening it to the mattress with safety\\npins. Be careful that the sheet is put on straight, for if not it\\nwill draw into wrinkles, and if pinned is likely to tear. There\\nshould not be a blanket between the sheet and mattress. It may\\nbe necessary to protect the under sheet and mattress from dis-\\ncharges by a piece of rubber cloth, covered by a second folded\\nsheet. The water proof and cover sheet should both be drawn\\nas tightly as possible and well tucked in. Enameled cloth,\\noiled muslin, or even in an emergency heavy brown paper, may\\nbe substituted for the rubber cloth when that cannot be obtained.\\nThe rubber being only for the protection of the bed, should not\\nbe retained longer than is really necessary, as the patient will be\\nmore comfortable without it.\\nBed Covers The bed covering should be enough for warmth,\\nbut no more; for too much warmth is enervating, and too much\\nweight impedes respiration. There should be another sheet\\ntucked in well at the foot, so as not to be pulled out, but left long\\nenough so that the upper end may be turned down for some dis-\\ntance over the blankets. A wooly surface coming directly in\\ncontact with the face is generally disagreeable, though in some\\ncases, where warmth is desirable, as in acute rheumatism, the\\npatient may be put directly between the blankets without inter-\\nvening sheets. Blankets of good quality are the best bed cover-\\ning, being warm and not of great weight. They should come up\\nhigh enough to tuck well in around the throat if desired, but\\nthe patient should not be allowed to sleep with his head under", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0094.jp2"}, "91": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 87\\nthe bed clothing, breathing the noxious emanations of the\\nbody. Several thin coverings will be warmer than a single\\ncover of equal weight, because of the non-conducting air enclosed\\nbetween them. Heavy quilts and counterpanes will be found\\nburdensome. If it is desired to avoid the weight of a counter-\\npane, a clean white sheet will take away the unfinished look of\\nthe blankets alone, and at the same time protect them from dust.\\nCounterpanes being chiefly ornamental may be taken off at night\\nand thus kept clean longer. An extra blanket will be needed\\ntoward morning, and should always be at hand. Blankets as\\nwell as sheets need washing whenever they become soiled or are\\ntaken from infected beds. Fresh blood stains can be removed\\nfrom blankets or ticking by spreading over the spot a paste of fine\\nstarch or wheat flour and leaving it to dry there.\\nThe Positio?i of the Bed The sick bed should stand far enough\\nfrom the wall to be accessible on all sides. It should be in\\nsuch a position that its occupant can see out of the window,\\nbut whatever artificial light is employed had best be behind the\\npatient. Nothing should be allowed under the bed, nor should\\nthere be any drapery to prevent free circulation of air below it.\\nSitting on the bed, leaning on it, or in any way shaking it causes\\ngreat discomfort to the patient. In some cases even the touch of\\nthe bedclothes cannot be endured. When this is the case they\\nmay be supported over the seat of pain by cradles, frames of\\niron or wood made for the purpose. The two halves of a barrel\\nhoop tied together in the middle so as to form four legs, make a\\nvery good one, or the clothes may be lifted on a strong cord run-\\nning diagonally from the head to foot of the bed.\\nMethod of Changing Sheets on the Sick Bed When it is desired\\nto change the sheet while the patient is in the bed, it can be\\neasily done by rolling the soiled sheet lengthwise, beginning at\\nthe side farthest from him and rolling toward him until the roll\\nlies closely alongside of him. The clean sheet previously rolled\\nin the same way, is then unrolled toward the patient, over the\\nspace from which the soiled one was taken, until the two rolls lie\\nside by side. The patient may then be lifted or turned over on\\nto the clean sheet, and the soiled one taken entirely away, and the\\nremainder of the clean one unrolled. The upper sheet can be", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0095.jp2"}, "92": {"fulltext": "88 HEAI/TH AT HOMK.\\nchanged with even less trouble, and no exposure. Pull the\\nclothes free at the foot of the bed. Spread the clean sheet out-\\nside of them all and then over it spread a blanket and tuck both\\nin securely at the foot. The entire covering which it is desirable\\nto remove can then be removed leaving the clean sheet and\\nblanket behind. If the extra blanket is not at hand the clean\\nsheet may be rolled across its width, and after being well tucked\\nin at the foot, unrolled toward the head, under everything. The\\nsoiled sheet may then be rolled down toward the foot and re-\\nmoved.\\nSee that each blanket is made smooth and straight. If they are\\nnot wide enough to tuck in well at the sides, the upper one may\\nbe put on with its length across the others and well tucked in,\\notherwise they will all be dragged off on one side when the\\npatient turns over. The custom of taking a crumpled upper\\nsheet and putting it on in place of a soiled lower one is not good\\neconomy in sickness. If there can be only one clean sheet given,\\nlet it be the one on which the patient has to lie. The sheets\\nought to be changed frequently, at least once a day, if only to be\\naired and returned to the bed again. Dampness in bed or bed-\\nding is always dangerous. If the bed gets to feeling close or\\nunpleasant, it may, to some extent, be aired by lifting the clothes\\nat the edge of the bed and fanning them up and down a few times.\\nThis may be done without danger to the patient, and in warm\\nweather especially will be found refreshing. If you cannot\\nchange the sheets pull them as tight as possible and straighten\\nthem out. This will give a fresh feeling to the bed. The best\\narrangement is to have two beds, each with its full complement\\nof bed clothing, one set being aired while the other is in use.\\nEven a very sick person can be easily moved by two persons.\\nMoving the Patient from One Bed to Another Bring the two beds\\nclosely together. Be sure that the sheet upon which the patient\\nis lying is a sound strong one. Roll two poles or long brush\\nhandles in the sheet, one on either side, until they are close up\\nto the patient. This forms an impromptu stretcher upon which\\nhe can be easily moved. The sheet can then be removed in the\\nordinary manner. If the two beds are of the same height one\\nperson can easily move the patient from one to the other. Hav-", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0096.jp2"}, "93": {"fulltext": "HEAI/fH AT HOMK. 89\\ning the two beds side by side, pull the mattress of the one on\\nwhich he is lying a little way over the other. He may then be\\nslid down upon the fresh bed and the other taken away. This is\\neasy if the mattress is not too thick and heavy. Where the\\npatient can help himself, even a little, the matter of moving him\\nis not so difficult. To move him to another bed is really but\\nlittle more difficult than to arrange his own under him, while the\\nchange makes him more comfortable and enables his own bed to\\nbe thoroughly aired and made up. In some surgical cases, such\\nas a fracture of the thigh, the change of beds is impracticable.\\nIn such cases a wide bed should be used and some of the advan-\\ntages of two beds may be obtained by using alternate sides of it.\\nOne half should be kept for day time and the other for night.\\nPillows and Pillow Cases Be sure to have plenty of pillow\\ncases, so that they may be changed often. Nothing more dis-\\ngusts a sensitive person than to be compelled to lie with the head\\nupon a grimy, dirty pillow case. The pillows should be changed\\nfrequently, as they become hot and hard. Shake the pillow up\\nand turn it often. In doing this lift the patient s head carefully,\\nand let it rest upon one arm, while with the other hand the pillow\\ncan be changed and arranged. Then lay him back gently; do\\nnot let his head drop with a jerk.\\nTo Prop a Patient up in Bed When using pillows, first see\\nthat one is pushed well down against the small of the back, and\\nthen put each additional pillow against the last. This will keep\\nthem from slipping, and support the back without interfering\\nwith the play of the lungs. Wooden bed rests are made, and, for\\ntemporary use, a straight backed chair turned up side down is\\nvery good.\\nRubber Cushions, Air and Water Beds Small pillows of vari-\\nous shapes and sizes are often useful about the sick bed, and rubber\\nair cushions are especially comfortable. (See appendix) They\\nshould be smoothly covered, and the cover sewed not pinned\\non. In some cases air or water beds will be called for. They are\\nboth made of rubber. The air mattress may be put on an ordin-\\nary bedstead, but the water bed lies in a wooden trough. The\\nwater with which it is filled should be at a temperature of about\\n70\u00c2\u00b0 F. and should be renewed every two weeks. The water bed", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0097.jp2"}, "94": {"fulltext": "90 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nshould be covered with a blanket before putting on the usual\\nbedding. Care must be taken to avoid pricking water or air\\ncushions or beds, causing them to leak.\\nBed Sores Bed sores result from continued pressure upon\\nprominent parts of the body and may vary from slight abrasions\\nof the skin to deep wounds. They appear most frequently upon\\nthe lower part of the back, the hips, shoulders, elbows or heels, but\\nmay develop wherever conditions are favorable. There is liability\\nto them in all cases of long confinement in a recumbent position,\\nespecially where there is much lowered vitality of the system, as\\nin paralysis, fevers, and old age. Very heavy and very emacia-\\nted patients are alike predisposed to them, and they are among\\nthe most trying complications of surgical cases, where motion is\\nrestricted. Bed sores are frequently the result of bad nursing,\\nand the cases are rare where a good nurse cannot avert their for-\\nmation. They are more easily prevented than cured when once\\nestablished.\\nPreventive Measures Preventive measures consist in keeping\\nthe parts thoroughly clean, and the surface under them dry and\\nsmooth; and in hardening the skin, and so far as is possible,\\nremoving local pressure. This precaution should be taken at the\\nbeginning of an)^ long sickness, without waiting for manifest signs\\nof danger. The parts most subject to pressure must be frequently\\nwashed with soap and water and thoroughly dried. The sheet\\nshould be changed as often as it becomes damp from any cause,\\nand the greatest pains be taken to keep it free from wrinkles,\\ncrumbs and inequalities of any kind. Crumbs in the bed consti-\\ntute one of the minor ills of sickness and too much care cannot be\\nexercised in keeping the bed free from crumbs. There should be\\na regular crumb hunt after each meal. The patient s clothes must\\nnot be permittted to get into folds or creases under him. The\\nskin may be hardened by bathing several times daily with alco-\\nhol, brandy or eau-de-cologne. Follow this by rubbing in well\\na small quantity of simple ointment like vaseline to keep the skin\\nsupple. Finally dust the surface of the parts with talcum pow-\\nder. If lycopodium powder be used it must be remembered that\\nit is highly inflammable, and must be kept away from a lighted\\nlamp or candle. When the danger of the formation of bed sores", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0098.jp2"}, "95": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 91\\nis extreme or the skin already abraded it may be protected by a\\nsimple coat of flexible collodion or a solution of gutta percha.\\nThe pressure may be relieved by frequent changes of position, or\\nwhen practicable by circular pads or air cushions, or in extreme\\ncases by the use of the water bed. The latter equalizes the pres-\\nsure and is,|in cases of paralysis or prolonged incontinence of urine,\\nthe only efficient safeguard.\\nBed Sores The first symptom evident to the patient is a pricking\\nsensation or a feeling as if he were lying on something rough, or\\nthere may be no subjective indication whatever. A patient may\\nbe delirious, paralyzed or too weak to complain, and a bed sore\\nbe far advanced before it is discovered unless constant care has\\nbeen exercised in watching for indications of trouble of this kind.\\nDaily and careful examination should be made of such parts as\\nare especially subjected to pressure, and the first discovery of\\nreddening or roughing of the skin, or of pain or pressure, be\\naccepted as a serious warning of trouble. If these symptoms\\npass unnoticed or uncared for the discoloration will become deeper\\nand the inflammation progress until sloughing results.\\nTreatment of Bed Sores After the skin has become broken the\\nuse of spirits should be discontinued, or else they should be\\ndiluted, for although still useful they cause much pain. The\\nsurface should be dressed with oxide of zinc ointment or with\\nvaseline. Twenty grains each of tannic acid and oxide of zinc\\nworked into an ointment with an ounce of vaseline makes an\\nefficient dressing. When the slough has formed its separation is\\nhastened by the use of a charcoal poultice. (See Poultices.)\\nWhen the slough has become detached it almost invariably shows\\ngreater extent of injury than the surface indications would lead\\none to anticipate, often laying bare deeper tissues, even to the\\nbone. Poulticing should not continue longer than necessary to\\nremove the gangrenous portion, as it tends to soften and break\\ndown the^neighboring parts. Prof. Brown-Siquard advises t he\\nalternate applications of heat and cold, an ice bag for ten min-\\nutes, followed by a warm poultice for an hour. After the separa-\\ntion of the slough the resulting ulcerated surface is treated with\\nsome stimulating disinfecting remedy, balsam of Peru or car-\\nbolic acid one teaspoonful in a teacupful of water, applied on lint,", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0099.jp2"}, "96": {"fulltext": "92 HEAI/fH AT HOME.\\nonly within the limits of the sore. Iodoform finely powdered can\\nbe dusted over the surface, but best of all is No. 40 (Iodoform\\nointment) found in the Cabinet. Cover the lint with a piece of oiled\\nmuslin or rubber cloth of a little larger size than the sore and\\nhold the dressing in place with strips of adhesive plaster not by\\nbandages. The dressings must be renewed at least once a day,\\nand the surface of the sore thoroughly washed with a solution\\nmade by dissolving two tablets of No. 3 in a teacup of warm\\nwater using small pledgets of cotton to cleanse it then thoroughly\\ndry the surface of the sore and surrounding parts before the oint-\\nment is again applied. Remove all pressure by circular pads.\\nThe general strength of the patient must be supported, and the\\ncirculation as far as possible promoted, as the immediate cause\\nof bed sores is defective nutrition. If neglected they may result\\nfatally, as the constant discharge may prove too great a drain\\nupon the already debilitated patient, or blood poisoning may\\nresult from the absorption of the products of decomposition into\\nthe blood.\\nCIRCULATION OF THE BLOOD.\\nIn order that we may know something of the nature of the\\nblood and the manner in which it is carried through the body it\\nbecomes necessary to very briefly describe the character of the\\nblood itself and the mechanism of circulation.\\nThe Blood The blood is the most important as well as the\\nmost abundant fluid in the body, and it pervades nearly every\\npart of the body, and upon its presence and its unceasing motion\\nlife as well as health depends. The blood to the naked eye\\nappears as a simple red fluid, but examined under the micro-\\nscope it is seen to be made up of a multitude of little solid bodies\\nfloating in a clear, colorless liquid. These little solid bodies are\\ncalled corpuscles, and the liquid in which they float is known as\\nplasma. The plasma is made up of serum and fibrin. The cor-\\npuscles are mostly of a yellowish red hue, and it is from their\\nvast numbers that the blood derives its red appearance. There\\nare some white ones. They are larger than the red, and are of", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0100.jp2"}, "97": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOME. 93\\na different shape, but are comparatively few in number. The\\nblood while it circulates through the body is perfectly\\nfluid, but upon removal from its natural surroundings it exhibits\\na well known tendency to coagulate or solidify. The fibrin of\\nthe plasma separates itself from the serum, and entangles the float-\\ning corpuscles into a mass called a clot. This peculiarity affords\\nprotection against undue loss of blood, for dangerous hemorrhage\\nwould follow even a slight cut, did not the clots thus formed\\neffectually close the injured blood vessels and prevent further\\nescape of the vital fluid. Occasionally this coagulation of the\\nfibrin takes place while the blood is still in motion in the blood\\nvessels, obstructing the circulation seriously. This is called\\nthrombosis. A clot so formed or any solid body, arrested in the\\narteries or capillaries, constitutes an embolus.\\nFunctions of the Blood The office of the blood is to carry nutri-\\ntion to all parts of the body, and to remove its waste material.\\nThe process is carried on by means of the heart and blood vessels\\nof three distinct kinds the arteries, which carry the blood away\\nfrom the heart, veins, which bring the blood back to the heart\\nand capillaries, which connect the arteries and veins.\\nThe Heart The heart is a pyramidal shaped organ situated\\nnearly in the center of the chest. The apex, pointing downward,\\nforward and to the left, can be felt between the fifth and sixth\\nribs. The base is on a level with the upper border of the third\\nrib. The base is fixed in one position, but the apex is freely\\nmovable. The heart is hollow and divided into four cavities or\\nchambers of nearly equal capacity, two at the base, called auricles\\nand two below called ventricles. A valve between the two aur-\\nicles exists at birth, but at once closes, and gradually disappears,\\nso that afterwards^there is no connection between the two sides\\nof the heart. The left side always contains pure blood the right\\nside impure blood. If the valve between the two auricles fails to\\nclose after independent .circulation is established, the impure\\nblood mixes with the pure, and we get what is ^called a blue\\nbaby, a condition which is soon fatal. Between each auricle\\nand its corresponding ventricle there is an opening guarded by a\\nvalve, which permits the passage of fluid in but one direction\\ndownward. Each ventricle has also another opening, provided", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0101.jp2"}, "98": {"fulltext": "94 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nwith valves connecting it with a large artery, the aorta on the\\nleft and the pulmonary artery on the right. The auricles also\\nhave other openings through which the blood flows into them\\nfrom the great veins. As the auricles fill with blood they con-\\ntract, and the blood, following the line of least resistance, is\\nforced into the ventricles. They in turn similarlv contract, forc-\\ning the blood on into the arteries, regurgitation being prevented\\nby the valves guarding the openings between the auricles and\\nventricles. The sounds heard when the ear is placed over the\\nheart are caused by the closing of these valves.\\nCourse of the Blood Through the Body\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Let us now\\nfollow the blood which is forced out of the left ventricle. It\\npasses first into the aorta, the main trunk of the arteries. The\\naorta ascends from the upper part of the left ventricle for a short\\ndistance, then forms an arch backward over the upper part of the\\nleft lung and passes downward into the abdomen, where it divides\\ninto two great branches. From every part of its length it sends\\nout branches; these branches again divide and subdivide into\\nnumberless smaller vessels extending to all parts of the body,\\ngradually diminishing in size as they become more and more\\nremote from the heart. The blood is thus forced through the\\nentire system of arteries by the contraction of the left ventricle of\\nthe heart. The minute branches of the arteries finally empty\\ntheir contents into an even smaller set of vessels known as capil-\\nlaries. These vessels are so small as to be invisible to the naked\\neye, yet they serve for the transmission of the minute blood cor-\\npuscles. They interlace in every direction, making an elaborate\\nnetwork, and finally unite to form blood vessels of the third class,\\nthe veins, which carry the blood back to the heart. These veins\\nare extremely small at the extremities but as they approach the\\nheart they increase in size because of their uniting until they\\nfinally all combine into two great trunks, the superior and inferior\\nvenae cavae, which emptv into the right auricle of the heart.\\nThe veins returning to the heart follow closely in the track of the\\narteries which lead away from it, but they lie nearer the surface.\\nThe velocity of the blood current decreases as it approaches the\\ncapillaries, its progerss being: delayed by the increasing narrow-\\nness of the vessels and the intricate path it has to travel. Time", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0102.jp2"}, "99": {"fulltext": "HEAI/fH AT HOME. 95\\nis thus allowed for the assimilation of the nutrient portion of the\\nblood by the living tissues with which it is here brought into\\nintimate contact. Having once completed the circuit of the\\narteries, capillaries and veins the blood is restored to the heart,\\nand its circuit of the system is complete. It has, however, under-\\ngone a change in character and appearance during its stay in the\\ncapillaries; some of its elements have been appropriated and it\\nhas become charged with waste matter,- and lost its bright red\\ncolor. Before it can be fit for further use it must be purified.\\nTo accomplish this and get back to that side of the heart from\\nwhich it started it has another journey to take. This is called\\nthe pulmonary circulation. From the right auricle, into which\\nthe blood is poured by the veins, it flows into the right ventricle,\\nand in the next contraction of the heart the blood is forced out\\ninto the pulmonary artery, which leads to the lungs. This,\\nlike all other arteries, is subdivided into small branches, and\\nfinally connects with a set of capillaries in the lungs. In this\\nset of capillaries the blood is brought near the atmosphere and\\nundergoes a process of renovation. The blood then passes from\\nthese capillaries into the pulmonary veins which carry it back to\\nthe left auricle, ready to start again upon its system of double\\ncirculation. It will be seen, therefore, that in the pulmonary\\nsystem of circulation the general arrangement is so far reversed\\nthat the arteries become the bearers of impure blood and the veins\\ncarry pure blood. The blood vessels, branching in every direc-\\ntion, communicate with each other in all parts of the body, so\\nthat if the main course of the blood be interrupted, it may still\\ngo on its way by making a detour through smaller branches.\\nSuch communication of vessels is called anastomosis. The col-\\nlateral circulation which it allows is of great value in surgery,\\nas it makes it possible to tie a large vessel without obstructing\\nthe general circulation.\\nThe Pulse Each contraction of the heart sends out a wave\\nwhich distends the blood vessels, and which they by their elasti-\\ncity carry through the entire arterial system. This periodical\\ndistention is called the pulse. Wherever an artery approaches\\nthe surface, the pulse beats can be felt and counted. The pulse is\\na valuable guide in disease, as it varies with the condition of the", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0103.jp2"}, "100": {"fulltext": "96 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nheart, and affords an accurate index of its action. It is usually-\\ntaken at the radial artery, just above the wrist; if it becomes imper-\\nceptible there it may still be felt at the temporal artery in the\\ntemple, the carotid artery in the neck, or at any other large artery,\\nas the large arteries show the pulsation longest. In children the\\npulse is best felt in the temporal artery during sleep. It is often\\nvery difficult to get a child s pulse anywhere when it is awake.\\nTaking the Pulse To take the pulse accurately place two or\\nthree fingers along the course of the artery, making slight pres-\\nsure, and count for a full minute. The rate varies with varying\\ncircumstances. Age, sex, food, temperature, position, exertion,\\nmutual states and many other conditions modify it, even in\\nhealth. It is usually more rapid in women than in men, in\\nchildren than in adults. It is slow during sleep, quicker after\\ntaking food, more rapid standing than sitting, sitting than lying\\ndown. The average rate in a healthy adult is seventy-two beats\\nper minute and in a child, one hundred and twenty. Nearly\\nall abnormal conditions of the body have some effect upon the\\npulse. Increase in the rate is more common than decrease, and\\nthe character, as well as the rate of the pulse, are subjected to\\nvariations. In a quick pulse, each beat occupies less than the\\nnormal time. When the volume of the pulse is greater than\\nusual, it is said to be large or full if less than usual, small.\\nWhen the pulse can be easily stopped, it is said to be compres-\\nsible when it can be arrested only with difficulty, it is said to be\\nincompressible. In an irregular pulse, succeeding beats differ\\nin length, force and character. In an intermittent pulse, a beat\\nis now and then lost, the rhythm otherwise being regular. An\\nintermittent pulse may sometimes be found in a person otherwise\\nperfectly healthy. It is always a less serious symptom than an\\nirregular pulse. Other departures from the normal standard are\\nvariously described as hard or soft, sharp, jerking, bounding,\\nshotty, throbbing, thready, wiry, flickering, etc., the names of\\nwhich sufficiently describe their effect to the touch.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0104.jp2"}, "101": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME.\\n97\\nTEMPERATURE.\\nThe blood has another function, that of keeping the body\\nwarm. Animal heat is generated by continued chemical change\\nin which the blood is an active agent. The bodily temperature\\nin health, remains very nearly the same, about 98.4\u00c2\u00b0 E., in spite\\nof the variations of the external temperature. The action of the\\nskin keeps the heat from accumulating, and the arteries, under\\nthe influence of the nervous system, dilate or contract, and so\\nassist in maintaining the equilibrium, by altering the rate of\\nproduction to correspond with the loss of heat. L,ife is secure so\\nlong as the production and escape of heat are evenly balanced.\\nA deviation of more than one degree from the normal standard,\\nthat is above 99.5\u00c2\u00b0 or below 97.5\u00c2\u00b0 may be regarded as evidence of\\ndisease. There is only a range of about 15\u00c2\u00b0 or 16\u00c2\u00b0 within which\\nlife can be sustained. A temperature above 108 c or below 93\u00c2\u00b0,\\nwill almost invariably prove fatal. The danger is in propor-\\ntion to the amount of the departure from the normal and the\\nlength of time the condition continues. Temperature below the\\nnormal standard is far more dangerous than the same number of\\ndegrees above, as the following table shows\\nTABLE OP RANGE OF TEMPERATURE-\\nDegrees. Degrees.\\nHyperpyrexia, 106 and over, extremely dangerous.\\nHigh fever,\\nModerate fever,\\nSub-febrile,\\nNormal,\\nSub-normal,\\nCollapse,\\nAlgid collapse,\\nNearly, if not all, morbid states are accompanied by alterations\\nin tempertaure, some of which are so typical as to be of great\\nvalue in determining the nature of the disease. The pulse rate\\nin fever is generally increased in proportion to the elevation of\\nthe temperature, though the proportion varies in some dis-\\neases. In scarlet fever, for instance, the pulse will be more\\n103i\\n106\\n101\\n103J\\n99J\\n101\\n98\\n99J\\n97\\n98\\n95\\n97\\n95,\\nextremely dangerous", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0105.jp2"}, "102": {"fulltext": "98 HEAI/fH AT HOME.\\nrapid than in typhoid fever with the same degree of fever. If\\nthe pulse be more rapid than the degree of temperature should\\ncall for, it indicates weakness of the heart.\\nClinical Thermometer One of the most important aids to\\ndiagnosis and also to the treatment of disease is the clinical ther-\\nmometer, and no home should be without one. Every mother\\nshould have one at hand and know how to use it and read it.\\nShe can do no harm and may often do a great deal of good by\\nusing it on the first suspicion of departure from health. A\\nchange of temperature is often the first symptom of departure\\nfrom the normal condition of health, occurring even before the\\nindividual feels any illness, and it is important to get this first\\nvariation from the normal temperature.\\nUse of Clinical Thermometer Any great variation in bodily\\ntemperature may usually be discovered by the touch and feel of\\nthe skin, it being hot and dry, but to measure the extent of the\\nvariation accurately one must use a clinical thermometer, and\\nnothing in the Home Remedy Cabinet will be found of such\\nfrequent value as the standard clinical thermometer, and close\\nobservance of the following rules and hints upon its use will\\nenable any one to apply it in all cases where it is demanded, with\\nintelligence. Before use the top of the column of mercury in\\nthe stem should be shaken down at least two or three degrees\\nbelow the normal degree. To do this properly grasp the top of\\nthe stem between the thumb and forefinger of the right hand,\\nholding the bulb down then strike the left hand a smart blow\\nwith the closed palm of the right. The mercury will thus be\\njarred downward toward the bulb.\\nPlaces Where Temperature May be Taken The temperature\\nmay be taken in the mouth under the tongue, in the armpit, in\\nthe groin, in the rectum or in the vagina. The temperature of\\nthe interior of the body is more even and somewhat higher than\\nthat of the surafce, so that when it is taken in either of the\\nnatural cavities, the temperature will show at least one-half a\\ndegree higher than when taken in the armpit or groin. The\\nmouth will be a little cooler than the cavities which are con-\\nstantly closed, and the armpit a little cooler still, and it will take\\nlonger for the thermometer to rise in these places. Keep the", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0106.jp2"}, "103": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 99\\npatient well covered for some little time before taking the tem-\\nperature in the armpit. The parts should not have been exposed\\nfor washing or dressing for at least half an hour previously. The\\narmpit must be dried from perspiration, care be taken that the\\nclothing is not in the way, and the thermometer held firmly in\\nplace. This is best done by pressing the arm closely to the side\\nand bending it at the elbow until the hand touches the opposite\\nshoulder. Be sure to leave the thermometer in place long enough\\ngenerally it should remain until the mercury has remained station-\\nary for severral minutes. In a very thin person it is impossible\\nto get the correct temperature in the armpit. Taking the tem-\\nperature in the mouth is not always a safe plan, as there is dan-\\nger that a child or an irresponsible patient may bite off the bulb.\\nThe bulb should be placed under the tongue and the lips kept\\nclosed during the time the instrument is in the mouth. The rec-\\ntum gives, perhaps, the most reliable temperature, as there are\\nfewer possible sources of error. This method should always be\\nemployed for infants. The tube should be oiled and inserted for\\nnearly two inches. Remember that if the rectum contains fecal\\nmatter the mercury will not reach so high a point as if the bulb\\ncomes directly in contact with the mucous membrane.\\nTime Required to Take Temperature The length of time\\nrequired depends largely upon the locality selected, and also\\nto some extent upon the thermometer, some instruments requir-\\ning but three minutes to do the work for which others require\\neight or ten minutes. The thermometer found in the Home\\nCabinet is a standard three minute instrument, and under proper\\nconditions need rarely be left in place over three minutes. Never\\nleave a thermometer with a patient unwatched unless you are\\nvery sure he is to be trusted to take care of it. Temperatures\\nmust not only be accurately taken, but correctly recorded. Note\\nthe degree and hour of taking immediately without leaving time\\nto forget.\\nFever A. slight variation from the normal temperature is of\\nless serious import in a child than in an adult, unless it is found\\nto be increasing. An increase beginning each day a little earlier\\nis a bad indication; a decrease from a high temperature begin-\\nning earlier each day is a sign of improvement. Fever usually\\n*\u00c2\u00bbc", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0107.jp2"}, "104": {"fulltext": "100 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nhas a daily fluctuation, which is sometimes much exaggerated.\\nSometimes fever is continuously high with only the normal daily\\nvariation, or it may be remittent that is with a wide range\\nbetween its highest and lowest points, though never sinking to\\nthe normal temperature or intermittent, in which the tempera-\\nture alternately rises to a febrile height and falls to or below the\\nnormal. In some diseases, as pneumonia or lung fever and\\nothers which begin with a chill, the rise in temperature will be\\nrapid and sudden in others there will be but little rise at first,\\nbut a gradual increase will ensue. Typhoid is an example of\\nthe latter class. In fever a rise may be expected toward evening,\\nbut in rare cases the rule may be reversed, and there will be a\\nrise in the morning and remission in the evening. In some\\ncases of typhoid fever and in phthisis two increases, and two dis-\\ntinct remissions of the fever may be noticed during the twenty-\\nfour hours. These variations in temperature can only be recog-\\nnized by carefully testing with the thermometer, and in illness\\nextending over any considerable period of time a regular series of\\ntests of temperature should be made and a record of each reading\\nof the thermometer be made, noting the time of taking. The tem-\\nperature should be taken at the same hours each day to show\\naccurately the cycle of fluctuations. An irregularity in tempera-\\nture in the course of a disease which usually has a regular type\\ngenerally means some complication. Or it may depend upon\\nsome local cause, and disappear when the conditions are cor-\\nrected. Thus constipation will often cause a rise in temperature,\\nand this will fall again after the bowels are emptied. Bad air\\nmay have the same effect. The decline of temperature may, like\\nthe rise, be gradual from day to day, or there may be a sudden\\ndropping to a steady normal temperature in from six to thirty -six\\nhours.\\nVarying the Temperature by Artificial Means Tem-\\nperature may be reduced by applications of cold or by the use of\\nmedicines it may be increased by external heat and by stim-\\nulants. The former act best when the temperature has a natural\\ntendency to fall and the latter when the tendency is to rise, as\\nthe effort of nature is then assisted rather than opposed.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0108.jp2"}, "105": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 101\\nRESPIRATION.\\nAnatomy and Physiology The blood in the lungs under-\\ngoes a process of purification, rendering it fit for renewed use.\\nTo understand how this is accomplished, one must know some-\\nthing of the construction and workings of the respiratory organs,\\nthe chief of which are the lungs, trachea and muscles of the\\nchest. The lungs themselves are composed of a sponge-like sub-\\nstance, made up of air-cells lined by a network of minute blood\\nvessels. These blood vessels are subdivisions of the pulmonary\\nveins and arteries. A series of bronchial tubes connect the air-\\ncells with the external air, those of each lung uniting into a\\nsingle bronchus, and the two finally with each other, to form the\\ntrachea or windpipe. Each lung is enveloped in a delicate mem-\\nbrane called the pleura. This is, at the root, or upper part of\\nthe lung, folded back so as to also form the lining of the chest.\\nThe pleura secretes a fluid which keeps it constantly moist, and\\nenables the two surfaces to slide easily against each other.\\nThe chest is separated from the abdominal cavity by a muscu-\\nlar partition the diaphragm which alternate^ rises and falls,\\nas its fibers contract and relax. This motion is involuntary but\\npartially under the control of the will. As the capacity of the\\nchest is increased by the descent of the diaphragm, the additional\\nspace is filled by air, sucked in through the trachea and bronchi,\\nthus expanding the elastic air-cells. As the diaphragm rises,\\nthis extra supply of air is forced out again. The size of the chest\\ncavity is still further affected by the movements of the muscles\\nmoving the ribs, by elevating or depressing them. By these\\nmuscular actions, and the alternate expansions and contractions\\nof the lungs, the alternate inspirations and expirations are pro-\\nduced which we call breathing or respiration.\\nThe lungs are not completely filled and emptied by each respi-\\nration. A certain amount of air is stationary in them. The\\nadditional supply drawn in and out, sometimes called tidal air,\\nis but a small proportion of the entire contents of the lungs, but\\nit is diffused through and alters the character of the whole. At\\nthe end of each respiration occurs a period of repose, about equal\\nto the entire period of action. A healthy adult ordinarily", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0109.jp2"}, "106": {"fulltext": "102 HKAI/TH AT HOME.\\nbreathes about eighteen times a minute, taking in each time\\nsome twenty cubic inches of air. At this rate it requires sixteen\\nrespirations to completely change the air in the lungs. By this\\ngradual introduction of the outer air, its temperature is rendered\\nmore fit for contact with the delicate capillaries, and there is a\\nreserve supply in case of accidental embarassment of respiration.\\nIt is worth noticing that the habit of taking deep inspirations\\nincreases the strength and capacity of the lungs.\\nHow the Blood is Purified The direct object of respira-\\ntion is the purification of the blood. The air is a mechanical\\nmixture of oxygen and nitrogen, with a small proportion of car-\\nbonic acid gas and watery vapor. Its average composition is a\\nlittle less than twenty-one parts of oxygen, to seventy-nine parts\\nof nitrogen. The nitrogen in the air acts simply as a diluent.\\nThe oxygen is the universal supporter of life, the vitalizing\\nforce of all animal organisms. Carbonic acid, on the contrary,\\nis so poisonous a gas that two or three parts of it in a thousand\\nwill produce sensibly bad effects, as headache, nausea and\\ndrowsiness. Five per cent of carbonic acid gas in air breathed\\nmay prove fatal.\\nAir-cells. The walls of the air-cells consist of a mere film of\\nmucous membrane, thin enough to allow interchange of gases\\nto take place through it, though impervious to liquids. Oxygen\\nhas a stronger affinity for blood than for nitrogen so, when it is\\nbrought near, it leaves the air inspired, to unite with the blood\\nin the lungs. But carbonic acid and water both of which are\\nfound in the blood have greater affinity for air, and pass into\\nit. So the air expired retains its nitrogen, and takes up carbonic\\nacid gas and water, but loses a part of its oxygen.\\nRate of Respiration The processes of circulation and res-\\npiration are thus intimately connected, and whatever modifies\\nthe pulse affects also the breathing. There are usually four pulse\\nbeats to every respiration. The rate of respiration therefore\\nvaries as does that of the pulse, being more rapid in women than\\nin men, in children than in adults, and modified by position,\\nexertion, excitement and other conditions but unlike the pulse,\\nit is partly under the control of the will. Respirations are best\\ncounted, when possible, without the knowledge of the patient,", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0110.jp2"}, "107": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME- 103\\nas to be natural they must be unconscious. The respirations are\\nsomewhat slower during sleep.\\nCounting the Respirations One can usually see the\\naccompanying rise and fall of the chest; but, to count accurately,\\nthe hand should be laid flatly, and lightly over the stomach,\\nwhere the motion may be distinctly felt. Respirations below\\neight, or above forty, per minute, may be considered indicative\\nof danger.\\nVariations in Respiration The character, as well as the\\nfrequency of respirations, is subject to variations. In man,\\nbreathing is abdominal in woman chiefly thoracic. It may be\\nregular or irregular, easy or labored, quiet or noisy, deep or shal-\\nlow. Sometimes it presents very marked peculiarities. When\\neach breath is accompanied by a deep snoring sound, it is said\\nto be stertorous. Difficulty of breathing arising from any cause,\\nis called dyspnea; total absence of breath is called apnea.\\nDyspnea arises when, from any cause, the quantity of air reach-\\ning the lungs is disproportionate to the amount of blood sent by\\nthe heart for purification. The blood may be in an unhealthy\\ncondition it may be congested in the pulmonary capillaries, or\\nit may be sent too quickly. The air may be unfit to perform its\\nwork, or it may be shut out by disease of the lungs or air pas-\\nsages. If the supply of pure air be in any way entirely cut off,\\nasphyxia results, that is, the blood fails to be oxygenated, a con-\\ndition necessarily fatal, if not soon relieved.\\nVENTILATION.\\nNature of Impurities of Air The whole animal kingdom\\nis constantly engaged in abstracting oxygen from the atmosphere,\\nand throwing off into the air a poisonous gas, carbon dioxide;\\nhence some counteracting influence is necessary to prevent the\\nentire atmosphere from becoming depleted and unfit to sustain\\nlife. This influence is found in the vegetable world, which\\nunder the stimulus of light, reverses the plan of the animal, and\\nabsorbs carbon dioxide gas, and gives off in its place oxygen,\\nthus securing the continual purification of the air. The air", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0111.jp2"}, "108": {"fulltext": "104 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nduring its stay in the lungs acquires not only a dangerous pro-\\nportion of carbon dioxide gas, but also organic impurities, waste\\nmatter thrown off from the blood, and from the lung substance.\\nAll other excreta, especially that of the skin, lend their aid to the\\nfouling of the atmosphere, and there are frequent sources exterior\\nto the body from which deteriorating influences may arise. A\\nsingle gas burner in a room consumes more oxygen than would\\nbe required for three additional persons.\\nWhere there is sickness the proper ventilation of the room\\nbecomes of vital importance, owing to the increased amount of\\norganic matter of the most deleterious quality, and to the\\nreduced powers of resistance of the system. A healthy adult\\nrequires one thousand cubic feet of air space, constantly renewed.\\nA sick person should have two or three thousand cubic feet, as\\nthe air is more quickly contaminated and cannot be renewed so\\nrapidly, owing to the susceptibility to draughts. It is impossible\\nto get too much fresh air.\\nIn ventilation two constant currents are necessary one out-\\nward, removing the impure, and one inward, supplying the pure\\nair.\\nInlets and outlets should be of equal capacity, on different\\nsides of the room and at different heights, to secure thorough\\ndistribution. It is best to have them small and numerous, giv-\\ning rise to many and moderate currents. They should be as far\\nas possible from each other and from the patient.\\nMethods of Securing Inflow of Pure Air In ordinary\\ncases windows may be kept open, more or less, day and night\\nwithout danger. Ventilation during the night is not less impor-\\ntant than during the day, though the air must be more cautiously\\nadmitted, as it is colder and more damp. Cold is greatest and the\\nbody least able to resist it in the early morning-, just before day-\\nlight, but more heat, and not less air, is called for. Instead of\\nclosing the windows and adding the benumbing effect of carbon\\ndioxide poisoning to that of cold, stir up the fire and give the\\npatient additional clothing and footwarmers. If there must be a\\nchoice of two evils air too cold will in most cases do less harm than\\nfoul air. It is a common eiror to confound cold air with pure air,\\nand to suppose that ventilation can be measured by a thermometer.\\nNo greater error could be committed; the only test ordinarily", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0112.jp2"}, "109": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 105\\npracticable is by the sense of smell. A sick room odor, per-\\nceptible upon entering from the fresh air, is incontrovertible evi-\\ndence of poor ventilation. It is obviously desirable that a\\nnurse should have a good nose, but often after a short time spent\\nin a vitiated atmosphere its sensitiveness will be lost, so that it\\nceases to be a reliable guide. Too great care in respect to venti-\\nlation cannot be exercised.\\nMethod of Securing Outflow of Foul Air The best\\nmeans of securing the outflow of foul air is by an open fire. In\\na large room additional means of heating may be required. If it\\nis too warm for a fire to be desirable a lamp burning on the hearth\\nis good to create a draught. Stoves assist ventilation in the same\\nway as grate fires, though not to the same extent, by drawing off\\nthe foul air. A pan of water should be kept on the stove to damp-\\nen the air by its evaporation. Heat without moisture is injur-\\nious, a certain amount of watery vapor being essential to the\\nwholesomeness of the air. Furnace heat is especially dry, and\\nsteam radiators are worse and give no aid to ventilation.\\nDegree of Warmth In all disorders of the respiratory sys-\\ntem the room should be kept at a temperature of from 70\u00c2\u00b0 to 75\u00c2\u00b0\\nF. in purely febrile disease 65\u00c2\u00b0 is more suitable; in other cases\\n68\u00c2\u00b0 is a good point. Whatever temperature is decided upon\\nshould be steadily maintained. It should be remembered that\\nthere is especial necessity for warmth in children, in the very\\naged and in cases of diarrhea. It is of far greater importance to\\nkeep the sick room warm when the patient is out of bed than\\nwhen he is in it. People rarely take cold under the bedclothing.\\nRemember that the lungs cannot, in any confined space, fulfill\\ntheir office of purifying the blood and in removing its waste parti-\\ncles, unless provision is made for the constant renewal of the air.\\nThis cannot be too much emphasized. There are three impor-\\ntant rules in regard to ventilation first, sufficient pure air must\\nbe introduced second, the foul air must be removed third, these\\nends must be achieved without injurious draughts.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0113.jp2"}, "110": {"fulltext": "106 HKAI/TH AT HOME.\\nDIET IN DISEASE.\\nComposition of Food All animal bodies are made up of\\nfour elements oxygen, hydrogen, nitrogen and carbon, together\\nwith a small quantity of mineral matter. Oxygen and hydrogen\\nin combination form water, which enters into all constituent parts\\nof the body, amounting to more than two-thirds of the entire\\nweight. Life is sustained by a continual process of oxidation\\nor combustion, producing heat and energy. To supply material\\nfor such production of vital force and also to build up and repair\\nthe waste of the tissues carrying on the work of the body, food is\\nrequired. Our food, in whatever torm we take it, is composed\\nof some or all of the four elements above named, in variously pro-\\nportioned compounds. The hydrocarbon compounds, of which\\nstarch, sugar, fat and gum are the most familiar and most impor-\\ntant, furnish the materials for oxidation, and whatever surplus\\nthat may be taken into the system is stored as fat. These foods\\nmay be called the heat producers.\\nNitrogenous compounds are more especially flesh formers, and\\ngo to repair the waste of the body. The most important of them\\nis albumin, and the entire group of related compounds, including\\nfibrin, casein, gluten, gelatine, etc., and from their resemblance\\nto albumin are sometimes called albuminoids. Neither group has\\nexclusively gthe one function, for in the transformation of albu-\\nminoids into living tissue some heat is produced, and in all\\nhealthy tissue there must be present some hydrocarbons. The\\ndivision into the two great classes, however, is useful, since it\\nforms a basis for all scientific dietetics.\\nIn addition to these two great groups of food matter certain\\nearthy salts are required phosphorus for the nervous system, iron\\nfor the blood, lime for the bones, potash and soda for the muscles,\\netc. These we take insensibly, they being present more or less\\nin everything we eat and drink. Common salt chloride of\\nsodium is the only one which we make a practice of adding to\\nour food.\\nHydrogen and carbon unite very readily with oxygen it is a\\npeculiarity of nitrogen, on the contrary, that it interferes with\\noxidation. Entering into the composition of the tissues of the\\nI", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0114.jp2"}, "111": {"fulltext": "HKAI/fH AT HOME. 107\\nbody, nitrogen protects them, so that they are not rapidly con-\\nsumed by the heat of the oxidizing hydrocarbons. The destruc-\\ntion of the tissues is generally slow, and the amount of nitro-\\ngenous matter needed for repair is much less than the amount\\nof hydrocarbons needed for fuel. In a healthy diet, that is one\\nin which the supply corresponds to the demand, the heat pro-\\nducers should be more abundant than the albuminoids. In grow-\\ning children and in convalescents where disease has caused undue\\nwaste of substance, the demand for albuminoids is great.\\nEven in health it is well to know something of the constituents\\nof our food, and what purpose each serves in the economy of\\nnature; and when sickness and its effects upon digestion and\\nnutrition are to be taken into account it becomes worthy of the\\nmost careful study. The original meaning of the word nurse was\\nto nourish, and in spite of all secondary meanings that it has\\nacquired the question still remains one of greatest importance.\\nWhat food to give and when and how to give it are constantly\\nrecurring problems of the sick room. In administering food to\\nthe sick everything should be the best of its kind, well cooked,\\npalatably seasoned and attractively served. Consult as far as\\npossible the known tastes of the patient, but do not each time ask\\nhim what he would like. Something unexpected will often be\\nacceptable, when to have thought about it beforehand would have\\ntaken away all appetite for it. Food should never be prepared\\nin the presence of the invalid, nor the smell of cooking food be\\nallowed to reach him, if it is possible to avoid it. The nurse s\\nown meals should never be served in the sick room. It is equally\\nbad for both nurse and invalid.\\nRules for Serving Serve everything as nicely as possible,\\nalways with a clean napkin, spotless china and bright silverware\\nand glass. Nothing so easily dulls the appetite as lack of atten-\\ntion to these details. Have the dishes dry on the outside, tak-\\ning particular care that nothing gets spilled from the cup into the\\nsaucer. Have everything intended to be hot, very hot, and those\\nintended to be cold, really cold. More salt and less sugar will\\ngenerally be wanted than in health. Highly seasoned food is not\\ngood or often wished for, but everything should be agreeably\\nflavored and of good quality eggs above suspicion, milk always\\nsweet and butter fresh. Milk and butter should always be kept", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0115.jp2"}, "112": {"fulltext": "108 HEAI/TH AT HOMK.\\ncool and closely covered, for they rapidly absorb the odors of\\nwhatever is near them. Before taking food to a patient the nurse\\nshould always taste it to see that it is just right, but on no\\naccount taste it in his presence or with his spoon. Whatever is\\nnot eaten should be at once removed from the room, as to leave\\nit in sight in the hope that a little more of it will be eaten is\\nworse than useless. It is always better to bring too little food\\nthan too much.\\nQuantity of Food A weak digestion cannot manage a load,\\nbut must take a little at a time, correspondingly often. It is not\\nwise to overburden your patient s stomach in your anxiety to\\nmake him take plenty of nourishment, for it is not what is\\nswallowed, but what is digested that does him good. When only\\na small quantity can be retained in the stomach it should be in a\\nhighly concentrated form. Where there is nausea and diarrhea,\\ngive but little at a time and always cold. Determine how much\\nnourishment the patient should have during twenty-four hours,\\nand dividing it into suitable quantities give it at regular inter-\\nvals. The importance of regularity in administering food can-\\nnot be too much emphasized. If given punctually at fixed hours\\na habit not only of taking, but digesting it, will soon be acquired,\\nfor our most automatic functions are influenced by custom. Only\\nin exceptional cases should the patient be roused from sleep for\\nfood, but a supply should be provided lor use during the night,\\nas it may be very important to have it at hand. It should be\\nkept cool and covered. Some light nourishment the last thing\\nat night will often help to send the patient to sleep.\\nFeeding Helpless Patients In feeding a helpless patient\\ngive the food slowly and in small quantities, letting each morsel\\nbe fairly swallowed before another is given. See that the head\\nis not turned to either side even a slight inclination of the head\\nmay cause the liquid to run out at the corner of the mouth instead\\nof down his throat. Have his clothes well protected and take\\npains not to make an external application of the food. Fluid\\nfood can, in most cases, be best taken by suction through a bent\\nglass tube, and patients will often take a larger quantity in this\\nway, than they can be induced to take in any other. After feed-\\ning always dry the mouth, especially at the corners, if the patient", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0116.jp2"}, "113": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 109\\ncannot well do it for himself. The lips often become sore for\\nwant of this little care. With fever the thirst is very great\\nUsually it is quite safe to allow a patient all the water he wants.\\nIf not it is worthy of note that a small glass full will be much more\\nsatisfactory than the same quantity of water in a larger vessel;\\nthis is especially true in the case of children. Slightly bitter or\\nacidulated drinks slake thirst better than water alone. Bits of\\nice are often very refreshing, and always harmless. They may\\nbe easily split off with a pin in the direction of the grain in the\\nice. Small bits of ice swallowed whole are excellent to control\\nnausea. Ice, to keep well, should be so placed that the water\\nmay drain off as fast as it melts. Small pieces may be kept in\\na piece of flannel in a glass for some time. Fasten the edge of the\\nflannel about the rim of the glass with a rubber band and snip\\ntwo or three small holes in the flannel so that the water may drain\\noff. A metal spoon in a glass causes the ice to melt rapidly by\\nconducting the heat away from it. A newspaper wrapped around\\nthe ice pitcher delays the melting of the ice. Ice to be taken\\ninternally must be clean, and not only on the outside. It is a\\nmistake to suppose that all impurities are removed from ice by\\nfreezing. It is as necessary to *have good ice as it is to have\\npure water. Pure water should be transparent, sparkling, color-\\nless and odorless, though these characteristics do not prove it to\\nbe such. Thus we see that to provide suitable and acceptable\\nfood for the sick is a matter which requires care, judgment and\\ningenuity, but it is well worth the expenditure of them all. The\\naim should be to give what will be at once easy of digestion and\\nof value after it is digested.\\nPreparation of Foods Liquid food is the most easily\\ndigested and in severe illness may be relied upon entirely. Meat\\ncontains a great deal of nutriment in a small bulk, but is a good\\ndeal of a tax upon the digestive organs. Vegetables contain all\\nthe food elements, but they include a large proportion of waste\\nmaterial in the shape of indigestible fibrous tissue. The legu-\\nminous plants (beans and peas) are rich in albuminoids, the\\ncereals and tubers (potatoes) in starch. Fruits consist largely\\nof water and sugar, with some vegetable acid, and have very little\\nnutritive value. Milk is the only article of diet which contains", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0117.jp2"}, "114": {"fulltext": "110 HEAI/fH AT HOME.\\nwithin itself all the necessary elements of nutrition in their proper\\nproportions. Tea and coffee are rather stimulants than nutrients.\\nCocoa and chocolate are quite nutritious, but unfortunately are\\nrather difficult of digestion. Eggs are of high nutritive value,\\nbut in them and in most other animal foods the albuminoids pre-\\ndominate. Beef ranks high among the animal foods, but the\\nusefulness of beef tea is very generally overestimated, as the\\nalbuminous and most nutritious portion of the meat is left behind\\nin its preparation. It has value, but it is as a stimulant rather\\nthan a food. Preparations of beef which have been peptonized,\\nor partially digested outside of the body, are far superior to it. Beef\\ntea is, however, much used, and it may be given either hot or\\nice cold. Frozen beef juice may sometimes be given when the\\nfluid form is not acceptable to the patient. Animal broths are\\nmade from beef, chicken, mutton and ve al. The latter is of least\\nvalue. Mutton makes a good broth, but there is frequent repug-\\nnance to it. A meat tea, good by way of variety, is made by\\nusing equal quantities of beef, mutton and veal. Meat from which\\nthe juice is to be extracted must always be put into cold water\\nfirst and then gradually heated. It may be allowed to simmer\\nuntil the meat has quite lost its color, but should never be allowed\\nto reach the boiling point. On the other hand, meat that is to\\nbe eaten should in the beginning be exposed to a high tempera-\\nture, which will coagulate the fibrin near the surface and so pre-\\nvent the escape of the juices.\\nSoups for the sick should be allowed to stand until cold, as the\\nfat cannot be perfectly removed while hot, and greasy soup should\\nnever be given to a sick person. When required for use heat\\nonly to the point where they will be palatable do not boil them\\nagain. Any floating particles of fat remaining can be taken off\\nby wiping over the surface of the soup with a piece of bread.\\nA variety of gruels and porridges are made from oatmeal, Indian\\nmeal, arrowroot, rice flour, corn starch, etc. Different crushed\\ncereals already steamcooked may be obtained, and will be found\\nexcellent and very convenient, as they take but little time for pre-\\nparation. Directions for use are supplied with them.\\nBoth oatmeal and Indian meal have a loosening effect upon\\nthe bowels, and are consequently objectionable when there is any\\ntendency to diarrhea. In such cases boiled milk is to be pre-", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0118.jp2"}, "115": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. Ill\\nferred to raw milk. When there is nausea arising from over-\\nacidity of the stomach, lime water may be added to the milk in\\nany proportion up to one-half. If there is also constipation some\\nform of aperient mineral water may be used. Milk may be kept from\\nsouring even in warm weather for some little time by adding to\\neach quart of milk fifteen grains of bicarbonate of soda and a\\nlittle sugar. Koumiss is a very nutritious and somewhat stim-\\nulant form of food. The original is prepared in Tartary from\\nmare s or camel s milk, but an excellent imitation may be made by\\nfermenting cow s milk. Directions for making are found on\\npage 112. It is a very valuable food and will sometimes be\\nassimilated when nothing else can be retained. Each quart is\\nsaid to contain four ounces of solid food.\\nSick Room Dietary Toast- Water Toast three slices stale\\nbread to dark brown, but do not burn. Put into pitcher; pour\\nover them a quart of boiling water cover closely and let stand\\non ice until cold strain. May add wine and sugar.\\nRice- Water Pick over and wash two teaspoons rice put into\\ngranite saucepan with quart of boiling water; simmer two\\nhours, when rice should be softened and partially dissolved;\\nstrain, add saltspoon of salt; serve warm or cold. May add\\nsherry or port, two tablespoons.\\nGum-Arabic Water Dissolve ounce of gum-arabic in pint of\\nboiling water add two tablespoons of sugar, wine-glass of sherry\\nand juice of large lemon cool, add ice.\\nBarley Water Wash two ounces (wineglassful) pearl barley\\nwith cold water. Boil five minutes in fresh water; throw both\\nwaters away. Pour on two quarts boiling water boil down to a\\nquart. Flavor with thinly-cut lemon-rind add sugar to taste\\ndo not strain unless at the patient s request.\\nEgg- Water Stir white of two eggs into a half pint ice water\\nwithout beating add enough salt or sugar to make palatable.\\nFlaxseed Tea Flaxseed, whole, one ounce; white sugar, one\\nounce (heaping tablespoon); liquorice-root, half ounce (two\\nsmall sticks); lemon juice, four tablespoons. Pour on these\\nmaterials two pints boiling water let stand in hot place four\\nhours strain off the liquor.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0119.jp2"}, "116": {"fulltext": "112 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nSterilized Milk Put the required amount of milk in clean\\nbottles. (If for infants, each bottle holding enough for one feed-\\ning). Plug mouths lightly with rubber stoppers; immerse to\\nshoulders in kettle of cold water boil twenty minutes or better,\\nsteam thirty minutes in ordinary steamer; push stoppers in\\nfirmly, cool bottles rapidly and put in refrigerator. Warm each\\nbottle just before using.\\nPepto7iized Milk: Cold Process In a clean quart bottle put one\\npeptonizing powder (extract of pancreas five grains, bicarbonate\\nof soda fifteen grains) or the contents of one peptonizing tube\\n(Fairchild) add one teacup cold water, shake add pint of fresh\\ncold milk shake the mixture again. Place on ice use when\\nrequired without subjecting to heat. Warm Process Mix pep-\\ntonizing powder with water and milk as described above place\\nbottle in water so hot that the whole hand can be held in it for\\na minute without discomfort; keep the bottle there ten minutes;\\nthen put on ice to check further digestion. Do not heat long\\nenough to render milk bitter.\\nMilk and Egg Beat milk with salt to taste beat white of egg\\ntill stiff add egg to milk and stir.\\nPeptoiiized Milk Toast Over two slices of toast pour gill of\\npeptonized milk (cold process) let stand on the hob for thirty\\nminutes. Serve warm or strain and serve fluid portion alone.\\nPlain light sponge-cake may be similarly digested.\\nBaked Flour Porridge Take one pint flour and pack tightly in\\nsmall muslin bag throw into boiling water and boil five or six\\nhours cut off the outer sodden portion, grate the hard core fine\\nblend thoroughly with a little milk and stir into boiling milk to\\nthe desired thickness.\\nKoumiss Take ordinary beer-bottle with shifting cork; put in\\nit one pint milk, one-sixth cake of Fleischmann s yeast, or one\\ntablespoon of fresh lager-beer yeast (brewer s), one-half table-\\nspoon white sugar reduced to syrup shake well and allow to\\nstand in refrigerator two or three days, when it may be used. It\\nwill keep there indefinitely if laid on its side. Much waste can\\nbe saved by preparing the bottles with ordinary corks wired in\\nposition and drawing off the koumiss with a champagne tap.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0120.jp2"}, "117": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOMK. 113\\nWine Whey Put two pints new milk in saucepan, and stir\\nover clear fire until nearly boiling then add gill (two wineglass-\\nful) of sherry, and simmer a quarter of an hour, skimming off\\ncurd as it rises. Add a tablespoon more sherry, and skim again\\nfor few minutes strain through coarse muslin. May use two\\ntablespoons lemon -juice instead of wine.\\nJunket Take half a pint fresh milk, heated lukewarm add\\none teaspoon essence of pepsin and stir just enough to mix. Pour\\ninto custard-cups, let stand till firmly curded serve plain or with\\nsugar and grated nutmeg. May add sherry.\\nEgg Lemonade Beat one egg with one tablespoon sugar until\\nvery light; stir in three tablespoons cold water and juice of small\\nlemon fill glass with pounded ice and drink through straw.\\nEgg-Nog Scald some new milk by putting it, contained in a\\njug, into saucepan of boiling water, but do not allow it to boil. When\\ncold, beat up fresh egg with a fork in a tumbler with some sugar;\\nbeat to a froth, add a dessertspoon of brandy, and fill up tumbler\\nwith scalded milk.\\nNutritious Coffee Dissolve a little isinglass or gelatin (Knox)\\nin water, put half an ounce freshly-ground coffee into saucepan\\nwith one pint of new milk, which should be nearly boiling before\\nthe coffee is added boil both together for three minutes clear it\\nby pouring some of it into a cup and dashing it back again add\\nthe isinglass, and leave it to settle on the hob for a few minutes.\\nBeat up an egg in a breakfast-cup, and pour the coffee upon it\\nif preferred, drink without the egg.\\nRum Punch White sugar, two teaspoons one egg, stirred and\\nbeaten up; warm milk, large wineglass; Jamacia rum, two to four\\nteaspoons; nutmeg.\\nChampagne Whey Boil half -pint milk strain through cheese-\\ncloth add wineglass of champagne.\\nPeptonized Oysters Mince six large or twelve small oysters;\\nadd to them, in their own liquor, five grains of extract of pan-\\ncreas with fifteen grains of bicarbonate of soda (or one Fairchild\\npeptonizing tube). The mixture is then brought to blood-heat,\\nand maintained, with occasional stirring, at that temperature\\nthirty minutes, when one pint milk is added and the temperature", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0121.jp2"}, "118": {"fulltext": "114 HKAI/TH AT HOMK.\\nkept up ten to twenty minutes. Finally the mass is brought to\\nboiling-point, strained, and served. Gelatin may be added, and\\nthe mixture served cold as a jelly. Cooked tomato, onion, celery,\\nor other flavoring suited to individual taste may be added at\\nbeginning of the artificial digestion.\\nBeef- Tea Free a pound of lean beef from fat, tendon, cartilage,\\nbone, and vessels chop up fine, put into a pint of cold water to\\ndigest two hours. Simmer on range or stove three hours, but do\\nnot boil. Make up for water lost, by adding cold water, so that a\\npint of beef tea represents one pound of beef. Press beef care-\\nfully and strain.\\nBeef f nice Cut a thin, juicy steak into pieces one and one-half\\ninches square brown separately one and one-half minutes on\\neach side before a hot fire; squeeze in a hot lemon-squeezer;\\nflavor with salt and pepper. May add to milk or pour on toast.\\nBeef Tea with Acid One and a half pounds beef (round) cut\\nin small pieces; same quantity of ice, broken small. Let stand\\nin deep vessel twelve hours. Strain thoroughly and forcibly\\nthrough coarse towel. Boil quickly ten minutes in porcelain\\nvessel. Let cool. Add half teaspoon of acid (or acid phosphate)\\nto the pint.\\nMutton Broth Lean loin of mutton, one and one-half pounds,\\nincluding bone; water, three pints. Boil gently till tender,\\nthrowing in a little salt and onion, according to taste. Pour out\\nbroth into basin when cold skim off fat. Warm up as wanted.\\nChicken Broth Skin, and chop up small, a small chicken or\\nhalf a large fowl boil it, bones and all, with a blade of mace, a\\nsprig of parsley, one tablespoon of rice, and a crust of bread, in a\\nquart of water, for an hour, skimming it from time to time.\\nStrain through course colander.\\nClam Broth Wash thoroughly six large clams in shell put in\\nkettle with one cup water; bring to boil and keep there one\\nminute the shells open, the water takes up the proper quantity\\nof juice, and the broth is ready to pour off and serve hot.\\nCream Soup Take one quart of good stock (mutton or veal),\\ncut one onion into quarters, slice three potatoes very thin, and\\nput them into the stock with a small piece of mace boil gently", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0122.jp2"}, "119": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOME. 115\\nfor an hour; then strain out the onion and mace; the potatoes\\nshould, by this time, have dissolved in the stock. Add one pint\\nof milk, mix with a very little corn flour to make it about as thick\\nas cream. A little butter improves it. This soup may be made\\nwith milk instead of stock, if a little cream is used.\\nApple Soup Two cups of apple two cups of water two tea-\\nspoons of corn-starch; one and one-half tablespoons of sugar;\\none saltspoon of cinnamon and a bit of salt. Stew the apple in\\nthe water until it is very soft, then mix together into a smooth\\npaste the corn-starch, sugar, salt, and cinnamon with a little cold\\nwater; pour this into the apple and boil for five minutes; strain\\nit and keep hot until ready to serve. May serve with hot but-\\ntered sippets.\\nRaw Meat Diet Scrape pulp from a good steak, season to\\ntaste, smear on thin slices of bread sear bread slightly and serve\\nas sandwich.\\nMeat Cure Procure slice of steak from top of round fresh\\nmeat without fat cut meat into strips, removing all fat, gristle,\\netc. with knife. Put meat through mincer at least twice. The\\npulp must then be well beaten up in roomy saucepan with cold\\nwater or skimmed beef tea to consistency of cream. The right\\nproportion is one teaspoon of liquid to eight of pulp add black\\npepper and salt to taste stir mince briskly with wooden spoon\\nthe whole time it is cooking, over slow fire or on cool part of\\ncovered range till hot through and through and the red color dis-\\nappears. This requires about one-half hour. When done it\\nshould be a soft, smooth, stiff puree of the consistency of a thick\\npaste. Serve hot. Add for first few meals the softly poached\\nwhite of an egg.\\nWhite Celery Soup To half a pint of strong beef tea add an\\nequal quantity of boiled milk, slightly and evenly thickened with\\nflour. Flavor with celery seeds or pieces of celery, which are to\\nbe strained out before serving. Salt to taste.\\nOyster Broth Cut into small pieces a pint of oysters; put them\\ninto half a pint of cold water and let them simmer gently for ten\\nminutes over a slow fire. Skim, strain, add salt and pepper.\\nRice Soup Take half a pint of chicken stock and two table-\\nspoonfuls of rice. Let them simmer together for two hours, then", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0123.jp2"}, "120": {"fulltext": ".116 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nstrain and add half a pint of boiling cream and salt to taste. Boil\\nup once and serve hot.\\nPeptonized Milk Stir up five grains of pancreatic extract and\\nfifteen grains of bicarbonate of soda in a gill of water; mix\\nthoroughly and add a pint of fresh milk. Put in a bottle or\\ncovered jug and let it stand where it will keep warm for an hour.\\nThen put on ice until required for use, or boil it for two or three\\nminutes to stop further digestive action. Milk so prepared will\\nhave a faintly bitter flavor or it may be sweetened to taste, or used\\nin punch, gruels, etc., like ordinary milk.\\nFlour Gruel Mix a tablespoonful of flour with milk enough to\\nmake a smooth paste, and stir it into a quart of boiling milk.\\nBoil it for half an hour, being careful not to let it burn. Salt\\nand strain. This is useful in cases of diarrhea.\\nOatmeal Gruel Boil a tablespoonful of oatmeal in a pint of\\nwater for three-quarters of an hour, then put through a strainer.\\nSeason with salt. If too thick reduce with boiling water.\\nCracker Gruel Pour a pint of boiling milk over three table-\\nspoonfuls of fine cracker crumbs. Butter crackers are the best\\nto use. Add half a teaspoonful of salt, boil up once all together,\\nand serve at once. Do not sweeten.\\nIndia?i Meal Gruel Mix a scant tablespoonful of Indian meal\\nwith a little cold water and stir into a pint of boiling water. Boil\\nfor half an hour. Strain and season with salt. Sugar and cream\\nmay be added if desired.\\nSago Milk Wash .a tablespoonful of pearl sago and soak it\\nover night in four tablespoonfuls of cold water. Put in a double\\nkettle with a quart of milk, and boil till the sago is nearly dis-\\nsolved. Sweeten to taste and serve either hot or cold.\\nTreacle Posset Bring a cupful of milk to the boiling point and\\nstir into it a tablespoonful of molasses. Let it boil up well, strain\\nand serve.\\nMilk and Albumen Put into a clean quart bottle a pint of\\nmilk, the whites of two eggs and a pinch of salt. Cork and shake\\nhard for five minutes.\\nMulled Wine Into half a cup of boiling water put two tea-\\nspoonfuls of broken stick cinnamon and half a dozen whole", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0124.jp2"}, "121": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 117\\ncloves. Let them steep for ten minutes and then strain. Beat\\ntogether until very light two eggs and two tablespoonf uls of sugar\\nand stir on it the spiced water. Pour into this from a height a\\ncupful of sweet wine, boiling hot. Pouring it several times from\\none pitcher to another will make it light and foamy. Serve hot.\\nThe wine should not be boiled in a tin vessel.\\nMilk Punch To half a pint of fresh cold milk add two table-\\nspoonfuls of sugar and an ounce of brandy or sherry wine. Stir\\nuntil the sugar is dissolved.\\nSyllabub Dissolve two teaspoonfuls of sugar in a tablespoon-\\nful of wine, put it in a pint pitcher and take it to a cow. Milk\\nuntil the foam reaches the top.\\nHot Milk and Water Boiling water and fresh milk in equal\\nparts compose a drink highly recommended in cases of exhaus-\\ntion, as it is quickly absorbed into the system with very little\\ndigestive effort.\\nPotus Imperialis To a quart of boiling water add half an ounce\\nof cream of tartar, the juice of one lemon and two tablepoonfuls\\nof honey or sugar. Let it stand on ice until cold.\\nRice Coffee Parch and grind like coffee a half cupful of rice.\\nPour over it a quart of boiling water and let stand where it will\\nkeep hot for a quarter of an hour, then strain and add boiled milk\\nand sugar. This is nice for children.\\nTea Tea should be made in an earthenware pot, first rinsed\\nwith boiling water. Allow a teaspoonful of tea to each half pint\\nof water. Put in tea, and after letting it stand for a few minutes\\nin the steaming pot add boiling water and let it stand where it\\nwill keep hot, but not boil, for from three to five minutes.\\nCoffee Stir together two tablespoonfuls of freshly ground\\ncoffee, four of cold water and half an egg. Pour upon the mix-\\nture a pint of boiling water and let it boil for five minutes. Stir\\ndown the grounds and let it stand where it will keep hot, but not\\nboil, for five minutes longer. In serving put sugar and cream in\\nthe cup first, and pour the coffee upon them.\\nChocolate Scrape fine an ounce of Baker s chocolate, add two\\ntablespoonfuls of sugar and one tablespoonf ul of hot water; stir\\nover a hot fire for a minute or two until it is smooth and per-", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0125.jp2"}, "122": {"fulltext": "118 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nfectly dissolved, then pour it into a pint of boiling milk, mix\\nthoroughly and serve at once. If allowed to boil after the choco-\\nlate is added to the milk it becomes oily and loses flavor.\\nENEMATA OR INJECTIONS INTO THE BOWEL.\\nThe intestinal canal is formed by the folds of a single long tube\\nsome twenty-five or thirty feet in length. The part nearest the\\nstomach is called the small intestine. The last five or six feet of\\nthe tube is much larger, and hence is called the large intestine.\\nThe last few inches of the large intestine is called the rectum, and\\nit is here that the fecal matter collects before being discharged.\\nEnema, or clyster, is a fluid preparation for injection into the\\nrectum. The injection may be used to produce evacuation of the\\nbowels, to administer medicine or as a means of supplying nourish-\\nment to the system when for any reason it cannot be given by the\\nstomach. When given for purgative effect they produce the\\ndesired result not only by washing out the bowels but by stimulat-\\ning the contractions of the bowel walls. A small injection often\\nfails where a large one is effective. To an adult should be\\ngiven from one to four pints a child requires about half as much,\\nand for an infant from one to two tablespoonfuls will be sufficient.\\nTo Give the Injection First carefully protect the bed by\\ncloths or rubber sheet, when the injection is to be given while\\npatient is in bed; place the patient upon the left side with the\\nknees drawn up toward the abdomen. Should the rectum be\\nfound to be packed with feces it may be necessary to remove a\\nportion of the matter with the fingers before the tube of the\\nsyringe can be introduced. Ordinarily the rectum will be found\\nnearly empty, the accumulation being higher up in the\\nbowel. Oil the nozzle of the syringe and insert it very gently\\nupward and slightly backward and toward the left. Under no\\ncircumstances use force. See that the end of the tube moves\\nfreely in the rectum and is not imbedded in a fecal mass. Give\\nthe injection very slowly, as rapid forcing of the fluid into the\\nrectum produces rapid and uncontrollable desire to evacuate the\\nfluid. It is a process about which it is impossible to hurry. If", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0126.jp2"}, "123": {"fulltext": "HEAI/fH AT HOMK. 119\\nthe patient complains greatly of pain rest a little while, when\\nyou can usually go on without trouble. A folded towel placed\\naround the tube and pressed upon by two or three fingers will\\nenable you to support the anus. After the desired amount of fluid\\nhas been injected the tube may be gently removed and gentle\\npressure continued on the rectum for some minutes. The patient\\nshould keep perfectly quiet for ten or fifteen minutes. Then the\\nbowels can be allowed to move, usually with satisfactory results.\\nMaterial to be Used for Purgative Bnetna Water alone\\nmay be used, or something more stimulating may be called for.\\nVarious medicaments may be added, such as soap, salt, olive oil,\\ncastor oil, oxgall, etc. Soapsuds are excellent and convenient,\\nor to the soapsuds a couple of ounces of sweet oil and half an\\nounce of of turpentine may be added. An injection of olive or\\nsweet oil, four to six ounces, may be given half an hour before\\none of water and allowed to remain to soften the fecal mass. The\\noil should first be warmed so as to pass readily through the\\nsyringe. As to the best temperature for purgative enema authori-\\nties differ. Hot or cold water will naturally excite the intestines\\nto more vigorous action than water at the same temperature of\\nthe body. Hither may be used without inconvenience to the\\npatient. The daily injection of a pint of cold water is often\\nbeneficial in the case of bleeding piles, attended by constipation.\\nThe habitual use of large purgative injections is to be discouraged,\\nas they cause undue distention of the bowel and lead to a somewhat\\ntorpid condition.\\nWhere there is an irritable condition of the mucous membrane\\nof the bowel an injection of a more soothing nature may be used.\\nThin gruel is often used, or a decoction of flaxseed, starch, or\\nbarley water. Soothing injections should always be warm. A\\ncold injection of clear water is sometimes given to reduce febrile\\ntemperature. Injections of ice water may be given to check\\nhemorrhage from the bowels. An injection of water containing\\nsalt, two tablespoon fuls to the pint, or carbolic acid, two teaspoon-\\nfuls to the pint, will destroy worms in the rectum. An injection\\nof starch, thin enough to pass readily through the syringe, to\\nwhich has been added from ten to twenty drops of laudanum to\\ntwo fluid ounces of the starch is sometimes used to check excess-", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0127.jp2"}, "124": {"fulltext": "120 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nive diarrhea. This may be used after each movement of the\\nbowels, or it may be given at regular intervals.\\nWhen medicines are given for the relief of pain in the region\\nof the pelvis, it should be remembered that it takes as a rule one-\\nthird larger dose to produce the same effect as that produced by\\ngiving the medicine by the mouth. Any rectal injection which\\nit is intended shall be retained must be given very slowly, not\\nmore than four tablespoonfuls at a time, and at a temperature not\\nless than 100\u00c2\u00b0 F. The patient must be quiet for at least half an\\nhour after the injection is administered. The best instrument for\\ngiving- such an injection is a large hard rubber piston syringe\\nwhich holds about four ounces.\\nAdministering Nourishment by Injection The above directions\\napply especially to nutrient injections, which are used when\\nsufficient food cannot be taken or disposed of by the stomach.\\nThe possibility of supplying nourishment in this way is often the\\nmeans of saving life. Any highly concentrated food in liquid\\nform, such as milk, beef tea, whipped eggs, etc. may be given.\\nA variety will be better than the use of one kind of food exclus-\\nively. A useful mixture is three tablespoonfuls of beef tea, half\\na tablespoonful of brandy, and one tablespoonful of sweet cream.\\nBrandy is a valuable stimulant given in this way, but as it is\\nquite irritating it cannot be long continued unless it is mixed\\nwith some soothing material such as flaxseed tea. Since food\\ngiven by the rectum does not go through the regular digestive\\nprocess, it must, in order that it may be easily digested, be sub-\\njected to artificial digestion; hence pepsin or pancreatic extract is\\ncommonly added to it. The solutions to be injected should be\\nslightly acid, as they are then absorbed more rapidly. These\\ninjections must not be given too frequently, or the rectum will\\nrefuse to retain them, as it is not very tolerant of foreign matter.\\nOnce in five hours is often enough, and four tablespoonfuls the\\nmaximum quantity at one time. If the rectum will not retain\\nthat much try one, two or three tablespoonfuls at a time. Before\\ngiving nourishing injections it is important to learn whether or\\nnot the rectum contains fecal matter. If it is not found empty\\nit will be necessary to give a purgative injection first. After\\nusing a syringe, clean it by letting plenty of warm water run", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0128.jp2"}, "125": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOME. 121\\nthrough it, wipe it dry on the outside and hang it up so that all\\nwater will drain out. Never put it away in the box wet.\\nBed pans are very important adjuncts to the sick room. They\\nare made of crockeryware or enameled papier mache.\\nVaginal Douche In the case of female patients this is often\\nvery necessary. When given for cleanliness alone it should be of\\nsimple tepid water or water in which two to four tablets of No.\\n3 have been dissolved in each pint of the solution. The use of\\na very hot douche is very valuable in relieving pain and inflam-\\nmation about the pelvic tissues. At first there is an increase in\\nthe congestion, but a continued application of the hot water\\ncauses a secondary and more or less lasting contraction of the\\nblood vessels. The hot douche is also an excellent method of\\ncontrolling capillary bleeding, where the blood oozes out from\\nover a large surface. It also favors contraction of the uterus. In\\ngiving the vaginal douche the patient should lie on the back\\nwith the hips elevated. A douche taken in this position is much\\nmore beneficial than one taken in the sitting or standing position.\\nThe fountain syringe should be suspended or held at a consider-\\nable height, so as to insure a good flow. The nozzle of the\\nsyringe should be carefully passed along the back wall of the\\nvagina until it reaches a point behind the neck of the womb then\\nthe clamp on the tube may be released and the water be slowly\\ninjected. For hot douches, have the water at first at a tempera-\\nture of 100\u00c2\u00b0 F. after allowing it to run for a minute, rapidly\\nincrease the temperature by the addition of hot water up to\\n110\u00c2\u00b0 or over. Should any medication be desired in the douche\\nit should be added to the last quart of water. The hot douche\\nmay be continued for fifteen or twenty mimutes. In giving a\\ndouche in the prone position, a bed pan with an overflow pipe is\\nneeded. Should this not be obtainable the patient s position may\\nbe shifted so that the hips shall rest on several folds of a blanket\\nplaced on the edge of the bed, over which a rubber sheet has\\nbeen placed, and so arranged that the flow of water shall be con-\\nducted into a vessel placed upon the floor. The patient s feet\\nmay be supported upon two chairs placed beside the bed two feet\\napart. Care must be taken in administering the hot douche\\nthat the mucous membrane of the vagina is not blistered by the\\nhot tube. For this reason the hard rubber nozzle is preferable", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0129.jp2"}, "126": {"fulltext": "122 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nto the metal nozzle. Sometimes the hot douche may be admin-\\nistered in the rectum, with the idea that the heat can be more\\ndirectly applied to the diseased tissues than through the vagina.\\nThe water in this case must be allowed to escape from the anus\\nby the side of the tube.\\nCOUNTER IRRITANTS.\\nThese remedies are used locally to relieve inflammation of the\\ndeeper parts by drawing the circulating fluid and nervous energy\\nto the surface. There are two distinct classes of them; first,\\nrubefacients, which produce merely local warmth and redness;\\nand second, vesicants, or blistering agents. There is still a third\\nclass which produce a pustular eruption over the surface to which\\nthey are applied. Croton oil is the chief of this class.\\nCounter irritants are usually applied over or near the seat of\\nthe disease, but occasionally they may be used at some remote\\npart to obtain what is called revulsive action. In this way mus-\\ntard poultices on the feet or a mustard footbath may be employed\\nfor the relief of the head.\\nRubefacients Mild counter irritation results from hot fomen-\\ntations and poultices and from the various ammonia and camphor\\nliniments. One of the most commonly used rubefacients is mus-\\ntard.\\nThe Mustard Plaster To make a mustard plaster take one part\\nof powdered mustard and from two to five times the quantity of\\nflour, according to the strength desired. Mix into a paste with\\ntepid water and spread it evenly between two pieces of muslin.\\nThe plaster should not be left on too long or it will cause painful\\nblisters which are slow to heal. From twenty minutes to half an\\nhour is generally long enough. With an insensible or delirious\\npatient, they must be carefully watched, for if neglected, deep\\nulceration may ensue. For a child mix with glycerine and\\nwater, instead of pure water, as the action will be less severe and\\nit can remain on longer. The plaster should be held in place\\nwith a bandage. The burning sensation which follows the use", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0130.jp2"}, "127": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 123\\nof a mustard plaster may be relieved, if severe, by dusting the\\npart with talcum powder found in the Cabinet. The mustard\\nleaves found in the Cabinet will be found exceedingly useful and\\nreliable and may be used in all cases calling for a counter-irritant.\\nCayenne Pepper Plasters The cayenne pepper plaster is made\\nby mixing a tablespoonful of cayenne into a thin paste of flour\\nand water. Or a quantity of red pepper may be stitched into a\\nbag and wrung out in warm water and applied over the seat of\\npain.\\nVesicants Some form of cantharides (Spanish fly) is most\\ncommonly used to produce blisters, either in the form of a plaster\\nor, better still, the fluid form known as Acetic Cantharidal\\nBlistering Fluid. Where a blister is desired a piece of cotton\\ntwisted on the end of a match or toothpick to form a brush is\\ndipped in the fluid and, after squeezing out the excess of fluid\\nagainst the mouth of the bottle, a surface about the size of a sil-\\nver quarter of a dollar is lightly painted over. The fluid rapidly\\nevaporates, and after a few minutes the surface can be again\\npainted. Generally two applications will be sufficient to produce\\na blister in from a half hour to two hours, depending upon the\\ncharacter of the skin. After the blister has formed it may either\\nbe allowed to break of its own accord or it may be pricked at its\\nlowest point and the fluid drawn off. Where greater effect is\\ndesired the skin may be removed from the site of the blister and\\nthe surface left open, and as it heals reapply the blistering fluid.\\nThe stronger tincture of iodine is used for the same purpose as\\ncantharides, but is much milder, and several coats are usually\\nrequired tojproduce a blister. If the iodine burns too severely it\\nmay be washed off with ammonia or alcohol.\\nWhen it is desired to produce a blister very quickly, stronger\\nammonia or chloroform is used. A small piece of cotton is sat-\\nurated with it and placed upon the skin, its evaporation being\\nprevented by covering tightly with a watch glass or a pill box. A\\nblister may thus be raised in five or ten minutes. This method\\nis always painful.\\nCroton Oil Croton oil is used by applying a very small quan-\\ntity to the surface with a camel s hair pencil every four or five\\nhours until eruption appears.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0131.jp2"}, "128": {"fulltext": "124 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nPOULTICES.\\nPoultices are a common method of applying warmth and mois-\\nture. Their effect is to soften the tissues and dilate the capil-\\nlaries, relaxing the tension of the inflamed parts and so reliev-\\ning pain. Applied early they may check the progress of the\\ninflammation and prevent the formation of pus when suppura-\\ntion has set in they facilitate the passage of the matter to the sur-\\nface and limit the spread of the inflammation. They are useful\\nnot only when in direct contact with inflamed tissue, but will often\\nrelieve deep seated pain. A poultice applied for the relief of\\ninternal organs should be large enough to extend over a consider-\\nable surrounding surface, but over a suppurating wound, should\\nbe but little larger than the opening. Apply as hot as can be\\ncomfortably borne, but do not burn the patient. After the poul-\\ntice is in place cover with oiled muslin or rubber tissue to keep\\nin the heat and change the poultice frequently, the length of\\ntime it should remain on depending upon the thickness of the\\npoultice. One of ordinary size will keep warm for three or four\\nhours. If the poultice be allowed to become cold and hard it will\\ndo more harm than good. When the poulticing is continued too\\nlong the skin may develop an eruption.\\nMethods of Making Poultices Poultices are made of var-\\nious materials. The simplest form consists of several thicknesses\\nof soft cloth wrung out of hot water.\\nLinseed Poultice Linseed meal is very commonly used, and\\nwhen of good quality is an excellent material. To make a lin-\\nseed poultice bring a saucepan of water to the boiling point and\\nthen without removing from the stove stir into it the meal little\\nby little until it has the proper consistency just thick enough to\\nbe cut with a knife. It should be smooth and free from lumps.\\nThe poultice should be spread evenly about a quarter of an inch\\nthick upon a piece of muslin previously cut to the desired size,\\nleaving an inch and a half margin in each direction. The poul-\\ntice should not be applied directly to the skin, as portions of it\\nadhere, and it is difficult to remove. The poultice may be covered\\nover with a large layer of cotton batting this will help retain the", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0132.jp2"}, "129": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 125\\nheat, and the poultice need not be made so thick. The poultice\\njacket is described in the section on pneumonia or lung fever.\\nBread Poultices Bread poultices are light and more bland than\\nlinseed, but cool quickly and hold less moisture. They do not\\nhave the tenacious quality of linseed, and they are likely to\\ncrumble and become rough when dry. Milk should never be\\nused in the preparation of a poultice, as it has no advantage over\\nwater, and it very soon becomes sour and offensive. Pour boil-\\ning water over slices of bread without the crust. Let it simmer\\na few minutes until well soaked, then drain off the water, beat up\\nthe bread quickly with a fork and spread over the muslin in the\\nsame manner as in making a linseed poultice.\\nCharcoal Poultice As bread is more porous than linseed, it\\nforms a better basis for the charcoal poultice. The formula is\\nFresh wood charcoal powder, one-half ounce bread crumbs, two\\nounces linseed meal, one and a one-half ounces boiling water\\nten ounces. Mix half the charcoal into the poultice and sprinkle\\nthe rest over its surface. It is used for putrid sores.\\nYeast Poultice The yeast poultice is used mainly to hasten the\\nseparation of gangrenous sloughs. Mix six ounces of yeast\\nwith the same quantity of water at blood heat. Stir in fourteen\\nounces of flour and let it stand near the fire until it rises. Apply\\nwhile fermenting.\\nSlippery Elm Poultice-^-The slippery elm poultice is made by\\nusing one part of powdered slippery elm to two parts of linseed\\nmeal. It is very light and soothing.\\nHop and Bran Poultices A hop poultice is a thin bag loosely\\nfilled with hops and wrung out of hot water. Bran is treated in\\nthe same way. A bran jacket may be made in the same manner\\nas the linseed jacket and has the advantage that it may be re- wet\\nand used again and again. It needs to be stitched through and\\nthrough, as well as around the edges, to keep the bran in place.\\nSpice Poultice The spice poultice is made by mixing ginger,\\ncinnamon, cloves and cayenne pepper, a teaspoonful of each, with\\nhalf a tablespoonf ul of flour, and brandy enough to make a paste.\\nThe same effect, that of a mild counter irritant, may be produced\\nby sewing the spices into a flat bag to be dipped into whiskey or\\nbrandy when required for use.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0133.jp2"}, "130": {"fulltext": "126 HKAI/TH AT HOME.\\nMustard Poultice The mustard poultice is made by the addi-\\ntion of from one-eighth to one-fourth as much mustard as is used\\nof linseed meal to make the ordinary linseed meal poultice.\\nHot Fomentations Fomentations are poultices in a modi-\\nfied form. They are made by the application of hot water,\\npure or medicated, by means of pieces of flannel or cloth.\\nThey have the advantage of being clean, light and quickly\\nprepared; but they require constant attention, needing to be\\nchanged every few minutes. Two pieces of flannel should be at\\nhand, each doubled to the required size. They are called stupes.\\nThey are to be saturated with boiling water and then wrung out\\nas dry as possible. A stupe wringer, made from a piece of stout\\ntoweling with a stick run through the hem at either end is a\\nvery covenient appliance. Place the stupe in the middle of the\\ntowel, saturate with boiling water, and twist the sticks in the\\nopposite direction until no more water can be squeezed out. A\\nstupe cool enough to wring out by hand is too cool to be of much\\nuse. It should be dry enough not to wet the bed or clothing.\\nHave another all readv to apply before removing the first. There\\nshould be two layers of flannel, shake these apart lightly to let\\nthe air in between them and they will keep hot longer. After the\\nstupe is in place cover with oiled muslin and over that a layer of\\ncotton or a piece of dry flannel. The stupe should never be\\nallowed to become cold. After the fomentations have been stop-\\nped dry the part carefully and keep covered with a piece of dry\\nflannel. The chief use of stupes is to relieve spasm of the inter-\\nnal organs. They may be made irritant or sedative by the addi-\\ntion of appropriate medicaments. Twenty or thirty drops of tur-\\npentine or laudanum may be sprinkled over each stupe or it may\\nbe steeped, instead of in pure water, in some decoction such as\\npoppy heads, hops or chamomile flowers. A good stupe for\\nchildren is Jamaica ginger one part, paregoric one part and hot\\nwater eight parts. In using turpentine there is some danger of\\nblistering the skin, and any sore which may be present must first\\nbe covered by some impervious dressing, such as oiled muslin.\\nDry Fomentations Dry fomentations are sometimes used when\\nit is desirable to avoid relaxation of the superficial tissues. Dry\\nheat is best applied by the hot water bottle. Dry flannels may", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0134.jp2"}, "131": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 127\\nbe placed in the oven until hot and then applied. Thin bags of\\nheated sand, salt, bran or hops, hot bricks, etc. all come under\\nthis head. Hot water bottles should always be wrapped in B flannel.\\nCold Applications These are chiefly used to subdue inflam-\\nmation. They are to be used only in the earliest and latest\\nstages, never while pus is forming- or during sloughing, as they\\nlower the vitality of the tissues and lessen their powers of resist-\\nance. To be of any use they must be kept cold, and confined to a\\nlimited space. If the cold applications are begun and then stop-\\nped the inflammation will be more severe than if they had never\\nbeen started. The simplest method of applying cold is by pieces\\nof muslin wet in ice water and changed tor fresh ones before they\\nget warm. This calls for constant attention. A steady cold\\nstream may be kept over the part by carrying across it long strips\\nof lamp wicking, having one end in a pitcher of ice water stand-\\ning a little higher than the bed and the other end leading to a\\nbasin below it. The bed must be well protected and in all cases\\nwhere applications of water are used care must be taken that\\nneither the bed nor the patient s clothing get wet. Coils of\\nrubber tubing through which cold water is made to flow, is the\\nbest means of applying cold. Ice is best applied in a rubber\\nbag. These are made in different shapes to fit various parts of\\nthe body. The bag should not be more than half filled with bits\\nof ice less than an inch square, which should be renewed before\\nthe last bit is melted. The ice will keep longer if mixed with\\none-third saw dust. A piece of muslin should be placed\\nbetween the ice bag and the skin.\\nI/Otions Lotions which evaporate must be left uncovered.\\nA single thickness of lint, or two or three thicknesses of muslin\\nmay be used and frequently wet with the lotion. Alcohol, vinegar\\nor muriate of ammonia may be used for the lotion. Those\\nwhich are not intended to evaporate are put on several thick-\\nnesses of lint or muslin, laid over the affected parts, and closely\\ncovered with oiled muslin or rubber tissue. The lint can be\\nre-wet without taking it off by pouring some of the lotion over it.\\nEye lotions should be introduced at the outer angle of the eye\\nwith a glass dropper, or a small camel s hair brush, that is used\\nfor nothing else. Draw down the lower lid, and instruct the\\npatient to look up at the instant the drops are introduced.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0135.jp2"}, "132": {"fulltext": "128 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nlyiniments Liniments differ from lotions in their mode of\\napplication, being rubbed in until the part is dry.\\nOintments Ointments are either spread upon cloth the exact\\nsize required, or are rubbed in like liniments. The rubbing\\nin of ointments is called inunction.\\nGargles The interior of the throat is often treated by gar-\\ngles. In using a gargle the head is thrown back and the fluid\\ncomes in contact with the tonsils and soft palate, and is forcibly\\nagitated by air from the larynx. About a tablespoonful at a time\\nshould be used, four or five times successively. After using a gar-\\ngle containing an acid or tincture of iron the mouth should be\\nwell rinsed with some alkaline solution, as soda or lime water,\\nto prevent injury to the teeth.\\nBATHS.\\nThe Skin The skin is not only a protective covering for the\\nbody, but also a complex excretory organ, doing as important a\\nwork in eliminating waste products as the lungs and kidneys. It\\nconsists of two distinct layers, the dermis or true skin underneath\\nand the epidermis, cuticle, or scarf-skin on the outside. The\\ntrue skin is filled with blood vessels and nerves; the cuticle con-\\ntains none of these, but is connected with them by numbers of\\nsmall tubes connected with the sweat glands and sebaceous\\nglands. The surface of the body is covered over by the openings\\nof these tubes, known as pores. From these pores water and\\nexcrementitious matters are constantly being thrown off in the\\nform of vapor. By this steady evaporation the temperature of\\nthe body is regulated. If the body be covered by an impermeable\\ncoating so as to entirely obstruct this process death quickly ensues.\\nThe scarf-skin is continually scaling off and being renewed from\\nunderneath. At the same time solid matters are to some extent\\ndeposited, as the water evaporates from the sweat ducts. Besides\\nthe sweat glands there is another set of glands in the skin called\\nthe sebaceous glands, secreting a kind of oily matter, which serves\\nto keep the skin soft and supple. The excess of this sebaceous\\nmatter, the cast-off scales of the cuticle and the solid deposit from", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0136.jp2"}, "133": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 129\\nthe perspiration remain on the surface, and unless removed fill\\nthe pores and prevent further evaporation. Thus even in a state\\nof health frequent and thorough bathing is a matter of first import-\\nance. Dirt of any kind blocks the mouths of the sweat-bearing\\ntubes and impedes their action. This throws more work on the\\nexcretory organs, disturbing the balance of their functions, so\\nthat disease may often be traced simply to a failure to keep the\\npores of the skin open. The bath in sickness is even more neces-\\nsary than in health, for the exhalations of disease are morbid and\\ndangerous. Notwithstanding this fact the bath is often neglected\\nin sickness through fear that the patient will take cold. But\\ncleanliness is a positive aid to recovery, and with proper precau-\\ntions there are very few patients who cannot be washed with-\\nout danger. In almost all cases at least a sponge bath can be\\ngiven in bed, care being taken neither to chill nor fatigue the\\npatient.\\nMethod of Giving the Bath In giving a sponge bath in\\nthe bed the bedding must be protected by a rubber sheet and\\nanother sheet over that. The room should be warm and free from\\ndraughts, and everything likely to be needed at hand plenty of\\nhot and cold water, soap, sponges, towels, clean clothing, etc.\\nTake plenty of time and expose only a part of the body at a time,\\nand wash, dry and cover it before proceeding further. After the\\nbath some light refreshment may be allowed, if the patient seems\\nat all fatigued. A bath should never be given within two hours\\nafter a full meal.\\nChanging the Clothing The clothing should always be warmed\\nbefore it is put on. To change a night dress or shirt slip off the\\nsleeves of the soiled one, and pull it up toward the neck. Then\\nput the arms in the clean sleeves, lift the patient s head and\\nshoulders and the soiled garment can be pulled off wdth the same\\nmotion that puts the clean one on. Pull the clean one down\\nunder the back smoothly, but not too tight. In this way the\\npatient has only been raised once. If the patient should not be\\nraised at all the shirt or gown must be slit all the way down the\\nfront. In taking it off slip one arm out of the sleeve and put on\\nthe corresponding clean sleeve, work it under the shoulders, push-\\ning the soiled one before it, and change the other sleeve. If two", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0137.jp2"}, "134": {"fulltext": "130 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\ngarments are worn fit one inside the other before beginning and\\nput them on as one\\nCare of the Month The mouth should be often washed and the\\nteeth brushed or wiped with a bit of soft cloth. Water containing\\na few drops of tincture of myrrh or a solution made by dissolving\\ntwo tablets of No. 3 in a teacup of water, may be used for rinsing\\nthe mouth. To remove the accumulated matter on the teeth a\\nmixture of lemon juice, glycerine and ice water will be found\\nvery efficacious.\\nCombing the Hair In the case of female patients this is a very\\nimportant matter. Begin at the ends, holding the hair firmly at\\nthe roots, to avoid pulling and to keep the head steady. Often,\\nespecially if the hair has become matted, it is best to cut it off\\nshort, though with time and patience very bad tangles can be\\nstraightened out. A good nurse will never allow the hair to get\\ntangled. The hair should be tightly braided or else twisted on\\ntop of the head, so that the patient will not have to lie on the knot.\\nThe hair should be combed, the teeth cleaned and the hands and\\nface washed at least once daily, the feet twice and the whole body\\nevery week. This applies to every patient.\\nRemedial Baths Baths are used for remedial purposes as\\nwell as for cleanliness. They may be general or local, simple\\nor medicated, cold, tepid, or hot; in the form of liquid, vapor\\nor air. Judiciously used, baths are valuable remedies, but their\\ncareless or inappropriate use, as is true of all powerful remedies,\\nmay be hurtful rather than helpful. The effect of the bath on\\nthe patient should always be carefully noted. Baths may be\\nclassified as follows\\nDegrees. Degrees.\\nCold, 33 65 Fahr.\\nCool, 65 75\\nTemperate, 75 85\\nTepid, 85 92\\nWarm, 92 98\\nHot, 98 112\\nTo put a feeble patient in a bath wrap him in a sheet and lower\\ngently into the water. Have a warm dry sheet ready to wrap\\nhim in when he leaves the bath. After wrapping him in the", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0138.jp2"}, "135": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 131\\ndry sheet fold a blanket around him, and putting him in bed\\nallow him to be quiet for a few minutes. In this way he will be\\nmade dry without extra fatigue. A few long strokes with a soft\\ntowel will then dry him thoroughly, and the wrappings may then\\nbe removed. If the bath is to be soon repeated it is better not\\nto put on the clothes, but to leave the patient folded in the dry\\nsheet ready for the next plunge.\\nCold Baths Cold baths are employed either to produce reac-\\ntion, nervous shock or to reduce temperature. Cold water\\nabstracts heat from the body and affects the internal organs\\nthrough the nervous system. Upon first entering a cold bath\\nthere is experienced a sense of chilliness and depression. The\\npulse is quickened, but the temperature of the surface is lowered\\nand the blood accumulates in the internal organs. A condition\\nof reaction soon follows, with invigorated circulation, a feeling\\nof warmth and exhilaration but if the bath be continued too long\\nthe coldness returns, with weakness of the pulse and general\\ndepression. A cold bath should not be given when the patient\\nfeels chilly, when there is free perspiration, when there is any\\ninflammation or tendency to congestion of the internal organs, or\\nduring menstruation. If shivering comes on during a cold bath\\nthe patient should at once be taken out and put to bed, heat\\napplied and stimulants given if the shivering continues. The\\ncold bath is sometimes used as a tonic in cases of debility, but\\nthere must be a certain amount of vigor present to render it endur-\\nable. For this purpose it is best taken in the morning, and should\\nbe at once followed by vigorous rubbing and gentle exercise.\\nThe head must be submerged first and the bath continued only\\nlong enough to produce reaction not more than five minutes.\\nThe colder the water, the sooner the reaction takes place. After\\nany soothing bath the patient should be kept quiet after a stim-\\nulating bath brisk friction and exercise are called for.\\nCold Bath for Relief of Temperature The cold bath is a most\\nspeedy and effective way of bringing down high temperature.\\nIt may be lowered from one to five or six degrees. The shock of\\nsudden immersion in cold water may be avoided by beginning\\nwith the tepid bath and gradually cooling as much as desired by\\nadding cold water or ice. The temperature of the body must be", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0139.jp2"}, "136": {"fulltext": "132 HEALTH AT HOME.\\ntaken in the rectum and the patient removed from the bath before\\nit has reached the desired point, for the temerature will continue\\nto fall for some time afterward, until the heat of the interior and\\nexterior of the body becomes equalized.\\nThe Wet Pack Another method of applying cold for the\\nreduction of temperature is the wet pack. To prepare for this, first\\nput three or four blankets on the bed, over these a sheet wrung out\\nin cold water. Let the patient lie on this and fold the sheet over\\nhim, tucking it in well on both sides from the neck to the ankles,\\nbut not around the feet. The blankets are then folded over him\\none by one, and the patient left in them from thirty minutes to\\ntwo or three hours, as may be needed. Give plenty of water to\\ndrink, and keep the feet warm. This form of bath will usually\\nbe very comfortable to the patient and he will often fall asleep\\nwhile in the pack. It will render the skin moist, subdue the rest-\\nlessnesss and delirium and reduce the fever. When the pack is\\nremoved dry off the patient quickly and wrap him in warm, dry\\nblankets for some hours. The same effect may be produced by\\napplying towels wrung out in ice water, dry enough not to drip,\\none after another from the neck downward. When the feet are\\nreached begin over again at the head and renew each in succes-\\nsion continuing as long as is necessary.\\nSponge Bath Cold or tepid sponging often gives relief to a\\nfeverish condition. Sponge downwards always, and wrap the\\npatient still wet in a warm blanket and leave him undisturbed for\\nan hour or two. Alcohol added to the water makes it more cool-\\ning by its rapid evaporation, or the alcohol alone may be used for\\nsponging, after which do not dry the patient.\\nThe Hot Bath A general warm or hot bath is used to produce\\nperspiration, soothe pain and relax spasm. The effect of warm or\\nhot water is at first agreeable. Elimination of waste matter from\\nthe lungs and through the skin is increased, and the circulation\\naccelerated. A very hot bath excites and stimulates the nervous\\nsystem, while a warm or tepid bath rather calms and soothes it.\\nIf the water is too hot or the bath too long continued languor,\\ngiddiness or f aintness may result. Keep the head cool and out of\\nthe hot water. An invalid should never be left alone in the water\\nand must be taken out at once if any sign of faintness appears,\\nart, and consists of all that pertains to the knowledge and preven-", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0140.jp2"}, "137": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 133\\nA hot bath should not be given during the menstrual period nor\\nduring the last stage of pregnancy. Immersion in water as hot\\nas can be borne is useful in sprains during their earliest stage.\\nThe Foot Bath This is usually given to relieve the head and\\nshould be given as hot as possible. If the patient is able to sit up\\nin a chair see that he is warmly wrapped up and a blanket should\\ncover both the patient and the tub. L,et the water come nearly\\nto the knees. Adding mustard to the water will increase the\\neffect. The foot bath can be given in bed when necessary. Have\\nthe bed well protected, turn up the clothes from the foot of the\\nbed, direct the patient to lie upon the back, and bend the knees,\\nwhen the feet can be placed in a bowl of water. Have the bowl\\nfirmly balanced, cover with a blanket, and let the feet remain\\nfrom a quarter to half an hour, keeping the water hot in the\\nmeantime. Then dry them well and either wrap in flannel or put\\non woolen stockings.\\nThe Sitz or Hip Bath Immerse the patient in hot water from\\nthe waist to the knees and cover with blankets. The water\\nshould be kept hot and the bath continued for twenty minutes.\\nThe object of this form of bath is to excite the menstrual flow,\\nand it should be given as nearly as can be calculated at the time\\nwhen the flow would naturally appear.\\nHot Air and Vapor Baths Where the patient is not able to\\nleave the bed, this form of bath may be employed by using hot\\nbricks wrapped in wet flannel. The bedclothes must be lifted\\nabove the patient and supported by a cradle or a stout string\\nstretched from one corner of the bed diagonally across to the\\nother corner. The patient is first sponged off with tepid water\\nuntil there is free perspiration. The hot bricks are then intro-\\nduced under the bedclothing, and the blankets are then tucked\\nin so as to render the space as nearly air tight as possible. When\\nthe patient can leave the bed the best method of employing the\\nhot air or vapor bath is by the use of the Bath Cabinet. When\\nthe bath cabinet cannot be obtained the following is a fair sub-\\nstitute: let the patient, entirely without clothing, sit in a\\nwicker chair, with the feet on a low stool. Cover him with\\nseveral blankets, and under the chair place a spirit lamp, with a\\nlarge wick, or a small oil stove. As the heat increases, let the", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0141.jp2"}, "138": {"fulltext": "134 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\npatient drink freely of water until perspiration becomes profuse,\\nthen place him in a general bath at a temperature of 75\u00c2\u00b0 to 80\u00c2\u00b0,\\nand add cold water to the bath until it becomes cool. Remove\\npatient and dry thoroughly keep him warm afterwards.\\nMedicated Baths Both liquid and vapor baths may be medica-\\nted. Remedial agents may be vaporized in the bath cabinet and\\nwill be readily taken up by the skin. An acid vapor may be pro-\\nduced by evaporating vinegar.\\nAcid Bath Nitric acid, one and one-half fluid ounces hydro-\\nchloric aid, one to three ounces; warm water, thirty quarts. This\\nshould be given in a wooden tub.\\nAlkaline Bath Add half a pound of carbonate of soda to fifteen\\ngallons of hot water.\\nSulphur Bath A sulphur bath is prepared by adding to each\\ngallon of water twenty grains of sulphuret of potassium. This\\nmust be given in a wooden or porcelain lined vessel, as the sul-\\nphur will discolor most metals. This form of bath may be bene-\\nficial in rheumatism and also some forms of skin disease, but in\\nthis case not usually until the acute stage has passed, as it tends to\\naggravate the rash. In all cases of skin disease rain water\\nshould be used or if this is not obtainable soften the hard water\\nby the addition of soda, borax, bran, starch or gelatine. The\\nskin should not be rubbed in skin disease, but dabbed dry with\\nsoft towels.\\nBran Bath To make a bran bath boil a pound of bran for a\\nquarter of an hour, strain off the fluid and add it to the bath water.\\nBran is sometimes added without boiling to the bath water, but\\nthis must not be done in a stationary tub, for the bran will clog up\\nthe drain pipes.\\nStarch Bath Take half a pound of starch and mix it with two\\nquarts of water before adding it to the bath.\\nSalt Bath A salt bath is usually given cold for tonic effect.\\nKither sea salt may be used or a solution of rock salt in the pro-\\nportion of one pound of salt to four gallons of water.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0142.jp2"}, "139": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 135\\nMASSAGE.\\nMassage is, in the hands of a skilled operator, a valuable mode\\nof treatment, though it has fallen into some disrepute by being\\nallowed to pass largely into the hands of quacks, so-called\\nmagnetic healers and others of that class, whose pretensions\\nhave degraded everything connected with them. Massage, in its\\nproper place, however, has so much of value that we here give a\\nfew of the scientific principles upon which it is based, and sug-\\ngest certain conditions in which benefit may be obtained from its\\nuse. Massage will to a considerable extent take the place of\\nactive exercise, keeping the muscles strong and supple. It\\ndevelops heat at the points of contact, elevating the general tem-\\nperature and dilating the blood vessels. It furthers absorption,\\naccelerating the motion of the blood currents, removing waste\\nmatters, and thereby promoting nutrition. It has a sedative\\neffect upon the nerves, though in some instances it seems to\\nexcite rather than to soothe. Insomnia and neuralgia can often\\nbe relieved by it, and irritation of the spine to some extent con-\\ntrolled. In the treatment of nervous disorders it is often com-\\nbined with rest, strict regulation of the diet and the application\\nof electricity. The best results from its use are found in chronic\\njoint affections, and thickenings from inflammatory deposits.\\nMethods of Applying Massage Massage consists of a\\npeculiar kneading of the underlying muscles, and is entirely dis-\\ntinct from friction, which touches only the external tissues, but\\nit is often combined with friction also with the Swedish move-\\nments, active and passive. The word, then, as commonly used\\nmay be understood to embrace all forms of manipulation. The\\nperformance of massage requires the use of hands that are at once\\nstrong and soft, the motions smooth and even, never jerky. The\\nwork should be done from the wrists and not from the shoulders,\\nand you want equal flexibility and freedom of action in both\\nhands. All movements should begin slowly and gently, and their\\nforce and frequency gradually increased. A very tender spot\\ncan hardly be touched at first, but after a little skillful handling an\\namount of force can be employed which would have seemed", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0143.jp2"}, "140": {"fulltext": "136 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nincredible. The whole hand, and not merely the ends of the\\nfingers should be used. In massage proper the work is chiefly\\nperformed by the ball of the thumb and the palm of the hand.\\nEach muscle is kneaded and rolled with a carefully graded\\nforce. Begin at the extremities and work toward the trunk. If\\nthe feet are cold keep at them until they are quite warm before\\ngoing on. Take up each group of muscles systematically, com-\\npress, roll and relax, advancing by degrees, so that each handful\\nof muscle may include part of what has been previously treated.\\nNever stretch the tissues in the opposite directions at the same\\ntime.\\nSkill in massage and manipulation can only be attained by\\nlong practice and careful observance of the rules and principles\\nabove mentioned, but that skill once gained will be found of great\\nvalue in the treatment of many forms of disease.\\nFriction Friction should act only upon the skin. If counter-\\nirritation is desired a coarse towel or a brush is better than the\\nhand. Friction should be toward the center of circulation, to\\nassist the venous currents. Thus on a limb the heaviest strokes\\nshould be upward and the returning ones much lighter.\\nPassive Motions Passive motions are made without any effort\\non the part of the patient. When there is partial control on the\\npart of the patient of the muscular action the operator either\\nhelps or hinders the effort of the patient, being careful not to over-\\ntax his little strength, and the exercises are then known as assis-\\ntive or resistive. Such movements are applied together with\\nmassage to strengthen weakened muscles and break up adhesions\\nin diseased or stiffened joints. Care must be taken, however, not\\nto overdo this form of exercise.\\nTHE URINE.\\nThe kidneys form the chief channel for the elimination of the\\nwaste matters from the body. These are two bean-shaped bodies,\\neach about four inches long, lying in the small of the back, one\\non either side of the spine. The urine as it is excreted by the\\nkidneys passes through two connecting tubes, the ureters, into the", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0144.jp2"}, "141": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 137\\nbladder, whence it is periodically discharged through another\\ntube, the urethra. The capacity of the bladder when fully dis-\\ntended is about three pints. The urethra in the adult female is\\nan inch and a half or two inches in length.\\nUrine, in a healthy condition, consists of some 960 parts water\\nto 40 parts of solid matter, principally urea, the chief waste pro-\\nduct of animal life. The average quantity of urine passed in\\ntwenty-four hours is two and a half pints, or forty fluid ounces.\\nThis will contain 450 to 600 grains of urea, besides a small propor-\\ntion of uric acid, and various phosphates, urates and chlorides.\\nThe urine is transparent, of pale amber color, having a character-\\nistic aroma, an acid reaction and a specific gravity of about 1.02.\\nVariations of Urine in Health There may be consider-\\nable variation from the above description, even strictly within the\\nlimits of health. The quantity will vary in proportion to the\\namount of fluid taken into the system, and to the activity of the\\nskin. Where there is free perspiration there is left less water to\\nbe carried off by the kidneys, and consequently, the urine is less\\nabundant, darker in color, and of greater specific gravity, owing\\nto the increased proportion of solid matters. The specific gravity\\nmay vary from 1.01 to 1.025 without indicating any departure\\nfrom health. The reaction may for a time become neutral or\\neven alkaline after a meal, owing to the character of the food\\ntaken. Cloudiness of the urine may be due to the presence of\\nearthy phoshpates, or to mixed urates of sodium, potassium, cal-\\ncium and magnesium, or to mucus from the bladder or urethra.\\nVariations of Urine in Disease The same causes of\\nvariation may exist to an extreme degree in sickness. The quan-\\ntity passed in twenty-four hours may be diminished to two\\nounces or increased to 200 ounces. The color may be affected\\neither by diminution of the normal coloring matters or by the addi-\\ntion of abnormal ones. Opacity may be caused by the presence\\nof pus. Blood gives a characteristic smoke hue to acid urine;\\nwhen the urine is alkaline the color is more nearly red. Urine con-\\ntaining blood enough to be readily recognizable as such probably\\ncontains albumin also. Bile gives a greenish tinge that is often\\nseen with jaundice. In some cases a sufficient amount of fat may\\nbe found to give the urine a distinctly viscid or glutinous consist-", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0145.jp2"}, "142": {"fulltext": "138 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nency. In hysteria, alcoholism, anemia and convalescence from\\nacute diseases, the urine may be expected to be pale and abun-\\ndant. In the early stage of acute fever the specific gravity is\\nlikely to be high, as a large amount of solid matter is excreted.\\nLowered specific gravity is most significant when it is accompa-\\nnied by diminished quantity of urine. In diabetes mellitus the\\nspecific gravity of the urine may be as high as 1.05, while at the\\nsame time the quantity passed may be largely increased; this is\\ndue to the presence of large quantities of sugar. In the disease\\nknown as diabetes insipidus, or polyuria, the urine is very abun-\\ndant in quantity and of a pale color, but it contains no sugar or\\nalbumin, and is of low specific gravity.\\nEffect of Drugs on the Urine Certain drugs produce\\nspecial effects upon the character of the urine. Turpentine taken\\ninternally gives to the urine an odor resembling that of violets.\\nIt may increase the flow or possibly cause retention. Spanish fly\\nmay also cause retention, or slow and painful passage of the urine.\\nDark smoky urine is one of the early symptoms of poisoning by\\ncarbolic acid or iodoform. Santonin gives a bright yellow color;\\nrhubarb or senna a reddish yellow; cubebs, copaiba, and san-\\ndalwood oil, each imparts its peculiar odor. Medicines which\\nincrease the quantity of urine are called diuretics.\\nValue of Observations of Urine From the foregoing\\nremarks it will be seen that the character of the urine and its\\nquantity may furnish invaluable information of the development\\nand progress of disease, and it follows that those who have the\\ncare of the sick intrusted to them should have some knowledge\\nof the methods of making the simpler observations and tests of\\nthe urine.\\nMethods of Observing the Urine The observers should\\nnote, first, the frequency of micturition, or passing of water;\\nsecond, the quantity passed each time and the total amount in\\ntwenty-four hours and third, any evident peculiarity. If urine\\nis passed frequently, but in small quantity each time, it indicates\\neither an over-distended condition of the bladder or irritation of\\nthe bladder or urethra. The distinction between the two condi-\\ntions can usually be made by carefully examining the urine to see", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0146.jp2"}, "143": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 139\\nwhether it contains mucus or pus, or possibly blood. If so the\\nbladder or urethra is the seat of inflammation. If the urine is\\nclear, careful inspection of the lower portion of the abdomen and\\ngentle tapping over the location of the bladder will indicate\\nwhether or not it is distended. The total amount of urine passed\\nin twenty-four hours can be ascertained by saving the whole quan-\\ntity and then measuring, or the amount passed each time may be\\nnoted and the sum of such amounts will give the total for the\\ntwenty- four hours.\\nTo note any peculiarities of the urine a small quantity should be\\nplaced in a tall narrow glass, or test tube, and by holding up to\\nthe light its appearance can be noted and any evident departure\\nfrom the normal may be detected. After such examination the\\nspecimen should be allowed to stand for several hours and then\\nre-examined for any subsequent deposit or sediment. Remember\\nto have the glass perfectly clean before placing the urine in it.\\nThe chemical reaction of the urine may be tested with litmus\\npaper; if acid the urine will turn the blue paper red; if alkaline it\\nwill turn the red to blue if neutral it will have no effect upon\\neither the blue or red paper.\\nUrine having an acid or neutral reaction may turn alkaline\\nafter standing, but that which is alkaline in the beginning never\\nbecomes acid.\\nForeign matters in the urine may be either sediment, or in solu-\\ntion. The most common sediment is composed of urates and\\nphosphates. They fall as a white or pink deposit at the bottom\\nof the vessel after the urine has stood several hours. They may\\nbe distinguished from each other by boiling a little of the urine\\nin a test tube over the flame of a lamp, the urates being dis-\\nsolved by the heat, while the phosphates are precipitated. The\\nphosphates may in turn be dissolved by adding a few drops of\\nnitric acid to the urine. Mucus in the urine is not affected by\\nheat, acid or alkalies. Pus is deposited as an opaque white sedi-\\nment, sinking rapidly as long as there is an acid reaction to the\\nurine, and no mucus present, in which it may be suspended.\\nIt resembles urates, but is not, like them, dissolved on the applica-\\ntion of heat. In Bright s disease albumin in present, and often\\ncasts of the minute passages of the interior of the kidneys are", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0147.jp2"}, "144": {"fulltext": "140 HKAI/TH AT HOME.\\nfound. These casts can only be seen by careful examination of\\nthe urine under the microscope.\\nTest for Albumin The presence of albumin in the urine can\\ngenerally be detected by heating a small amount of urine in a test\\ntube. If the urine becomes cloudy or a heavy deposit of whitish\\nmaterial occurs, albumin is probably present, but since phosphates\\nare also precipitated by heat, a further test is needed. After\\nheating, a few drops of nitric acid are added to the solution, and\\nif there are phosphates present they will at once disappear, leav-\\ning the urine clear, while albumin will remain as a dense white\\nprecipitate. Remember that heat precipitates albumin and the\\nphosphates, while the urates are dissolved by it; nitric acid pre-\\ncipitates albumen and the urates, but dissolves the phosphates.\\nTest for Sugar Pale urine produced in large quantity and of a\\nhigh specific gravity probably contains sugar. The tests com-\\nmonly employed for sugar are of too complicated a nature to be\\ncarried out in the home. The following simple test will, how-\\never, enable you to determine whether or not sugar is present in a\\nsuspected specimen. To the specimen of urine, half filling a\\nclean bottle, add a few crumbs of dry yeast and set in a warm\\nplace for twelve hours, corking tightly. At the end of that time,\\nif sugar is present, fermentation will be found, together with the\\ndevelopment of carbonic acid gas.\\nSuppression of Urine Suppression of urine is an absence\\nof the flow of urine, due to a failure of the kidneys to act. It is\\na rather uncommon condition, and is found complicating some\\ndiseases, and also as a symptom of some forms of poisoning.\\nRetention of the Urine Retention of the urine is that con-\\ndition in which the bladder fails to expel its contents. This may\\nhave various causes. The bladder may be paralyzed or the\\nsenses dulled, so that there is no desire to pass urine, even when\\nthe bladder is full, or there may be a nervous contraction of the\\nurethra, resulting in an inability to do so, even when the incli-\\nnation is felt. When no urine has been passed for some time,\\nif there is pain on pressure over the bladder, a dull instead of a\\nclear sound when you lightly tap the abdomen over the bladder,\\nand if the outline of the bladder can be distinctly felt, it may\\nsafely be assumed that there is retention of the urine. Hot appli-", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0148.jp2"}, "145": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 141\\ncations over the bladder or sponging with hot water between the\\nthighs will sometimes relieve it, especially in children.\\nIncontinence of Urine Incontinence of urine occurs when\\nthere is weakness of the neck of the bladder, so that it is unable\\nto retain its contents. It is most frequent in children. Apparent\\nincontinence may be really retention, with an overflow caused by\\nthe overdistention of the bladder and consequent muscular strain.\\nIn all cases of incontinence of urine special care is needed to keep\\nthe parts clean and prevent excoriation by frequent bathing and\\nthe application of soothing ointments. Rubber urinals are often\\nof value.\\nThe Use of the Catheter When it becomes necessary to\\nuse the catheter, proceed as follows oil the instrument with the\\nfinger. Have the patient lie flat upon the back, with the thighs\\nslightly separated. In the case of a male patient introduce the\\nend of the catheter into the urethra and gradually push it along\\nthe canal until it enters the bladder. In introducing the catheter\\nnever use force. Take plenty of time and use gentle, firm pres-\\nsure. In the case of the female patient, first introduce the finger\\ninto the vagina, and by gently pressing upwards the urethra may\\nbe felt between the finger and the bones forming the pubic arch.\\nThen gently slide the point of the catheter along the finger, using\\nit as a guide until it enters the urethra. Do not push it into the\\nbladder far enough to strike the walls.\\nAs soon as the cavity of the bladder is reached the urine will\\nbegin to flow into the vessel provided for its reception. After\\nthe bladder is emptied withdraw the catheter as gently as it was\\nintroduced. A distended bladder should not be too rapidly\\nemptied by the catheter, as inflammation may follow the sudden\\ncollapse of its walls. When the bladder is very full draw only a\\nportion of the contents at the first introduction of the catheter,\\nand repeat the operation soon after. After each use of the cath-\\neter it should be thoroughly cleaned and disinfected. Let a\\nstream of water run through it, first from the eye of the instru-\\nment downward, that any sediment may not be driven down into\\nthe point.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0149.jp2"}, "146": {"fulltext": "142 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nTHE OBSERVATION OF SYMPTOMS.\\nThe distinguishing characteristics of a good nurse are ability\\nto observe accurately and recognize the meaning of various con-\\nditions of, and changes of condition in, the person of whom she\\nhas the care. These conditions are called symptoms. Symp-\\ntoms may be classified as subjective, those which are evident to\\nthe patient only, objective, which may be seen and recognized by\\noutside obesrvers, and simulated, those which are feigned for\\npurposes of deceit, either to excite sympathy or from other motives.\\nIt is often very difficult to distinguish between false and true\\nsymptoms; often genuine suffering may be mistaken for fraud or\\nhysteria, if the usual objective manifestations are absent. As a\\nrule entirely subjective symptoms may be regarded with some\\ndegree of suspicion, as disease without some outward sign is com-\\nparatively rare.\\nThe degree of intensity of all symptoms, the time and order of\\nappearance and the combinations of symptoms are to be observed.\\nOften a symptom which by itself would be insignificant, becomes\\nin its relations to others of grave importance. Do not rely too\\nmuch upon the memory, but keep a little memorandum book in\\nwhich the facts may be noted.\\nPoints to be Observed Attitude and expression are some-\\ntimes very characteristic, giving valuable indications. A sufferer\\ninstinctively takes the position most calculated for ease. Thus,\\nwhen one lung is affected the patient lies on that side, in order\\nthat the healthy one, which has to do most of the work, may have\\nthe greatest freedom of motion. Lying on the back, with the\\nknees drawn up so as to relax the abdominal muscles, suggests\\nperitonitis. With colic, on the contrary, you may find the\\npatient lying on the abdomen, as pressure relieves pain of that\\ncharacter. When a patient who has lain persistently upon his\\nback turns over to the side it may be looked upon as a sign of\\nimprovement. There is no surer sign that the distress of dyspnea\\nis removed than for a patient who has been forced to sit, to lie\\ndown and compose for sleep. laying quietly is usually a favorable\\nsign, but in acute rheumatism the patient is quiet because the", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0150.jp2"}, "147": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 143\\nleast motion causes pain. Again, extreme weakness may make\\nit too great an exertion to move. Restlessness is an unfavorable\\nsign in organic disease. Slipping down towards trie foot of the\\nbed is often a very bad sign. A pinched and anxious look on\\nthe face is often an indication of the advent of serious conditions,\\nwhile a tranquil expression is usually a favorable symptom.\\nSudden lack of expression, apathy or immobility of the features\\nis a bad symptom. In facial paralysis, expression will be totally\\nabsent from half the face, or the healthy side will be drawn and\\ndistorted. Some painful abdominal diseases are accompanied by\\na peculiar smile, risus sardonicus, caused by contraction of the\\nmuscles of the mouth. Any such change of the features is note-\\nworthy, as is also extreme thinness or swelling of the lips and\\nexcessive action of the nares. The most important signs of dis-\\nease are the pulse, respiration and temperature these are some-\\ntimes called the three vital signs. The three are intimately asso-\\nciated, and correspondingly affected. Note carefully the fre-\\nquenc3% rhythm and force of the pulse, and its relation to the other\\nsymptoms. The rate and any peculiarity of the respiration is to\\nbe observed note whether it is most abdominal or thoracic, if reg-\\nular or irregular, easy or labored, and whether or not it is accom-\\npanied by pain. There is no pain in disease of lung substance\\nalone; when the pleura is involved, there is sharp pain. In\\nbronchitis there is difficult breathing, with more or less muscular\\neffort; in pneumonia it is rapid, but perfectly easy and quiet.\\nDyspnea is caused by various conditions. There is one very\\npeculiar form of it known as Cheyne-Stokes respiration, in which\\nthe inspirations, at first short and shallow, become by degrees\\ndeep and difficult up to a certain point, and then more and more\\nsuperficial until they entirely cease. After a pause of from a\\nquarter to half a minute the same series of phenomena are\\nrepeated in the same order. This is a curious and generally fatal\\nsymptom.\\nCautious respiration indicates lung trouble of some kind. Oed-\\nema, or the presence of fluid in the air passages is show by rat-\\ntling and shortness of breath. The sounds produced by the pass-\\nage of air through the fluid in the air cells, bronchi, or cavities,\\nare known as rales.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0151.jp2"}, "148": {"fulltext": "144 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nCough Nearly all diseases of the respiratory organs are\\naccompanied by cough. This is caused by irritation of the air\\npassages. Matters coughed up are called sputa. Cough not\\naccompanied by expectoration is said to be dry. The character\\nof the expectoration varies with different diseases. In bronchitis\\nit is first simply mucus, later it may become purulent, and in\\nchronic cases it is thick and yellow. The sputum of consump-\\ntion is at first tenacious and rope-like, sometimes frothy, and at an\\nadvanced stages becomes purulent and streaked with blood. With\\npneumonia the expectoration is for the most part scanty after a\\ncertain stage it has a characteristic rust color and a tenacious,\\ntough quality. In children the sputum is often swallowed; if\\nthrown up mixed with food it may be known to come from the\\nstomach. Note the character of the cough, whether it is hard\\nor loose, choking, short, incessant or paroxysmal. Note also the\\nfrequency, duration and intensity of paroxysms, and if followed\\nby exhaustion or perspiration. The peculiar ring of whooping\\ncough is well known and cannot be mistaken. In spasmodic\\ncontraction of the glottis there is a peculiar crowing sound.\\nHiccough is a spasmodic contraction of the diaphragm; ordi-\\nnarily it is of no importance, but an important and unfavorable\\nsymptom when it occurs toward the close of an acute disease.\\nChills If a patient complains of cold without apparent reason,\\ntake his temperature at once. A sense of coldness along the\\nspine is often the precursor of a chill, and the temperature will\\nbe found elevated rather than lowered. Chills or rigors are ner-\\nvous phenomena although the patient is shivering the temperat-\\nure rises, because the capillaries are so much contracted that the\\nblood cannot get to the surface to be cooled. High fever always\\nfollows a genuine chill. Chills may be the first symptom of\\nacute disease; if they occur in the course of inflammation they\\nprobably indicate suppuration in malaria, chills are severe and\\nprolonged, but not dangerous. The temperature should be taken\\nboth during and soon after the chill. When fever falls there is\\napt to be profuse perspiration. Extreme weakness and other causes\\noften produce the same result. The degree of moisture or dryness\\nof the skin is always an important point. A high temperature\\nwith a wet skin is much more dangerous than the same temper-\\nature with a dry skin.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0152.jp2"}, "149": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOMK. 145\\nChange in the Skin The skin affords many conspicuous\\nsigns of disease. Variations from a healthy color will at once\\nattract attention. The yellow tinge of jaundice is well known,\\nindicating disordered action of the liver. With anemia there is\\na peculiar paleness; in Bright s disease a waxy complexion.\\nA red color indicates an excess or suffusion of blood in the skin.\\nA cyanosed or bluish shade means imperfect purification of the\\nblood. In disease of the lungs there is often high color of one\\ncheek alone. Sudden change of color may give warning of syn-\\ncope or fainting. Paleness about the mouth, with compressed or\\nslightly parted lips, indicates nausea. Any eruption or rash\\noccurring on the body is of special importance, and its character\\nand location should be carefully noted. Scaling off of the cuticle\\nis called desquamation. This takes place generally in the course\\nof scarlet fever, and some other diseases. The patient will gen-\\nerally call attention to any local irritation or unnatural sensation\\nsuch as burning, tingling, itching, numbness or crawling. Early\\nsigns of bed sores cannot be too carefully watched for. The con-\\ndition of wounds must be carefully watched; blushing or puffiness\\nof the surrounding parts, sudden stops or alteration of any dis-\\ncharge from a wound must be noted and the cause sought for.\\nSymptoms About the Eye The eye often gives signs of gen-\\neial disease. It may appear unduly prominent or sunken; there\\nmay be altered color or inflammation of the mucous membrane,\\ndisturbances of or loss of vision. Observe the size of the pupils,\\nwhether one or both are contracted or dilated. A condition of\\ncross-eyes, coming on during the course of brain disease is an\\nunfavorable symptom. Note any swelling of the eyelids droop-\\ning or tremulous movement of them, fear of light, apparent\\nweakness, and over secretion of tears.\\nSymptoms About the Ear\u00e2\u0080\u0094 -The sense of hearing may be unnat-\\nurally acute or, more common and less significant, defective.\\nThe former condition sometimes precedes delirium. Noises and\\nringing in the ears may result from congestion of the cerebral\\nblood vessels. Some drugs, notably quinine, produce this effect.\\nAny discharge from the ear should be noted, and changes in the\\ncharacter and amount observed.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0153.jp2"}, "150": {"fulltext": "146 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nAlterations in the Sense of Taste Taste, like other special\\nsenses, may be impaired or altered. With a disordered liver,\\nthere is often a bitter taste; in pulmonary consumption, there may\\nbe a taste of salt; and when taking some medicines a decided\\nmetallic flavor. The sense of taste may be entirely destnryed for\\na time. It is rarely overacute.\\nSymptoms about the Tongue This organ offers many valuable\\nindications, for it sympathizes not only with the digestive organs,\\nbut to some extent, with the whole system. Note if it is dry or\\nmoist, clean or coated, swollen, bitten or indented by the teeth.\\nWith fever the tongue is likely to be furred but this is not\\nalways a sign of disease, for some people in good health have a\\nfurred tongue constantly, or it may be produced by slight consti-\\npation. The fur may be white, yellow, or any shade of brown to\\nnearly black. When fur begins to grow thin, and clean up from\\nthe edges of a fevered tongue, it is a better indication of improve-\\nment than when it clears off in patches or rapidly, leaving a raw\\nor glossy surface. In scarlet fever there is often a characteristic\\nappearance known as the strawberry tongue, a bright red\\nwith the little swollen glands showing prominently through the\\nfur. The swollen, livid tongue of typhoid and typhus fever is\\nsometimes called the mulberry- ton gue.\\nSympto?ns about the Mouth and Throat Notice the odor of the\\nbreath and the state of the gums and teeth. Looseness of the\\nteeth, and soreness of the gums are to be watched for when a\\npatient is taking considerable quantities of mercury. Salivation,\\nor overabundant secretion of saliva, is caused by a number of\\ndifferent drugs, and sometimes occurs spontaneously. At the\\nbeginning of acute disease the secretion of saliva is often dimin-\\nished in quantity and thickened. When there is high fever the\\nteeth, unless well cared for, may become covered with accum-\\nulations of dark brown matter known as sordes. Inflammation\\nof the mouth occurs mostly in the case of infants, but may be\\nseen in adults in an advanced stage of disease. White patches\\nin the throat are always ominous. Slight sore throat often accom-\\npanies indigestion or a cold.\\nThe Appetite This is always an important point. Nearly all\\nacute diseases cause loss of appetite. An increased appetite may", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0154.jp2"}, "151": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOMK. 147\\nsometimes be found, even with an inability to retain the food\\ntaken into the stomach. The appetite may be perverted, with a\\ndesire for improper food, but as a rule a longing for particular\\nthings shows a need of them which ought to be gratified. Observe\\nwith special care how much food the patient takes, what kinds\\nof food are most acceptable, and, as far as possible, the effects of\\neach.\\nThirst It may remain when the appetite is entirely lost.\\nThirst almost always exists in acute, but is seldom seen in chronic\\ndisease.\\nNausea and Vomiting Nausea is a very common symptom. It\\nis usually relieved by vomiting. Note whether the nausea is per-\\nsistent, whether the vomiting is accompanied by straining or pain,\\nthe interval since taking food or medicine, and the amount and\\ncharacter of the vomited matter. This will generally be undi-\\ngested food; it may contain bile, blood, or even fecal matter.\\nThe presence of the latter constitutes stercoraceous vomiting. An\\nappearance like that of coffee grounds is sometimes caused by\\nthe admixture of a small quantity of blood in the vomited matter.\\nThe black vomit of yellow fever has something of this charac-\\nter.\\nThe Stools When blood is present to any extent in vomited\\nmatter it is usually found also in the stools, giving them a dark\\ncolor and a tarry consistency. Some drugs, as iron and bismuth,\\nwill blacken the stools. With jaundice, they will be very light,\\nclay-colored. It is important to note the frequency and quantity\\nof the evacuations, whether solid or liquid, any unnatural odor\\nor appearance, and the presence of mucus, pus, blood or worms.\\nTenesmus, a constant desire to empty the bowels, with pain and\\ninability to do so, is a distinguishing symptom of dysentery.\\nConstipation is very common and is often produced by overuse\\nof cathartics or injections. Diarrhea may exist even with impac-\\ntion of the feces in the rectum, the patient having frequent small\\nmovements without unloading the bowels. What is passed under\\nsuch circumstances will be either fluid or small, dark, hard\\nmasses, known as scybala. This is important to remember, for\\none is too apt to have the idea that the patient s bowels are all\\nright if they move daily, without regard to the quantity passed.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0155.jp2"}, "152": {"fulltext": "148 HEAI/fH AT HOME.\\nEvacuations of gas, rumblings of the intestines and tympanites,\\ndistention of the abdomen by gas, are all points to be noted.\\nHcmorragc Hemorrhage from any organ is always more or\\nless important. Even a simple nose-bleed may be an initial symp-\\ntom of typhoid fever. The color, quantity and general character\\nof the blood should be carefully observed.\\nPain Pain is always a subjective symptom, though most\\noften accompanied by other symptoms which are objective. Pain\\nimplies life and reaction, and its absence is not always a favor-\\nable symptom. With extreme degree of shock there is no pain.\\nSudden cessation of pain during the progress of severe organic\\ndisease generally means approaching death. Pain may be inflam-\\nmatory or neuralgic; the former is increased by pressure over the\\npoint of pain, the latter is relieved by it. Get the patient to\\ndescribe the kind of pain he feels, as well as to locate it; to tell\\nwhether it is acute, dull, aching, stinging, burning, steady,\\nspasmodic, etc. Exaggerated sensibility is called hyperesthesia\\ndiminished or lost sensibility, anaesthesia. Either may be gen-\\neral or local. Partial anaesthesia is often accompanied by loss of\\nmuscular power, paralysis.\\nNervous Syjnptoms Incoherence of speech, muttering, slow-\\nness of comprehension, loss of interest in things about them,\\nunusual irritability of temper, difficulty of swallowing, a\\ntendency to spill food or drop things and picking at the bed-\\nclothes are all symptoms of gravity Involuntary muscular con-\\ntractions vary from slight spasms, such as cramps, to severe con-\\nvulsions. Twitching of the muscles and many little nervous\\nmotions may be so classed. Note the frequency and persistency\\nof the motions, whether the convulsions are general or confined\\nto one part of the body, whether or not the patient is unconscious,\\nwhether the attack is sudden, and the mental state before and\\nafter it.\\nDisorders of Consciousness Under this head are included all\\nsorts of delusions and hallucinations, delirium and stupor.\\nNote the kind of delirium, whether quiet, busy or maniacal\\nwhether persistent or only occasional and when it is most violent.\\nSee if the patient can be roused from stupor. Complete insensi-\\nbility, from which the patient cannot be awakened, is known as", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0156.jp2"}, "153": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 149\\ncoma. Profound coma, which does not terminate within twenty-\\nfour hours, may be regarded as almost certainly fatal. Contin-\\nuous sleeplessness, with partial consciousnes s, constitutes coma\\nvigil also an almost invariably fatal symptom. Sleeplessness\\nis always a dangerous symptom, in proportion to its duration.\\nIt is important to note how much sleep a patient gets, at what\\ntime he sleeps, and whether it is quiet or disturbed, the occur-\\nrence of dreams, talking in the sleep, etc. A patient will often\\nthink he has been awake all night when, in fact, he has had\\nseveral hours of sleep without realzing it.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0157.jp2"}, "154": {"fulltext": "GENERAL DISEASES.\\nThe principles of medicine constitute what may be called Med-\\nical Science. The practice of medicine is the use of the medical\\nart, and consists of all that pertains to the knowledge of and pre-\\nvention and cure of the diseases which may be met with.\\nDisease may be defined as a deviation or alteration in the func-\\ntions, properties or structure of some tissue or organ whereby its\\noffice is no longer performed in accordance with the natural stan-\\ndard.\\nPathology is the study of disease and explains the origin, cause,\\nnature and history of the various diseases to which man is liable.\\nThe causes of disease may be divided into internal, external,\\nordinary, specific, primary, secondary, predisposing and exciting.\\nExamples of internal causes are sickness caused from overwork\\nof the brain, long continued emotional excitement or the concen-\\ntration of the mind on one idea of external causes poisons,\\nwounds and injuries. An ordinary cause is one to which all are\\nmore or less exposed, as changes in the atmosphere. Specific\\ncauses are those producing special diseases, such as typhoid fever,\\nyellow fever, smallpox and cholera. A primary cause is any\\nblow or severe hurt. A secondary cause is such a one as blood\\npoisoning resulting from a diseased kidney. The disease is in the\\nkidney, but as a secondary result comes the blood poisoning. A\\npredisposing cause is a special liability to disease, and this is\\nusually inherited. Exciting causes are those giving rise to dis-\\nease in those already predisposed to certain diseases, as persons\\npredisposed to rheumatism on being exposed to certain changes\\nin the atmosphere have an attack of the disease.\\nThe history of disease includes all the symptoms and signs\\nwhich may occur from the beginning to the end of the disease.\\nSymptoms and signs are such alterations in the healthy func-\\ntions as give evidence of the existence of a diseased condition or\\na function which is turned aside, and they may be either objec-", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0158.jp2"}, "155": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOMK. 151\\ntive or subjective. They are objective when noticed by an\\nobserver, such as redness or swelling; subjective when felt by the\\npatient, such as pain or numbness.\\nThe ultimate and most important object of the study of medi-\\ncine is to learn how to cure, relieve or prevent disease, and it\\nmust be borne in mind that this does not consist solely in the\\ngiving of drugs, but requires strict and faithful attention to nurs-\\ning, diet and hygiene. When the object is to prevent disease,\\nsuch as smallpox, by vaccination, it is called preventive treat-\\nment. When disease is to be broken up, although already begun,\\nsuch as aborting the chill of malaria, it is called abortive treat-\\nment. When the disease is allowed to run its natural course\\nwithout attempting its removal, but being constantly on the alert\\nfor obstacles to its successful issue, such as the generally adopted\\nplan of treating continued fevers, it is called expectant treatment.\\nWhen the disease is incurable and the relief of suffering is the\\nobject it is called palliative treatment. When marked prostration\\nand weakness are to be overcome it is called restorative treatment.\\nSmallpox Smallpox is an acute epidemic, contagious disease,\\nknown by severe pain in the back, vomiting and a fever lasting\\nfrom three to four days, followed by an eruption, at first a simple\\npimple, then with a little blister on top of the pimple, and finally\\nwith matter or pus in the blister. When the matter or pus forms\\nthere is a second rise of fever, and complications are liable to\\noccur at this time. A poison whose nature is unknown, but\\nwhich maintains its power to give the disease for a long time, is\\nthe cause of the disease. The disease is contagious from the very\\nfirst to the end of the sickness, although the stage when matter\\nis forming in the pimples is the most dangerous time. One attack\\nprotects from another. Vaccination will absolutely prevent small-\\npox.\\nSymptoms and Signs The disease begins suddenly with a vio-\\nlent chill, vomiting and agonizing pains in the back which shoot\\ndown the limbs. The fever will rise in a short time to 103\u00c2\u00b0 or\\n104\u00c2\u00b0. The pulse is full, strong and rapid, ranging from 100 to\\n130 beats per minute. The face is red, the eyes bloodshot, the\\nhead aches and sleep is not possible. Delirium and convulsions\\noccur at times. During the third day the eruption makes its", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0159.jp2"}, "156": {"fulltext": "152 HEAI/TH AT HOME).\\nappearance, first upon the forehead and lips, and consisting of\\ncoarse red spots. With the appearance of the eruption the fever\\nfalls, all other symptoms are less severe and the patient feels quite\\ncomfortable. About the sixth day of the disease the little blisters\\nform on the top of the pimples, and on the eighth day pus com-\\nmences to form in the blisters. Each pimple is surrounded by a\\nbroad red baud, the face becomes swollen and the features dis-\\ntorted. As soon as the pus begins to form the fever rises again\\nand the patient is even sicker than he was at first. A peculiar\\nodor is noticed at this time. This is the most critical point of the\\ndisease, and is usually attended by severe delirium. This second\\nfever subsides in three or four days in favorable cases. About\\nthe eleventh day pus runs from the blisters, and drying forms the\\nscab or crust, which drops off about the twentieth day, leaving a\\nred, glistening pit, which becomes white when the patient gets\\nwell. During the course of the second fever the patient may\\nhave inflammations of a serious character in any part of the body,\\nsuch as inflammation of the covering of the lungs or of the lungs\\nthemselves, or d3^sentery may occur. As the patient gets nearly\\nwell boils and abscesses are very liable to form. Smallpox can-\\nnot be confounded with any other disease when the regular symp-\\ntoms occur chill, vomiting, pain in the back and legs, high\\nfever and rapid pulse, all growing better on the third day, when\\nthe eruption appears, first spots, then pimples, then blisters, then\\npus in the blisters, finally drying and forming crusts.\\nTreatment There is no medicine that will act on the disease\\nitself, and therefore medicines must be given for the symptoms\\nas they arise. The patient must be put to bed in a room entirely\\naway from the rest of the family, and patient and nurse must be\\nkept entirely to themselves. Allow no one else in the room for\\nany purpose whatever. Should a person be taken sick with\\nsmallpox immediately have every other person who has been or\\nwill be near the sick one vaccinated this may not prevent the\\ndisease, but if not it will make it more mild. Do not allow\\nstrangers to even come near the house. During the first fever\\nbathe the patient often in cool or cold water, relieve the headache\\nby cold cloths or an ice bag placed on the head. The pain in\\nthe back will be severe, but do not try to relieve it by a mustard\\nplaster or any counter-irritant, as the pocks come out much thicker", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0160.jp2"}, "157": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOMK. 153\\nwhere anything of the sort is used. As soon as any fever is\\nnoticed give to a child 12 years old and younger one tablet No.\\n13 every three hours. To a person above the age of 12 give one\\ntablet No. 13 every two hours. It the patient is very restless give\\none tablet No. 7 every two hours and one-half this dose to a child.\\nFor the second fever continue the use of No. 7 and drop No. 13\\nin its stead give to a child 12 years old or younger one tablet No.\\n27 every three hours and to a person over 12 years of age give\\none tablet No. 27 every hour.\\nThe food during the entire course of the disease must be liquid\\nand the patient must be carefully nursed. Read the chapters on\\nhygiene and nursing on pp. 17 and 81 and follow the instruc-\\ntions there given as carefully as you know how. After the scabs\\nor crusts begin to form keep the patient well rubbed with No. 41.\\nShould smallpox occur send for your physician and follow the\\ninstructions here given until he arrives then obey him to the very\\nletter in everything.\\nErysipelas\u00e2\u0080\u0094 St. Anthony s Fire\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Erysipelas is an inflam-\\nmation of the skin caused by a known germ and recognized by\\nredness, swelling and pain. A person who has had one attack is\\nliable to have the disease again. Erysipelas nearly always occurs\\nupon the face and neck.\\nSymptoms and Sig?is The disease begins with a chill, followed\\nby fever, which soon reaches 103\u00c2\u00b0 or 104\u00c2\u00b0 the pulse is from 100\\nto 120, the tongue is coated, and sometimes there is vomiting.\\nSome pain is present in the limbs, the nose bleeds, and very often\\ndiarrhea is noticed. The patient is often delirious, and if he is\\na person who has used alcoholic stimulants this delirium will very\\nmuch resemble delirium tremens. Very soon after the chill red\\nspots appear, which run together and spread. The skin is swol-\\nlen until it looks tight and shiny there is a sense of heat and\\ntightness and a tingling sensation. The swelling is sometimes\\nso great as to close the eyes. After four or five days the redness\\nand swelling leave and the skin peels off somewhat. A symptom\\nthat is nearly always present is some disturbance of the stomach\\nand digestion in general. The patient is nearly always quiet\\nwakeful and restless. The patient will be a long time in recov-\\nering from this disease, for although the disease soon leaves he", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0161.jp2"}, "158": {"fulltext": "154 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nwill not gain strength as rapidly as in recovery from many\\nother diseases.\\nTreatment Put the patient to bed and open the bowels very\\nthoroughly with No. 16. Feed entirely upon nourishing sick\\nfoods; for directions as to preparing see the chapter on Diet in\\nDisease on p. 106. Wherever the redness and swelling occur rub\\ncarefully and thoroughly with No. 42. Give one tablet No. 27\\nevery hour; also give twenty drops fluid extract of pilocarpine\\nevery two hours. No other treatment will be needed.\\nDysentery Bloody Flux Dysentery is an acute inflam-\\nmation of the mucous or lining membrane of the large intestine\\naccompanied by fever and frequent small stringy and bloody\\nstools. Dysentery is usually caused by the varying temperature of\\nhot days and cool nights, by attacks of malaria and by the wrong\\nsort of diet. It is always found in armies, jails and places where\\nlarge bodies of men congregate and the hygienic surroundings\\nare not of the best.\\nSymptoms a?id Signs Dysentery begins with some slight irreg-\\nularity of the bowels for a few days, and then appears a moderate\\ndiarrhea there is loss of appetite, some nausea, and very slight\\nfever. This continues for two or three days, when the true symp-\\ntoms of dysentery begin. There is pain on pressure over the\\nbowels, colicky pains in the abdomen, burning pain in the rec-\\ntum the desire to evacuate the bowels is almost constant the\\nstools are scanty, stringy and bloody there is little or no odor to\\nthe stools the bowels move from five to twenty times in twenty-\\nfour hours; the urine is scanty and highly colored. The disease\\nusually lasts about a week, and the patient becomes very thin and\\nweak the pulse is somewhat feeble, and the face is drawn and\\npeaked. The tongue is dry and very little coated. The skin\\nbecomes cool and rough the voice weak and hoarse. Then all\\nthese symptoms gradually become better and after a few weeks\\nthe patient is well again.\\nTreatment The diet must be carefully selected and should con-\\nsist of broths, milk and soft foods. The patient should not leave\\nthe bed. Brandy or wine in moderate quantities will help. As\\nsoon as the patient leaves the stool it should be thoroughly disin-\\nfected with carbolic acid and removed. Washing out the bowel with", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0162.jp2"}, "159": {"fulltext": "H3AI/TH AT HOME. 155\\ninjections of hot water will be a relief to the patient. As soon as\\nyon are surejthat yonr patient has dysentery give three table-\\nspooonfuls of castor oil. Two hours after the oil has been given\\ngive one^tablet No. 29, and give one tablet every two hours, day\\nand night, ^until the disease is checked. After the dysentery is\\nchecked give one tablet No. 17 three times a day before meals\\nand continue this until the patient has regained his normal\\nstrength. In this disease, as in all others, careful nursing will\\ncount^for much.\\nMalarial Fever Intermittent Fever Fever and Ague\\nSwamp Fever The poison which produces malarial fever\\nis found^in certain places, and any person who remains for any\\nlength of time near such a place is liable to an attack of the fever.\\nA person having malarial fever may come into a neighborhood\\nor district where the disease is unknown and there will be no dan-\\nger of his giving the disease to others. Malarial fever is not con-\\ntagious. The malarial poison grows in the soil and requires heat,\\nmoisture and air for its full development; hence we find the\\ndisease at its height in the swampy lands of the South. The\\npoison seems to be stronger at night than during the day and is\\nonly found near the ground hence when in malaria infected dis-\\ntricts it is safer to sleep in the second story of the house than on\\nthe ground floor. Attacks of malarial fever are more liable to\\noccur in the spring and fall than at any other time. A patient\\nwho has had malaria once is liable to have it again, and there will\\nbe intervals during which there is little or no fever. The fever\\nis known by a cold, a hot and a sweating stage, followed by an\\ninterval in which the patient is apparently well. There are a\\nnumber of varieties; one has an attack of fever every day, one\\nevery other day, one the first and fourth days, one has weekly\\nattacks and some attacks are irregular.\\nSymptoms and Signs Each attack has three stages the cold,\\nthe hot and the sweating.\\nThe Cold Stage begins with lassitude, yawning, headache and\\nsome nausea, followed by a chill; the teeth chatter; the skin is\\npale the nails and lips are blue the skin has the so-called goose\\nskin appearence; there is great thirst; and the fever rises to\\n102\u00c2\u00b0 or 104\u00c2\u00b0. These symptoms continue from a half hour to an\\nhour.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0163.jp2"}, "160": {"fulltext": "156 HKAI/TH AT HOMK.\\nThe Hot Stage begins gradually, the shivering ceasing and the\\nskin becoming hot and flushed, the fever rising as high as 106\u00c2\u00b0\\nor more, the pulse is full and rapid; there is headache, nausea,\\nintense thirst, drv, flushed, swollen skin and scanty urine. The\\nhot stage lasts from one to eight or ten hours.\\nThe Sweati?ig Stage begins gradually, the sweat first appearing\\non the forehead, then spreading over the entire body the fever\\nfalls to almost normal, the pulse is less full, and not so rapid the\\nheadache is less, and a general feeling of comfort exists, the\\npatient frequently falling asleep. The sweating lasts from one to\\nfour hours. After the sweating period there is a period when the\\npatient is entirely well with the exception of a general feeling of\\nweakness. After this comes another attack and the time between\\nthe attacks of fever is the same each instance. There is no diffi\\nculty in naming the disease when the chill, fever and sweat\\noccur.\\nTreatment When the cold stage begins give one teaspoonful\\nof spirits of chloroform; this will make the other stages less\\nsevere. When the hot stage comes on give cool drinks and fre-\\nquent cold sponge baths. When the sweating begins sponge-\\noften with hot water, to which a small quantity of alum has been\\nadded. As soon as the sweating stops give to a child one tablet\\nNo. 9 every hour until a very free movement from the bowels\\noccurs. To an adult give one tablet No. 16 every two hours until\\nthe bowels move freely. As soon as the bowels have moved give\\nto a child 6 years old or younger one tablet No. 27 every three\\nhours, and two hours before the next chill is expected give two\\ntablets No. 27. To a child 6 to 12 years of age give one tablet\\nNo. 27 every two hours and two hours before the chill is expected\\ngive three tablets No. 27. To a person over the age of 12 years\\ngive one tablet No. 27 every hour and two hours before the next\\nchill is expected give from five to ten tablets No. 27. As soon as\\nthe chill comes on stop the use of No. 27 and use the treatment\\ngiven above for the cold, hot and sweating stages. After the\\nchills and fever have been broken up give two tablets No. 24 every\\ntwo hours. Keep this up for one month at least. After the chills\\nand fever have been broken up No. 27 should be given from the\\nfourth to the sixth day, from the twelfth to the fourteenth and\\nfrom the nineteenth to the twenty-first day. After this No. 27", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0164.jp2"}, "161": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 157\\nneed not be given any more. Careful attention to the treatment\\nhere outlined will enable anyone to treat malarial fever as well at\\nhome as with the attention of a physician, always remembering\\nthat diet, nursing and hygiene have much to do with the recovery\\nof a patient from any sickness whatsoever.\\nHydrophobia Hydrophobia is a peculiar infectious disease\\nwhich sometimes occurs in dogs, and more rarely in other animals.\\nIn the dog it goes under the name of rabies or mad dog. Per-\\nsons who are bitten by such animals may catch the disease and\\nbecome the victims of terrible symptoms which originate in the\\ncentral nervous system. Cases of hydrophobia are usually easy\\nto distinguish as there is always a history of being bitten by a\\nrabid animal. Treatment is not very effective, although the care\\nreceived at the various sanitariums which treat mad dog bite\\nhas saved many lives. If a patient cannot be placed in an insti-\\ntution of this sort there is but one relief for him, and that is death,\\nhence the efforts in such a case must be to relieve the suffering,\\nand this is best done by full doses of opium or chloral hydrate.\\nGlanders and Anthrax These are two diseases which occur\\nin animals and are sometimes transferred to man. They rarely\\noccur in man, but when either disease is found there is but little\\nhope of recovery. Glanders is particularly a disease of the horse,\\nand is characterized by peculiar new growths in the nose. These\\nbreak down and discharge, and the discharge from these will\\nconvey the disease to man. Anthrax occurs in the cow, sheep\\nand horse. The apparently healthy animal will suddenly fall,\\nhave a few convulsions and die. Death always occurs in the\\nanimal, and this is-equally true in man. Man acquires this disease\\nby coming in contact with animals which have died from anthrax.\\nTrichinosis By this is meant a disease caused by taking into\\nthe system a peculiar class of round microscopic worms known as\\ntrichinae. Trichina occurs in animals; is found in the lean meat\\nof pork, and through eating this meat when it is not properly\\ncooked the trichina enters the human stomach. In the pork the\\ntrichina is in a capsule, and as soon as it enters the human\\nstomach this capsule is dissolved and the worm is set free in the\\nstomach and in two or three days the worm attains its full size.\\nIn about seven days after the trichinae are taken into the stomach", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0165.jp2"}, "162": {"fulltext": "158 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nthey begin to reproduce, and a single female will often produce a\\nthousand young. As soon as the young are born they bore their\\nway through the walls of the intestines, and finally reach the\\nmuscles, being later found in all of the muscles of the body.\\nWhen the trichinae reach the muscles they form capsules about\\nthemselves and remain there. Unless liberated in the manner\\nalready described the trichina ends its existence in the muscles.\\nThe only treatment for trichina is to prevent the disease by not\\neating pork unless it is thoroughly cooked. The cooking kills\\nthe trichinae.\\nAcute Bronchitis This is sometimes known as cold on the\\nchest, and is an acute catarrhal inflammation of the bronchial\\ntubes, accompanied by fever, pain about the breast bone, feeling\\nof weight on the lungs and difficult breathing, followed by expec-\\ntoration. The disease many times starts with a cold. Breath-\\ning dust, smoke and air which is too hot or too cold may produce\\nthis disease it may be caused by sudden and marked changes in\\nthe weather.\\nSymptoms and Signs The disease usually begins with a cold in\\nthe nose or throat or both the patient feels chilly and then feels\\nquite warm the whole body aches and the patient feels tired and\\nhas no energy the tongue is coated and the bowels are consti-\\npated. A cough is present from the very first and is dry and hard\\nto begin with, but later on loosens up and considerable amounts\\nare raised. The material raised at first is light and frothy, but\\nlater it becomes tough, yellow or greenish in color, and there is\\nlots of it. A day or two after the disease begins pain is felt\\nbeneath the breast bone, especially toward the upper end this\\npain is a raw, burning or tearing pain, which is made worse by\\ndrawing in a deep breath or by coughing. There is slight fever,\\ndry hot skin, rapid pulse, loss of appetite and moderate thirst.\\nAfter the patient begins to expectorate somewhat, if the ear is\\nplaced over the chest moist, bubbling sounds will be heard.\\nTreatment When the disease starts and before the cough\\nbecomes loose give to adults one tablet No. 13 every three hours\\nand also give one tablet No. 27 every two hours. Allow the\\npatient to use No. 31, this last to be placed in the mouth and\\nallowed to dissolve the tablet should not be swallowed. To", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0166.jp2"}, "163": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 159\\nchildren give one tablet No. 11 every two hours and one tablet\\nNo. 21 every four hours. Allow children to use No. 31 the same\\nas adults. Give to both children and adults hot foot baths, tur-\\npentine stupes over the chest, and as the cough becomes a little\\nloose, stop giving No. 31 and give in its stead No. 26. This\\ntablet is to be used in the same manner as No. 31. The diet must\\nbe carefully looked after. Good nursing is an essential and the\\nbowels should be kept regular by using No. 9 for children and\\nNo. 16 for adults.\\nChronic Bronchitis This disease is a chronic inflammation\\nof the mucous or lining membrane of the bronchial tubes.\\nChronic bronchitis is seen especially in adults and old people. The\\ndisease is caused by exposure to wet or cold, repeated breathing\\nof dust, smoke, vapors or other irritating substances; it may also\\nbe due to rheumatism, heart disease, kidney disease, or the exces-\\nsive use of alcohol.\\nSymptoms and Signs The most common symptom is cough\\nand expectoration. The cough is always in paroxysms more or\\nless severe and quantities of material are raised. This material is\\nthick, stringy and yellowish. Occasionally the breath is very\\nbad. The patient loses the appetite, or frequently will eat a meal\\nand immediately afterwards a paroxysm of coughing will come\\non and the patient will vomit. Either this condition or the loss\\nof appetite will cause the patient to lose flesh. In adults this loss\\nof flesh amounts to about a half pound to one pound per week.\\nThere is a feeling of soreness about the lungs and very often a\\nfeeling of tightness. The patient will feel fairly well and will\\nattend to his usual duties, but will be interrupted frequently by\\nspells of coughing. If the patient who has chronic bronchitis be\\ncareless about exposing himself the disease is very apt to termi-\\nnate in consumption.\\nTreatment A person who is suffering from chronic bronchi-\\ntis must very carefully observe all the rules of health must dress,\\neat, sleep, bathe and exercise in the right manner and must not\\nexpose himself needlessly in any way. This is really the principal\\npart of the treatment. For medical treatment spray the throat and\\nnose every day with a solution made by dissolving three tablets\\nNo. 3 in a cup of warm water. Then use either No. 26 or No.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0167.jp2"}, "164": {"fulltext": "160 HKAI/fH AT HOME.\\n31, allowing the tablet to dissolve in the mouth, and use the one\\nthat gives the most relief. A change of climate to a warmer and\\ndryer climate will cure the disease. Iyight mustard plasters or\\nturpentine stupes over the chest will oftentimes give relief.\\nAsthma Asthma is a spasm of the muscles around the bron-\\nchial tubes which occurs in paroxysms; the breathing becomes\\ndifficult and continues so for several hours. Asthma is more\\ncommon in men than in women.\\nSymptoms The first attack of asthma begins very suddenly,\\nbut the attacks which occur later begin more slowly and with signs\\nwhich the patient soon learns to recognize. There is running\\nfrom the eyes and nose, irritation in the chest, a feeling as though\\nthere was not breathing space enough, and the digestive organs\\ndo not work well. The attack usually begins in the early morn-\\ning or late in the afternoon with a feeling of anguish and tight-\\nness in the chest and an intense desire for air. The breathing is\\naccompanied by loud wheezing, the face is flushed and at times\\neven blue and bathed in perspiration, the eyes stare and seem to\\nbe starting from their sockets, the muscles of the neck show\\nclearly as they aid in the effort to get air. The difficulty in breath-\\ning soon becomes so marked that the breath is only a gasp, the\\nlips are pale, the face blue or almost black, and the patient feels\\nas if about to die. After some minutes or hours the breathing\\nbecomes easier, more air enters the lungs, the blueness disap-\\npears and gradually the paroxysm ceases, the patient feeling tired\\nout and the chest sore. During the attack there is a short, dry\\ncough, which becomes looser as the spell passes off and there is\\nsome expectoration toward its close. The attacks may last from\\nthree to ten hours, and nearly always prevent the patient from\\nlying down or taking food.\\nTreatment Asthma is many times due to diseased conditions\\nof the nose or throat and will stop when these defects have been\\nrectified; hence when a patient is suffering with asthma always\\nconsult a specialist and if the nose or throat needs any attention\\nhave that attended to. Asthma itself is very hard to cure and\\nthe best we can do is to relieve the spasms and attend to the gen-\\neral health. Change of climate is necessary to effect a cure in\\nmany cases. For the relief of the spasms, soak some pieces of", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0170.jp2"}, "165": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 161\\nblotting paper in a solution of nitrate of potassium, dry them and\\nwhen a paroxysm comes on take a small piece of this paper, burn\\nit and inhale the fumes.\\nHay Fever This is an acute catarrhal inflammation of the\\nupper air passages and extends to the bronchial tubes. Hay\\nfever is an affection of the nervous system said to be produced by\\nthe inhalation of the pollen of weeds or grain.\\nSymptoms and Signs The disease begins with a running from\\nthe nose, red watery eyes, sneezing, hoarse, croupy cough and\\ndifficult breathing. It begins about the same time each year and\\nlasts for from six to ten weeks, and each year is worse than th e\\nyear before.\\nTreatment The only treatment that will do any good whatever\\nis a change of climate.\\nCongestion of the I^ungs By congestion of the lungs is\\nmeant an increase in the amount of blood present in the smaller\\nblood vessels of the lungs. Congestion of the lungs may be\\ncaused by increased heart action, overexertion, use of too much\\nalcohol, great mental excitement, breathing of hot or cold air,\\nobstruction to the return of the blood to the heart from the\\nlungs, enlarged heart, disease of the valves of the heart, low\\nfevers and Bright s disease.\\nSymptoms and Signs\u00e2\u0080\u0094 There is distress in the lungs, which\\nrapidly grows worse, difficulty in breathing, flushed face, full,\\nstrong rapid pulse, the large blood vessels in the neck throb, the\\nheart palpitates and the eyes are congested. There is a short,\\ndry, hacking cough, followed by scanty blood streaked expecto-\\nration. On thumping the lungs the sound is somewhat hollow.\\nVery acute cases may cause death in a few hours, but under\\nprompt treatment the end of the disease is ordinarily favorable.\\nTreatment Nothing succeeds so well as blood letting the old\\nfashioned bleeding will give relief in a [short time. Give\\nenough No. 4 to move the bowels thoroughly. If the heart seems\\ndepressed or weak give one tablet No. 28 every three hours. If\\nthe heart is very weak give stimulants.\\nPneumonia I/Ung Fever There are two principal varities\\nof this disease lobar pneumonia and broncho pneumonia.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0171.jp2"}, "166": {"fulltext": "162 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nI/Obar Pneumonia This is an acute croupous inflammation\\nof the structure of the lungs, accompanied by a severe chill, fever,\\npain, difficult breathing, cough, rust-colored expectoration, and\\ngreat prostration. Lobar pneumonia is caused by exposure of\\nany kind, by injuries to the chest walls, by alcoholic excesses, and\\nby rheumatism. The disease is divided into three stages by the\\nchanges which take place in the lungs. The first is the stage\\nof congestion, or engorgement, and in this stage the vessels\\naround the small air-cells in the lungs become so filled and dis-\\ntended as to encroach upon the air space in the cell. The second\\nis the stage of exudation, and in this stage the small blood ves-\\nsels, which have already become distended, throw off the thick\\nfluid which is mixed with white and red corpuscles. The exu-\\ndation rapidly coagulates on the lung substance and soon com-\\npletely fills the small air-cells. This process is completed when\\nthe air-cells are filled. Could a lung in this condition be removed\\nfrom the body and cut through with a knife the cut surf ace would\\nresemble the cut surface of liver. The third stage is the stage\\nof resolution, and in this stage the matter which has filled the air-\\ncells becomes liquid and is taken up by the blood and carried\\naway, some parts of this material, however, being raised by\\ncoughing and disposed of in this manner. The stage of conges-\\ntion lasts from one to three days; the stage of exudation from\\nthree to seven days and the stage of resolution from one to three\\nweeks. The most frequent place for lobar pneumonia to occur is\\nthe lower lobe of the right lung, the next most frequent place is\\nthe lower lobe of the left lung, then the upper right lobe.\\nSymptoms and Signs The disease begins with a severe and\\nusually protracted chill, vomiting, and a rapid rise of fever to\\n103\u00c2\u00b0 or 104, a full strong rapid pulse, pain near the nipple,\\nmade worse by pressure or by drawing in a long breath or by\\ncoughing. There is shortness of breath, and the breathing is\\nrapid, the number of respirations being forty to fifty per minute\\noften causing an interruption in the speech. There is a cough,\\nat first short, ringing and harsh, soon followed by a scanty, frothy\\nexpectoration, which soon becomes very stringy and rust-colored.\\nThere is headache, sleeplessness, sometimes nose-bleed, flushed\\nface, some trouble with digestion and scanty, high colored urine.\\nFrom the very start of the disease the patient is very sick and", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0172.jp2"}, "167": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOME. 163\\nmuch prostrated. He loses flesh rapidly and after he has been\\nsick for a few days one who knows him very well will scarcely\\nrecognize him. The above symptoms last until the seventh,\\nninth or eleventh day, when the fever breaks suddenly, and with-\\nin twenty-four hours the patient is on the road to recovery. In\\nthe first stage of the disease there is slight dullness upon sound-\\ning the chest and upon listening slight rattling or crackling sounds\\nmay be heard. The cough is dry and hacking. There is some\\ndifficulty in breathing and the fever rises rapidly. In the second\\nstage there is marked dullness on sounding the chest and the\\nbreathing is very shallow. The expectoration is rust-colored;\\nthere is marked difficulty in breathing; the cough is still present\\nthe fever is still high, but is high in the evening and low in the\\nmorning. In the third stage the signs are much the same as in\\nthe second, with the exception that chills may occur now; the\\nprostration and weakness is very great; the expectoration is\\nyellowish or brownish in color and the fever is still high. Lobar\\npneumonia is always a grave disease, especially in old people, yet\\nmany cases recover.\\nTreatment At the very start of the disease give one tablet No.\\n16 every hour until the bowels move very freely. Give one tab-\\nlet No. 13 every two hours and three tablets No. 27 every three\\nhours. Also begin poulticing at the very start of the disease.\\nMake two double jackets and spread flaxseed or mush poultice\\nmaterial thinly between the layers of each jacket. For directions\\nas to making poultices see the chapter on Poultices, p. 124. Then\\nkeep the poultices hot by having them in a colander over a kettle\\nof boiling water, where the steam from the boiling water will\\nkeep them hot. Place one jacket on the patient, having it well\\nup on the neck and down to the lower end of the lungs it must\\nalso reach entirely around the patient. Allow the poultice to\\nremain on until it begins to grow cool, then take the hot poultice\\nand draw it up under the cold one. After the hot poultice is in\\nplace the cold one may be removed and reheated. It is impor-\\ntant that no air should strike the patient while the poultices are\\nbeing changed. The poulticing should be kept up day and night\\nuntil the fever leaves the patient. The diet must be carefully\\nlooked after, and to this end read the chapter on Diet in Disease,\\np. 106. Heart failure is the cause of many deaths in pneumonia,", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0173.jp2"}, "168": {"fulltext": "164 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nand therefore the heart should be sustained throughout the disease.\\nThe best means of accomplishing this purpose is by the judicious\\nuse of alcohol. Begin by giving small doses of whiskey or brandy\\nevery three hours, and increase or diminish the amount as neces-\\nsary. Always use stimulants in an old person or in a very feeble\\nperson; use it in those accustomed to its use, or when the pulse is\\nfeeble, rapid and irregular, or when the patient suddenly grows\\nvery weak and seems about to collapse. When the heart is\\nweak it is also well to give one tablet No. 28 every four hours.\\nThe patient should be fed every three hours. As the patient\\nbecomes convalescent and progresses toward recovery give one\\ntablet No. 17 three times a day before meals and keep this up for\\nat least a month.\\nBroncho -Pneumonia Broncho-pneumonia is an acute\\ncatarrhal inflammation of the smaller bronchial tubes and the air-\\ncells of the lungs, accompanied by fever, cough, difficult breath-\\ning, large amount of expectoration and great depression. This\\ndisease is caused by exposure, disease of the heart, and some\\nother conditions. It is seen most frequently in young children\\nand old people.\\nSymptoms and Signs This disease nearly always begins as\\nbronchitis, and may be acute, sub-acute or chronic. The acute\\nvariety begins with a gradual rise of fever to 102\u00c2\u00b0 or 103\u00c2\u00b0 rapid,\\nshallow breathing, as shown by the widely dilated nose. The\\nlower part of the lungs and the spaces between the ribs are sunken\\nin. When the patient draws in a breath the action is short and\\nimperfect and when the breath is blown out, the action is noisy\\nand longer than ordinary. The pulse is rapid, from 100 to 120\\nbeats per minute, and is somewhat compressible. The cough,\\nwhich during the bronchitis was loose, now becomes tight, short\\nhacking, dry and painful. After a short time the cough is accom-\\npanied by the expectoration of more or less thick stringy mucus.\\nThe appetite is poor, the bowels are somewhat loose, the urine is\\nscanty and highly colored and the body is covered part of the\\ntime with perspiration.\\nThe sub-acute and chronic varieties have the same symptoms,\\nbut the disease lasts longer and the patient becomes weaker.\\nRecovery from any case of broncho-pneumonia requires many", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0174.jp2"}, "169": {"fulltext": "HEAI/fH AT HOME. 165\\nweeks. In sounding the lungs dull sounds will be noticed in por-\\ntions and hollow sounds in others. Placing the ear over the lungs\\nsmall bubbling sounds, and later in the disease large bubbling\\nsounds will be heard.\\nTreatment Confine the patient to bed. The diet should be\\nliquid and very nutritious. See chapter on Diet in Disease, p.\\n106. Brandy or whiskey should be used throughout the attack,\\nregulating the dose to the age of the patient. Give one tablet No.\\n13 every three hours and three tablets No. 27 every four hours.\\nAllow the patient to use No. 26 by holding the tablet in the mouth\\nuntil it dissolves. One tablet of this may be used every hour if\\nit affords relief. As the patient gets well give one tablet No. 17\\nthree times a day before meals and continue this for from four to\\nsix weeks.\\nTuberculosis Consumption Consumption is a disease\\ncaused by the deposit of a germ in the lung tissue, and this in\\nturn causes the lung tissue to break down or decay. The disease\\nis accompanied by fever, cough, difficult breathing, sometimes\\nhemorrhages from the lungs, loss of blood and great weakness.\\nThe majority of cases end in death, although some cases which\\nreceive early treatment and a complete change of climate, are\\ncured. In the cases which are cured there is more or less loss of\\ntissue in the lungs, and they are never perfect organs again. The\\ngerms which cause consumption are breathed in by almost every\\none, but the lungs must be in a particularly receptive condition\\nin order to contract the disease. The lungs are in this condition\\nin a patient recovering from any of the acute diseases, and are\\nalso many times in a condition to receive the germs when a per-\\nson is suffering from a severe cold, slight bronchitis, or when the\\nsystem is weakened from any cause whatsoever. Although a per-\\nson cannot inherit consumption, yet he may inherit a tendency\\ntoward weakness of the lungs, and therefore will always be in a\\nparticularly receptive condition for this disease. We see many\\npeople who have apparently inherited this disease, and yet could\\nthe facts be investigated closely it would be found that these per-\\nsons have not paid the proper attention to diet, exercise, hygiene\\nand daily surroundings. We often see persons who are constantly\\nexposed to consumption yet never contract the disease because of", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0175.jp2"}, "170": {"fulltext": "166 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nthe judgment which they use in their everyday life. A patient\\nwho is ill with consumption should consult a physician as to the\\nmethods of caring for the excreta from his body, in order that he\\nmay not convey the contagion to others. A person in whose\\nfamily consumption has occurred prior to his existence or in\\nwhose family the disease exists at the present time may in a large\\nmeasure relieve himself of the liability to take the disease by\\nalternately expanding and contracting his lungs to their fullest\\ncapacity. This exercise should be practiced a number of times\\neach day, and in connection with this may be used any sort of\\nmild exercise which has a tendency to develop the muscles of res-\\npiration.\\nSymptoms and Signs This disease begins very slowly. The\\nfirst thing noticed is usually some slight disturbance of the diges-\\ntive system, or the heart may be slightly irritable. In the begin-\\nning there is a light, dry hacking cough which is usually thought\\nto be from the throat or stomach there is some expectoration of\\na glairy mucus, a gradual loss in weight, the muscles lose their\\nstrength, the skin is pale, and often hemorrhages of greater or less\\nseverity occur. Sharp pain is often felt below the shoulder blades.\\nA little later on the breaking down of the lung tissue begins, and\\nthis is announced by increased cough, very free expectoration,\\ndifficult breathing, which is much increased by exertion, chills\\nin the morning, some fever in the evening, night sweats, increased\\nloss of flesh and marked weakness. Even at this stage the patient\\nwill not give up, but will still insist that he is going to get well.\\nThis belief on the part of the patient is found in almost every\\ncase, and is a marked characteristic of the disease. From this\\npoint on the breaking down of lung tissue goes on quite rapidly,\\nand the death of the patient is but a question of time. Toward\\nthe very end the feet and ankles will swell, and this denotes that\\nthe circulation is failing rapidly.\\nTreatment Although the treatment of consumption is unsatis-\\nfactory in many cases, yet the disease can be treated with some\\ndegree of satisfaction if painstaking care is exercised in the selec-\\ntion of remedies and the treatment is begun early enough.\\nWhenever a patient has a dry, hacking cough, and with it loss\\nof flesh, a portion of the material which is expectorated should", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0176.jp2"}, "171": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOMK. 167\\nbe sent to a physician who has a microscope. He can examine\\nthe material and tell certainly whether the patient has consump-\\ntion or not. Should a person find that he has consumption he\\nshould at once move to a high, dry climate and stay there. Go\\nto Colorado, New Mexico or Arizona and live outdoors live\\nentirely out of doors sleep on the ground and eat coarse food,\\ntake plenty of exercise, but do not overdo the matter at first. As\\nto medicine, tonics are required all of the time, and the patient\\nshould place himself in the hands of the nearest physician that\\nthese tonics may be varied to suit the climate and to suit the indi-\\nvidual case.\\nPleurisy Pleurisy is a fibrinous inflammation of the cover-\\ning of the lungs, sometimes spoken of as a stitch in the side.\\nThe disease is characterized by a sharp pain in the side, a dry\\ncough, difficult breathing and fever. It may be limited to a part,\\nor it may involve the whole of one or both lung coverings. Pleu-\\nrisy is due to cold, exposure, severe muscular exertion, injuries\\nto the chest walls, or it may follow pneumonia, heart disease,\\nrheumatism, smallpox, Bright s disease or puerperal fever.\\nSymptoms and Signs An acute attack begins with a chill,\\nfollowed by a sharp pain in the side, which is made worse by\\ncoughing and breathing. There is some tenderness on pressure.\\nThe breathing is rapid and shallow, thirty to thirty-five respi-\\nrations per minute, a short, dry, hacking cough, moderate fever\\nand a rapid compressible pulse, ranging from ninety to one hun-\\ndred and twenty beats per minute. Following- the inflamma-\\ntion of the pleura a fluid is given off from the inflamed mem-\\nbrane, and this collects between the pleura covering the lungs\\nand that lining the chest walls. As this fluid collects the cough\\nbecomes more distressing; the action of the heart is interfered\\nwith the difficulty in breathing is greater, and the patient wears\\nan anxious look. After a while the fluid begins to absorb and\\nthese symptoms all gradually improve. A subacute attack is\\nthe same except that it does not begin so rapidly. I^ooking at\\nthe chest it will be noticed that the movements of the chest walls\\nare decreased over the affected parts. Sounding gives dullness\\nover the affected parts and hollowness over the sound portions of\\nthe lungs. Placing the ear over the chest, crackling or squeak-", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0177.jp2"}, "172": {"fulltext": "168 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\ning sounds will be heard over the affected parts. Acute pneu-\\nmonia might be mistaken for pleurisy, but in pneumonia there\\nis a pronounced chill, high fever and rust-colored sputa. Pleurisy\\nusually lasts three weeks.\\nTreatment Bleeding is very beneficial in pleurisy. Turpen-\\ntine stupes over the chest are beneficial. Give one tablet No.\\n15 every hour until the pain is relieved, and after that one tablet\\nevery three or four hours. Give one tablet No. 28 every four\\nhours. Have the patient eat a very light evening meal, and take\\nnothing more until morning, not even water being allowable. An\\nhour or more before breakfast give eight or ten tablets No. 4.\\nKeep him quiet during the day and allow the bowels to move as\\noften as any inclination is felt. The above treatment will be all\\nthat is necessary in any ordinary case of pleurisy.\\nAcute Endocarditis This disease is an acute inflamma-\\ntion of the membrane which lines the heart and forms its valves.\\nIt is characterized by cough, difficult breathing, nausea and vom-\\niting, disturbed heart action, resulting in changes in the valves\\nor orifices of the heart. This form of heart disease is that which\\nfollows acute articular rheumatism, pneumonia, Bright s disease,\\nand some other forms of heart disease it also occurs with diph-\\ntheria.\\nSymptoms and Signs Tt is usually covered up by some other\\ndisease until disturbances of the circulation attract attention to\\nthe heart. It usually begins with an increase of fever, distress\\nabout the heart, short cough, slight difficulty in breathing, vom-\\niting, more or less persistent, increased heart action, the heart\\noften beating rapidly and hard, with throbbing of the large ves-\\nsels in the neck and noises in the ears. As the disease prog-\\nresses the heart beats more slowly, the lungs are congested and the\\nveins stand out clearly in various parts of the body. The disease\\nusually lasts from one to three weeks.\\nTreatment Let there be complete rest in bed. Give one tablet\\nNo. 28 every four hours. If the circulation becomes very weak\\ngive stimulants in small doses often repeated. The diet should be\\ncarefully looked after and only the most nutritious used. Endo-\\ncarditis may produce inflammation of the muscular tissue of the\\nheart or disease of the valves in the heart.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0178.jp2"}, "173": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOME. 169\\nInflammation of the muscular tissue of the heart may also be\\nproduced by typhoid fever or by a clogging of the large arteries.\\nDiseases of the Valves in the Heart are alterations in the valves\\nor in the openings of the heart whereby the valves are incapable\\nof closing the openings or whereby they interrupt the blood cur-\\nrent in its normal flow. There are two sorts of valve diseases\\nobstructive and regurgitant.\\nAn obstructive disease is a narrowing of an opening in the\\nheart which obstructs the flow of the blood.\\nA regurgitant disease, also called insufficiency, is such a change\\nin the valves of the heart as prevents their complete closure, thus\\nallowing a portion of the blood to flow backward instead of for-\\nward the true direction of the blood current. A valve in this\\ncondition can well be compared to a poor or leaky valve in an\\nordinary water pump. It is very hard to distinguish between\\nthe different diseases of the heart, and not only knowledge of the\\nsubject is required, but a great deal of experience; therefore the\\nsuggestion is made that when heart trouble is suspected a spe-\\ncialist be consulted unless the disease should be one of the two\\nwhich follow.\\nNeuralgia of the Heart or Angina Pectoris This\\ndisease may be defined as paroxysms in which there occur sharp\\npains in the heart, extending usually into the left shoulder and\\ndown the left arm. These pains are usually accompanied by a\\nfeeling that the chest is too tight and also a feeling that death is\\nnear. This disease is often hereditary, or may be due to chronic\\nheart disease, the excessive use of tobacco, or it may be found\\nwith hysteria or epilepsy.\\nSymptoms and Signs The attacks are in the form of parox-\\nysms, and occur very irregularly. During the intervals between\\ntwo attacks the patient will be perfectly well. The patient sud-\\ndenly sits up in his bed with a cry of horror indicates that the\\npain is in his heart. The pain is very severe, but is of a cold\\nand sickening character; the chest is fixed, the breathing more\\nrapid, and a hand placed over the heart finds that the heart s\\naction is slight and feeble. The face wears a look of horror, pale\\nand slightly greyish a cold sweat breaks out upon the forehead\\nworse than the pain is the fearful feeling of sickness and depres-", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0179.jp2"}, "174": {"fulltext": "170 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nsion. The poor patient gasps, I shall die! I shall die! and\\nsometimes, though not often, his short but severe suffering in a\\nfew moments ends in death. This describes the symptoms, and\\nsooner or later the majority of all patients suffering from this\\ndisease die; either directly from the disease or from the second-\\nary effects.\\nTreatment The best treatment is to give ten grains of iodide\\nof potassium three times a day after meals and keep this up for a\\nnumber of months. This treatment will occasionally entirely\\ncure a case. The diet must be carefully regulated and all violent\\nexercise and emotion must be avoided. A remedy of much value\\nis No. 17; this should be given one tablet three times a day,\\nbefore meals, and continued for a long time. It is often of more\\nvalue than iodide of potassium. At the time of the attack mor-\\nphine is the best remedy to employ for the relief of the pain.\\nMorphine should never used except under the immediate direc-\\ntion of a physician.\\nNervous Palpitation of the Heart By palpitation we\\nmean a fluttering of the heart, and a nervous palpitation is one\\nin which an examination fails to discover any true heart disease.\\nThis sort of palpitation nearly always occurs in very nervous\\npeople, and is not present all of the time. The treatment must\\nbe directed toward improving the general health of the patient.\\nArterio -Sclerosis This is a disease of the blood vessels,\\nusually occurring in persons over 40 years of age. It is some-\\ntimes not regarded as a disease, but as a result of the natural\\nbreaking down of old age. It may be produced by other things,\\nthan old age, and chief among these is the excessive use of alco-\\nhol. It may also be caused by syphilis, gout, kidney disease, rheu-\\nmatism and chronic lead poisoning. This disease is found in the\\narteries, but very seldom in the veins. The disease is easy to be\\nrecognized, as instead of the skin being smooth about the ves-\\nsels, it is irregular under the fingers the vessels feel rough, hard,\\ntortuous and sometimes even bony. The symptoms of this\\ndisease are so varied that it is not possible to give them except in\\na general way. The pulse at the wrist is nearly always hard,\\ntense and irregular, and the vessel feels irregular and rough\\nunder the fingers. During arterio-sclerosis changes occur in the", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0180.jp2"}, "175": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOME- 171\\nblood vessels in the brain and often rupture of the arteries in the\\nbrain occurs. Changes also occur in the kidneys. Gangrene of\\nthe feet and legs, which occurs in old people, is nearly always\\nproduced by arterio-sclerosis, by causing a plugging of some of\\nthe arteries which carry blood to the parts. This, of course,\\nsoon produces death of the part deprived of the blood. In con-\\nclusion it may be said that all symptoms of this disease may be\\nabsent for a long time, or even entirely absent, or people who\\nhave had only a few very slight signs of the disease may sud-\\ndenly develop the very severest symptoms. There is no particu-\\nlar remedy for this disease and all treatment must be directed to\\nthe symptoms as they arise. The treatment of arterio-sclerosis\\nshould always be under the personal direction of a physician.\\nAcute Catarrah of the Stomach Acute Indigestion\\nThis disease is also known as mild gastritis and bilious fever. It\\nis an acute inflammation of the lining membrane of the stomach,\\nand with this occurs some fever, loss of appetite, nausea, occa-\\nsional vomiting, pain after eating and irregular bowels. Acute\\nindigestion may be caused by the quantity of gastric juice being\\ntoo small or by it being of poor quality. Wrong diet, imperfect\\nchewing of the food, swallowing liquids which are too hot or too\\ncold and the improper use of alcoholic liquors may cause this\\ndisease. It may also follow such diseases as measles, scarlet\\nfever, smallpox, diphtheria and the like.\\nSymptoms and Signs At first there is loss of appetite and at\\ntimes a feeling of disgust for food, a heavily coated tongue, bad\\ntaste and a bad breath, a feeling of sickness in the stomach,\\nsometimes vomiting, first of undigested food and then acid and\\nbitter material and finally bilious vomiting may occur some fever\\nis present, headache, considerable thirst, and sour drinks are\\neagerly sought for; the digestion is imperfect and this causes\\npain, tenderness over the stomach, feeling as though a heavy\\nweight were in the stomach, and often gas will come up the throat\\nfrom the stomach the bowels are irregular. Dizziness is found\\nin some cases. The urine is scanty. Any error in diet will make\\nthe symptoms worse, and fat or sugar will often cause heart-\\nburn. The active symptoms of this disease usually last about\\na week, but it requires a long time for the patient to regain nor-\\nmal digestion.", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0181.jp2"}, "176": {"fulltext": "172 HKAI/TH AT HOME.\\nTreatment Give the stomach as complete rest as possible. If\\nthe stomach should be overloaded when the disease first begins,\\nempty by giving No. 32. Should the stomach seem irritable,\\ngive one tablet No. 2 every two hours. Give one tablet No. 8\\nevery four hours and give one tablet No. 6 before each meal.\\nGive these last two remedies for at least a month. Feed the\\npatient carefully and with the above treatment the recovery will\\nbe only a question of time.\\nAcute Gastritis This is an acute and violent inflammation\\nof the mucous lining and of the muscular coats of the stomach,\\ncharacterized by great pain, constant vomiting of blood-streaked\\nmatter and signs of collapse. This sort of stomach trouble is\\ncaused by taking poisons, such as mineral acids, arsenic, corro-\\nsive sublimate and carbolic acid, into the stomach.\\nSymptoms and Signs Very soon after swallowing the poison\\nthere comes a terrible nausea, with rapid and constant vomiting\\nfirst the contents of the stomach which have been acted upon by\\nthe poison are vomited, then shreds of the lining of the stomach\\nand clots of blood. Accompanying this is great anxiety, much\\ndepression, a weak, rapid pulse, slow and shallow breathing, a\\ncold skin which is covered with a cold sweat, intense burning\\nheat in the stomach, much thirst; the throat is dry and burns;\\nthe bowels move so freely as to produce purging and the face\\nlooks peaked and sunken. These signs either end in death or\\nvery slow recovery, and when a patient recovers, the stomach will\\nalways be more or less crippled. The majority of persons who\\ntake such strong poisons into the stomach die, but some few\\nrecover. The treatment of acute gastritis depends entirely upon\\nthe poison which caused it. In the chapter on poisons the treat-\\nment of each poison is taken up. The treatment for the poison\\nwhich produced the trouble is the treatment for the disease.\\nChronic Catarrh of the Stomach\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Chronic Dyspep-\\nsia Drunkard s Dyspepsia This is a chronic catarrhal\\ninflammation of the stomach in which the membrane^lining the\\nstomach and the muscular layers forming the stomach, ^become\\nvery much thickened and the glands, which secrete the gastric\\njuice, become very much smaller. This disease may be^caused\\nby repeated attacks of acute indigestion, habitual use of alcoholic", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0182.jp2"}, "177": {"fulltext": "HEAI/fH AT HOMK. 173\\nliquors, malaria, disease of the heart, lungs, or liver, and by-\\ncancer or ulcer of the stomach.\\nSymptoms and Signs There is loss of appetite, a feeling of\\ngnawing and at times of fullness in the stomach, pain in the\\nstomach and some tenderness about the stomach, the abdomen is\\ndistended, there is some nausea and vomiting, the latter often\\noccurring in drunkards in the morning on arising it is often\\ntermed morning vomiting, and the vomit consists of a thick,\\nglairy substance which is raised only after much straining and\\nretching there is constant thirst and stimulants are often craved.\\nThere is often intense burning in the pit of the stomach the\\nbowels are constipated the urine highly colored the patient has\\ntrouble in sleeping and often has the blues. The imperfect\\ndigestion causes loss of flesh and the muscles become soft and\\nthe skin dry. Patients recover from this disease to a certain\\nextent, but the stomach is always more or less damaged by the\\nchanges which occur in the glands which secrete the gastric juice.\\nTreatment The diet should be carefully regulated. Do not\\nallow the patient to have any fat, sweet or starchy food he may\\nhave milk, small amounts of beef, eggs, oysters, and a few fresh\\ngreen vegetables. Give one tablet No. 4 every two hours until\\nthe bowels move very freely. Have the patient drink a teacup-\\nful of hot water an hour before each meal. Give two tablets\\nNo. 33 after each meal if two tablets do not seem to be enough\\ngive three tablets after each meal.\\nUlcer of the Stomach Ulcers may form upon the lining\\nof the stomach and very much resemble ulcers in any other part\\nof the body.\\nSymptoms and Signs Signs of indigestion are present in all\\ncases but they vary much in degree of severity. There is con-\\nstant pain in the pit of the stomach this is made worse by tak-\\ning food, especially food that is rough or irritating the pain is\\noften felt in the back and is of a burning, gnawing character.\\nThere is tenderness over some parts of the stomach. Vomiting is\\nalways present and usually occurs within an hour after the\\npatient has taken a meal the vomited matter may be the food that\\nhas been taken, stringy mucus, or blood. If the blood is fresh it\\nwill be red and easily recognized, but if it has been in the stomach", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0183.jp2"}, "178": {"fulltext": "174 HEAI/fH AT HOME.\\nfor some time it will be dark colored and very much resemble\\ncoffee grounds. The patient may have frequent and severe\\nattacks of stomach ache.\\nTreatment Give the stomach as complete rest as possible. Feed\\nthe patient entirely upon milk and add one teaspoonful of lime\\nwater to each pint of milk. When the pain is severe give one\\ntablet No. 15 every hour until relieved. Give two tablets No.\\n33 before each meal also give two tablets No. 24 every three\\nhours.\\nCancer of the Stomach Cancer of the stomach nearly\\nalways occurs in persons over 40 years of age, and the end of the\\ndisease is always death.\\nSymptoms and Signs All signs of indigestion may be present.\\nThe stomach is nearly always sour; there is much gas and the\\nbreath has a bad odor. Vomiting is present; there is a dull,\\nheavy pain, made worse by pressure, but sharp shooting pains\\nare rarely found. The skin is pale and the patient loses flesh.\\nThe ankles often swell. The disease usually lasts about one\\nyear, when the patient dies.\\nGastralgia Stomach Ache Stomach ache is a painful\\ncondition of the sensory nerves of the stomach, produced by\\nirritations of various sorts.\\nSymptoms and Signs Dr. Romburg describes an attack thus\\nSuddenly, or after a feeling of pressure about the abdomen,\\nthere is a severe griping pain in the stomach, usually extending\\nto the back, with a feeling of faintness, a shrunken countenance,\\ncold hands and feet and an irregular pulse. The pain becomes\\nso great that the patient cries out. The stomach is either puffed\\nout like a ball or drawn in, with the muscles of the abdomen\\ntense and hard. Pressure is well borne and quite often the\\npatient presses the pit of the stomach against some firm substance\\nor holds it with both hands. The attack lasts from a few minutes\\nto a half hour or longer; then the pain gradually subsides, leaving\\nthe patient much exhausted or else it ceases suddenly, with\\nbelching of gas, or with vomiting and with a gentle, soft perspira-\\ntion, or with the passage of reddish urine. Besides such severe\\nattacks milder forms are often met with.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0184.jp2"}, "179": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOME. 175\\nTreatment Give one tablet No. 15 every half hour until the\\npain ceases. To a child give one tablet No. 19 every half hour\\nuntil relieved. Carefully regulate the diet and bowels after the\\nattack has occurred, that a recurrence may possibly be prevented.\\nDyspepsia\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Indigestion Heartburn This is a derange-\\nment of the stomach in which the quantity of gastric juice is not\\nsufficient, or the quality is such that it will not digest the food it\\ncomes in contact with. The disease is caused by imperfect chew-\\ning, of the food, bolting of food, eating overly large quantities\\nof food, eating the same sort of food for a long time, disorders of\\nthe nervous system from worry and fatigue, and habits or occu-\\npation where little or no exercise is taken.\\nSymptoms and Signs The symptoms and signs are an appe-\\ntite which is capricious the patient will call for certain foods,\\nand when they are placed before him the desire for them will be\\ngone or the appetite may be entirely lost. There is difficult diges-\\ntion with a feeling of weight or fullness in the stomach heart-\\nburn gas in the stomach belching and at times vomiting of sour\\nmaterial; pain in the pit of the stomach after eating; the bowels\\nare constipated the urine is nearly always scanty and highly\\ncolored, although in very nervous persons it may be pale. There\\nis drowsiness after eating and wakefulness at night; the patient\\nforgets things easily there is often headache flashes of heat are\\ncommon and the heart often nutters and palpitates.\\nTreatment Regulate the diet. Do not allow the patient to eat\\nsweet, fat or starchy food. The diet should consist entirely of\\nmilk lean meat, eggs, oysters, and a few fresh green vegetables.\\nThe patient should eat small amounts at a time, chew the food\\nthoroughly and rest for at least a half hour after eating. Use\\nbut small amount of liquids with the meals. No stimulant of any\\nsort should be used with the meals. Give one tablet No. 6 before\\neach meal and one tablet No. 33 one hour after each meal.\\nInflammation of the Bowels This is a catarrhal inflam-\\nmation of the mucous membrane lining the small intestine. The\\ndisease is caused by food that does not agree with the stomach\\nand by exposure to cold and wet when quite warm.\\nSymptoms and Signs This disease begins with a general feel-\\ning of languor, followed by chilliness and fever, the fever being", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0185.jp2"}, "180": {"fulltext": "176 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\n102\u00c2\u00b0 or 103\u00c2\u00b0. This is followed by colli cky pain which is very\\nsevere, growing better and again worse, the pain being above the\\nnavel, and over the seat of pain will be noticeable tenderness.\\nThe bowels become quite loose the stools are yellow or greenish\\nyellow in color and mixed with undigested food when the stools\\nare very numerous, they become watery. Nausea and vomiting\\noften occur. The appetite is poor and this, with the great waste\\nresulting from the bowels running badly, soon produces extreme\\nweakness, and the patient loses flesh rapidly.\\nTreatment Rest the bowels by a restricted diet. Feed the\\npatient entirely upon milk and broths. Keep him quiet in bed.\\nGive to adults one tablet No. 29 every three hours; to children one\\ntablet No. 15 every four hours. Place cloths wrung out of hot\\nwater over the bowels or a weak turpentine stupe may be used\\neither one will give relief.\\nColic Gripes This disease is a spasm of the muscles of the\\nintestines. It may be caused by constipation, presence in the\\nintestine of food which cannot be digested, gas collecting in the\\nintestine, too much bile being discharged into the intestine from\\nthe liver, lead poisoning, and by malarial fever or rheumatism.\\nSymptoms and Signs There are attacks of pain, spreading\\nover the abdomen, and following this is a period of ease. The\\npain is spoken of as tearing, cutting, pressing, twitching and\\npinching. The patient is restless and seeks relief in changing\\nhis position and in pressing hard against the abdomen. The\\nskin is liable to be cold and the face to look pinched. The pulse\\nis small and hard. The abdomen is hard and tense, whether\\npuffed up or drawn inward. There is often nausea and vomiting\\nand a desire to go to stool. The bowels are usually constipated.\\nThe attack lasts from a few minutes to several hours. The attack\\nceases suddenly with a feeling of great relief, although some sore-\\nness may remain for several days.\\nTreatment Give one tablet No. 29 every fifteen minutes until\\npain is relieved. After the pain has stopped give one tablet No.\\n9 every hour until ten tablets have been given and with the last\\ntablet of No. 9 give two tablets No. 4. No other treatment will\\nbe needed.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0186.jp2"}, "181": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOME. 177\\nCholera Morbus This is an acute inflammation of the\\nmucous membrane lining the stomach and intestines. It is a\\ndisease of summer and early autumn and is caused by eating\\nunripe fruits and vegetables and by food fermenting in the\\nstomach\\nSymptoms and Signs This disease begins very suddenly, usu-\\nally after midnight, with chilliness, an intense sick feeling in\\nthe stomach, followed by vomiting and purging. Accompanying\\nthese symptoms are distressing burning or tearing pains or colic\\nin the abdomen. At first the vomit is the ordinary matter from\\nthe stomach, but this soon changes to a very liquid vomit, and\\nthe stools, which are normal at first, soon become liquid and\\nwhitish or greenish in color. The patient becomes weak very\\nquickly the skin is cold and covered with a clammy sweat, and\\nthe pulse is quite feeble. There is intense thirst, but when a\\ndrink is given to the patient, it is at once vomited up. To add\\nto the distress of the patient, severe cramps occur in the muscles,\\nespecially in the calves and the large muscles of the arms and\\nthighs, and in the fingers and toes.\\nTreatment\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Give one tablet No. 29 every fifteen minutes until\\nsix doses have been given. If the patient is very weak a little\\nbrandy or whiskey may be given every two or three hours. The\\nthirst is best satisfied by small pieces of ice, but do not allow the\\npatient to have liquids in any form. After six doses of No. 29\\nhave been given, stop giving this remedy and give one tablet\\nNo. 34 every three hours. The patient should live entirely upon\\nboiled milk and bread for a few days and for about ten days\\nshould take one tablet No. 8 after each meal.\\nHemorrhoids Piles Hemorrhoids or piles are enlarge-\\nments of the veins of the rectum. The veins which enlarge are\\ncovered with the mucous lining of the rectum; they enlarge in\\nspots only, and in enlarging push the mucous layer out in the\\nform of nodules or bunches. When these nodules or bunches are\\npushed out so far as to protrude from the anus they are known\\nas external piles, and when they are not pushed down as far as\\nthe anus they are known as internal piles. A single pile will\\nvary in size from that of a pea to that of a walnut. The piles\\nvary in size according to the amount of blood that is in them,", "height": "4305", "width": "2710", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0187.jp2"}, "182": {"fulltext": "178 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nbut they are not composed entirely of blood vessels, for the thin\\nmucous layer which covers them thickens and swells and forms\\na part of the pile. Piles are nearly always bluish in color. They\\nare often caused by constipation, by disease of the liver, by\\nimproper diet, but in many cases there seems to be no cause.\\nSymptoms and Sig?is Many people have piles who are not\\nannoyed at all by the tumors, while other people suffer pain and\\ndiscomfort all of the time. The chief symptom of piles is a con-\\nstant burning pain at the anus which is worse immediately follow-\\ning a movement from the bowels. If the piles are severe at all\\nthey inflame and cause the near parts to inflame also and this\\ngives rise to pain. The tumors may be in such a position as to be\\nforced through the anus at every movement from the bowel. In\\nsuch a case they are extremely painful until they can be pushed\\nback far enough so that the muscle which closes the anus will\\nnot pinch them. Piles and the inflammation which accompanies\\nthem often produce little cracks in the skin about the anus, and\\nthese are extremely painful. The presence of the enlarged blood\\nvessels, together with the swelling and inflammation, often cause\\nbleeding, and blood will appear in the stools. When there is any\\nconsiderable amount of blood the disease is spoken of as bleed-\\ning piles. The symptoms of piles are varied, but are so well\\nknown by everyone that further remarks are unnecessary.\\nTreatment When piles are large and very troublesome the\\nonly cure which is practical is the removal of the tumors by a\\ncompetent surgeon. In milder cases see that the bowels move\\nfreely and easily each day. One tablet of No. 16 taken each\\nmorning before breakfeast will produce the desired effect in most\\ncases. Should this not do the work take one tablet No. 16 at\\nnight and one in the morning. The food should consist of\\nfruits, vegetables and grain foods.\\nFor local use the following will be of benefit Tannic acid, 30\\ngrains; tincture of opium, 10 drops; vaseline, 1 ounce. Mix\\nthoroughly and apply to the piles every evening. See Appendix\\nfor special pile remedy.\\nHabitual or Chronic Constipation A persistent ten-\\ndency to constipation is a frequent symptom in many different\\ndiseases, where it is almost always due to a lack of the", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0188.jp2"}, "183": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 179\\nnormal twisting movements of the intestine. In many instan-\\nces this diminished energy in the intestine is only one\\nsymptom of general weakness of the body. Thus in all pos-\\nsible forms of chronic disease where we find loss of flesh and\\nstrength the movements of the intestines become sluggish and the\\nmovements from the bowels delayed. A small amount of food,\\nespecially when composed largely of fluids, and much rest in\\nbed or a small amount of physical exercise, or all of these condi-\\ntions often account for the constipation frequently seen in patients\\nwith chronic disease. In other cases the cause of habitual consti-\\npation is disease of the intestine itself. In all forms of catarrh of\\nthe intestines there is a tendency to constipation also in disease\\nof the peritoneum and in disease of the liver. Diseases of the\\nbrain and spinal cord often produce chronic constipation.\\nWhile constipation, in the diseases thus far described, is a\\nsymptom which depends upon the disease, there is a form of\\nchronic constipation where the constipation is the chief symptom,\\nand it must therefore be considered a disease by itself. Many\\npeople who look perfectly well and are entirely able to attend to\\ntheir business, are constantly troubled because there is not a\\nmovement from the bowels every day, as there should be, but\\nonly once in three or four days or less often. Besides the trouble\\nwith the bowels such patients complain of dizziness, pressure,\\ncoldness, headache and disturbed sleep. Very often nervous\\nsymptoms are a prominent sign of chronic constipation.\\nTreatment The treatment of chronic constipation requires care\\nand patience. The diet must first be regulated. A patient suffer-\\ning from chronic constipation should eat plenty of food meat,\\nvegetables and fruits should all be used, and three good meals\\nshould be disposed of each day. It is a good plan to drink a\\nglass of cold water each morning before breakfast, and such foods\\nas graham and rye bread, large amounts of butter, grapes, dates,\\nfigs, nuts and honey will be of much benefit. Having paid atten-\\ntion to the diet, appoint a regular hour each day for a passage\\nfrom the bowels, and at that time go to stool and remain until a\\nmovement is secured. As to remedies the one of most value is\\nNo. 16, and the patient should take one tablet at night and one\\nin the morning before breakfast. Should this not be sufficient\\ntwo tablets may be taken at a time then as the habit of daily", "height": "4365", "width": "2665", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0189.jp2"}, "184": {"fulltext": "180 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nmovement asserts itself the remedy may be gradually dispensed\\nwith, and in time a complete cure will be produced.\\nObstruction of the Intestines Closure or obstruction of\\nthe intestines occurs occasionally and may be due to tumors in\\nthe intestine, obstruction in the intestine from the impacting of\\nexcreta, from impacting of gallstones or from some foreign body\\nwhich has been swallowed and has lodged in the intestine. It\\nmay also be due to the intestines twisting and forming kinks in\\nthe tube, or one portion of the intestine may slip inside of another\\nportion, set up an inflammation, and close the tube in this way.\\nThe pressure of a tumor upon the outside of the intestine may\\nalso cause obstruction. The symptoms of intestinal obstruction\\nare severe and varied and the treatment cannot possibly be carried\\nout at home hence when such a thing is suspected send for a\\nphysician.\\nAppendicitis This disease is an inflammation of the small\\nworm-like appendage which is situated at the junction of the\\nsmall and large intestines. This appendage is known as the\\nvermiform appendix. The disease is caused by particles of food\\nor the seeds of berries or fruit lodging in the vermiform appen-\\ndix; these set up a mild inflammation, and a certain amount of\\ndecay goes on in the contents of the appendix, swelling begins\\nand soon pus begins to form and the passage from the appendix\\ninto the intestine becomes stopped and an abscess is formed.\\nSymptoms and Signs Appendicitis begins with a feeling of\\nweight and soreness in the abdomen, on the right side and above\\nthe hip bone. Very soon sharp pain is felt and a swelling is\\nnoticed about the seat of pain. At times a hard lump may be\\nfelt, which is very tender. The disease comes on slowly and\\nmay not be noticed at ali until there is considerable swelling.\\nAside from the symptoms given, chills, slight fever, spells of\\nsweating and a throbbing in and about the swelling may be\\npresent.\\nTreatment The best treatment for all cases in which an abscess\\nis surely present is an operation. When the case is not severe\\nenough for this apply cloths wrung out of ice water over the\\nswelling and paint the parts well with tincture of iodine. If the\\npain is severe give one tablet No. 25 every two hours and two", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0190.jp2"}, "185": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOMK. 181\\ntablets of No. 4 every four hours. Should the case be severe call\\na physician.\\nPeritonitis This is an inflammation of the membrane which\\ncovers the intestines and which lines the abdominal cavity.\\nThe disease may be caused by intense cold, by the irritation of\\nblisters, by blows upon the abdomen, by inflammation of the\\nstomach or intestines, by rupture and by certain diseases.\\nSymptoms and Signs There are three forms of this disease and\\nthe signs in each variety differ somewhat. In the acute form\\nthe disease begins suddenly with a chill and fever ranging from\\n102\u00c2\u00b0 to 103\u00c2\u00b0 the pulse is tense and wiry and from 100 to 140\\nbeats per minute; there is severe cutting or boring pain, a great\\namount of tenderness over the seat of the pain in the abdomen\\nthe patient lies on his back with the thighs drawn up the abdo-\\nmen is tense, hard and bloated; the appetite is poor; nausea and\\nvomiting are found in many cases, and hiccough is not uncom-\\nmon. Occasionally in cases of acute peritonitis the temperature\\nwill fall below the normal, usually not lower than 98\u00c2\u00b0. The\\nsecondary form is caused by some other disease, as typhoid fever.\\nIt begins in one spot and gradually spreads thus typhoid fever\\nmay cause a small rupture in the intestine and this in turn will\\ncause an inflammation of the peritoneum. This form is always\\naccompanied by severe pain the fever rises, the pulse is hard and\\nvomiting is present. The symptoms continue from six to eight\\ndays, when they begin to grow better, and a tedious convales-\\ncence begins, or the pain and tenderness grow more severe, the\\nstrength fails, the skin is cold, the pulse rapid, the face has an\\nanxious expression, with pinched features and sunken eyes, and\\ndeath finally occurs. The chronic form begins with chills which\\noccur very irregularly; there is fever and some sweating; the\\nabdomen is distended there are periods of constipation, followed\\nby like periods of diarrhea there is tenderness over the whole\\nabdomen colicky pains occur during the digestion of a meal,\\nand the patient loses flesh and strength rapidly.\\nTreaimejit Apply cloths wrung out of hot water over the\\nabdomen. Feed the patient upon a light sick diet composed for\\nthe most part of liquids. Give one tablet No. 25 every hour the\\nfirst day and one tablet No. 25 every three hours after that. Also", "height": "4365", "width": "2665", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0191.jp2"}, "186": {"fulltext": "182 HKAI/TH AT HOME-\\ngive one tablet No. 27 every four hours. If the patient is weak\\nat all use stimulants, one teaspoonful of whiskey or brandy every\\nthree or four hours. If this is not sufficient a larger amount may\\nbe used. As the patient gets better and the pain ceases entirely\\ngive one tablet^No. 17 three times a day before meals and con-\\ntinue this for from five to eight weeks.\\nDropsy This disease is a collection of fluid in the abdomi-\\nnal cavity. Dropsy is caused by disease of the heart, kidneys,\\nliver or lungs. The amount of fluid in the abdominal cavity\\nranges from a few teaspoonfuls to many gallons. It is generally\\nof a straw color or at times greenish.\\nSymptoms and Signs The disease comes on slowly and the\\nabdomen is usually considerably swollen before the disease attracts\\nany attention. Constipation is always present and is caused by\\npressure of the fluid upon the bowels the urine is also scanty\\nfrom the same cause. The breathing and action of the heart are\\nboth interfered with from pressure of the fluid upward. The\\nnavel is forced outward by the same cause. Laying one hand on\\nthe side of the abdomen and gently tapping the opposite side\\nwith the other hand will give a wave-like feeling.\\nTreatment Medical treatment is of little value, and when\\ndropsy is present call a physician and have him remove the fluid\\nby operation. He can then suggest treatment for the disease\\nwhich caused the dropsy.\\nJaundice Jaundice is an acute inflammation of the mucous\\nmembrane which lines the bile ducts and that part of the intes-\\ntine which is near the opening of the bile duct into the intestine.\\nIt is caused by excesses in eating and drinking, by debauches,\\nby malaria and by warm days followed by cool nights. At the\\nbeginning of the disease the bile ducts become closed and the bile\\nbecomes dammed up in the gall bladder and is absorbed by the\\nblood vessels in the liver and thus carried to various parts of the\\nbody, where it shows itself by a yellow color.\\nSymptoms and Signs The disease begins with distress in and\\nabout the stomach, a coated tongue, loss of appetite, nausea and\\nsometimes vomiting, looseness of the bowels and a slight amount\\nof fever. In from three to five days the white of the eyes becomes", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0192.jp2"}, "187": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 183\\nyellow and this yellow color gradually spreads over the entire\\nbody. The fever disappears, the skin becomes dry, harsh and\\nitchy, the bowels become constipated, the stools whitish or clay\\ncolored, and accompanied by much gas and colicky pain. The\\nurine is heavy and dark colored. When the whole surface is\\nyellow the skin will be found to be cold, the heart action slow\\nand much tenderness will be noticed over the liver. In from\\nthree to five days from the time the yellow appears, the symp-\\ntoms begin to improve and in from one to two weeks the skin will\\nbe of normal color and the bowels will move normally.\\nTreatment Have the patient take a warm bath, night and\\nmorning and add one ounce of carbonate of potassium to the water\\nfor each bath. Give two tablets No. 4 every two hours and one\\ntablet No. 27 every three hours. The diet should consist almost\\nentirely of milk and no fat, sweet or starchy food should be\\nallowed at all. After the jaundice disappears give two tablets No.\\n33 three times a day after meals and continue this for from two\\nto four weeks.\\nGallstones Biliary Calculi These are hard, stone-like\\nbodies which form in the gall bladder and give rise to severe pain\\non their passage from the gall bladder to the intestine.\\nSymptoms and Signs The presence of gallstones is not usually\\ndetected until one or more begin the passage from the gall bladder\\nto the intestine, when they produce a very severe colic, known as\\ngallstone colic. This colic begins very suddenly at the very\\ninstant that the gallstone passes into the duct leading from the\\ngall bladder to the intestine the patient is seized with a piercing,\\nagonizing pain in the region of the liver, and this pain rapidly\\nspreads over the abdomen and right chest and many times extends\\nto the right shoulder and arm. The muscles of the abdomen are\\ncramped and tender. Nausea is always present, and many times\\nthere is vomiting. The pulse is small and feeble, the skin cool\\nand the face shows pain and is somewhat anxious in expression.\\nThe pain lasts from an hour or two to several days, and stops as\\nquickly as it began when the gallstone has passed from the gall\\nduct into the intestine. Jaundice (yellow skin) usually follows\\nthe attack of pain, but this soon disappears.\\nTreat?nent The best treatment is a drug which will not keep", "height": "4365", "width": "2665", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0193.jp2"}, "188": {"fulltext": "184 HEAI/TH AT HOMK.\\nand which therefore is not put in the Cabinet; it will be found in\\nthe Appendix and will certainly cure gallstones if used accord-\\ning to directions. Should an attack of this sort come on give one\\ntablet No. 25 and repeat in a half hour if necessary.\\nCongestion of the I/iver Bilousness\u00e2\u0080\u0094 This disease is\\ncaused by a fullness of the blood vessels of the liver and, as a\\nresult, the liver enlarges. It is caused by heat, constipation,\\nmalaria, excess in eating and drinking and excessive use of alco-\\nholic liquor.\\nSymptoms and Signs The patient has a tired feeling; the\\nlimbs ache there is a slight amount of fever in the evening there\\nis headache; the spirits are depressed; the tongue has a yellowish\\ncoating; there is no desire for food; some nausea is present; the\\nbowels are constipated, the urine highly colored the whites of\\nthe eyes are yellow; the skin a muddy color, and there is a feel-\\ning of weight, fullness and soreness about the liver. The disease\\nlasts about a week.\\nTreatment Give one tablet No. 9 every half hour until the\\nbowels move freely. As soon as the bowels move give one tablet\\nNo. 4. Have the patient live entirely upon milk for a few days\\nand give one tablet No. 33 before each meal. If there is some\\npain about the liver place cloths wrung out of hot water over the\\nseat of pain.\\nHobnailed I4ver Gin Drinker/ s I/iver This is a form\\nof disease of the liver which is quite common among those addic-\\nted to the use of alcohol. The disease is very slow in its progress\\nand the symptoms are not well marked at first. The treatment is\\nlargely in the way of attention to diet, hygiene and correct, tem-\\nperate living.\\nNeuralgia Although every pain is of course excited by irrita-\\ntion of the nerves, still the name neuralgia is given to a certain\\nspecial variety of pain. The characteristics of this particular\\nnervous pain are as follows First, it is felt along the exact\\ncourse of some nerve or its branches second, it is usually a pain\\nof some severity third, as a rule, the pain is not present all of\\nthe time, but grows better or worse at times.\\nIn many cases the cause of neuralgia cannot be discovered but", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0194.jp2"}, "189": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOME. 185\\nin other cases facts may be known which either directly or indi-\\nrectly cause the trouble. Neuralgia occurs most often in middle\\nlife, in nervous people and in people who are not strong physi-\\ncally. Neuralgia may be caused by cold or wet, by wounds,\\nbruises, surgical operations, diseases of the bones or of the mem-\\nbrane which covers the bones, and by tumors, ruptures and\\naneurisms.\\nSymptoms and Signs The neuralgic pain begins either quite\\nsuddenly, or more often after certain mild sensations, such as cold\\nfeelings, prickling, slight painful sensations, etc., have been\\nnoticed for some time. The pain during an attack is usually\\nsevere and is described as burning and boring, or shooting and\\ntearing. The patient can usually trace the nerve by the pain.\\nCold air, mental excitement and movement of the part affected\\noften produce an increase of the pain. The skin near the seat\\nof pain is usually very sensitive and tender to slight pressure,\\nbut deep and continued pressure over the nerve relieves the pain\\nduring time of pressure. When the pain is severe enough to\\ninterfere with sleeping or eating, the whole system may be\\naffected, otherwise the effects of neuralgia are entirely local.\\nTreatment It is important in people who have suffered from\\nneuralgia to prevent the return of the disease if we can. For\\nthis object we must first consider the strengthening of the whole\\nbody in order to make it better able to resist the action of any\\ncauses of disease. The things to be chiefly looked after in this\\nconnection are proper food, good air, baths and general hygienic\\nsurroundings. In treating neuralgia look for a cause which may\\nbe treated. For example when neuralgia is caused by the pres-\\nsure of a tumor upon a nerve the removal of the tumor will cure\\nthe neuralgia. The use of electricity in neuralgia is often of\\nmuch value, and the best method of applying it is by an ordinary\\nfamily battery. Place one sponge along the spine and pass the\\nother over the seat of pain. A mustard plaster over the point of\\npain is sometimes of value. For the medical relief of the symp-\\ntoms give one tablet No. 35 evety four hours.\\nHabitual Headache\u00e2\u0080\u0094Sick Headache\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Chronic Head-\\nache Very many people are subject to headache; in some cases\\nit is spoken of as headache, in others as nervous or sick headache.", "height": "4365", "width": "2665", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0195.jp2"}, "190": {"fulltext": "186 HEAI/fH AT HOME.\\nHeadaches occur most often in nervous and in overworked people,\\nbut may occur in anyone. They are caused by disorders of\\ndigestion, by constipation, by catarrh of the nose, throat or ears\\nby eye strain, and in some cases there seems to be no cause what-\\never. One of the most frequent causes of headache is eye strain.\\nThis is especially true in young people, and is very often over-\\nlooked. When headache occurs in young or middle aged people\\nit is always well to have the eyes examined by a competent\\nspecialist. In many cases the trouble will be removed by the use\\nof a pair of perfectly fitted spectacles.\\nTreatment For the cure of headache keep the bowels and\\ndigestive apparatus in good working order, and for the relief of\\nattacks take one tablet No. 30 every hour until the headache\\nceases.\\nParalysis By paralysis is meant the loss of voluntary motion\\nin the muscles of the body controlled by the will. A distinction\\nis made between the complete loss of the power of active motion\\nand the weakening of it. In complete paralysis of any part of\\nthe body or of a single muscle even the slightest voluntary motion\\ncannot be produced in it; while in the weakening, or partial\\nparalysis of a part certain movements are still possible, but they\\nare more or less below the normal in strength, extent and dura-\\ntion. Paraylsis or partial paralysis is due to disease or injury\\nof portions of the brain, spinal cord or nerves. It may also be\\nproduced by pressure upon portions of the brain or spinal cord,\\nas in the rupture of a blood vessel in the brain or the formation\\nof a tumor about the brain, cord or nerves. Certain poisons, as\\nlead, copper, arsenic, etc. also cause paralysis at times. Paraly-\\nsis often follows certain acute diseases.\\nSymptoms and Signs When a patient discovers that it is\\nimpossible to move certain members or muscles of the body we\\nknow that a paralysis exists. In some cases of paralysis the\\nmuscles retain their normal size for years, while in other cases\\nthey very soon shrink and become much smaller than normal.\\nIn some cases the paralyzed parts may be moved easily while in\\nothers the muscles contract and little or no motion can be pro-\\nduced. In paralysis spasms of the muscles occur and these\\nspasms are of many varieties and show themselves in many differ-", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0196.jp2"}, "191": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOME. 187\\nent degrees of severity. The symptoms of the various forms of\\nparalysis would carry us into a long discussion of the brain and\\nnerve centers, and even then we would be unable to give any\\nclear-cut and definite instructions, hence we will not consider\\nthe subject further.\\nTreatment In general paralysis should be treated by the use\\nof electricity, baths, rubbing, careful diet, hygienic surroundings\\nand in the way of medicine No. 17 will be of most service, regu-\\nlating the dose according to the severity of the case.\\nInjuries of the Spinal Cord In spite of the protected\\nposition of the spinal cord it is often severely injured. The most\\nfrequent causes of injury are fractures or dislocations of the spinal\\ncolumnar backbone. The spinal cord is often injured by\\ngunshot wounds and by stabs. Injuries to the cord very often\\nproduce paralysis of some part of the body. In severe cases of\\ninjury to the spinal cord death occurs in a few hours or days or\\na permanent paralysis results.\\nTreatment The treatment should first be placed in the hands\\nof a surgeon, as many cases can be relieved or cured by an opera-\\ntion. If it is not a case for the surgeon put the patient to bed\\nupon a soft bed, guard carefully against bed sores by bathing\\noften with alcohol and by rubbing the parts with glycerine, to\\nwhich add ten grains of tannic acid to the ounce of glycerine.\\nApply ice constantly to the injured part and later on use hot baths\\nand electricity. For use in cases of this sort and in all cases of\\nparalysis, the ordinary small, home battery will be of sufficient\\nstrength.\\nlocomotor Ataxia Tabes Dorsalis Consumption of\\nthe Spinal Cord This is a chronic disease of the central ner-\\nvous system and consists of the death of a portion of the spinal\\ncord. Very little is known as to the actual cause of this disease,\\nthough many theories are advanced. This disease is found most\\noften in persons of middle age, and more often in men than in\\nwomen.\\nSymptoms a?id Signs The disease begins gradually with sharp,\\ndarting pains in the lower limbs, and with these occur distur-\\nbances in digestion and some trouble with the kidneys or blad-\\nder. Very soon the feet become numb and the patient is unable", "height": "4365", "width": "2665", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0197.jp2"}, "192": {"fulltext": "188 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nto tell whether he is walking on hard or soft substances. If the\\nupper part of the cord is affected the patient will be unable to\\nbutton his clothing. Soon the patient becomes unable to walk\\nin a staight line with the eyes closed, and can only do so with\\ndifficulty with the eyes open he is unable to stand erect with the\\nfeet close together, and as the disease progresses he throws his\\nlegs and feet about in a most grotesque manner. The power of\\nthe muscles is not lost, for with support the patient will kick or\\nstrike as hard as ever. Very early in the disease there is difficulty\\nwith the sight; the patient sees double or is unable to distinguish\\nbetween colors. As the disease progresses, the sensation becomes\\nmuch blunted, and it is several minutes before the prick of a pin\\nwill be felt. The patient will be unable to tell hot from cold.\\nFlesh is lost rapidly. Some cases where treatment is commenced\\nat the very start recover, but death is the end of the majority.\\nTreatment Rest, with absolutely nothing to do, is of first\\nimportance. Cold may be used along the spine. The diet should\\nbe wholesome and easily digested and cod liver oil is of value to\\nkeep up the strength. Give one tablet No. 17 three times a day\\nafter meals. If pain is present try to relieve it with No. 13 or\\nNo. 30. If these will not relieve the pain use No. 25 and give\\njust enough to control the pain.\\nInfantile Paralysis This disease is a rapidly developing\\ninflammation of a portion of the spinal cord, and it occurs sud-\\ndenly in children.\\nSymptoms and Signs The disease usually begins suddenly\\nwith a low fever which lasts a few days, and when the fever has\\nleft it is noticed that the child is paralyzed. The paralysis may\\naffect both arms and both legs, the legs alone, or only one of the\\nfour extremities. The paralyzed part will not be as warm as the\\nrest of the body and will be somewhat blue. After a few days\\nthe paralysis will improve somewhat, but the muscles will waste\\nrapidly until nearly all of the muscular tissue is gone.\\nTreatment As soon as the paralysis appears complete rest must\\nbe insisted upon. Allow hot water to run from a fountain\\nsyringe along the spinal column do this for fifteen minutes very\\nhour. Give one-half tablet No. 27 every three hours and have\\na physician suggest further treatment.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0198.jp2"}, "193": {"fulltext": "HEAI/fH AT HOME. 189\\nCongestion of the Brain This is due to an overfullness\\nof the blood vessels of the brain. It may be produced by excesses\\nin eating and drinking, excessive use of alcohol, sunstroke, pro-\\nlonged mental labor and by some other causes.\\nSymptoms and Signs Among the first signs is a rush of blood\\nto the head, which is made worse by lying down. There is\\nheadache, with darting neuralgic pains, disturbance of sight and\\nhearing, sparks before the eyes, buzzing in the ears, etc. The\\npupils of the eyes are small; there is dizziness; the mind is\\nblunted the patient cannot concentrate the attention the temper\\nis irritable and the patient may say an 1 do queer things. The\\nface is red, the eyes bloodshot, the vessels in the neck throb and\\nthe sleep is disturbed by dreams and jerking of the limbs. If the\\nattack is very sudden unconsciousness may occur.\\nTreatment Elevate the head and apply cold cloths or ice to\\nthe head and at the same time apply heat to the feet and legs.\\nGive one tablet No. 4 every two hours until the bowels move\\nfreely and give two tablets No. 7 every two hours.\\nApoplexy Hemorrhage of the Brain This is the sud-\\nden breaking of a blood vessel in the brain and the escape of the\\nblood into the brain tissue, causing pressure and more or less\\ndestruction of brain tissue.\\nSymptoms and Signs Some cases begin with warnings and\\nothers without. There is headache, dizziness, spells of deafness\\nor blindness, feelings of numbness in the arms or legs and a con-\\nstant dread of an attack. The attack begins with vomiting,\\nwhich is followed by partial or complete insensibility; the breath-\\ning is slow, irregular and noisy. When the breath is drawn in\\nthe paralyzed cheek will be drawn in, and will be puffed out\\nwhen the breath is blown out. The pulse is slow and full, the\\nface is flushed, the eyes bloodshot, the vessels in the neck throb\\nand the temperature is below normal. If unconsciousness con-\\ntinues longer than twenty-four hours death nearly always follows.\\nWhen consciousness returns it usually does so in from two to\\nthree hours, and with it comes headache, confusion of the mind,\\nmore or less numbness and paralysis over one side of the body.\\nTreatment If the patient feels an attack coming on the best\\nway to stop it is to bleed the patient at once and give four tablets", "height": "4365", "width": "2665", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0199.jp2"}, "194": {"fulltext": "190 HKAI/TH AT HOME.\\nNo. 4. As soon as the bowels move give two tablets No. 7 every\\nthree hours and keep this up for from four to seven days. When\\nthe attack comes on loosen the clothing, elevate the head,\\nremove everything that may be tight about the throat or chest,\\nplace the patient in a cool room, have no noise of any sort about,\\nplace the patient far enough over on one side as to permit what-\\never secretion may be in the mouth to run out and not down the\\nthroat, place cold cloths or ice on the head and a mustard plaster\\non the feet and lower part of the legs. If the face is pale and the\\npulse irregular give stimulants. If the pulse is strong give one\\ntablet No. 28 every three hours after consciousness is regained.\\nFor the headache and delirium give one tablet No. 30 every four\\nhours. After the patient gets better use electricity for the para-\\nlyzed muscles.\\nTumors of the Brain A tumor of the brain is either a\\ngrowth in the brain substance or in the membrane covering the\\nbrain or in the blood vessels of the brain.\\nSymptoms and Signs A sign always found in tumor of the\\nbrain is a headache which is constant and which gradually grows\\nmore severe. Other signs are: defects in vision, even blind-\\nness defects of hearing, taste and of speech, the latter due to\\nparalysis of the vocal cords; dizziness, and associated with this is\\nnausea and vomiting convulsions may occur the patient may\\nbecome cross-eyed; sensations of numbness and coldness may\\noccur in different parts of the body.\\nTreatment The treatment of tumors of the brain is very unsat-\\nisfactory unless they can be treated by a surgeon, and even then\\nthe benefit is doubtful. Treat the various symptoms as they\\narise and take as good care of the patient as possible. There is no\\ngeneral treatment for this disease.\\nDelirium Tremens Alcoholism These names are used\\nto indicate the physical and mental conditions produced by the\\nabusive use of alcoholic liquors.\\nSymptoms and Signs In the majority of cases delirium tremens\\nresults from a prolonged debauch in an old drinker. It begins\\nwith wakefulness, an irritable, excitable manner, followed by the\\ncharacteristic illusions and hallucinations, during which snakes\\nand all forms of reptiles are seen and these cause the most intense", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0200.jp2"}, "195": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 191\\nhorror and fear in the victim. Defects in the senses of smell and\\nhearing also occur; queer noises and horrid odors will be spoken\\nof. This marked excitement is followed by great depression, dur-\\ning which the skin is cold and clammy, the pulse feeble, the\\nmuscles weak, the mind not at all clear, wakelulness is pro-\\nnounced and some fever is present. An attack of delirium\\ntremens usually lasts about two weeks, although death may occur\\nat any time from heart failure, hemorrhage of the brain, or alco-\\nholic pneumonia. As soon as the patient is able to sleep well he\\nbegins to get well. He will awake from natural sleep with a\\nclear mind and a desire for food.\\nTreatme?it The patient should be placed in a room away from\\nother people and should have a skillful nurse. Allow very small\\nquantities of alcohol at first, and gradually cut the supply until\\nnone at all is given. Feed the patient upon milk, eggs, oysters,\\nsoups, etc. in fact upon an easily digested sick diet. Give five\\ntablets No. 7 every three hours. Give five grains of chloral\\nhydrate every two hours until the patient falls asleep, then do\\nnot give this remedy again.\\nHeat Stroke Sunstroke This is a depression of the vital\\npowers as a result of exposure to excessive heat. The affection\\nmay manifest itself as congestion of the brain, as heat exhaus-\\ntion, and as true sunstroke. For the first mentioned see article\\non congestion of the brain.\\nSymptoms and Signs Heat exhaustion begins with a rapidly\\ndeveloped feeling of weakness and prostration; the skin is cool,\\nthe face pale, the voice weak; the pulse is rapid and feeble; the\\nbreathing is faster than normal the sight grows dim and indis-\\ntinct, noises are heard in the ears and the person becomes\\npartially or wholly unconscious.\\nSunstroke. The person suddenly becomes unconscious; the\\nskin is red and hot; the whites of the eyes are bloodshot; the\\nbreathing may be rapid and shallow or slow and noisy the pulse\\nis quick and may be either bounding or weak the temperature\\nwill be from 105\u00c2\u00b0 to 110\u00c2\u00b0 there will be no sweating, and death is\\nliable to occur very soon.\\nTreatment Treatment for heat exhaustion is: Place the\\npatient on his back with the head low down and give a good", "height": "4365", "width": "2665", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0201.jp2"}, "196": {"fulltext": "192 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\ndose of whiskey or brandy at once. Then place in bed with cold\\ncloths on the head and heat to the feet and legs. Cover the\\npatient up well in bed and get the sweat started freely; allow\\nhim to sweat for two or three hours, then give a cool sponge\\nbath and transfer him to a dry bed. Keep the cold cloths on the\\nhead and give one tablet No. 27 every two hours. Also give one\\ntablet No. 17 every four hours.\\nThe treatment for sunstroke is Place the patient in a cold\\nbath at once and rub thoroughly with ice water; keep ice on the\\nhead constantly. Give one tablet No. 13 every two hours and\\none tablet No. 27 every three hours. Inject cold water into the\\nrectum; keep the patient in cold water or wrapped in sheets\\nwrung out of ice water. If the heart becomes very weak and\\nthe patient seems much depressed give stimulants, otherwise do\\nnot use stimulants in sunstroke. As the patient recovers some-\\nwhat use the cold applications only just enough to keep down the\\nfever and stop giving No. 13. Continue giving No. 27 every three\\nhours, and give No. 17 three times a day before meals. In any\\ncase of overheat the patient will need to be very careful for a long\\ntime. Avoid excessive heat and all excesses of living of whatever\\nsort. Live only on the plain foods, and use no coffee, tea, tobacco,\\nnor alcoholic liquors of any sort.\\nHysteria This is a disorder of the nervous system, of the\\nnature of which it is impossible to speak definitely. In many\\ncases hysteria comes on immediately after violent emotional agi-\\ntation. Hysterical convulsions or paralysis may be caused by\\ngreat terror, violent anger, or any unusual agitation. A single\\ninstance of mental excitement may produce hysteria, as in the\\ncase of a young girl who was awakened at night by the house\\nbeing on fire and her room full of smoke. As a result of her\\nbreathing the smoke she had some severe throat trouble, and later\\non when the throat was entirely well developed hysteria to such\\nan extent that she was unable to speak out loud. Many such\\ninstances occur in the practice of every physician.\\nThe cause of hysteria is in many instances entwined about the\\nmost private affairs anxiety, sorrow, disappointed expectations,\\nabandoned hopes, and in brief everything which can depress and\\noverwhelm the mind, are the factors which may at last excite the\\nnervous derangements of hysteria. Hysteria may develop with-", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0202.jp2"}, "197": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 193\\nout any specially noticeable cause. Among influences of the\\nmind which favor the development of hysteria nothing aids more\\nthan a bad education. The whims of the child are not con-\\ntrolled, its will is not strengthened, nor its energy developed its\\nimagination is unsuitably and excessively stimulated, or its intel-\\nlectual power is overtaxed and prematurely ripened.\\nSymptoms and Signs In every case of known hysteria, or when\\nthe disease is suspected, we must examine the patient for certain\\nsymptoms and signs which are so common in hysteria, and in\\npart so peculiar to it that they often enable us to certainly know\\nthat hysteria is present. The most important, because the com-\\nmonest, of these signs is some disturbance in sensibility. Very\\nrare indeed is a case of hysteria met with in which there is not\\nsome change in sensibility. Therefore test the whole body care-\\nfully for numb spots or spots where the ordinary sensitiveness of\\nthe skin is exaggerated also test the sight, smell, hearing and\\ntaste and ascertain if all are normal. In many cases a pin can be\\nstuck through a fold of the skin and no pain be felt. This con-\\ndition may be over the whole body or only in spots. A partial\\nloss of sight or the inability to distinguish between colors may\\nbe present. The patient may not be able to detect sweet or sour\\nby the taste, and odors may become confused. All these symp-\\ntoms are important, as they are rare indeed in actual disease.\\nSometimes exactly one-half of the body will be insensible to\\npain, while the other half will be normal. Again the patient\\nmay complain of certain spots where even the slightest pressure\\nproduces pain however, if the patient s mind can be fixed upon\\nsomething else very firm pressure upon these same spots will pro-\\nduce no pain whatever. Hysterical persons may become para-\\nlyzed in various parts of the body very suddenly, as in hysteria\\nfrom fright, or it may come on slowly. Hysterical paralysis is a\\nparalysis of the will. The patient has lost the power to will a\\nmovement of the affected muscle. Very often the patient will\\nmove the legs about very well when lying down, but when urged\\nto stand up or walk the knees double up, the patient begins to\\ntremble, the breathing grows rapid and jerky, and there is not\\nthe slightest effort made to move the legs. If only one leg be\\nparalyzed the gait is peculiar; the sound limb makes long strides,\\nwhile the paralzyed one is held perfectly stiff and is often", "height": "4365", "width": "2665", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0203.jp2"}, "198": {"fulltext": "194 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\ndragged along with a loud shuffling sound. In severe hysteria\\nthere may be high fever when the temperature is taken under the\\ntongue, but when taken in the rectum the same case will show\\nno fever whatever. Colicky pains, obstinate constipation, occa-\\nsional diarrhea and similar symptoms are often met with. Hys-\\nterical persons are irritable and emotional, easily depressed, sensi-\\ntive, whimsical, and subject to violent extremes of feeling. They\\nare inclined to exaggerate their sufferings, exact a great deal of\\nattention, and are anxious to excite sympathy. They have little\\nenergy or force of will, but they are sly and obstinate in carrying\\nout any pet desire. Again they can be very amiable and attrac-\\ntive if they take the fancy. They are almost invariably clever.\\nHysteria is not often seen in dull or stupid persons. These symp-\\ntoms represent many cases, but not all. Hysterical patients very\\nfrequently present no very great disturbances, but complain\\nmerely of all sorts of derangements, sometimes of one kind and\\nsometimes of another, and yet are able to perform their daily\\nduties fairly well.\\nIn regard to the severity and variety of hysterical attacks, they\\nare so manifold that an exhaustive account of all the possibilities\\ncannot here be given, but certain features and details are so com-\\nmon in them and recur so often that a consideration of them is\\noften in itself sufficient to name the disease. The mildest form\\nof hysterical attack consists of a feeling of distress, anxiety, diz-\\nziness and especially of a loss of voluntary control of the body.\\nThe patient sinks on a bed or chair, closes the eyes and becomes\\nincapable of action or speech. Usually the breathing is more\\nrapid, there is winking of the eyes, trembling, etc. Very often\\nthe heart palpitates quite rapidly during an attack. In such\\ncases if water is thrown upon the patient without too great a\\nregard for the feelings of the patient, recovery is very rapid. In\\nsome cases of hysteria the breathing becomes very rapid as many\\nas 200 respirations per minute have been noted. Hiccough, loud\\nsobbing, grunting, etc., have been seen in hysteria. Patients\\nwill sometimes talk continually to themselves, usually very\\nrapidly and with frequent repetitions of the same word or phrase.\\nSometimes patients will complain of a ball in the throat which\\nchanges its position somewhat. This is a sure indication of hys-\\nteria, as it is found in no other disease.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0204.jp2"}, "199": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 195\\nThe symptoms given have been confined to the most important\\nand frequent signs and yet even this brief outline serves to show\\nwhat an infinite variety of shapes the disease may assume.\\nFirst In one class of cases there are no nerve symptoms\\nwhatever, the patient merely displaying the general mental con-\\ndition characteristic of hysteria: she is easily excited, prone\\nto make much of her ills, has all sorts of symptoms, such as pain,\\npalpitation, dyspepsia and difficult breathing, and these are\\naggravated by mental excitement, while at other times the symp-\\ntoms may so nearly vanish that the patient does not appear to\\nbe ill.\\nSecond This class of cases has more severe disturbance, com-\\ning on after some unfavorable mind influence. The patient may\\nhave displayed a general hysterical tendency previously or may\\nhave seemed perfectly well. In this class we may see all of the\\nsymptoms above described. There may be paralysis, spasm,\\nnumbness or oversensitiveness. One or more of these symptoms\\nmay persist for weeks or months again they may vanish quickly\\nand give place to other disturbances. Any aggravation of the\\nsymptoms is usually due to emotional excitement. This is parti-\\ncularly true of hysterical convulsions. In many cases each attack\\nis due to anger, fright or some similar cause.\\nThird The third class consists of the most severe forms of\\nhysteria. They are as complicated as they are puzzling, and\\nform all sorts of combinations with all of the hysterical symptoms.\\nThe entire duration of the disease varies greatly. The true\\nroot of the evil is the excessive excitability of the nervous sys-\\ntem, and often it is not possible to cure this. If not, the trouble\\nlasts almost indefinitely. The disease comes on afresh after\\nperiods of apparently perfect health. Usually the symptoms do\\nnot cease until quite late in life. There are, however, many\\ncases of complete and permanent cure.\\nTreatment What has been said about the cause of hysteria at\\nonce suggests a possible method of preventing the disease. A\\nwatchful eye will often detect, even in childhood, the signs of\\nabnormal nervous excitiability, and in such a case parents will\\nmake it their duty to carefully look after the physical and mental\\ntraining of the child and thus avoid the greater disturbances that\\nmay lead to hysteria. If hysteria be already present the first and", "height": "4365", "width": "2665", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0205.jp2"}, "200": {"fulltext": "196 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nmost important treatment is treatment of the mind. There could\\nbe no greater mistake than to ridicule the patient, for hysteria is\\na disease, and its symptoms are just as true as far as the patient\\nis concerned as the symptoms of any other disease. It is impor-\\ntant, however, to strengthen the will, and this can sometimes be\\nbest accomplished by removing the patient from friends and plac-\\ning in a hospital. A good treatment for hysteria is the use of an\\nelectric battery, cold bathing and rubbing. Very often the sud-\\nden pain caused by the application of electricity will cause a\\npatient to quickly move a paralyzed muscle. The milder vari-\\neties of hysterical convulsion, such as hiccough, are often con-\\ntrolled by stern reproof. The numbness is best treated with\\nelectricity. Medicines in hysteria do good just as long as the\\npatient has faith in them. This explains the frequent cases ot\\nrapid recovery after taking Electro-homeopathic remedies, and\\nthose still more marvelous cures affected by Faith cure, Chris-\\ntian Science, Magnetic Healers, Osteopaths, etc. This\\npoint, of the influence of the mind over the functions of the body,\\nwas very nicely illustrated in a French hospital some litttle time\\nago. One morning the physician in charge of the hospital ordered\\na certain dose of medicine to be given to every patient in one of\\nthe hospital wards. The nurse in charge gave the medicine as\\ndirected and in a half hour the physician came into the ward in\\na very excited manner and in a loud voice asked the nurse if any\\nof the patients had vomited. She replied that they had not and\\nasked why he suspected such a thing. He replied that he had\\nmade a mistake and that the medicine which he had ordered\\ngiven was a violent emetic. The nurse seemed much excited by\\nthis information, and in less than five minutes over half of the\\npatients in the ward were vomiting. The medicine given was\\nbismuth, and this, in place of producing vomiting, tends to settle\\nthe stomach. Other trials of a similar nature have been made,\\nand we can thus see the very powerful influence which the mind\\nhas over the functions of the body. Should a patient be suffering\\nfrom an actually diseased organ no mind influence can cure the\\ntrouble, but if the disease is one which relates to the function of\\nsome organ it may be cured by mind influence. The marvelous\\ncures so often heard of are invariably among the class of cases\\nin which the disease is functional or in other words the disease", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0206.jp2"}, "201": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOME. 197\\nhas no actual existence and is in the mind of the patient alone.\\nIn medicine this condition is always spoken of as hysteria.\\nOsteopathy may do a certain amount of good, as in many cases\\nthe rubbing and pounding practiced by these people will afford a\\ncertain amount of stimulation to weakened members. Eclectic or\\nelectro-homeopathic treatments do actual good in but a very\\nsmall number of cases. The persons who experiment upon the\\npeople by holding out Faith Cure, Magnetic Healing, and\\nChristian Science as a cure-all for any and all diseases have\\nundoubtedly brought many hysterical people to their senses, and\\ntheir wonderful cures are all among this class, but they have yet\\nto cure the first patient who was suffering from organic or actual\\ndisease of an organ of the body. Hence we may say that in hys-\\nteria, as a rule, treatment either produces a brilliant cure or it\\nhas no effect at all.\\nThe drugs that produce the best results in hysteria are tincture\\nof asafetida, one-half teaspoonful every three hours, and valer-\\nianate of ammonia, one teaspoonful every three hours.\\nNervous Prostration This is a debility of the nervous sys-\\ntem, causing an inability or lessening the desire to perform or\\nattend to the various duties or occupations of the individual.\\nIt may be caused by various chronic diseases, mental worry or\\nstrong emotion, overwork, nervous temperament, sexual excesses\\nalcohol and tobacco.\\nSymptoms and Signs This disease is a condition of nerve tire\\nor nerve exhaustion, and hence the nervous energy necessary for\\nany particular organ to perform its function is wanting. One of\\nthe earliest signs of nervous prostration is an irritable or weak\\nmind, as shown in the inability to concentrate the thoughts, and\\nwhen the patient attempts to do so, headache, dizziness, restless-\\nness, fear, a feeling of weariness and depression, and a host of\\nother symptoms are produced. There may be difficulty in seeing,\\nthe heart may palpitate, the hands and feet may be cold there\\nmay be chilliness, followed by flashes of heat, and this in turn\\nfollowed by slight sweating. Patients are unable to sleep, or if\\nthey do sleep the sleep is tiring and accompanied by unpleasant\\ndreams.", "height": "4365", "width": "2665", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0207.jp2"}, "202": {"fulltext": "198 HKAI/TH AT HOME.\\nTreatment Rest is a first essential, and this is best accom-\\nplished by removing the patient some distance from home. Send\\nhim on a visit where his entire surroundings will be new and\\nwhere the everyday things which he has been accustomed to all\\nhis life will not worry and annoy he should have pleasant com-\\npanionship and be relieved of all responsibility. Attend carefully\\nto the diet and hygiene give daily baths with plenty of rubbing.\\nGive one tablet No. 17 three times a day before meals. Keep the\\nbowels well open by the use of No. 16.\\nAcute Bright S Disease This is an acute inflammation of\\na portion of the kidney. It is caused by cold and exposure, by\\nscarlet fever, by the continued use of irritating medicines, such\\nas turpentine and cantharides, and by blows and injuries to the\\nback.\\nSymptoms and Signs The disease usually begins suddenly\\nwith fever, nausea and persistent vomiting dull pain in the back\\nover the kidneys, frequent desire to urinate, some diarrhea the\\nskin is harsh and dry, the pulse quick, tense and full. Some\\ndropsy appears at first a puffiness is noticed under the eyes, then\\nthe entire eyelids and face become puffy and swollen the ankles\\nbegin to swell, and this extends to the legs and the walls of the\\nabdomen. If the attack follows scarlet fever there will be much\\ngreater paleness and weakness than if the disease is primary.\\nThe urine is heavy, scanty, smoky in color, and if a small portion\\nof the urine be boiled and then a drop or two of nitric acid be\\nadded a sediment will be formed showing that albumen is present.\\nThe disease lasts from one to four weeks.\\nTreatment Absolute rest in bed is necessary. The diet\\nshould be entirely fluid, milk, broths, oysters, etc. See chapter\\non Diet in Disease, p. 106. Allow the patient to drink an abun-\\ndance of water, but no tea, coffee nor stimulants. Apply a mus-\\ntard plaster over the kidneys. Give five tablets No. 9 and two\\ntablets No. 4 each morning before breakfast. Give a hot bath\\neach day and immediately after the bath place the patient in bed\\ncover him well and place hot water bottles and hot bricks or irons\\nabout him allow him to sweat freely for a half hour, then give a\\nwarm sponge bath and transfer to a dry bed. As soon as the\\ndark color disappears from the urine give one tablet No. 17 three", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0208.jp2"}, "203": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 199\\ntimes a day after meals continue this remedy for at least four\\nweeks.\\nChronic Bright s Disease This is a chronic inflammation\\nof the kidneys. It sometimes follows the acute form, or may be\\ncaused by syphilis, excessive use of alcohol, mercury or lead\\npoisoning, and by some other conditions\\nSymptoms and Signs The disease begins very slowly some-\\ntimes the first thing noticed will be dropsy, which, beginning\\nunder the eyes and in the face, gradually extends over the whole\\nbody. In other cases the dropsy does not come on until later,\\nbut the patient becomes pale, loses strength, suffers from palpita-\\ntion of the heart and difficult breathing, has frequent attacks of\\nvomiting, headache and dizziness, and the eye-sight becomes more\\nor less impaired. All these things occur without any apparent\\ncause. The urine is scanty and highly colored, and if a little of\\nit be boiled and a few drops of nitric acid be added a sediment\\nwill be noticed which indicates the presence of albumen. As the\\ndisease progresses the urine will increase to more than the nor-\\nmal amount and the bladder will be very irritable. The patient\\nwill be very pale and bloodless. Disturbances in digestion and\\nneuralgic pains are common.\\nTreatment It must be remembered that the course of a case of\\nchronic Bright s disease is not continuously downward periods\\nwill occur when the patient seems so much better that he and his\\nfriends are often led to believe that he will have an early and\\ncomplete recovery, yet the symptoms may at any time grow worse\\nand death occur quite suddenly. Two things are very important\\nin the treatment of chronic Bright s disease rest and diet. The\\npatient should be relieved of all business cares and spend the\\ngreater portion of the time in bed. The diet should consist\\nentirely of milk and no stimulants whatever should be used. Give\\none tablet No. 17 three times a day before meals. If drops} is\\npresent use the hot bath treatment as recommended in acute\\nBright s disease. Recoveries from chronic Bright s disease are\\nrare indeed, and death often occurs very suddenly.\\nMovable Kidney This disease is a condition of the kidney\\nin which the tissues about the organ are so loose as to permit the\\nkidney to be moved about in certain directions, causing a mov-", "height": "4365", "width": "2665", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0209.jp2"}, "204": {"fulltext": "200 HEAI/TH AT HOMK.\\nable tumor in the abdomen. Very few if any symptoms accom-\\npany this trouble, and as no injurious results are to be feared the\\ncondition requires no treatment. If a tumor in the abdomen has\\nbeen found to be a movable kidney no further anxiety need be\\nfelt.\\nCystitis Catarrh of the Bladder This is an inflamma-\\ntion of the mucous membrane which lines the bladder and may\\nbe either acute or chronic. The acute variety may be caused by\\ntoo long a retention of urine, by foreign bodies in the bladder,\\nby inflammation of the urinary passage, by blows over the blad-\\nder, and it may follow diphtheria or fevers. The chronic vari-\\nety follows the acute variety or is caused by stone in the bladder,\\nstricture or chronic Bright s disease.\\nSymptoms and Signs The acute variety begins suddenly with\\nslight fever, loss of appetite, sleeplessness, a feeling of depression\\nfrequent desire to pass water, but only a few drops at a time are\\npassed, and immediately afterwards a severe pain is felt in the\\nbladder; pain is often felt in this region and is usually dull,\\nbut at times becomes sharp and piercing the urine is cloudy and\\noften has a strong odor. L,itmus paper placed in the urine will\\nremain blue.\\nThe chronic variety begins slowly and is usually caused by\\nstone in the bladder or some other obstruction to the free passage\\nof the urine. Dull pain is present; the urine is passed often and\\nbut little at a time, and on standing for some time the urine\\nleaves a considerable sediment. Patients with this disease usu-\\nally lose a considerable amount of strength.\\nTreatment Rest must be insisted upon. The diet should con-\\nsist as nearly as possible of milk, and all highly seasoned foods\\nare forbidden. Place hot cloths over the bladder or a very light\\nmustard plaster may be used. Control the pain by the use of No\\n25. Give one-half teaspoonful of sweet spirits of nitre every four\\nhours. Have this well diluted with water.\\nInflammatory Rheumatism\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Acute Articular Rheu-\\nmatism This is a constitutional disease in which there is fever,\\nand inflammation occurs about and in the joints.\\nSymptoms and Signs The disease begins suddenly, generally\\nat night, with a chill or chilliness, pain and stiffness in the joints,", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0210.jp2"}, "205": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOME. 201\\nloss of appetite, and fever, which soon rises to 102\u00c2\u00b0 or 104\u00c2\u00b0, the\\npulse beats about 80 or 90 beats per minute there is great thirst,\\nprofuse sweat, scanty, highly colored urine the bowels are consti-\\npated. Sleep is prevented by the pain and the profuse sweating.\\nThere is pain, tenderness, increased heat, swelling and redness\\nof one or more joints. The pain is made worse by motion or\\npressure. The inflammation may suddenly cease in one joint\\nand as suddenly attack another. Inflammatory rheumatism\\nsometimes affects the heart, and when this occurs the case becomes\\na serious one indeed, and skilled advice should be sought.\\nTreatment The patient should be kept warm at all times, wear\\nwoolen clothing and be covered in bed with blankets. Hot dry\\ncloths may be placed on the swollen joints. The diet should be\\nof easily digested foods, such as are recommended in the chapter\\non Diet in Diease, p. 106. Give one tablet No. 36 every three\\nhours. Give one tablet No. 37 at night and one in the morning.\\nAs the patient grows better give one tablet No. 33 three times a\\nday after meals.\\nMuscular Rheumatism This is an inflammatory affection\\nof the voluntary muscles. It is a disease of adult life and is due\\nto exposure to cold and damp.\\nSymptoms and Signs The disease begins somewhat suddenly\\nwith pain and tenderness in the affected muscles. Considerable\\nstiffness and difficulty in movement are also experienced and any\\nmovement increases the pain. The pain may be very severe and\\nconstant or it may only be felt when the muscle is moved. Some-\\ntimes an affected muscle will cramp. The pain may be severe\\nenough to prevent sleep. The general symptoms of muscular\\nrheumatism are so well known that a longer description will be\\nunnecessary.\\nTreatment Rest the affected part wear flannel next to the skin\\nuse dry hot cloths over the affected parts. A light mustard plas-\\nter is often of service. Keep the bowels well open avoid expos-\\nure of any sort give one tablet No. 31 every four hours and one\\ntablet No. 36 before each meal. Hot dry air baths or medical\\nvapor baths do much good in all cases of muscular rheumatism.\\nA very convenient mode of giving such treatment is b) the use\\nof a bath cabinet, and the description of such an appliance will\\nbe found in the Appendix.", "height": "4365", "width": "2665", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0211.jp2"}, "206": {"fulltext": "202 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nIf the instructions here given are carefully carried out a major-\\nity of the cases of chronic rheumatism will be cured.\\nScurvy This is a peculiar lack of nutrition which occurs\\nwhen a sufficient supply of fresh vegetables are not included in\\nthe diet.\\nSymptoms and Signs General weakness and a decided indis-\\nposition to either mental or physical exertion is one of the symp-\\ntoms. The skin is dry, rough and muddy in color the face is\\npale and bloated. The gums swell and become spongy and bleed\\nvery easily the teeth become loose the lips are pale the breath\\nis very offensive the eyes are sunken and surrounded by dark\\ncircles bleeding may occur from the stomach, mouth or intesti-\\nnal canal, and the face and ankles may swell. The spirits are\\nmuch depressed the heart palpitates on slight exertion the urine\\nis highly colored, and the patient usually longs for vegetables and\\nfruits.\\nTreatment Give the juice of lemons, oranges and other fruits.\\nAfter a short time give raw cabbage and raw potatoes along with\\nbread and milk. Give one tablet No. 33 after each meal. No\\nother treatment will be needed.\\nDiabetes Mellitus This is a chronic disease in which sugar\\nis found in the urine there is an excessive amount of urine\\npassed and the patient gradually loses flesh and strength.\\nSymptoms and Signs The urine is passed more often and\\nthere is a greater amount than normal sometimes as high as\\ntwenty or thirty pints will be passed in twenty-four hours it is\\npale, clear and watery and has a sweetish odor. Should these\\nthings be present take a sample of the urine to a physician and\\nhave him test it for sugar. This test is somewhat complicated\\nand therefore it will not be given here. A simple test is given\\non p. 140 but is not an accurate test. There is pain over the kid-\\nneys. The passage of this increased amount of urine which con-\\ntains sugar will cause itching and burning of the external parts.\\nA very constant symptom in this disease is thirst with a dry\\nand parched condition of the mouth the appetite is uncertain.\\nThe bowels are constipated and the stools pale and dry. The\\npatient complains of feeling very weak and languid and of sore-", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0212.jp2"}, "207": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOMK. 203\\nness and pain in the limbs. There is more or less loss of flesh\\nthe skin is harsh and dry and the face has a worn expression.\\nThe spirits are depressed and the patient is usually very irritable.\\nDeath is the end in the majority of these cases and the younger\\nthe patient the more rapid the fatal termination.\\nTreatment The importance of a strictly regulated diet cannot\\nbe too firmly impressed upon the mind of the patient. The\\npatient should eat no food whatever that contains starch or sugar.\\nHe should not eat bread or flour, honey, potatoes, peas, beans,\\nrice, breakfast foods, oatmeal, turnips, beets, corn, carrots, prunes,\\ngrapes, and in fact all fruits should be avoided. No liquor of any\\nsort should be allowed. The diet should consist of meat, poultry,\\ngame, fish and milk the milk should only be allowed in moderate\\nquantity. Small amounts of tea, coffee and cocoa, without sugar,\\nmay also be allowed. The patient should wear flannel and have\\ntwo or three warm baths a week and one good sweat in bed sur-\\nrounded by hot water bottles each week. Give one tablet No. 25\\nevery three hours. Give one tablet No. 33 three times a day after\\nmeals. A change for the better is many times produced by a\\nchange of climate. The treatment of this disease, however, is\\nunsatisfactory at best.\\nDiabetes Insipidus This is a disease in which a large\\nquantity of pale, watery urine is discharged. It does not contain\\neither albumen or sugar.\\nSymptoms and Signs There is great thirst, with an increased\\nflow of pale, watery urine, the amount varying from five to six\\ngallons in twenty-four hours. Sugar and albumen are absent.\\nThe appetite is good, the bowels are constipated and the skin is\\ndry and harsh. There is nervousness, irritability, failure of\\nmemory, headache, vivid imagination and inability to concen-\\ntrate the mind. Unless the affection is soon arrested great loss\\nof flesh and strength results.\\nTreatment Give one tablet No. 16 at night and one in the\\nmorning before breakfast. Give one tablet No. 33 after each\\nmeal.\\nObesity The amount of adipose tissue in the body is subject\\nto considerable variation, and it is not possible to state absolutely", "height": "4365", "width": "2665", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0213.jp2"}, "208": {"fulltext": "204 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nwhat should be considered as normal and what as abnormal. For\\npractical purposes, however, we may draw the line where the\\nincreased size grows burdensome to the individual. After a cer-\\ntain point any further addition to the amount of fatty tissue is\\nalmost sure to work serious injury, and is therefore to be regarded\\nas an actual disease, and not merely an inconvenience. The most\\nfrequent and important cause of obesity is the habitual use of too\\nlarge an amount of food. The constant use of alcoholic liquors\\ntends to produce fat. Fat may be produced by a lack of suffici-\\nent exercise. The effects of obesity are first noticed in the breath-\\ning and in the circulation; the patient complains of shortness of\\nbreath and there may be some disturbance of the heart or the\\ncirculation, such as rapid pulse, palpitation, etc. the appetite\\nand digestion are somewhat disturbed and there is a tendency to\\nbronchitis and other catarrhal troubles.\\nTreatment To reduce fat two points must be borne in mind\\nfirst, lessen the amount of fat taken into the body second, destroy\\nor reduce that already present. The first is accomplished by\\nmeans of diet. The patient should live upon lean meat, fish,\\nfresh vegetables, fruits, tea, coffee and water a very small amount\\nof bread may be allowed, and rice, eggs and oysters may be used\\nin moderation. No potatoes should be eaten, and aside from the\\narticles mentioned no other food should be used. The patient\\nshould take frequent baths, plenty of exercise and obey the rules\\nof hygiene.\\nThe second point, the reduction of the fat already in the body,\\nrequires a long course of treatment and special remedies are\\nrequired. It is impossible to place a sufficient amount of such\\nremedies in the Home Remedy Cabinet, but in the Appendix will\\nbe found an article that will be of interest to those who desire to\\ntake treatment for the reduction of obesity.\\nScrofula A brief description of scrofula from a practical\\nstandpoint is here presented. From a scientific ponit of view\\nscrofula is not to be regarded as any special variety of disease.\\nThe term is applied to a group of symptoms seen most frequently\\nin childhood, the essential points of which consist in the appear-\\nance of chronic enlargements of the lymph glands, and in certain\\ndiseases of the skin and mucous membranes. Most scrofulous", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0214.jp2"}, "209": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 205\\nchildren appear pale and have a flabby skin and soft muscles.\\nThe enlarged lymph glands will be felt in the throat under the\\nchin. Chronic skin troubles are seen on various parts of the\\nbody. The most common of these is a scaly eczema which\\naffects the face, scalp or extremities. Catarrh of the nose, ulcers\\non the eyes and discharge from the ears are some of the manifes-\\ntations of the disease in mucous membranes. Many times the\\nbones and joints are diseased.\\nTreatment The local signs of the disease, such as eczema, dis-\\ncharging ears, etc. must first be treated, and then the general\\nhealth of the patient built up. Cases of scrofula are best handled\\nby physicians, as the treatment varies greatly and requires close\\nwatching.\\nDIFFERENCES NOTICED IN DISEASES.\\nBetween Asiatic and Simple Cholera Asiatic 1. A\\npainless diarrhea is noticed at the beginning.\\n2. Is not caused directly from an error in diet.\\n3. First pain is severe and shooting down thighs.\\n4. Prostration is overwhelming and more rapid than would\\nbe expected from the number of evacuations.\\n5. The skin is cool, but the thermometer placed in any of the\\ncavities shows much fever.\\n6. The evacuations are like rice water from the very start of\\nthe disease.\\n7. Cramps commence in the extremities.\\n8. The veins are congested the tongue, lips and extremities\\nare a livid purple.\\n9. The urine contains albumen.\\nSimple 1. Begins very suddenly.\\n2. Is generally caused by an error in diet.\\n3. The first pain is colic in the abdomen.\\n4. Prostration is gradual and less than might be expected from\\nthe amount of vomiting and purging present.\\n5. The skin is cool; a thermometer placed in any of the cavi-\\nties shows a normal temperature.\\n6. The stools are bilious and cause burning and smarting pain.", "height": "4365", "width": "2665", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0215.jp2"}, "210": {"fulltext": "206 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\n7. Cramps commence in the abdomen.\\n8. The veins are not congested and the tongue, lips and\\nextremities are of normal color.\\n9. There is no albumen in the urine.\\nBetween Croup and Diphtheria Croup 1. Starts with-\\nout illness with a hoarse, metallic cough.\\n2. Is a disease of childhood.\\n3. The tonsils and the mucous membrane of the throat are\\ncovered with mucus.\\n4. Croup is a local disease.\\nDiphtheria 1. The disease is ushered in by illness, chills,\\nfever and sore throat without a cough.\\n2. Is a disease of adults as well as childern.\\n3. The tonsils are covered with a tough whitish membrane\\nwhich does not not come off easily.\\n4. Diphtheria is a general disease and is a blood poison.\\nBetween Epilepsy and Hysteria Epilepsy 1. The\\npatient loses consciousness suddenly and completely.\\n2. The face is livid, frothty saliva runs from the mouth, the\\neyelids are half open, the eyeballs roll about, the teeth grind, the\\npatient is liable to bite the tongue, and the pupil of the eye does\\nnot expand and contract readily under the influence of light.\\n3. The features are distorted.\\n4. The patient shows no feeling whatever.\\n5. The paroxysm is short and liable to be followed by heavy\\ncomatose sleep and dull intellect.\\n6. Attacks frequently occur at night.\\n7. Not caused by uterine trouble, although a paroxysm may\\noccur during thj menstrual period.\\nHysteria 1. If the patient loses consciousness it is very grad-\\nual, and usually consciousness is only partially lost.\\n2. The face is flushed or the complexion unaltered, no froth\\nruns from the mouth, the eyelids are closed, the eyeballs are\\nfixed, there is no grinding of the teeth, nor will the patient bite\\nthe tongue severely enough to produce bleeding, the pupil of the\\neye expands and contracts readily under the influence of light.\\n3. The features are not distorted.\\n4. The patient sighs, laughs or sobs.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0216.jp2"}, "211": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 207\\n5. The paroxysm is longer and followed by wakefulness and\\ndepression in spirits.\\n6. Attacts very rarely occur at night.\\n7. Very often caused by uterine or menstrual disorders.\\nBetween Pleurisy and Pneumonia Pleurisy 1. The\\npain is sharp, a rubbing, rasping sound is heard, the cough is\\ndry, the movement of the chest is impaired.\\n2. In second stage the spaces between the ribs are obliterated.\\n3. Sputa is frothy.\\n4. Patient is usually not very sick.\\n5. The temperature is irregular, rarely high.\\nPneumonia 1. The pain is dull, a crackling sound is heard,\\nthe cough is moist and followed by expectoration, the movement\\nof the chest is not impaired.\\n2. In second stage the spaces between the ribs are visible.\\n3. The sputa is rust-colored.\\n4. The patient is very sick.\\n5. The temperature rises and falls suddenly and high temper-\\nature is the rule.\\nBetween Scarlet Fever, Measles, and Smallpox\\nScarlet Fever 1. Time from exposure until patient is taken\\nsick is from one day to many weeks.\\n2. Some fever, the skin is very hot, the pulse is frequent and\\ncontinues during the eruption.\\n3. The eruption appears on the second day and is not rough\\nit appears first on the neck and chest and spreads rapidly pres-\\nsure on the skin with finger nail will give a white streak which\\nremains for some time.\\n4. The rash is uniform or in large patches, scarlet in color\\nand about the seventh day desquamation begins and is very com-\\nplete and in large patches.\\n5. The throat is sore.\\n6. The tongue is red and from its appearance is often spoken\\nof as raspberry tongue.\\n7. Symptoms of serious brain trouble are common.\\n8. The fever may be as high as 105\u00c2\u00b0 from the first to the\\ntenth day and falls gradually.\\n9. No secondary fever.", "height": "4365", "width": "2665", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0217.jp2"}, "212": {"fulltext": "208 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\n10. Pneumonia is a rare complication and pleurisy is a com-\\nmon one.\\n11. The disease may be followed by Bright s disease, dropsy,\\ndeafness, inflammation of the eyes, chornic diarrhea and enlarge-\\nments of the glands.\\nMeasles 1. Time from exposure until patient is taken sick is\\nfrom seven to fourteen days.\\n2. Same fever as in scarlet fever with the exception that it is\\nrather increased when the eruption appears.\\n3. The eruption appears on the fourth day and is rough it\\nappears first on the face and spreads slowly no white streak on\\npressure on skin with finger nail.\\n4 The rash usually occurs in crescent shaped patches and lasts\\nabout five days and then desquamation begins with very fine\\nscales.\\n5. The throat is rarely sore, but the nose runs and bronchitis\\nis constant.\\n6. The tongue is coated and may be red at the edges.\\n7. No brain symptoms occur.\\n8. The fever is from 103\u00c2\u00b0 to 106\u00c2\u00b0 before eruption and remains\\nhigh for one day after the eruption appears and then suddenly\\nfalls.\\n9. There is no secondary fever.\\n10. Pneumonia is a frequent complication.\\n11. May be followed b}^ chronic bronchitis, inflammation of\\nthe eyes and whooping cough.\\nSmallpox 1. Time from exposure until patient is taken sick\\nis from six to twenty days. The average is ten days.\\n2. The fever is violent, the pulse bounding, there is pain fin\\nthe loins and these symptoms improve much with the appear-\\nance of the eruption.\\n3. The eruption appears on the third day, at first on [the lips\\nand forehead, and spreads rapidly.\\n4. The^eruption is a tiny pimple at first, then fluid forms in\\nthe pimple, and finally on the eighth day of the eruption pus\\nforms in the pimples.\\n5. The throat is often sore, the cough dry.\\n6. The tongue is coated and swollen and red at the edges.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0218.jp2"}, "213": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 209\\n7. Symptoms of brain trouble are frequent.\\n8. The fever may be as high as 106\u00c2\u00b0 before the eruption,\\nwhen the eruption appears the temperature falls to about 100\u00c2\u00b0 and\\nrises again later.\\n9. Secondary fever is always present.\\n10. This disease is usually uncomplicated.\\n11. May be followed by chronic diarrhea, various eye diseases\\nand enlarged glands.", "height": "4365", "width": "2665", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0219.jp2"}, "214": {"fulltext": "CHILDREN AND THEIR DISEASES,\\nGENERAL CARE OF INFANTS AND CHILDREN.\\nThe physical development of the child is the product of three\\nfactors: inheritance, surroundings and food. Over the first we\\nhave no control, but the matter of surroundings and food are\\nentirely within our control, and the consideration of surround-\\nings and feeding are of the utmost importance to infant life.\\nCare of the Newly Born Child After the cord has been\\ntied, the babe should be wrapped in a blanket and placed in a\\nwarm room. The eyes should then be carefully washed with a\\nsolution made by dissolving two tablets of No. 1 in a cup of\\nwarm water, using small pieces of absorbent cotton and allowing\\nthe solution to drop slowly from the wet cotton upon the eye\\nbetween the separated eyelids. Next oil the child s body with\\nsweet oil, or fresh sweet cream, then wash and dress. Dress the\\ncord by covering thoroughly with starch or boric acid and keep\\ndry and undisturbed until it falls off. The cord usually falls off\\nabout the fifth day and the stump should be dressed with the\\nsame dry dressing used for the cord and, in addition, a pad of\\nmuslin about two inches square and one-fourth inch thick placed\\nover the stump and held there by a bandage passed snugly\\naround the child s body.\\nFood The question of food for the newly born infant will be\\nfound in the chapter on Infant Feeding.\\nBathing For the first few months the child should be bathed\\nevery day in water at a temperature of 98\u00c2\u00b0. Never bathe a baby\\nin a cold room. The bath should be short and the little body\\ncarefully and quickly dried. The addition of a handful of salt\\nin two gallons of water in the bath is often a benefit. After six\\nmonths the temperature should be reduced to 95\u00c2\u00b0, and by the end\\nof the first year to 90*. Children over two years of age should be\\nbathed in water at a temperature of 70\u00c2\u00b0.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0220.jp2"}, "215": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 211\\nClothing The clothing of children should be light, warm,\\nnon-irritating to the skin, and loose enough to allow free motion\\nof the extremities. The chest should be covered with a woolen\\nshirt, high in the neck and long sleeved. All petticoats should\\nbe supported from the shoulders and not worn from the waist-\\nbands. Canton flannel is probably the best material for diapers.\\nCare must be taken to have the infant s feet warm at all times.\\nCold feet are responsible for many attacks of colic and indiges-\\ntion. The night clothing of infants should be similar to that\\nworn in the daytime, but more loose. Do not overload the babe\\nwith clothing at night, as much of the restless sleep seen in\\ninfants is due to this cause.\\nCare of the Byes and Mouth During the first few days,\\nat the time of the bath, the eyes should be cleansed and the\\nmouth carefully washed out with a solution made by dissolving\\ntwo tablets of No. 1 in one-half cup of warm water. Cleanse tie\\neyes in the manner described on p. 210. Carefully protect the\\neyes of a young child from too strong a light. Should the babe s\\nmouth become quite red and inflamed, wash very carefully after\\neach feeding with a solution made by dissolving two tablets of\\nNo. 2 in one-half cup of warm water. Harm is often done by\\nusing too much force in cleansing the mouth of a young infant,\\nso it should be done very gently. The first teeth, as well as those\\nof the second set, should be cared for every day. Dirty teeth are\\nlikely sooner or later to decay, and beside causing a foul breath\\nand much toothache, are liable to produce troublesome diseases.\\nMuch suffering and many of the large dentist bills might be\\nprevented by daily care of the teeth from early childhood. Hol-\\nlow teeth should always be either filled or removed.\\nCare of the Skin The skin of a young child is very deli-\\ncate, and sore spots, itching and eczema frequently occur, which\\nare much easier prevented than cured. Cleanliness is, of course,\\nessential, and this must be brought about without the aid of strong\\nsoaps or violent rubbing. Diapers should be removed as soon as\\nsoiled or wet. It is recommended that all folds of skin, under\\nthe arms and about the buttocks and genital organs, be lightly\\ndusted with talcum powder, which will prevent any irritation.", "height": "4365", "width": "2665", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0221.jp2"}, "216": {"fulltext": "212 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nVaccination As a matter of safety all children should be\\nvaccinated before they reach the age of two years. This should\\nbe done by a competent physician.\\nTraining to proper Control of Bowels and Bladder\\nA little intelligent effort in this direction will bring about sur-\\nprising results. An infant can often be trained at three months\\nof age to have its movements from the bowels when placed upon\\na small chamber. This not only saves a great deal of washing\\nof diapers, but establishes the habit of having movements from\\nthe bowels at regular intervals. Soon after feeding, the infant\\nshould be placed upon the chamber. The value of regular\\nhabits in this direction can hardly be overestimated. The same\\ntraining may be applied to the bladder, and although it is not of\\nso great importance, adds very much to the comfort of the child.\\nNight feeding is responsible for much of the difficulty in training\\nchildren in these two respects.\\nGeneral Care of the Nervous System Children may\\nbe greatly injured by the influences by which they are surrounded\\nduring the first year of life. The child s brain grows more dur-\\ning the first two years than during all the rest of life, and it is\\ntherefore important that we surround the babe with those influ-\\nences which will tend to the very best development during this\\ntime. The healthful development requires quiet, rest, peaceful\\nsurroundings and freedom from undue excitement. Most par-\\nents err through ignorance. Playing with young children until\\nthey shriek with apparent delight may amuse fond parents but is\\nalmost sure to work a greater or less injury to the child. Such\\nromping should never take place in the first. two years of a child s\\nlife, and in later ,years never in the evening, as it is especially\\nharmful to a child about to retire.\\nSleep For two or three days after birth, the new-born babe\\nwill sleep profoundly and almost continuously. The sleep of\\ninfancy is quiet and peaceful, but infants usually do not sleep\\nsoundly after the first month. After the third year the heavy\\nsleep of childhood commences. A healthy infant sleeps about\\ntwenty hours out of twenty-four, a child at the age of one year\\nfrom fourteen to fifteen hours, and gradually a less time until the\\nsleep of the adult is reached. Training in the proper habits of", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0222.jp2"}, "217": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 213\\nsleep should begin early. The infant should be placed in the\\ncrib awake and allowed to go to sleep of its own accord. An\\ninfant should not be allowed to go to sleep on the breast of the\\nnurse or with the nipple of the bottle in its mouth, as it will soon\\nacquire the habit of not sleeping without them. A quiet dark-\\nened room, a warm, comfortable bed, a satisfied appetite and dry\\ndiapers are all that are needed to induce sleep in a healthy child.\\nRegular habits of feeding and sleeping go hand in hand and are\\neasily formed if care is taken. By the fifth month all feeding\\nbetween 10 o clock p. m. and 7 o clock a. m. should be discon-\\ntinued. If this is done most infants can be trained at this time\\nto sleep all night. Regular feeding and sleep not only make the\\nbabe much easier to care for, but they are also of much impor-\\ntance to the health of the child. There are two main causes for\\ndisturbed and irregular sleep in infants hunger and indigestion.\\nIn nursing infants it is usually hunger; in those artificially fed,\\nusually indigestion. All small children, until the age of 3 years\\nshould have a nap during the day, and all children should have\\na regular and early bedtime hour. Children should also not be\\nallowed to eat rich or heavy foods at night, as this not only pro-\\nduces sleeplessness and nightmare, but also is much of the cause\\nof more serious sickness.\\nExercise Exercise is fully as important in infancy as in later\\nchild life. The infant gets its exercise by kicking its legs about,\\nwaving its arms, etc., and it is a good idea to allow the babe to\\nlie in partial dress in a warm place for a little time immediately\\nfollowing the bath. An infant s clothing should be such as will\\nnot interfere with its exercise. Confinement of the legs should\\nnot be permitted. As the child grows old enough to creep and\\nwalk it should be allowed every facility for using its muscles.\\nUp to the eleventh year no difference need be made in the exer-\\ncise of the two sexes. There are two important points in regard\\nto indoor exercise first, the playroom should be cool, never above\\n65\u00c2\u00b0; and second, the clothing should be loose and light, so as to\\nallow a perfectly free motion to the body.\\nAir After the first week an infant cannot be out of doors too\\nmuch in the day time, provided the weather is fair. The baby s\\nfirst outing should not be longer than fifteen or twenty minutes,", "height": "4365", "width": "2665", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0223.jp2"}, "218": {"fulltext": "214 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nand after that the time may be gradually increased to two or\\nthree hours. The head should be protected from the wind and\\nthe eyes from 1 the sun. It is well to let the child sleep out of\\ndoors in a baby [carriage on pleasant days. And above all the\\nhouse should be well aired at all times.\\nDentition or Teething At birth the teeth are enclosed\\nin dentaKsacs which are situated in the gums. The tooth begins\\nto grow at birth and steadily continues until it pierces the gums.\\nThe first or milk teeth are twenty in number, and they appear in\\nthe following^order: Two lower middle or incisor teeth, six to\\nnine months i^four upper middle or incisor teeth, eight to twelve\\nmonths two lower teeth beside those already through, and four\\ngrinders or molars, twelve to twenty-four months; four back\\ngrinders or molars, twenty-four to thirty months. A child one\\nyear old should have six teeth a child one year and one-half old,\\ntwelve teeth; one two years old, sixteen teeth; one two and one-\\nhalf years old, twenty teeth. From this there may occur a wide\\nvariation for which there seems to be no explanaton, but the teeth\\nusually appear according to this rule. About the seventh month\\nit will be noticed that the child becomes occasionally fretful; it is\\nrestless and easily irritated it will suddenly seize the nipple and\\nas suddenly reject it, with evidences of pain; it will refuse at times\\nthe bottle, and then cry from hunger at sight of it its sleep will\\nbe disturbed; it will suddenly cry out in sleep; in fact it will show\\na marked degree of irritation which it had never shown before.\\nThe gums will be found, upon examination, to be red and angry,\\nand the child, after seizing upon the fingers and finding the\\npressure painful, will refuse to allow its mouth examined. The\\nsecretion from the mouth will necessitate frequent changing of the\\nbib. In a few days the tooth will appear. The bowels should be\\nkept well open during teething. When a child is cutting teeth and\\nhas become irritable and sleepless and you have tried everything\\nwith patience and still have failed to give relief, and when you\\nhave daily taken it out into the fresh air and kept everything\\nbright and cheerful during the day and still have failed to get the\\nchild to sleep when you have given a warm bath at night, rub-\\nbed the child well and still it will not sleep, then you may give\\none tablet No. 7, and if the child does not go to sleep in an hour", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0224.jp2"}, "219": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 215\\nthe dose may be repeated. If the child is very restless a half tea-\\nspoonful of camphor water may be added to the above. Never\\ngive paregoric to a teething baby. Convulsions sometimes occur\\nin a teething baby, and for directions as to the treatment of these\\nsee the chapter on Convulsions. After the teeth are through it\\nis time to begin to change the food of the child, and this must be\\ndone very carefully at first. The best thing to start a child on is\\nthe wing bone of a chicken which has been well boiled it will\\namuse the child and at the same time give the stomach a small\\namount of a very different food from milk. This may be followed\\nby small quantities of soft-boiled egg, soft milk toast, well roasted\\npotato, beef juice gravy and well boiled rice. Do not allow the\\nbaby to have a taste of everything he may fancy, but use careful\\njudgment and consider effects before you give the food. The\\nchild raised upon simple food thrives the best. The subject of\\ndifficult teething is taken up fully in the chapter on Diseases of\\nthe Mouth.\\nPECULIARITIES OF DISEASE IN CHILDREN.\\nDiseases in children differ in many respects from those in later\\nlife and these differences relate to the cause, symptoms, diagno-\\nsis or naming of the disease, and prognosis or prediction of the\\ncourse and end of the disease.\\nCause Inheritance is a prominent factor, the disease most\\nfrequently transmitted being the dreadful disease, syphilis.\\nHowever, other infectious diseases are frequently transmitted\\nfrom mother to child. In cases where no direct disease is trans-\\nmitted, children may inherit a tendency to disease which may\\nmanifest itself in infancy or may not appear until later childhood.\\nUnder this head we may place the influence of rheumatism, gout,\\nnervous diseases, tendency to use strong drink and, possibly,\\ninsanity. In consequence of these diseases in parents, the child-\\nren may not inherit the disease but only a weak constitution.\\nImperfectly formed heart, brain or kidneys may be important\\ncauses from a medical standpoint. Other deformities belong to\\nthe practice of surgery and we need not consider them here. The\\nconditions which interfere with the proper growth and develop-", "height": "4365", "width": "2665", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0225.jp2"}, "220": {"fulltext": "216 HEAI/TH AT HOMK.\\nment of the child are improper feeding, unhygienic surroundings\\nand neglect. These may cause such diseases as rickets and scurvy\\nor may lead to a condition of general malnutrition which in turn\\nmay, in later life, lead to the distressing acute diseases of the\\nstomach and bowels.\\nSymptoms and Diagnosis or Naming the Disease\\nIn children over twelve years of age we find the symptoms of dis-\\nease very much the same as in adults, and similar methods of\\nexamination may be employed. What is really peculiar to child-\\nren belongs especially to the first three years of life, before speech\\nhas developed. During this period we must rely entirely upon\\nsigns of the disease which we can see. It is not so much that\\ndiseases of early life are peculiar as that the little patients cannot\\ntell us any of the things that older ones do. Two facts must\\nalways be kept in mind first, that the diseases common to early\\nchildhood are few, being chiefly located in the digestive appara-\\ntus, the lungs or the brain second, that in infants we may have\\nvery grave symptoms which may prove fatal in twelve to twenty-\\nfour hours, or there may be speedy and complete recovery after\\nvery alarming symptoms. In determining the disease, if there is\\nan epidemic in the country it may help you and a careful look\\nfor indigestion, colic, lung fever and croup will be an aid. In\\nexamining the little one first think over the whole sickness, from\\nthe first thing noticed down to the present time ask everyone\\nwho has had anything to do with the baby what he has noticed\\nWhen was the baby first taken sick? What was the first\\nthing you noticed Did it have fever (This may be certainly\\nknown by the use of the thermometer found in the Cabinet.)\\nHas it taken its food properly and the usual amount? Is it\\nhoarse or has it a cough Does it show any evidences of pain,\\nsuch as restlessness or screaming? Does it sleep in its usual\\nmanner Are the bowels regular and is the stool of good charac-\\nter Does it pass water more often than usual, and is the amount\\nof water more or less than usual Has the child been exposed\\nto any contagious disease, such as smallpox or scarlet fever\\nHaving thought of all these things, we must now look at the baby.\\nIf the child is asleep or quiet note the following points:\\n1. Whether the child lies upon the back, the side or the face.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0226.jp2"}, "221": {"fulltext": "HEAI/fH AT HOME. 217\\n2. If asleep, whether it is quiet and peaceful or restless and\\ndisturbed; whether there is constant tossing about; whether the\\nhands are quiet or tossing about the head; whether the jaws are\\nset together and the teeth grind, etc.\\n3. Whether the child s breathing is regular or irregular.\\nWhether the breathing is rapid or slow, easy and natural or\\nwhether there is obstruction in the nose, with snoring and breath-\\ning through the mouth. These latter indicate enlarged tonsils\\nand growths in the back of the nose, and the child should be\\ntaken to a nose and throat specialist at once.\\n4. Whether the pulse is rapid or slow, full and strong, or soft\\nand easily compressed. A slow, irregular pulse in a young child\\nshould always make one think of meningitis or brain fever. The\\nsame pulse when rapid means nothing in particular.\\n5. Whether the skin is dry and hot or covered with perspira-\\ntion. Is the child excessively pale or blue or is there blueness\\nof the lips and finger nails Are the hands and feet warm or are\\nthey cold and clammy?\\n6. Whether the expression on the face is peaceful, or drawn\\nand anxious, intelligent or stupid, and are the features contracted\\nfrom time to time as if from pain\\n7. Is there a cough? Is it frequent? Is it difficult or severe\\n8. Does the child cry from pain or discomfort, or hunger, or\\ntemper or from habit In very many cases the cry is so charac-\\nteristic that one who is familiar with the child s language can\\nreadily tell what is wrong. It is something which should never\\nbe disregarded. The cry of hunger is apt to be interrupted by\\nvigorous sucking of the fingers, and ceases immediately when\\nthe hunger has been satisfied. The cry of indigestion is often\\nmistaken for that of hunger, but in such a case although the cry\\nmay cease for a few minutes after taking food it is likely to soon\\nreturn with the same vigor. Under such circumstances a fre-\\nquent repetition of nursing should never be allowed. The cry of\\npain will depend somewhat upon the severity of the pain. When\\nit is caused by colic or earache it may be sharp and piercing,\\nwith drawing up of the legs and other signs of distress. The\\nchild falls asleep only when exhausted, and frequently wakes up\\nwith a scream. In less severe pain there is usually moaning, but\\nrarely a sharp scream. Infants cry from any sort of discomfort", "height": "4365", "width": "2665", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0227.jp2"}, "222": {"fulltext": "218 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nas^well as from pain. The cry of weakness and exhaustion is a\\nlow feeble whine or moan which is almost constant and is easily\\nrecognized. The cry of temper is loud, violent and often pro-\\nlonged. The cry of habit is one of the most difficult to recog-\\nnize. The crying habit is formed by humoring babies in various\\nways. Some babies cry to be rocked, some to be carried, etc.,\\nand this crying habit explains much of the crying of early child-\\nhood.\\n9. The mental condition should be noted it may be one of\\nundue excitement or, what is more alarming, one of dullness and\\ngeneral relaxation. This latter indicates either extreme prostra-\\ntion or brain disease. Soreness of the legs only indicates scurvy,\\nrheumatism or joint disease.\\n10. The glands of the neck should be noted. When swollen\\nthey may indicate scarlet fever, diphtheria or a simple active\\ninflammation.\\n11. Iyook carefully after the discharge from the nose. If very\\nactive it may indicate diphtheria, scarlet fever or la grippe.\\n12. Note whether the child s mouth is dry and whether there\\nis any form of sores in or about the mouth.\\nVery much can be learned by simply watching a sick child\\nvery carefully for a few minutes and remembering the foregoing\\npoints.\\nThe Physical Examination The first step should be to\\nfind out whether there is fever, and this is done by inserting the\\nfever thermometer under the tongue or in the rectum the latter\\nis preferable, as it gives the best results. Insert the thermometer\\nin the rectum and allow it to remain from three to five minutes.\\nBefore using the thermometer see the paragraph of instruction on\\np. 98. The normal child s temperature is from 98\u00c2\u00b0 to 99.5\u00c2\u00b0. We\\nmay, however, find a very high temperature in a well child. In\\nsuch cases the temperature usually falls in a few hours. To\\nmake a careful examination of the child the clothing, with the\\nexception of the diaper, should be removed and the child laid\\non a blanket. Inspect the skin for eruptions and carefully exam-\\nine the entire body. Note whether the child is well nourished.\\n^Examine the hearing and sight of the child.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0228.jp2"}, "223": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOMK. 219\\nPrognosis or Prediction of the Course and end of\\nthe Disease The younger the child the less are its chances to\\nget well in all the diseases of childhood, and it is also true that a\\nchild may entirely outgrow a serious chronic ailment. L,ung\\nfever is very common to younger childhood, and is very fre-\\nquently a cause of death. This subject, however, will be taken\\nup later on, and the prognosis of each disease will be given under\\nits own heading.\\nProphylaxis or Prevention of Disease There is no\\nmore promising field in medicine than the prevention of disease\\nin childhood. Instruction along this line and care in following\\nthe rules laid down in this book will prevent much sickness and\\nremove the cause of much worry. It is in the power of man to\\nprevent in a great measure the majority of ailments from which\\nchildren die. In preventing disease we should look carefully at\\ntwo things the removal ol the causes which interfere with the\\nproper growth and development of children and the prevention of\\ninfection. If proper care is paid to these two points we can feel\\nalmost certain that the baby will pass through young childhood\\nand emerge into mature age with the robust health all so much\\ndesire.\\nAdministration of Remedies Never give a dose of medi-\\ncine unless it is needed and never hesitate to give a dose of medi-\\ncine when it is needed. Never give a nauseous dose when one\\nthat is palatable will answer equally well. In the great majority\\nof acute ailments not acute in character the patient recovers quite\\nas well without a doctor as with one. This does not mean that\\ntreatment is not needed, but that the least important part of the\\ntreatment is drug giving, while the most important part is atten-\\ntion to hygienic matters. In young infants it is essential to avoid\\nall unnecessary medication in order that the stomach may not be\\ndisturbed and vomiting started. It is one of the objects of the\\nHome Remedy Cabinet to meet this very point. The medicines\\nare put up in the smallest possible space, and being made from the\\nperfectly dried powders they are entirely non-irritating to the\\nstomach, with the exception of such as are intended to produce\\nvomiting. As a rule infants revolt against taking large doses of\\nhighly seasoned syrups and elixirs, but it is indeed seldom that", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0229.jp2"}, "224": {"fulltext": "220 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nwe find a child who objects to a nicely coated tablet. And in all\\ncases give nature a chance and she will prove to be a thorough\\nphysician.\\nFever If the fever is quite high, the head hot, the child rest-\\nless and very nervous, an ice cap on the head or cloths wrung out\\nof ice water and placed on the head and changed often will\\nreduce the fever from one to two degrees and will quiet the child.\\nWith the same fever a sponge bath with water at 80\u00c2\u00b0 to 85\u00c2\u00b0 or\\nwith equal parts of water and alcohol or with equal parts of water\\nand vinegar may be used with good results.\\nIn cases which are very serious the ice pack may be employed.\\nStrip the child and lay it upon a blanket, then cover all over\\nexcepting the face with a sheet wrung out of water at a temper-\\nature of 100\u00c2\u00b0. Upon the outside of this ice may now be rubbed\\nover the entire body, first in front and then behind. By this\\nmethod there is no shock and no fright and any ordinary temper-\\nature can usually be readily reduced. The rubbing with ice\\nshould be repeated in from five to thirty minutes. After the rub-\\nbing roll the child up in the blanket upon which it is lying, but\\ndo not remove the wet sheet. The head should be sponged with\\ncold water and it may be necessary to place a hot water bottle\\nat the feet. The pack is to be continued from one to twenty-four\\nhours, according to circumstances. This treatment had best not\\nbe used except under the direction of a physician.\\nThe cold bath is frequently employed in the case of infants.\\nThe child is put into the bath at a temperature of 100\u00c2\u00b0 and the\\ntemperature is then gradually lowered by the addition of ice or\\ncold water to 85\u00c2\u00b0 or 80\u00c2\u00b0. The child should be thoroughly rubbed\\nwhile in the bath and water should be applied to the head. On\\nremoval from the bath the body should be quickly dried and rolled\\nin a warm blanket. The bath should last from five to twenty\\nminutes.\\nSometimes the temperature is reduced by injecting water into\\nthe rectum this, however, should never be done unless under the\\nimmediate direction of the family physician.\\nAntipyretics, or Drugs Used to Reduce Fever Qui-\\nnine should never be used to reduce fever in children except in\\ncases of malarial fever. Three drugs which are of value are", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0230.jp2"}, "225": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOME. 221\\nacetanilide, antipyrine and antifebrine. These drugs are all coal\\ntar products and are very sure in their action and of much value.\\nThey are also very powerful in their action and should never be\\nused except under skilled advice. Other drugs are used in this\\nconnection, and are referred to in their proper places.\\nStimulants Alcoholic stimulants are well tolerated even in\\nvery young infants, in spite of many statements to the contrary.\\nStill the use of stimulants, and alcohol in particular, is no doubt\\nvery often abused. The indications for the use of stimulants in\\nchildren are much the same as in adults. They aie to be used\\nwhenever the pulse is weak, soft and compressible, and when-\\never there is great debility or weakness on the part of the patient.\\nIn most fevers ^stimulants are not to be given at all. For the first\\ntwenty-four hours after the crisis or breaking of the fever, it is fre-\\nquently necessary to give stimulants very freely. In all poisonous\\ndiseases, such as diphtheria, stimulants should be given as soon\\nas any depressing symptoms are noticed and continued through\\nthe course of the disease. In acute diseases of the digestive\\napparatus where food cannot be given it is frequently necessary\\nto keep up the strength of the patient by the use of stimulants.\\nThe method of administering stimulants is of no little importance.\\nWhen you find high fever, dry skin, flushed face and a full strong\\npulse, do not use stimulants. Brandy and whiskey are usually\\nto be perferred to wines. However, when other stimulants are\\nnot well borne by the stomach champagne will be found inval-\\nuable.\\nFor infants under one year of age stimulants of all sorts should\\nbe diluted with ten parts of water. Do not give too strong a\\nstimulant to a baby it is better to give the diluted form and give\\nthe dose oftener. If this plan is followed vomiting will be rarely\\nproduced. The quantity of course depends largely upon cir-\\ncumstances, but for a general rule give an infant one year old\\nfrom half an ounce to an ounce and a half of whiskey or brandy\\nin twenty-four hours. It is rarely if ever advisable to give more\\nthan this. Double the amount for children four years of age and\\nover.\\nTonics Cod liver oil is probably the best tonic for young\\nchildren, but it must never be given when the digestion is poor,", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0231.jp2"}, "226": {"fulltext": "222 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nthe tongue coated, or the stomach easily upset. Cod liver oil\\nshould always be given in small doses, say ten to twenty drops\\nthree times a day, and the pure oil is better for small childern\\nthan any of the emulsions. Iron may be used, but it should\\nnever be used except under the personal direction of the family\\nphysician. For a general tonic for young children, No. 17 will\\nmeet all the requirements, and has been found to give most excel-\\nlent results.\\nCounter-irritants Counter-irritants are of great value in a\\nlarge variety of diseases. Blisters should never be employed on\\nyoung children and only on older children by the direction of the\\nfamily physician. A mustard plaster is one of the best means of\\nproducing quick counter- irritation over a large surface. To\\nmake a mustard plaster, take one part of powdered mustard, six\\nparts of wheat flour and the whites of one or two eggs; mix to a\\nthick paste with lukewarm water and spread between two layers\\nof muslin. Allow this to remain on the child from five to eight\\nminutes, when a thorough redness of the skin will be produced.\\nThis may be repeated every three or four hours and continued for\\nfour or five days without any injury to the skin. When using\\nthe mustard plaster for lung diseases it should reach entirely\\naround the child s body. Next in value to the mustard plaster\\ncomes the turpentine stupe, and this is made by wringing a piece\\nof flannel out of water as hot as can be borne by the hand then\\nsprinkle a few drops of turpentine over the flannel place on the\\nchild s body and cover with a dry piece of flannel. This is very\\nuseful in pain in or about the child s abdomen. Do not allow the\\nstupe to remain on long at a time or small and painful blisters\\nwill be formed. In lung fever turpentine is very useful, and to\\nprepare for this use, melt some lard, then mix one part of turpen-\\ntine to four parts of lard and rub the child s chest thoroughly both\\nfront and back with the mixture while it is warm cover with\\nthick dry flannel and be careful not to allow the air to strike the\\nbare skin after the first application is made. Another very nice\\nand pleasing counter-irritant is camphorated oil. This is made\\nby adding one part of spirits of camphor to four parts of olive\\noil. Camphorated oil is mild in its action and gives very excel-\\nlent results in many cases, and rarely does one find a child who\\nobjects to being rubbed with it.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0232.jp2"}, "227": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 223\\nPoultices Very much good may be done by the use of poul-\\ntices, yet nothing requires more care, and in using them three\\nthings must be remembered first, the poultice must be carefully\\nand correctly made second, it must not be too heavy and third\\nand most important, the air must never strike the bare skin while\\nchanging the poultice. This is accomplished by drawing the\\nfresh poultice up under the one to be removed and then lifting off\\nthe cold poultice.\\nPoultices are most useful in children in diseases of the lungs.\\nMany little lives have been saved by the judicious use of poultices\\nin lung fever and bronchitis. The best material for poultices\\nis ground flaxseed, and the poultice is made by mixing the\\nground flaxseed with boiling water until a pasty batter is formed.\\nAnother good material for a poultice is ordinary corn meal made\\ninto a fairly stiff mush with boiling water. In making a poul-\\ntice for the lungs of a young child cut out of muslin a little\\nsleeveless jacket. Have it fit up well in the neck both front and\\nback and open in the back and large enough to lap over two or\\nthree inches in the back. Cut notches for the arms in place of\\nmaking arm holes. Having cut out one jacket, cut out another\\njust like the first and sew the edges of the two jackets together,\\nmaking a sack. Do not sew the bottom edges together, but leave\\nan opening to put the poultice material in. Put the poultice\\nmaterial in and spread it about one-fourth to one-half an inch\\nthick over the whole jacket, being careful to spread it evenly.\\nThe material must be put in the jacket hot, and there should be\\ntwo jackets, so that in changing the poultice the fresh one may\\nbe drawn up under the cold one and the patient need not be\\nexposed at all. The poultices are reheated by having a pot of\\nwater boiling on the stove and on top of this, above the water, a\\ncolander with a cover. Place the poultice to be heated in the\\ncolander put on the lid tightly. The steam rising from the boil-\\ning water will thoroughly heat the poultice. Poultices should\\nbe changed often and under no circumstances should a cool or\\ncold poultice be allowed on a child. Poulticing should continue\\nfor from six to twenty-four hours without a break. When it is\\ndone for relief of pneumonia, lung fever or bronchitis, a poultice\\nshould always be covered with dry flannel or with oiled silk, and\\nwhen the poulticing is stopped the patient should be wrapped in", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0233.jp2"}, "228": {"fulltext": "224 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nseveral layers of dry flannel and these taken off gradually. This\\nwill prevent taking cold or the more serious result, a relapse.\\nNever use a poultice of any sort about the eyes. In case of sore\\neyes or earache and in many other connections, what are known\\nas hot fomentations are of great value. For the eyes or ears hot\\nfomentations are applied by wringing pieces of surgeon s cotton\\nor pieces of soft cotton cloth out of water as hot as can be borne\\nand applying to the sore eye or the aching ear. To apply hot\\nfomentations to other parts of the body wring pieces of flannel\\nout of water as hot as can be borne and place the flannel upon\\nthe part you wish to foment, covering with a dry piece of flan-\\nnel. Hot fomentations, to be of value, must be very hot and\\nchanged often. Hot, dry air is sometimes used to advantage in\\nrheumatism and joint diseases. Cold water and ice are used in\\nsome cases of inflammation of the eyes and in all forms of inflam-\\nmation of the brain. The cold is applied by laying pieces of\\ncloth in water or on ice and applying to the patient very often.\\nBaths of various sorts are used to advantage, and among them\\nmight be mentioned the bran bath, made by placing a small bag\\nfilled with bran in the bath tub. This bath is useful in a number\\nof skin diseases, such as eczema.\\nInjections Injections will be found useful many times in\\nemptying the bowels of sick infants and even older children.\\nOne of the best injections for an infant is glycerine, one part,\\nand warm water, eight parts. Always be very careful in giving\\nan injection to a young child.\\nDoses of Medicine for Children A child one year old or\\nyounger should be given one-thirteenth the dose which is given\\nto an adult.\\nA child two years old should be given one-seventh the dose\\nwhich is given to an adult.\\nA child three years old should be given one-fifth the dose\\nwhich is given to an adult.\\nA child four years old should be given one-fourth the dose\\nwhich is given to an adult.\\nA child five years old should be given five-sixteenths the dose\\nwhich is given to an adult.\\nA child six years old should be given one-third the dose which\\nis given to an adult.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0234.jp2"}, "229": {"fulltext": "HEAI/fH AT HOME. 225\\nA child seven years old should be given five-twelfths the dose\\nwhich is given to an adult.\\nA child eight years old should be given two-fifths the dose\\nwhich is given to an adult.\\nA child nine years old should be given three-sevenths the dose\\nwhich is given to an dault.\\nA child ten years old should be given five-elevenths the dose\\nwhich is given to an adult.\\nA child eleven years old should be given eleven-twenty-thirds\\nthe dose which is given to an adult.\\nA child thirteen years old should be given one-half the dose\\nwhich is given to an adult.\\nA child fourteen years old should be given one- half the dose\\nwhich is given to an adult.\\nA child fifteen years old should be given five- ninths the dose\\nwhich is given to an adult.\\nA child sixteen years old should be given four-sevenths the\\ndose which is given to an adult.\\nAbove the age of sixteen years give the ordinary adult dose.\\nIn this book the dose for children has been given in most cases,\\nbut where it has not follow the foregoing table and get at the pro-\\nper amount by dissolving a tablet in a certain number of tea-\\nspoonfuls of water. For example, we wish to give a remedy in\\nwhich the adult dose is one tablet to a child six years old. Look-\\ning at the table we find that a child six years old requires one-\\nthird the dose of an adult, therefore dissolve the tablet in three\\nteaspoonfuls of water and give one teaspoonful of this mixture at\\na dose. In a child ten years old we find the dose five-elevenths\\nof an adult dose, therefore dissolve one tablet in eleven teaspoon-\\nfuls of water and give five teaspoonfuls at a dose.\\nDISEASES OF THE NEW-BORN CHILD.\\nA number of diseases may occur to the new-born babe, but the\\nmost of these require so much skill in treatment that we will only\\nmention one or two and advise that the family physician be\\ncalled in all other conditions that assume an alarming attitude.\\nJaundice occurs in a great number of babies of from a few days", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0235.jp2"}, "230": {"fulltext": "226 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nto a few weeks of age. It usually begins by the skin on the face\\nand chest becoming a light yellow color. This color may increase\\nuntil it is a bright yellow. The disease usually lasts from three\\nor four days to two weeks. It very rarely affects the general\\nhealth of the babe and should it do so a physician should be\\ncalled at once. General good care of the infant is all that is\\nnecessary in the way of treatment for jaundice in a baby a few\\ndays old.\\nOphthalmia Neonatorium This is the name given to the\\ndischarging sore eyes which occur in very young babies, and no\\nmore dangerous disease can possibly exist. Many of the blind\\npeople whom we meet have lost their eyesight by this disease |in\\nbabyhood. This disease is caused by some poisonous material\\ngetting in the eyes and starting a violent inflammation. The lids\\nswell, the eye becomes red, and a thick creamy discharge begins\\nto run from the eyes. This grows worse rapidly until within a\\nfew hours to a day from the time the eye first became sore the\\nlids swell tightly shut and the discharge is very free. If this\\nis allowed to continue it will completely destroy the sight in\\nfrom three days to a week. The disease is so dangerous that\\nno time should be lost in taking the little one to a physician,\\nand it also needs the most careful home treatment until the physi-\\ncian arrives.\\nFor home treatment the following will be found to be the best\\nthat can be used Carefully wash the eyes with water that has\\nbeen boiled, using small pieces of surgeon s cotton or a very soft\\ncloth, then press the eyelids apart and with the medicine dropper\\nfound in the Cabinet thoroughly wash out the eye with a solution\\nmade by dissolving two tablets of No. 1 in one-fourth cup of\\nwarm water. Having cleansed the eyes and used the medicine\\nin the manner directed place pieces of cotton wrung out of hot\\nwater over the eyes. Change these every half-minute and keep\\nup^this bathing for fifteen minutes. Then again spread the eye-\\nlids apart and wash out thoroughly with the solution as before\\nallow the baby to rest quietly for fifteen minutes, and then again\\nwash out the eyes with the solution, and for the next fifteen min-\\nutes use the hot fomentations or bath as described above. Do\\nthis first a bath and then a rest with a thorough cleansing with\\nthe solution of No. 1 every fifteen minutes, and if you value", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0236.jp2"}, "231": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 227\\nyour baby s eyesight get a physician as quickly as possible. Be\\nvery carelul with all cloths and towels used about the sore eyes,\\nas another child or grown person might dry on the same towel\\nand contract the disease. It is very liable to spread, and all care\\npossible should be taken to prevent such an accident.\\nINFANT FEEDING AND NUTRITION.\\nThe question of infant feeding is one which should occupy a\\nforemost place in the thoughts of all parents, and no more fertile\\nfield for improvement in the development of a child can be found\\nthan that of correct feeding. It is not only what to feed an\\ninfant or child but when to feed it, how to feed it and how much\\nto feed it. A child who passes the first three years of life in\\nrobust health is almost sure to retain the same robust health until\\nadult life is reached, and very much of the health of an infant up\\nto three years of age depends upon the food. The child must be\\nfed in such a manner as will prevent indigestion, diarrhea and\\nconstipation, and by so doing more serious ailments, such as\\nrickets and scurvy, can be prevented. There is but one ideal\\nfood for infants, and that is the one provided by nature the\\nmother s milk and it is upon the known knowledge of the exact\\ncomposition and all variations of woman s milk that the rules for\\nthe preparation of foods used as substitutes should be founded.\\nThe best substitute for woman s milk is cow s milk, and by\\nexercising a due amount of care very good results may be obtained\\nin its use for infants. There are certain things which it is well\\nto observe first, the milk must be clean second, the milk must\\nbe from healthy animals third, the milk must be fresh fourth,\\nit is better to use the milk from several cows and not from one\\nanimal alone fifth, the milk should be diluted to suit the age of\\nthe child.\\nIf at all possible an infant should be nursed by its own mother,\\nbut if for some good reason this is not possible there are two\\nmethods which may be used mixed feeding, or a combination\\nof nursing and artificial feeding, and artificial feeding. A mother\\nmay nurse her own babe excepting under the following condi-\\ntions Should the mother have consumption in any of its various", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0237.jp2"}, "232": {"fulltext": "228 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nforms she must not nurse her baby nor should she nurse the\\nlittle one if at childbirth she had a severe hemorrhage, childbed\\nfever or convulsions nor should she nurse the baby if she is sub-\\nject to epileptic fits; nor if the mother is so frail and delicate in\\nhealth that nursing a baby might be of permanent injury to her\\nown health nor should the mother attempt to nurse if previous\\ntrials have shown her inability to supply food enough for the\\nlittle one.\\nFor the sake of good health and good hygiene the utmost care\\nmust be taken to keep the breasts and nipples of a nursing mother\\nclean. The nipples at least should be washed after each nurs-\\ning, and once a day in a solution made by dissolving two tablets\\nof No. 3 in a cupful of warm water. The habit of having regular\\nnursing times should be established early in the child s life,\\nand a very good nursing rule is From the third to the thirtieth\\nday, ten nursings, beginning at 7 o clock in the morning, and\\nnursing every two hours until 9 o clock at night; then nurse\\nbetween 12 and 1 o clock and between 3 and 4 o clock, making-\\neight nursings during the day and two at night. From the\\nfourth week to the end of the third month nurse eight times in\\ntwenty-four hours, two and a half hours between nursings, with\\nseven nursings during the day and one at night. From the third\\nto the fifth month seven nursings in twenty-four hours, three\\nhours between nursings, six nursings during the day and one at\\nnight. From the fifth month until the baby is weaned six nurs-\\nings in twenty-four hours, six during the day and none at night.\\nBoth for the sake of the mother and for that of the child weaning\\nshould be done gradually. Sudden weaning may bring on an\\nattack of indigestion and is sure to produce more or less nervous-\\nness. A baby should not be weaned during the hot summer\\nmonths.\\nArtificial Feeding In artificial feeding there are several\\nthings to be remembered first, the food must contain the same\\nthings that are found in woman s milk; second, the proportions\\nshould be about the same as in woman s milk; third, the differ-\\nent parts of the artificial food should act upon and be acted upon\\nby the digestive fluids as nearly as possible in the same manner\\nas those which are found in woman s milk.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0238.jp2"}, "233": {"fulltext": "HKAI/fH AT HOME. 229\\nWe find that in woman s milk we have fat, sugar, albumen,\\nsalts and water. And it is upon the exact knowledge of the pro-\\nportion of these constituents in woman s milk that we base the\\nrules for artificial infant feeding.\\nIt is important that an infant s clothing be not too tight over\\nthe abdomen, for no doubt many infants are forced to vomit their\\nmilk alter nursing from the pressure of tight bands and clothing.\\nThe giving of a little sugar and water or catnip tea to a new-\\nborn babe before the mother has rested sufficiently to nurse it\\nshould never be allowed. The infant should be taught from the\\nhour of its birth to sleep until each nursing hour arrives, and do\\nnot under any circumstances allow it to expect a little more\\nto keep it quiet if it has not taken its full supply at the time pre-\\nscribed. A little firmness early in life will do much to establish\\na rule that should have no exceptions. Should the mother be\\nunduly excited by sudden anger or grief the infant should not\\nbe allowed to nurse for some time, as the milk from a mother so\\nexcited often produces convulsions.\\nAs above stated, the best substitute for woman s milk in artifi-\\ncial feeding is cow s milk, and it must be fresh. It is better to\\nuse the milk from several cows than that from one cow alone.\\nBefore feeding to the child each bottleful should be tested with\\nblue litmus paper found in the Cabinet. If the blue paper retains\\nits color the milk is all right for use, but should it turn red the\\nmilk is unfit for use. This test is the most important one in the\\ntesting of milk before feeding an infant. The milk for the child,\\nwhen received, should be kept in a clean vessel and be away\\nfrom everything that might in any way taint it. Milk taints\\nvery easily and very quickly, therefore special care is needed in\\nthis direction. Do all things gradually with infants; never make\\nan abrupt change unless some urgent cause exists. If you wish\\nto alter the diet or the character of the clothing, do so with as\\nlittle shock as possible. It must be constantly borne in mind,\\nespecially by those persons who frequently overlook small details,\\nthat a single curd in the milk may give rise to inflammation of\\nthe lining membrane of the stomach and intestines that will cause\\ndeath in a few hours, or in a teething child may produce a con-\\nvulsion that will prove fatal. During the heat of summer the\\nbottle-fed child will require the greatest care. Until the child", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0239.jp2"}, "234": {"fulltext": "230 HEAI/TH AT HOMK.\\nreaches the fourth month the diet should consist entirely of milk.\\nIn an infant who is bottle-fed from the start, to a pint of milk\\nadd a pint of water which has previously been boiled, a very\\nlittle white sugar and a tablespoonful of lime water. For a child\\nthree months old add three-fourths of a pint of water, previously\\nboiled, to a pint of milk. Add a very little white sugar and a\\ntablespoonful of lime water. For a child six months old and\\nover add one-half pint of water, previously boiled, to a pint of\\nmilk and sugar and lime water as before. Having prepared the\\nfood in this way place in a clean pitcher and set in a cool place.\\nAbout four ounces is the proper amount for a single feeding up\\nto the time the child is six weeks old after this a larger quantity\\nmay be given. When it is time to feed the baby place the food\\nin the nursing bottle and place the bottle in a basin of warm\\nwater until the milk becomes warm enough to feed to the child.\\nNever heat the milk twice, but procure fresh milk each time.\\nAs the child becomes older and the quantity of milk is increased\\nsmall amounts of barley, oatmeal and rice water may be added to\\nthe milk this will keep the bowels in good condition and also\\nprevent, in a measure, the formation of large curds in the\\nstomach. Milk must curdle in the child s stomach, as it is in this\\nway that it is digested, and no alarm need be felt should the\\nchild occasionally vomit curds. When a child takes too much\\nmilk it is almost sure to vomit curds, and all that is necessary is\\nto be careful and not feed quite so much the next time. Where\\nfresh cow s milk cannot be obtained condensed milk may be used\\nfor infant feeding. One teaspoonful of condensed milk added\\nto four ounces of water which has been boiled is enough for one\\nfeeding. When babies do not thrive well upon either of these\\nfoods or upon these foods with the addition of weak barley,\\nwheat, oatmeal or rice water, it is best to depend upon the advice\\nof a physician as to what is best to do next.\\nThe mother should not undertake further responsibility. It is\\nimportant that a child be given water to drink. Babies fre-\\nquently crave it and a teaspoonful of water will often quiet a\\nfretful baby. Use as little sugar as possible in infant feeding,\\nas it frequently causes colic. Season all food with salt it aids\\ndigestion.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0240.jp2"}, "235": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOME. 231\\nDISEASES DEPENDENT UPON FOOD AND FEEDING.\\nDuring the first year of a child s life a majority of the ailments\\nare directly traceable to some derangement in nutrition. The\\nsymptoms of deranged nutrition are so marked in infants as to\\ndivide the troubles into three distinct classes: First, cases of\\nactive starving, which are rapid and last from a few days to two or\\nthree weeks. Cases of this sort are rarely seen after the infant is\\nthree months old. Second, cases in which the food is not pro-\\nperly taken up^by the body or, as it is called, imperfect nutrition.\\nThis may occur at any time during chilhood, but is most fre-\\nquently found during the first two years. Third, cases of a\\nslow wasting away, continuing over a period of several months.\\nThis is seen Hn infants of any age. Cases of active starvation\\nare due to lack of proper assimilation of the food given. Many\\nof the symptoms in diseases of the stomach and intestines are\\ndue to a lack of proper assimilation or taking up of the food by\\nthe body. It sometimes occurs that a child will refuse to take\\nthe breast, and even food from a spoon is taken in such small\\namounts as to be insufficient to support life. Dr. Holt, in his\\nvaluable book upon Children s Diseases, mentions a case of a\\nbaby five months old, previously healthy, who was suffering\\nfrom whooping cough the baby utterly refused to take the breast\\nor food from a spoon. At the end of four days its strength was\\nalmost gone, when food was put into the infant s stomach with a\\nstomach pump and its life saved. Instances of this kind fre-\\nquently occur. Again, starvation may occur when the mother\\nhas not a sufficient supply of milk for the little one or when the\\nmilk is not rich enough or when the stomach and intestines of\\nthe babe are so feeble that they do not digest enough of the food\\ntaken to preserve life and health, or when the food of the infant\\nis for some reason suddenly changed, as from mother s milk to\\nsome prepared baby food. In such a case the baby is often\\nunable to digest a sufficient quantity of the new food. Starva-\\ntion may follow such diseases as la grippe, malaria, lung fever\\netc.\\nSymptoms and Signs It is very easy to detect this trouble, as\\nthe baby will become pale and thin very rapidly. The pulse will", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0241.jp2"}, "236": {"fulltext": "232 HEAI/TH AT HOMK.\\nbe weak and rapid, the hands and feet cold and the circulation\\npoor, the baby very weak, and many times fretful. The skin is\\nusually covered with clammy perspiration, breathing is very rapid\\nand nearly always irregular. The bowels are rather loose and\\nmove frequently. The food appears in the stool undigested. It\\nis very difficult to say whether the baby will get well or not.\\nChildren under one month of age are liable to die in from two to\\nten days, growing weaker each day until death arrives. How-\\never, they may recover with proper and careful treatment. In\\nolder children the same thing occurs, but not so rapidly. When\\nvomiting and diarrhea are present the chances for recovery are\\nsmall indeed. High fever, cold hands and feet and free sweating\\nare also serious signs. Cases of active starvation may be distin-\\nguished from cases of imperfect nutrition by the severe symptoms.\\nIn imperfect nutrition we may have the same symptoms, but they\\nare not nearly so severe, and in slow wasting the slowness of the\\ndisease serves to distinguish it.\\nTreatment When we have active starvation we can feel almost\\nsure that the baby has very feeble digestive powers, and an\\nendeavor should be made to supply a partly digested food or, if\\nthe starvation is due to the fact that the mother s milk is not\\nsufficient or not rich enough the deficiency should be made up\\nby artificial feeding. For instruction as to this see the section\\non Artificial Feeding. To prepare partly digested milk take one\\npint of fresh cow s milk and four tablespoonfuls of water and\\nshake together in a bottle; then add five grains of extract of\\npancreas and three tablets of No. 2. Then place the bottle in\\nwater as warm as can be borne by the hand and keep it there for\\ntwo hours, shaking the bottle occasionally. The extract of pan-\\ncreas can be procured from the Home Remedy company. The\\nmilk should now be diluted by adding eight parts of water to one\\nof milk, and it is then ready for use. In addition to the feeding\\nmentioned the baby should be carefully rubbed each day after the\\nbath, care being taken to always rub towards the heart and never\\naway from it. In cases of extreme weakness it is advisable to\\ngive stimulants preferably brandy. To one tablespoonful of\\nbrandy add two tablespoonfuls of water, sweeten a very little and\\ngive a small teaspoonful every two hours.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0242.jp2"}, "237": {"fulltext": "HEAI/fH AT HOME. 233\\nImperfect Nutrition Cases of this sort are very common,\\nbut trie danger to the child s life is much less than in Active\\nStarvation. The child does not seem to be ill, and yet it cannot\\nbe said to be well, and causes an endless amount of worrying on\\nthe part of the parents. A child may be born with feeble strength\\nand a tendency to imperfect nutrition, or may be so nervous that\\nits nutrition is interfered with. A child may be undersized at\\nbirth possibly only weigh three or four pounds and such a\\nchild is very liable to have trouble in digesting and absorbing its\\nfood. Very frequently keeping a child in a hot room and never\\nallowing it any fresh air will cause trouble with the absorption of\\nits food. Acute diseases, such as lung fever, malaria, la grippe,\\netc., may leave the little patient with the stomach and intestines\\nin such a condition that the proper absorption of food is not pos-\\nsible.\\nSymptoms and Signs In this disease the child s weight is an\\nimportant factor. The child is nearly always below the average in\\nweight, and the gain in weight is very slow, often being only two\\nto four ounces when it should be a pound. The development of\\nmuscles is also very slow. Often such children are unable to sit up\\nunaided until they are one year of age or over. The circulation\\nis poor, the skin quite pale, and the hands and feet are inclined\\nto be cold. These children are usually very restless and fretful\\nand do not sleep at all well. Their digestion is very poor and\\neasily upset and very little things will sometimes completely upset\\nthe stomach. A child suffering from imperfect nutrition is almost\\ncertain to take measles, mumps or anything it may be exposed\\nto. Most children recover from imperfect nutrition if the proper\\ncare is taken.\\nTreatment\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The treatment is chiefly a question of feeding and\\nthe partly digested milk mentioned on pp. 112-232 should be\\nused, and the rules as to bathing, sleeping and airing should be\\ncarefully observed. Rubbing or massage is of value, care being\\ntaken at all times to rub towards the heart. Cod liver oil in child-\\nren over five years of age is a benefit and should be given in ten\\ndrop doses three times a day. And in all cases No. 17 should be\\ngiven. For a baby three months or younger, dissolve one tablet\\nin thirteen teaspoonfuls of water and give one teaspoonful every", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0243.jp2"}, "238": {"fulltext": "234 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nthree hours. For a child from three months to one year old, use\\nthe same mixture, but give one teaspoonful every two hours.\\nFor a child from one year to three years, dissolve one tablet in\\nsix teaspoonfuls of water and give one teaspoonful every three\\nhours. For a child from three to five years of age, dissolve one\\ntablet in four teaspoonfuls of water and give one teaspoonful every\\nthree hours. For a child five to seven years of age, dissolve\\none tablet in three teaspoonfuls of water and give one teaspoon-\\nful every three hours. To a child seven to fourteen years of age,\\ngive one-half tablet every four hours, and to a child above the\\nage of fourteen, give one tablet every four hours. In all cases\\nwhere tablets are to be dissolved, crush the tablet thoroughly\\nbefore dissolving.\\nAll cases of slow wasting are very easy to recognize by their\\nvery slowness. The treatment of such cases is pure wholesome\\nfood, careful nursing, plenty of outdoor exercise and No. 17 as\\ndirected above for from one to three months. There are two well\\nknown diseases which are due to faulty nutrition or improper\\nfeeding and imperfect assimilation of food. These are scurvy\\nand rickets.\\nScurvy This is a disease due to continued improper feeding\\nand some of its signs are spongy, bleeding gums, swellings about\\nthe joints, bleeding from the nose and general paleness of the\\nskin. Scurvy occurs as frequently in the country as in the city,\\nand the food used previous to the attack is usually found to have\\nbeen some one of the infant foods or condensed milk.\\nSymptoms and Signs The symptoms are swelling about the\\njoints, especially the knees and ankles, with pain upon pressure\\nor motion gums are swollen and bleed easily, bleeding from\\nnose, mouth, stomach or bowels, flabby muscles, paleness of the\\nskin and history of using for a long period a particular food.\\nPatients nearly always recover if the disease is recognized early\\nand the proper treatment employed.\\nTreatment Stop the use of the food suspected of having caused\\nthe trouble; give fresh cow s milk as directed in the chapter on\\nArtificial Feeding; also give beef juice and the juice of any fresh\\nfruit. In children over one year old, a small amount of potato\\nmay be added. Protect the child against cold and exposure and", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0244.jp2"}, "239": {"fulltext": "HKAI/fH AT HOME. 235\\ngive No. 8. For a child three months to one year take one tablet\\nNo. 8 thoroughly mash, dissolve in thirteen teaspoonf uls of water\\nand give one teaspoonful every three to four hours. Keep this\\nup for two to three weeks. To a child one year to three years,\\ngive of the above mixture one teaspoonful every two to three\\nhours. For a child from three to ten years of age, dissolve one\\ntablet in three teaspoonfuls of water and give one teaspoonful\\nevery three hours. To a child ten to fourteen years of age, give\\none-half tablet every four hours. To a child above the age of\\nfourteen, give one tablet every four hours. Continue the medi-\\ncine in all cases for from two to three weeks.\\nRickets Rickets is a chronic disease due to improper food\\nand imperfect assimilation. It is not really a bone disease, and\\nyet the bones suffer most severely in the disease. Rickets occurs\\nmost frequently in the large cities, but is occasionally found in\\nthe country. Rickets is not a fatal disease, and patients recover\\nnicely under proper feeding, hygiene and treatment. Rickets\\nmay be produced by improper diet alone, but most frequently we\\nfind the child not only improperly fed, but surrounded by con-\\nditions which are entirely unsanitary. Rickets produces changes\\nin the bones, most marked in the bones of the arms and legs and\\nin the ribs. The bones become soft and bend easily and the\\nends of the bones become larger than normal.\\nSymptoms and Signs Among the symptoms noticed early in\\nthe disease are constipation, extreme restlessness at night, with\\nsweating about the head and little round hard spots forming along\\nthe rib bones. When the head sweats so profusely at night as to\\nwet the pillow and the child tosses about and kicks a great deal\\nrickets should be immeditely suspected. Carefully examine along\\nall parts of the rib bones for a rough, beaded feeling. If this is\\nfound it is certain that the child has rickets. Rickets produces\\nmany deformities, and in very extreme cases nearly every bone\\nin the body is affected. The head usually appears too large\\nthere are rough beads on the ribs portions of the chest may be\\nsunken in. There may be and in about one-half of the cases\\nthere is a curvature of the spine, and this may be toward the back\\nor toward either side. The bones of the arms and legs are usually\\ndeformed in a symetrical manner; that is, both arms will have\\nthe same curves and bumps and both legs will be twisted and", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0245.jp2"}, "240": {"fulltext": "236 HEAI/TH AT HOMK.\\nknotted in the same manner. All sorts of deformities of the legs\\noccur in rickets. The muscles will tell us of the disease as well as\\nthe bones. They become flabb} 7 and do not develop properly, and\\nfor this reason children with rickets are not usually able to sit up\\nstraight or to stand or walk at the age at which they should.\\nPot-belly is quite a prominent symptom in rickets, and is rarely\\never absent. There is no fever connected with rickets. It takes\\nmonths to recover from this disease. The earliest signs of im-\\nprovement are a less amount of restlessness, stopping of the head\\nsweats; the patient is not so pale and may make attempts to walk.\\nThe deformities change very slowly indeed. Relapses are rare.\\nFrom the description we have just given it will not be hard to\\nname the disease. Rickets is never a fatal disease.\\nTreatment Two of the most important things to be considered\\nin the treatment of rickets are diet or feeding and hygiene or\\ngood health rules. A patient suffering from rickets should be fed\\non milk, cream, eggs, fats, rare meat and fresh fruits, and in\\naddition cod liver oil is of much value. The child should live\\nout of doors and in the country, if possible should always have\\nplenty of fresh air in the sleeping room and, in fact, make fresh\\nair one of the principal medicines. A good bath every day with\\ncareful rubbing is a help, the bowels must be kept open. For\\nthis one or two tablets of No. 9 each morning before breakfast\\nwill be found to do the work nicely. In addition give No. 10 one-\\nhalf tablet a day for a child up to one year of age one-half tablet\\nat night and one-half tablet in the morning for a child from one\\nto four 3^ears of age and one tablet before each meal for a child\\nover four years of age. A tablespoonful of lime water with each\\nmeal is a benefit. Lime water is made by air slacking some\\nlime thoroughly then place some of the lime in a bottle and\\npour water over it; shake thoroughly and allow it to settle.\\nPour off the clear water and use that. For the treatment of the\\ndeformities produced by rickets consult your family physician.\\nDISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE SYSTEM.\\nIn children we frequently see a number of deformities which\\nare easily remedied, such as harelip, cleft-palate, tongue-tie,", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0246.jp2"}, "241": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 237\\nsplit hanging palate and occasionally split tongue. All such\\ncases need the care of an expert surgeon, and as no treatment for\\nsuch conditions can be given, the best advice is to take the little\\none to a surgeon of known ability.\\nFever Sores Cold Sores These are seen very often in\\nall cases of fevers, and often alone. They are so common that\\neveryone will recognize them without a special description.\\nThey start with little blisters which break and form crusts. The\\nbest treatment is to first wash thoroughly with a solution made\\nby dissolving two tablets of No. 3 in one-half cup of warm w ater\\nand then apply No. 40, rubbing it in gently but thoroughly.\\nEczema of the I4pS This is quite common. The red\\npart of the lips becomes dry and cracks occur in them. They\\nare usually painful and bleed easily. Wash the cracks thor-\\noughly with a solution of No. 3 and rub on No. 40. If the cracks\\nare very deep, touch lightly with burnt alum before applying No.\\n40.\\nUlcers These may occur on the tongue and are found many\\ntimes in children suffering with whooping cough. They are\\neasily recognized as they are simply a sore spot on the tongue.\\nTouch lightly with burnt alum, wash with a solution of No. 3,\\nand apply No. 41.\\nDifficult Teething Although not a serious ailment, diffi-\\ncult teething causes more worry upon the part of anxious mothers\\nthan any other one thing which occurs during early child-life.\\nAbout one-half of the infants cut their teeth without any diffi-\\nculty, while in the other half a wide range of trouble is found.\\nThe nervousness, fretfulness, loss of appetite, loss of sleep, and\\ngeneral sick appearance of a teething child are well known to\\nevery mother. There may be constipation, or some vomiting,\\nand the thermometer should always be used to look for fever.\\nIn treatment, first take the best possible care of the baby, supply\\ngood food, but do not force the little one to eat keep the bowels\\nopen with No. 9 give the child a daily bath. If there is tever\\npresent, give one tablet of No. 11 every three to four hours until\\nthe fever subsides. If the teeth are anywhere near through, take\\na sharp penknife and hold the blade in boiling water for a min-", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0247.jp2"}, "242": {"fulltext": "238 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nute, and then allow it to cool and carefully cut the gum just over\\nthe tooth. Cut pretty well as the bleeding will often reduce the\\nswelling of the gums. If there is much pain and soreness about\\nthe gums, wring small pieces of cotton out of water as hot as can\\nbe borne and place inside the lips and over the sore gums, care\\nbeing taken not to scald the little one s mouth. Give the baby\\nplenty of fresh air. By following the above directions, all ordi-\\nnary cases can be cared for at home. Should alarming symptoms\\narise and remain for any length of time, send for a physician.\\nInflammations of the Mouth Simple or catarrhal inflam-\\nmation of the mouth may result from an injury or may be due to\\ntaking some hot or irritating substance into the mouth. It may\\noccur during teething, or may accompany measles, scarlet fever,\\ndiphtheria, etc.\\nSymptoms and Signs The whole of the lining of the mouth is\\nvery red and swollen, and small spots of bleeding are frequently\\nseen. The mouth is hot and there is considerable pain. The\\nchild will show signs of hunger but will either refuse the breast\\nor bottle altogether or will drop it after a moment or two. The\\nchild is very fretful and cross and often the saliva will run from\\nthe mouth very freely. The tongue is nearly always coated and\\nthe edges very red. There may be some derangement of diges-\\ntion with vomiting or mild diarrhea. The disease lasts only a\\nfew days.\\nTreatment Thoroughly cleanse the mouth every thirty min-\\nutes with a solution made by dissolving two tablets No. 3 in a\\ncup of warm water. Do not give the child hot or even warm\\nfood it is much better cold. Small sips of cold water or a\\nsmall piece of ice to suck will be beneficial. Should ulcers\\nappear dust lightly with burnt alum before using the solution as\\nabove. The second form of sore mouth differs from the first in\\nhaving small, round, yellowish- white ulcers present in the mouth\\nand on the tongue. To treat these ulcers first dust lightly with\\nburnt alum and then wash the mouth thoroughly every thirty\\nminutes with the solution of No. 3 as above. Do not apply\\nburnt alum more than once a day.\\nAnother Form of the Disease There is another form of\\ninflammation of the mouth which is found only in children who", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0250.jp2"}, "243": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 239\\nhave teeth. This begins by ulcers forming at the point where\\nthe teeth and gums meet, the ulcers gradually extending over the\\nmouth. This form of ulcerative sore mouth may be due to cer-\\ntain poisons, such as mercury, lead, phosphorus, etc. It is a\\nrare disease, however.\\nSymptoms and Signs The first things noticed are profuse spit-\\nting and a very bad breath. The gums are red, swollen and\\nspongy and bleed very easily. Ulcers are seen near the teeth\\nmost marked in front. The tongue is swollen and is coated\\nwith a thick yellow coating. Unless treated this form of disease\\nwill last for months and very much affect the child s general\\nhealth.\\nTreatment If due to poisoning try to discover where the\\npoison is coming from and remove it. Next cleanse the mouth\\nevery hour or two with a solution of No. 3, as in the previous\\nforms of inflammation of the mouth. Immediately after this swab\\nthe mouth with a solution made by dissolving two tablets of No.\\n12 in a cup of water. To make a swab, twist a piece of absorb-\\nent cotton on a small stick or simply put a piece of absorbent\\ncotton over the end of the first finger. This last treatment will\\ncause some pain, but it will not be of long duration. In addition\\ngive one-half tablet of No. 12 every two hours the first day, every\\nthree hours the second day and every four hours for the remain-\\ning days you think it necessary to give medicine. Give plenty of\\nfresh fruit, fresh vegetables, etc.\\nThrash Thrush is a disease in which we find the lining of\\nthe mouth and the tongue covered or partially covered with\\nsmall or large white patches. The disease is caused by a germ\\nwhich forms a sort of mould or fungus which we see in the white\\npatches. This disease is most common in thickly settled parts of\\ncities where care as to cleanliness of children s mouths, bottles,\\netc. is not of the best.\\nSymptoms and Signs The first thing noticed will be small\\nwhite spots which resemble spots of coagulated milk, but which\\ncannot be wiped off. If taken off by force a number of little\\nbleeding points will be seen. There may be only a few patches\\nor the whole mouth may be covered with them. The mouth is\\ndry and the tongue coated and there is some difficulty in swallow-\\ning. Thrush is not a dangerous disease.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0251.jp2"}, "244": {"fulltext": "240 HKAI/fH AT HOME.\\nTreatment By being careful to keep the mouth clean, nipples\\nclean and bottles and rubber bottle nipples clean, thrush may be\\nprevented. Rubber nipples and tubes for nursing bottles should\\nbe kept in a solution made by dissolving two or three tablets of\\nNo. 5 in a pint of warm water when not in use. The mouth\\nshould be thoroughly cleansed five or six times a day with a\\nsolution made by dissolving two tablets of No. 3 in a cup of\\nwarm water. Use a swab for this cleansing. Cases of severe\\ninflammation of the mouth may follow measles and other diseases.\\nIf they do not yield readily to the treatments here given a physi-\\ncian should be called.\\nDiseases of the Upper Part of the Throat Active\\ninflammation of the upper part of the throat may be a disease by\\nitself or it may occur with measles, scarlet fever, diphtheria or la\\ngrippe cold and exposure may produce it. The inflammation\\nmay involve the tonsils, the soft palate and the whole of the\\nupper throat or any part of these.\\nSymptoms and Sig?is There is pain upon swallowing and in\\nthe angles of the jaws. The throat seems dry and rough and\\nthere is often an irritating cough. The disease quite often begins\\nvery suddenly with vomiting, and there is often fever as high as\\n103\u00c2\u00b0 or 104\u00c2\u00b0. In naming the disease one must be sure that it is\\nnot scarlet fever or measles. If there is scarlet fever in the\\nneighborhood and the above symptoms are present, the patient\\nshould be treated as if scarlet fever were the disease, and two or\\nthree days will settle the question as to which it is. Carefully\\nread over the section on Scarlet Fever. In measles there is not\\nso much trouble as the measles appear on the skin very soon\\nand settle all questions.\\nTreatment Give at once to a young child one tablet No. 4\\nto a child over seven years of age, two tablets No. 4; to a\\ngrown person give two tablets No. 16. Put the child to bed.\\nIf the patient is an infant do not feed as much as usual if an older\\nperson or a grown person, feed entirely on liquids and soft foods\\nsuch as milk, beef tea, chicken broth, any sort of soup, thin oat-\\nmeal gruel, very soft boiled eggs, raw oysters, oyster soup, etc.\\nQuench the thirst with small sips of cold water or small pieces of\\nice. To a child up to three years of age give one-half tablet No.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0252.jp2"}, "245": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOMK. 241\\n13 every three hours to a child ten years old give one tablet No. 13\\nevery three hours to an adult, two tablets No. 13 every three\\nhours.\\nInflammation of the Hanging Palate Inflammation of\\nthe hanging palate or uvula sometimes occurs, and besides caus-\\ning some pain causes a very troublesome cough and considerable\\ngagging. The very large hanging palate always tells you when\\nthis trouble is present, and it may be relieved by placing ice\\nabout the throat on the outside and upon the swollen uvula at the\\nsame time. Also take a needle and run it into the swollen uvula\\nmany times. This will cause no pain whatever and will reduce\\nthe swelling. Where ice cannot be had use hot water in the\\nsame manner. In all cases frequently swab the swollen palate\\nwith a solution made by dissolving four tablets of No. 3 in one-\\nfourth cup of warm water. Should the hanging palate seem\\nunusually long and not seem to be swelled and yet cause a cough\\nby its laying on the back of the tongue, take the patient to a phy-\\nsician and have the elongated portion cut off.\\nAbscesses and Adenoids Abscesses sometimes occur in the\\nthroats of children, and when such a condition is suspected see a\\nphysician at once, as you cannot care for this trouble at home.\\nThere is another condition known as adenoid vegetations, which\\noccur very frequently in childhood, and which very seriously\\naffect the child s health. This is another case for the surgeon s\\ncare, but the signs and symptoms are described here. It is advised,\\nhowever, that a surgeon be called as soon as the trouble is noticed.\\nSympto?ns and Signs Among the signs by which this condi-\\ntion may be recognized are discharge from the nose of rather\\nthick and yellowish matter, sometimes constantly, at other times\\nwith intervals when the nose is comparatively free; signs of\\nobstruction in the nose; a nasal voice; the child breathes with its\\nmouth open and wheezes more or less, and is very liable to\\nsnore while sleeping and sometimes to have much trouble to\\nbreathe at all while asleep. The voice is liable to be hoarse and\\nthe child may have earache or be somewhat hard of hearing.\\nThe expression on the face is dull and stupid. The child is\\nnot strong and is rather pale, listless, has headache often and is\\nfrequently somewhat sick for no particular reason; usually", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0253.jp2"}, "246": {"fulltext": "242 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nbreathes through the mouth both day and night; frequently\\ncannot blow the nose at all. The condition is always better in\\nsummer and^worse in winter. A child suffering from adenoids\\nwill be pale^and seem bloodless. This paleness and also inability\\nto sleep quietly is produced by the blood not receiving air\\nenough. The growths prevent the child from breathing through\\nthe nose, and as a result of this the breathing is irregular and\\nnot enough air is carried to the lungs to properly aerate the blood\\nand the child becomes poisoned by carbon dioxide gas.\\nInflammation of the Tonsils Quinsy The tonsils are\\nthe round or oblong bunches which lie on either side of the\\nthroat and which usually attract the attention first when looking\\ninto a child s throat. The tonsils are subject to a variety of\\ninflammations and cause a great deal of trouble all through life,\\nbut especially in childhood. Inflammation of the tonsils, or\\nquinsy, occurs most frequently in children, but is also seen in\\nadults, and is a disease of some seriousness.\\nSymptoms and Signs Inflammation of the tonsils nearly always\\nbegins by symptoms of a general character. Usually there is a\\nslight chill and decided sick feeling sometimes vomiting and\\noccasionally diarrhea, pain in the back, the muscles and the\\nhead ache, the temperature rises rapidly to 102\u00c2\u00b0 or 104\u00c2\u00b0. Then\\nthe tonsils become somewhat sore and begin to swell. Small\\nyellow spots may appear on the tonsils, pain on swallowing, the\\npatient frequently being able to swallow only after repeated efforts.\\nThe mouth does not open easily the swelling of the tonsils con-\\ntinues until the whole throat is filled and the patient is frequently\\nso sick as to be unable to sit up at all. At this time there is\\nmatter or pus in the tonsil, and unless lanced the tonsil will fre-\\nquently break and discharge into the throat. All symptoms sub-\\nside rapidly after the abscess is lanced or breaks.\\nTreatment If quinsy is recognized early it may be broken up by\\ngiving two tablets of No. 14 every two hours. This is the dose\\nfor all children over five years of age. For all children under\\nfive years, give one tablet of No. 14 every two hours, and for all\\nadults, four tablets No. 14 every two hours. In many cases, how-\\never, it cannot be broken up. In these cases give to a child less\\nthan five years old, one-half tablet No. 13 every four hours;", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0254.jp2"}, "247": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 243\\nto a child five years and over, one tablet No. 13 every three hours\\nto an adult give one tablet No. 13 every two hours. Also give at\\nthe same time that the above is given to a child less than five\\nyears old one tablet No. 15; to a child five years and over, two\\ntablets No. 15; to an adult, four tablets No. 15. Cloths wrung\\nout of hot water and placed on the neck will be a comfort, and\\ngargling hot water is a benefit. In addition to the above, give a\\nchild younger than three years one tablet No. 9 at night and one\\ntablet in the morning to a child over three years of age, give one\\ntablet No. 4 at night and to an adult, give one tablet No. 16 at\\nnight and one tablet in the morning.\\nChronic Enlargement of the Tonsils This trouble is\\neasy to discover. Take the tongue depressor found in the Cab-\\ninet and hold the child s tongue well down, having the mouth\\nopened wide, then with a small hand mirror throw the light\\nfrom a window or a lamp into the child s throat. If the child\\nhas chronic enlargement of the tonsils they will be noted on\\neither side of the throat as large red bodies, sometimes as large\\nas a small walnut, and in these will appear little holes. Other\\nsigns of chronic enlargement of the tonsils are: snoring at\\nnight, a foul breath, coughing up small hard yellowish-white\\npieces of matter of the consistence of cheese, pale skin, mouth\\nbreathing, thick voice the child may have earache or be hard\\nof hearing, and this is due to the enlarged tonsils pressing on the\\nsmall tube which leads from the throat to the ear. Frequent\\nattacks of quinsy is also a sign.\\nTreatment There is only one real treatment for this trouble,\\nand that is to take the child to a competent throat specialist and\\nhave the tonsils removed. They will always give more or less\\ntrouble until this is done. A treatment that will sometimes com-\\npletely cure a case in from one to six months is Dissolve in a\\nfour ounce bottle of water ten tablets of No. 3 and use as a gargle\\nthree times a day. At the same time give one tablet No. 17\\nbefore each meal.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0255.jp2"}, "248": {"fulltext": "244 HEAI/TH AT HOMK.\\nDISEASES OF THE STOMACH.\\nIn children it is very difficult to entirely separate the diseases\\nof the stomach from those of the intestines. There are some con-\\nditions, however, which belong entirely to the stomach and these\\nwill be considered now and later will be taken up those diseases\\nin which both the stomach and the intestines are involved.\\nVomiting Infants and young children vomit very easily\\nand this due partially to the size and position of the stomach.\\nAn infant will frequently vomit from the overfilling of the\\nstomach. The infant stomach is unable to hold and digest an\\noverload, and nature steps in and causes vomiting, thereby throw-\\ning off the excess of food and fallowing the stomach free action\\nto digest the remainder. In infants in whom vomiting frequently\\nfollows feeding the only treatment necessary is to diminish the\\namount of food given at any one feeding. Vomiting also occurs\\nin cases of acute indigestion, though usually in these cases the\\nvomiting does not take place until several hours after feeding.\\nFever may occur and the infant be very sick indeed, and the food\\nwhich should have been digested conies up in an undigested\\nstate. Vomiting is always present when there is any obstruction\\nin the intestinal tract. This vomiting is persistent and cannot\\nbe stopped by any of the ordinary measures. After a few attacks\\nof vomiting it will be noticed that the vomit contains a greenish\\nyellow material, which is bile from the liver; it may even con-\\ntinue until matter which ordinarily passes through the bowels will\\nbe vomited. When this occurs it is a sure sign of an obstruction\\nof some sort in the intestines. In this sort of vomiting the\\npatient, whether a child or adult, soon becomes very sick. The\\ntreatment for this form of vomiting is an operation, and that\\nalone will relieve the symptoms, hence the only advice to be given\\nis Call a surgeon. Certain nervous diseases, such as tumor of\\nthe brain and some forms of brain fever may cause vomiting\\nand this will be taken up under the diseases mentioned.\\nVomiting very frequently occurs in children at the beginning\\nof acute diseases such as whooping cough, scarlet fever, lung\\nfever and malaria. Poisons will nearly always produce vomiting.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0256.jp2"}, "249": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 245\\nGastralgia Stomachache By this we mean any sudden\\nsevere attack of pain in the stomach. One of the most frequent\\ncauses of this trouble is the overloading of the stomach or taking\\ninto the stomach of such things as green fruit or cabbage. A\\ngreat many food stuffs will cause this trouble in children. Expos-\\nure to cold, wet feet, drinking ice water and many other causes\\nwill also produce it.\\nTreatment If there is any reason at all or even a faint suspi-\\ncion that the child has taken anything into the stomach which\\nmight cause the pain the first thing is to empty the stomach. To\\ndo this give one tablet No. 18. If vomiting does not occur in\\nfrom ten to fifteen minutes repeat the dose. Then put the child\\nto bed and put a turpentine stupe over the stomach. For direc-\\ntions as to making the turpentine stupe see the opening section on\\nChildren s diseases. In addition to this dissolve one or two tab-\\nlets No. 19 in hot water and give this to the child. Repeat this\\ndose every fifteen minutes until pain is stopped. A hot water\\nbottle will sometimes answer as well as the turpentine stupe for\\nthe local applications over the stomach.\\nAcute Indigestion in the Stomach This occurs when-\\never the stomach cannot digest the food placed in it. This may\\nbe due to the fact that the work of digesting may be too great or\\nfor some reason the stomach may not be capable of digesting as\\nit should. Under the first condition the giving of improper food\\nis one of the most frequent causes, as the giving of cow s milk to\\ninfants when it has not been sufficiently diluted. Any abrupt\\nchange in diet may produce the same thing. In older children\\nthe use of too much pastry or unripe fruit, swallowing food before\\nchewing thoroughly and overloading the stomach may cause this\\ndisease. Reasons which may cause the stomach to be incapable\\nof digesting as it should are: great fatigue, overheating, cold\\nhands and feet, troubles in teething, and the beginning of acute\\ndiseases.\\nSymptoms and Signs One of the first symptoms is the fact\\nthat food will remain undigested in the stomach for five or six\\nhours after eating instead of being digested in two or three hours,\\nas it is normally. This produces a feeling of heaviness in the\\nstomach and frequently vomiting follows, which ceases when the", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0257.jp2"}, "250": {"fulltext": "246 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nstomach is empty. Just before vomiting commences there may-\\nbe pain in the stomach, general sick feeling and nausea. There\\nmay also be stupor, or even the reverse, excitement, restlessness,\\nand sometimes convulsions. The temperature is from 99.5\u00c2\u00b0 to\\n102\u00c2\u00b0. The appetite is lost and the tongue coated. Diarrhea is\\ngenerally present, and undigested food will be found in the stools.\\nThe stomach may seem bloated. Patients suffering from acute\\nindigestion of the stomach nearly always get well.\\nTreatment One of the best methods of treating is washing\\nout the stomach with warm water. This is done by having the\\npatient swallow a stomach tube, then filling the stomach full\\nof warm water. By quickly lowering the upper end of the\\nstomach tube the contents of the stomach are siphoned out.\\nWhen this is not possible it is well to produce vomiting by giv-\\ning a large amount of lukewarm water which will in most cases\\nproduce very free vomiting, and thus having emptied the stomach,\\ngive it absolute rest for three hours. Then give two teaspoonf uls\\nof the following every hour take the white of one fresh egg,\\nadd one-half pint of cold water, a little salt and one teaspoonful\\nof brandy or whiskey. Stir thoroughly and serve cold. After\\nfrom twenty-four to thirty-six hours, beef broth may be added,\\nand alter three days milk may be used. If a nursing child, it\\nshould not be allowed at the breast at all for twenty-four hours.\\nAfter that allow nursing for three minutes every three hours and\\nafter twenty-four hours gradually increase the time of nursing\\nuntil the usual time is occupied. Keep the bowels working well\\nby giving one tablet No. 9 at night and one in the morning.\\nThe dose in this case is the same for all ages. When there is\\npersistent vomiting give one tablespoonful of lime water every\\ntwo hours. Dissolve in this one tablet No. 2. Warm flannel or\\ncloths wrung out of hot water over the stomach are of much\\nbenefit. In all /cases be careful not to overfeed the patient.\\nStarve the patient for four or five days and then gradually increase\\nthe food until the usual amount is reached.\\nUlcer of the Stomach The signs of this disease are pain\\nin the stomach, tenderness over the stomach, vomiting of blood\\nwhich will have something the appearance of coffee grounds, and\\nsometimes blood is found in the stools, nearly always fever.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0258.jp2"}, "251": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 247\\nUlcers of the stomach are very rare, but the few concise signs given\\nwill enable one to easily recognize the disease.\\nTreatment Insist upon absolute rest in bed. Allow the patient to\\nswallow tiny pieces of ice give small doses of whiskey or brandy.\\nGive one tablet No. 15 every two hours. The dose in this case is\\nthe same for all ages. This is all that will be needed in the way\\nof medicine for four days. Then stop giving No. 15 and give\\ninstead one tablet No. 17 before each meal. The dose is the\\nsame for all ages.\\nDISEASES OE THE INTESTINES.\\nDiarrhea This disease is very common to childhood and\\nmay occur at any age and at any season of the year, but is most\\nfrequent in the summer months. Diarrhea may be caused by an\\nalmost endless number of things. Among the usual causes, how-\\never, are a general weak constitution, teething, overfeeding,\\nunderfeeding, the wrong sort of foods, taking cold, and wet feet.\\nDiarrhea may be caused by partly cooked foods, such as oatmeal,\\nrice, fresh fruits containing seeds, green corn, cabbage and a num-\\nber of vegetables. Sometimes severe cases of diarrhea are pro-\\nduced in children by drugs which are given as laxatives. Again\\ndiarrhea may be produced by certain nervous influences, such as\\nexcessive fright, great exhaustion, nervous fretfulness in teething,\\netc. Indigestion will also produce this trouble.\\nTreatment First give from one to six tablets of No 4, accord-\\ning to age. This will cause a very free movement of the bowels\\nand will remove the filthy and poisonous material from the sys-\\ntem. After the bowels have moved freely give one tablet No. 20\\nevery two to three hours. The dose is the same for all children.\\nIn mild cases give one tablet every three hours and in more severe\\ncases one tablet every two hours. In addition to this feed the\\nchild on boiled milk and bread, served hot, for two or three days.\\nDo not give any other food and the recovery will be rapid.\\nCholera Infantum\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Summer Diarrhea This is a disease\\nwhich is very common in young children in summer, and\\nespecially common in crowded cities. A great many of the babies", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0259.jp2"}, "252": {"fulltext": "248 HKAI/fH AT HOME.\\nand young children who die do so from the effect of this disease.\\nCholera infantum is produced by a germ, and this germ requires\\nmuch heat to grow properly, hence we find cholera infantum at\\nits height in the hot summer months. Chronic indigestion or\\nimproper feeding frequently cause this disease.\\nSymptoms and Signs In mild cases of cholera infantum the\\ndisease usually begins with diarrheal discharges. The little one\\nis fretful and peevish and does not rest well at night. The move-\\nments from the bowels gradually become more frequent and\\nalways contain undigested food they are thin and are usually\\ngreen or yellow. Very soon a disagreeable odor is noticed and a\\nthick stringy substance is noticed in the stools. The tongue is\\ncoated. The child becomes pale and its limbs are soft and flabby.\\nIt does not sleep well and has the appearance of a sick baby.\\nThe above we find only in mild cases. In severe cases we find\\nthat vomiting and diarrhea begin about the same time. The\\nvomiting is quite frequent and continues until bile will be found\\nin the vomit. Food or drink start the vomiting again after it\\nhas stopped. The stools are large, watery and frequent, often as\\nmany as ten or fifteen in a half day. At first they may be\\ncolored, but they soon become only a watery discharge. There\\nis very little if any odor to the stools. There is a high temper-\\nature and the patient is very sick becomes so very early in the\\ndisease. The little one loses weight very rapidly. The face has\\nan anxious expression the eyes are sunken and the features\\nsharpened and there is a peculiar pallor. Early in the disease\\nthe child cries or moans and throws itself about very actively in\\na sort of delirium. This is followed by dullness and ^stupor and\\nsometimes unconsciousness or convulsions. The temperature is\\nfrom 102\u00c2\u00b0 to 104.5\u00c2\u00b0 and in cases which die often, rises to 107\u00c2\u00b0 just\\nbefore death. The skin is often clammy and the feet and hands\\ncold. The pulse is rapid and very weak. The breathing is fre-\\nquent and irregular. The tongue is coated and dry. The abdo-\\nmen is sunken. There is great thirst and the child will drink\\noften, even though each drink may produce vomiting. Very\\nlittle urine is passed. If these^severe symptoms continue more\\nthan one day death is almost sure to result. As the patient gets\\nbetter the vomiting stops, the stools become less frequent, the", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0260.jp2"}, "253": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 249\\npulse becomes better, the temperature gradually becomes normal,\\nthe appetite returns and the nervous symptoms disappear. In\\nnaming this disease bear in mind the following points vomit-\\ning, frequent large watery stools, great thirst, high tem-\\nperature, restlessness, dry coated tongue, pinched anxious face,\\nweak rapid pulse, rapid breathing, sometimes unconsciousness,\\ncold hands and feet. This is a very dangerous disease, and every\\nyear many children die from its effects. Death occurs in fully one-\\nhalf of the cases, and it is well to call a physician. His treat-\\nment, however, will not differ to any great extent from that given\\nhere, nor can he do more than can be done by the intelligent use\\nof the treatment given below, but in view of the seriousness of\\nthe case and knowing that one-half or more of these cases ter-\\nminate fatally it is well to call a physician that you may have the\\nsatisfaction of having had a skilled attendant should a fatal ter-\\nmination occur.\\nTreatment In no disease is the proverb, An ounce of preven-\\ntion is worth a pound of cure, more applicable than in this disease,\\nand should a child have any derangement of digestion whatever\\nor any bowel trouble, attend to it at once do not give it a chance\\nto go on and develop into this treacherous disease. Do not allow\\na diarrhea to run in summer because the child may be teething.\\nIn treatment first inject as much warm water as possible into the\\nbowel and thus thoroughly wash it out; have the patient drink a\\nlarge quantity of lukewarm water and thus wash out the stomach.\\nNext give one tablet No. 15 every half hour for four hours, then\\none tablet of the same every three hours the dose is the same for\\nall ages. Make a fairly strong solution of salt and water, heat it\\nand wring cloths out of this. Do not wring them dry, however\\nplace over the abdomen for ten to fifteen minutes. Do this\\nonce every hour or two. Reduce the fever by giving sponge\\nbaths or, if this does not seem to be sufficient, give an entire\\nbath, placing the child in lukewarm water and gradually adding\\ncold water; keep the child in the bath about ten minutes and\\nrepeat the bath every hour. Put a tablepsoonful of whiskey or\\nbrandy in four tablespoonfuls of ice water and give one teaspoon-\\nful of this every two hours. For cold feet and hands use a hot\\nwater bag. After the patient becomes well enough to take nearly", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0261.jp2"}, "254": {"fulltext": "250 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nthe usual amount of food give one tablet No. 17 before each meal\\nand continue this for from two to four weeks. The dose is the\\nsame for all ages.\\nIndigestion in the Intestines The greater and the most\\ncomplicated part of digestion takes place in the intestines, hence\\nwe find more cases of intestinal indigestion than we do of indi-\\ngestion in the stomach. Sometimes the two may be associated,\\nbut more frequently the trouble is located entirely in the intes-\\ntines. This disease differs much in infants and in older child-\\nren, therefore will be considered separately.\\nIn infants this disease may be caused by general weak condi-\\ntion, unhygienic surroundings, improper feeding, etc. The\\nmost frequent cause, however, seems to be an excess of proteids\\nin the infant s food (for full explanation of the term, proteids, see\\nthe chapter on Foods, pp. 40-43 and note on p. 35) or in other\\nwords the food is too rich.\\nSymptoms and Signs The signs of the disease are loss of\\nweight, pale color, poor circulation, much fretfulness and crying\\nand restless sleep. The tongue is nearly always coated and the\\nappetite is good, the infant eating whenever food is offered.\\nVomiting occurs in all cases, but is not severe nor very frequent.\\nThe baby is either constipated or has diarrhea all of the time.\\nWhen diarrhea occurs the stools are watery and contain curds\\neither in lumps or flaky masses. The movement of the bowels is\\nnot attended by pain, but there is a noticeable amount of gas. The\\nodor of the stool is not bad. When constipation is present the\\nstools are whitish and are smooth and pasty or hard balls which\\npass after much straining and are sometimes streaked with blood.\\nFrequently the bowels will not move for days unless an injection\\nor cathartic is used. Constipated cases may have severe attacks\\nof colic. These symptoms drag on for weeks at a time until the\\nfood is corrected.\\nTreatment Attention to the feeding is of first importance. If\\ndiarrhea is present give one tablet No. 20 every three hours until\\nthe diarrhea is checked. When constipation occurs give one\\ntablet No. 9 every two hours until the bowels move freely; then\\ngive one tablet No. 9 every four to six hours until the trouble is\\nentirely removed.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0262.jp2"}, "255": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 251\\nIn older children the most common cause of this disease is an\\nexcess of carbohydrates (see the chapter on Foods, pp. 41-43 and\\nNote on p. 35) in the food, and this is brought about by feeding\\ntoo much potato, oatmeal, etc. Other things produce this trouble.\\nSymptoms and Signs Patients suffering from this disease are\\npale, thin, not strong, small limbed and often have distended abdo-\\nmens. There is much gas in the intestines and bowels dark\\nrings are seen under the eyes the complexion is muddy they\\nare cross and irritable, hard to control, hard to amuse or interest\\nand are hard to care for in every way. They are below the\\naverage in height and weight. They do not sleep well, often tos-\\nsing about, waking, crying out, grinding their teeth, etc. They\\nperspire very easily and are liable to have cold hands and feet.\\nThe bowels are constipated and the stools are of a whitish color,\\nlumpy and have a foul odor. Large amounts of gas pass from\\nthe bowels. The appetite is changeable. The tongue is usually\\ncoated and the breath has a bad smell.\\nTreatment Stop giving starchy foods, such as potatoes and\\ncereals, and feed the patient on rare beef, beef juice, broths, milk,\\netc. Malted milk may also be used to advantage. The child\\nshould be fed at regular intervals. Fresh fruits may be given in\\nsmall quantities. Give one tablet No. 9 before each meal and\\none at bedtime the dose is the same for all ages. Give one tab-\\nlet No. 17 after each meal; the dose is the same for all ages.\\nContinue this for from ten to twelve weeks. Give the child plenty\\nof fresh air and a reasonable amount of exercise.\\nColic By colic we mean the pain which occurs in the intes-\\ntines and not that which occurs in the ^stomach. Colic may be\\ndue to swallowing certain things, such as fruit seeds. The special\\ncolic of infancy is associated with gas in the intestines or bowels,\\nand is due to indigestion. Many babes have almost daily attacks\\nof colic. Cold feet or chilling the body suddenly may produce\\ncolic.\\nSymptoms and Signs Colic is not hard to recognize, and every\\nmother is more or less familiar with its signs. .The face con-\\ntracts, the cry is sharp and piercing, subsiding and then recur-\\nring with renewed vigor; the legs are drawn up and the abdomen\\nis hard and usually somewhat distended. As soon as the gas", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0263.jp2"}, "256": {"fulltext": "252 HEAI/fH AT HOME.\\npasses the child becomes quiet and falls asleep. Sometimes there\\nis only fretfulness and the child cannot sleep.\\nTreat?nent An injection of warm water will sometimes relieve\\ncolic in infants. The abdomen should be covered with hot flan-\\nnels, and if the feet are cold place a hot water bag near them.\\nGive one tablet No. 19 every fifteen to twenty minutes until the\\npain is relieved. In addition to this give one tablet No. 15 every\\ntwo hours until three doses have been given. The dose of the\\ntwo remedies above is the same for all ages.\\nChronic Constipation Constipation may be said to be pres-\\nent wherever the stools are fewer and dryer than normal. Many\\nthings produce chronic constipation. It may be caused by the\\njuices of the liver or intestines growing less in quantity than\\nnormal. Very often the twisting movement of the intestines is not\\nstrong enough or, in other words, the intestinal muscles lack the\\nproper tone. In other cases constipation is due to the fact that too\\ngreat a proportion of the food is absorbed by the body and not\\nenough passes into the bowel to form a good stool. A sore spot\\nabout the anus or piles may cause constipation. Improper diet\\ncauses constipation, as does also the habit of not attending to the\\nbowels when nature makes a call. Exercise also has a marked\\ninfluence upon the bowels.\\nSymptoms and Signs In some cases the constipation is the\\nonly symptom present. In most cases other signs are present\\ngas in the bowels, colicky pains; blood ^may be passed in the\\nstool piles may be produced sores may occur at the anus ner-\\nvousness may develop; there is frequently headache present; the\\nsleep is disturbed and signs of indigestion may occur.\\nTreatment Treatment must be continued for a long time to be\\nof value, but careful attention to details will always effect a cure.\\nThe first thing is to set some certain hour each day, preferably\\njust after breakfast and see that the child goes to stool at that\\ntime, as habit is a large factor in this disease. For very young\\ninfants the addition of a little cream to the milk used daily will\\nbe a benefit. In older children the use of fresh fruits, rare\\nmeats and eggs cooked soft will be a benefit. Rubbing is of bene-\\nfit and the regular exercise of the muscles should be carefully\\nlooked after. Give to an infant one tablet No. 9 in the morning", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0264.jp2"}, "257": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 253\\nbefore feeding and one about noon and another just before going\\nto bed at night. To a child from two to four years of age, give\\none tablet No. 4 in the morning before breakfast; to a child from\\nfour to ten, one tablet No. 4 before breakfast and one before going\\nto bed at night. Older children may be given one tablet No. 16\\nbefore each meal if it should be found necessary. At any time\\nwhen for any reason it is desired to give a remedy which will\\nthoroughly empty the bowels, use from one to five tablets of No.\\n16. Sometimes the intestines will roll and twist upon each other\\nin such a manner as to form a kink. This will entirely prevent\\nthe movement from the bowels and is a very serious condition,\\nbut as it is a condition which can only be attended to by a skilled\\nphysician it is only mentioned here.\\nAppendicitis At the end of the small intestine, just below\\nthe point where the small and large intestines join, there is a\\nsmall, hollow, worm-like body which is known as the vermiform\\nappendix. Sometimes fruit seeds or rough particles of food lodge\\nin this worm-like sac instead of passing on into the large intes-\\ntine. There is no way for the material to escape when once it\\ngets into this sac, and as a result it stays there and sets up an\\ninflammation, and this inflammation is known as appendicitis.\\nThere are many varieties of this disease. In the simple form,\\nthe appendix inflames, swells somewhat, and then in some\\nmanner the foreign substance is discharged into the intestine and\\nspeedy recovery follows. The ulcerative form occurs in typhoid\\nfever and in consumption, and the outcome depends upon the out-\\ncome of the causative disease. The perforative form, in which\\nthe foreign substance lodged in the appendix starts an inflamma-\\ntion, is followed by the forming of an abscess. This abscess\\ngrows until it reaches the point of bursting; if it bursts into the\\nintestine the patient will usually recover, but if it breaks into\\nthe abdominal cavity the chances for the recovery of the patient\\nare very slight. There is more or less fever connected with all\\ncases of appendicitis.\\nSymptoms and Signs Appendicitis usually begins with severe\\npain on the right side just below the ribs, usually covering only\\na small area. There is also vomiting, constipation and fever.\\nIn the region where the pain first began will be found a bunch", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0265.jp2"}, "258": {"fulltext": "254 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nabout the size of a hen s egg. It will require careful feeling to\\ndiscover this. Sometimes, however, this bunch will be very\\nnoticeable and in such a case a physician is needed at once.\\nAbout one-half of the cases of appendicitis die. The disease is\\none which cannot be treated at home at all and with even a faint\\nsuspicion of such trouble the family physician should be called.\\nAppendicitis in children and in adults is very much the same.\\nTape-worms Are taken intcrthe body by eating food which\\ncontains the tape worm eggs. Pork, beef or fish may contain the\\neggs of the tape-worm, and thus they may very easily be taken\\ninto the human system. Tape-worms are rare, however, and the\\ndanger of taking them into the stomach is slight indeed. The\\negg once taken into the stomach passes into the intestine and\\nremains there for its growth, which usually takes from three to\\nfour months. After this time the head coutinues to grow and\\nfor every new joint at the head an old one is thrown off at the\\ntail. A tape- worm lives from ten to thirty years. Each piece\\ncast off from the tail is full of eggs and this passing from the body\\nmay be eaten by animals. From the animal s stomach, the yonng\\nworks its way into the muscles and must again be taken into a\\nstomach before a full fledged tape-worm can develop.\\nSymptoms and Signs There is only one sign which can be\\ncertainly relied upon and that is the finding of the castoff pieces\\nof the worm in the stool. There are other symptoms but they\\nare very indistinct and do not mean much. These are bad\\nbreath, attacts of colic, an appetite which cannot be satisfied, and\\ndiarrhea.\\nTreatment To children, give two tablets of No. 4 at night.\\nDo not allow the child to eat any breakfast and two hours after\\nthe child rises give one capsule containg five drops of the oil of\\nmale fern. Repeat this dose every hour until four doses have\\nbeen given. Immediately after giving the last capsule, give the\\nchild four tablets No. 9, and one-half tablespoonf ul of castor oil.\\nAllow the child to take small quantities of milk during the day\\nbut no other food. Watch the stools carefully, and be sure that\\nthe head of the worm is passed.\\nTo adults give three tablets of No. 16, and four tablets of No.\\n4 at night and no breakfast in the morning, and after the bowels", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0266.jp2"}, "259": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOMK. 25 S\\nhave moved give five drops of the oil of male fern in capsule\\nevery hour until six doses have been given; immediately after\\nthe last dose has been taken, give one tablespoon ful of castor oil\\nand five tablets No. 4. Use small quantities of milk but no other\\nfood for from ten to twelve hours after the last medicine has been\\ntaken. Watch carefully for the head of the worm.\\nRound- worm This worm is found in the small intestine.\\nIt is from five to ten inches long and light grey in color. These\\nwoims occasionally pass into the stomach and are vomited. The\\npresence of round-worms is surely indicated by finding them in\\nthe stools and this is really the only sure indication. There is,\\nhowever, colic, gas, indigestion, loss of appetite, restlessness,\\ndisturbed sleep, and among the surer signs are grinding of the\\nteeth at night while asleep, picking at the nose, and a very pale\\nupper lip. There may also be chills, headache, dizziness and\\nmany other symptoms. Round-worms are usually found in great\\nnumbers if found at all.\\nTreatment At night give two tablets of No. 9 and one tablet\\nof No. 4. Do not give any breakfast and commencing one hour\\nafter rising, give one tablet No. 21 every hour until the bowels\\nmove very freely.\\nThread- worms Pin- worms These worms are found in\\nthe lower bowel and are very small, about one-half inch long.\\nThese worms when found are usually in great numbers. The\\npresence of these worms produces intense itching about the anus.\\nThere is frequent desire to pass urine. The stools have a slimy\\nappearance.\\nTreatment Inject into the rectum one or two pints of warm\\nwater in which has been dissolved two tablets No. 2. After this\\nhas passed inject a pint of strong warm salt water and retain as\\nlong as possible. After this has passed wash the anus thoroughly\\nand rub well with No. 40. Repeat this treatment every other\\nnight for two weeks. Then miss one week and treat again for\\ntwo weeks. In addition to this give one tablet No. 16 in the morn-\\ning and one at night. Keep this up during the entire treatment.\\nDiseases of the Rectum During the act of emptying the\\nbowels the rectum may protrude to a greater or less extent, and\\nthis is known as prolapse. The bowel will come down during", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0267.jp2"}, "260": {"fulltext": "256 HEALTH AT HOMK.\\ndefecation from a tiny ring of mucous membrane to a bunch as\\nlarge as a good-sized pigeon s egg. This bunch is of a deep pur-\\nplish-red color and bleeds easily. The treatment consists in\\ngently pushing the protruding part back with the fingers and\\napplying cold cloths to the part after the gut has been placed in\\nproper position. Watch carefully after each stool for a week or\\ntwo and repeat the treatment when necessary and the trouble will\\nbe removed with but little difficulty. Inflammation of the rec-\\ntum sometimes occurs, and may be due to irritating injections,\\nto pin- worms, or may follow the use of suppositories. The treat-\\nment is Cleanse the parts carefully and apply No. 40 every\\nnight until relieved.\\nDiseases of the I/iver Disease of the liver is rare in child-\\nhood, yet does sometimes occur. Jaundice is sometimes seen, and\\nis due to some obstruction to the flow of bile from the liver into\\nthe intestine. The treatment is one tablet No. 16 at night\\nand one in the morning until the bowels move freely and the\\nyellow appearance disappears from the skin. Congestion of the\\nliver occurs from malarial fever and from certain of the poisons\\nit is cured when the conditions which produce the congestion\\nare cured. Abscess of the liver is sometimes seen in children.\\nIts cure must be effected by the surgeon, and it requires an\\nexpert physician to discover this disease when present in child-\\nren. When a child has chronic bone or joint disease the liver is\\nat times diseased and becomes very large, and between the cells\\nof the liver substance occur particles of wax-like fat. Cases of\\nthis sort require the care of an expert physician. Sometimes in\\nchildren suffering from consumption or from active starvation\\nthe liver will take on an excessive amount of fat and this disease\\nis known as fatty liver. The treatment of the disease which pro-\\nduces the trouble is the only treatment for this condition. Gall-\\nstones are recorded as having been found in children, but the\\ntruth of this is doubtful.\\nPeritonitis\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Inflammation of the Bowels\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The intes-\\ntines are covered by a membrane which is known as the periton-\\naeum, and this sometimes inflames and causes much trouble.\\nSymptoms and Signs The symptoms or signs of this disease\\nare quite plain. The disease begins with high fever from", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0268.jp2"}, "261": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 257\\n103\u00c2\u00b0 to 105\u00c2\u00b0 vomiting, and pain in the abdomen. The child is\\nrestless and fretful and the abdomen soon swells, and if gently\\nthumped, will sound hollow. This swelling and hollowness is\\nalways present in this disease. The breathing is shallow and\\nrapid. The patient usually lies on the back with the legs drawn\\nup. The pulse is small and rapid and the patient is very sick\\nfrom the beginning. The hands and feet are frequently cold. The\\nface has a pinched look and the features indicate pain. Most\\ncases are constipated although diarrhea sometimes occurs. The\\nabdomen is always tender. The appetite disappears. Inflamma-\\ntion ol the bowels may be found with consumption but in such a\\ncase it it cannot be treated alone, and therefore need not be con-\\nsidered here.\\nTreatment Wring cloths out of cold water and lay over the\\nabdomen. If the child rebels against the cold, hot cloths may be\\nsubstituted, but they must be hot. A very little turpentine\\nsprinkled over the hot cloth will be a benefit. The feeding\\nmust be conducted with care, as the tendency to vomit is always\\npresent. Milk and soft or raw eggs should be the only food.\\nAlso give as a stimulant one tablespoonful of brandy or whiskey\\nin four tablespoonfuls of water; stir, add a piece of ice and give\\none teaspoonful every two to three hours. If the patient is con-\\nstipated when first taken sick, give one tablet No. 16 at night\\nand one in the morning, but under no circumstances attempt to\\nmove the bowels later on in the disease. During the entire\\ncourse of the disease give to a child from two to six years of age\\none tablet No. 15 every three hours; to a child six to ten years of\\nage, one tablet No. 15 every two and one-half hours. To a child\\nover ten years of age, one tablet No. 15 every two hours. Take\\nthe best possible care of the child and above all keep the patient\\nperfectly quiet.\\nDISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM.\\nNasal Catarrh Nasal catarrh is very common to child-\\nhood and if carefully treated is comparatively easy to overcome.\\nIn certain children nasal catarrh appears from no special\\ncause while in others it follows continued colds. Deformities of", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0269.jp2"}, "262": {"fulltext": "258 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nthe throat partial and stoppage of the air passages very frequently\\ncause catarrh.\\nSymptoms a?id Signs A continued discharge from the nose,\\nsnuffling, nasal voice, sores about the end of the nose and on\\nthe upper lip, headache, sometimes earache, or the patient may\\nbe hard of hearing, the nose stopping up, sometimes on both sides,\\nbut more frequently first one side and then the other, are symp-\\ntoms. There is more or less sneezing. The patient breathes\\nthrough the mouth and when arising in the morning the mouth\\nand throat are dry and parched. The sleep is disturbed. The eyes\\nfrequently water and are somewhat red. There may or may not\\nbe a cough. The digestion is somewhat disturbed and occasion-\\nally vomiting is present.\\nTreatment The first thing in treatment is cleanliness. Keep\\nthe child s nose clean and use a spray made by dissolving three\\ntablets No. 3 in one-fourth cup of warm water. Place some of\\nthis solution in the atomizer found in the Cabinet and thoroughly\\nspray the nose and throat four or five times a day. Keep the\\nbowels well open by using No. 9 for young children and No.\\n16 for older ones. Start with one tablet at night and increase the\\ndose if necessary. The patient should have one or two free easy\\nmovements each day. Do not let the child get wet feet or expose\\nitself in any unnecessary way. In the summer have the child take\\nas much outdoor exercise as possible and instruct in lung exer-\\ncise, that is, have the child stand erect, shoulders well back and\\nslowly fill the lungs to their utmost capacity with air, then form-\\ning the mouth as in making the letter, O, slowly blow out the\\nbreath. Repeat this ten or twelve times and repeat the whole\\nthing two or three times a day. This a good exercise for any\\nchild and will very materially increase the lung capacity and is a\\nsafeguard to good health.\\nEpistaxis Nose Bleed Children frequently bleed from\\nthe nose and those who are kept indoors more frequently than\\nthose who have plenty of outdoor exercise. The bleeding may be\\nstarted from a fall or blows, from picking the nose, or it may\\noccur with nasal catarrh.\\nBleeding from the nose is usually preceded by a sense of full-\\nness in the head and the blood comes drop by drop from one nos-\\ntril. The amount of blood lost is usually small.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0270.jp2"}, "263": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 259\\nTreatment The child should have a general tonic treatment.\\nA cold bath should be given every day, followed by brisk rubbing,\\nand good nourishing food should be provided and plenty of outdoor\\nexercise. Give one tablet No. 17 before each meal. The bleed-\\ning may be stopped by pressing the nose between the thumb and\\nfinger by applying cold to the base of the nose and to the back\\nof the neck; by snuffing lemon juice or strong alum or salt water\\nup the nose. Any of these will usually stop the bleeding.\\nSpasmodic Croup This disease is very frequent in child-\\nhood, but is rarely seen after the fourteenth year. Certain child-\\nren have it more frequently than others, and well nourished\\nchildren have it as often as those not so well nourished. Spas-\\nmodic croup may be due to taking cold, exposure, wet feet,\\nattacks of indigestion, constipation and a number of other causes.\\nThe part affected is chiefly that part of the throat above the vocal\\ncords there is inflammation, dryness and the secretion of much\\nmucus. To this is added a spasm of the muscles of the throat.\\nSymptoms and Signs Some time before the attack begins there\\nmay be a discharge from the nose and a peculiar hoarse cough\\nknown to many mothers as a croupy cough. The child is\\nnearly always perfectly well during the day, and when evening\\ncomes the hollow barking cough appears, at first quite infre-\\nquent and not at all severe. In the night, usually about mid-\\nnight, the cough becomes more hoarse and severe and more\\nfrequent and breathing becomes difficult. This soon becomes\\nmore marked and the child wakens with the full force of the\\nattack. The difficulty in breathing is very marked and there is\\na peculiar noise, especially on drawing in the breath. This noise\\nis frequently so loud as to be easily heard in an adjoining room.\\nWhen the child draws in the breath the abdomen will be sunken\\nand the spaces between the ribs will appear to be drawn in.\\nThe fright of the child very frequently increases the spasm and\\nmakes breathing more difficult. There is very great distress; the\\nvoice is very hoarse, but is rarely lost altogether, and the breath-\\ning is slow and hard. The cough is strident, metallic and\\nhoarse. The pulse is rapid, but there is seldom any fever. The\\nlips and finger tips are often bluish, and the child sits up and\\nstruggles for breath while beads of sweat appear on the forehead.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0271.jp2"}, "264": {"fulltext": "260 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nThe attack will last for three or four hours when it will gradually\\nwear away and the child fall asleep. The next day the child\\nwill seem as well as ever. There may be another attack the\\nsecond night and sometimes a third on the third night, but there\\nare usually but one or two attacks. After a child has had one\\nattack of croup it seems to be more liable to a second one, and\\nchildren will often have attacks every week or every two weeks\\nduring the cold weather.\\nTreatment The first thing to do is to relieve the spasm, in\\norder that the child may breathe freely. To do this give at\\nonce three or four tablets No. 22. This will cause the child to\\nvomit and relieve the spasm at once. Next place flannel wrung\\nout of either very hot or very cold water over the throat. After\\nthe child has vomited give one-half tablet No. 13 every hour\\nuntil two whole tablets have been given. If the child is consti-\\npated give an injection of warm water in which has been placed\\none-half teaspoonful of glycerine. During the day following the\\nattack give one-half tablet No. 13 every three to four hours. To\\nprevent a recurrence of croup give the child plenty of fresh air\\neach day and give a cold sponge bath followed by a good rubbing\\nwith a moderately rough towel. The throat should be carefully\\nlooked after by a throat and nose specialist in order that anything\\nin the way of adenoid growths, enlarged tonsils or a too long\\nhanging palate may be removed, and if the child s general con-\\ndition is poor give one tablet No. 17 before each meal and con-\\ntinue this for from three to six weeks.\\nMembranous Croup Membranous croup is sometimes\\ncalled laryngeal diphtheria, and it is many times very difficult to\\ndistinguish between membranous croup and true diphtheria.\\nSymptoms a?id Signs Membranous croup begins very much\\nthe same as spasmodic croup, yet has not quite the abruptness nor\\nis the progress of the disease so rapid. There is a hoarse, stri-\\ndent, metallic cough and hoarse voice, which gradually increases.\\nThere is a slight temperature, ranging from 99\u00c2\u00b0 to 101\u00c2\u00b0. The\\npulse is rapid, but strong, and not weak as in spasmodic\\ncroup. It usually requires twenty-four hours to certainly name\\nmembranous croup. In this disease the child is usually taken\\nsick in the morning and gradually grows worse all day. By", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0272.jp2"}, "265": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 261\\nnight the voice which was hoarse in the morning may be entirely-\\nlost. The breathing is quite easy at first, but becomes more and\\nmore difiicult; spasms occur in the throat which make breathing\\nvery shallow and extremely difiicult, but as the spasm passes off\\nthe breathing again becomes easier. During the second day the\\ndisease becomes well developed. The face wears an anxious look\\nand is pale. The breathing is loud and rasping; the nose dilates\\nwith each breath. Each time the patient draws a breath the\\nabdomen draws in, the spaces between the ribs appear sunken\\nand hollows appear about the collar bones. The patient is very\\nrestless and at times struggles for air. The pulse is weaker than\\non the first day of the disease. The lips and finger ends are some-\\nwhat blue. The skin is clammy. By placing the ear over the\\nlungs, rough rasping sounds can be heard when the child\\nbreathes. Without treatment death will occur in from a day and\\na half to two days in young children and in older ones it is some-\\ntimes delayed as long as a week. Patients nearly always have\\nconvulsions just before death and the temperature rises to 104\u00c2\u00b0 or\\n106\u00c2\u00b0. Lung fever is very liable to complicate this disease. About\\none-half of the patients sick with membranous croup die.\\nTreatment When a case of membranous croup is even sus-\\npected the patient should be put in a room away from the chil-\\ndren and the patient and nurse should stay there alone until\\nthe disease is over. The risk to other children is too great to\\nallow the sick one to even be near the well ones. When mem-\\nbranous croup is suspected a physician should be called at once\\nand the patient should receive an injection of antitoxine. This\\nremedy acts as magic in cases of membranous croup but must\\nbe fresh and cannot be administered except by a physician. For\\nthe throat spasms, use three or four tablets of No. 22 as an emetic\\nor allow the patient to inhale steam. The fumes of calomel are\\nsometimes used with benefit but this must also be done under the\\ndirection of a physician. Hence the best advice in cases of mem-\\nbranous croup is to send for a doctor as soon as such a thing is\\neven suspected and use the No. 22 and steam until he arrives.\\nForeign Bodies Should a child get a foreign substance in\\nthe wind pipe, the first thing to be done is to turn the child\\nhead downward and then a stinging spat will start the child to", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0273.jp2"}, "266": {"fulltext": "262 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\ncrying lustily and frequently expel the substance. It this does\\nnot succeed, try a succession of short jerks while the child s head\\nis down. Should this fail send for a physician and instruct him\\nto come prepared to operate if necessay.\\nThe I^ungs The part of the body which contains the lungs\\nis known as the thorax and is shaped like a cylinder during the\\nchildhood and in adult life is dome shaped. The walls of the\\nthorax are very yielding and elastic, owing to the cartilage or\\npartly formed bone which is found at the ends of the ribs and in\\nparts of the breast bone. The real thickness of the walls of the\\nthorax in infancy is relatively small, the greater part of the\\napparent thickness being made up of fat. At birth a child\\nbreathes about thirty-five times per minute at one year of age,\\ntwenty-seven times per minute; at two years, twenty-five times\\nper minute; at six years of age, twenty- two times per minute; at\\ntwelve years of age, twenty times per minute.\\nThe breathing may be more rapid than this at almost any time\\nand from no especial reason. In examining the lungs of a child,\\nhave the child in a warm room, then strip the child and look\\nat its chest. Note the shape of the chest whether it has the same\\nlook as in other babies; whether it has the natural cylindrical\\nshape whether the chest is deformed in any way whether the two\\nsides are exactly alike; whether the space between the ribs bulges\\nout; whether the two sides expend and contract just alike during\\nthe act of breathing; whether there are any depressions about\\nthe walls of the thorax anywhere. Next sound the chest, and\\nthis is done by placing one finger flat on the baby s chest and\\ngently tapping with a finger of the other hand. The normal\\nsound is somewhat hollow, and one soon learns to notice the\\nslightest variation from the normal. The sound over the heart\\nis dull at all times, and it is easy to outline the size of the heart\\nby sounding. Next, by placing the ear on the chest, both front\\nand back, listen to the sounds. The sound of normal breathing\\nmay soon be learned by listening to the breathing of healthy\\nchildren or grown persons. Compare the sounds on both sides\\nand the sounds of different parts of the same side. The sounds\\nheard in disease of the lungs will be taken up in the proper place.\\nA few points to remember in the lung diseases of children are", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0274.jp2"}, "267": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOMK. 263\\nThe muscular walls of the thorax are very thin in childhood, the\\nbones are soft and pliable the tendency of inflammation to spread\\nis greater than in adults. Children breathe much faster than\\nadults, and this is especially true in disease of the lungs. Fluid\\nis often present about the lungs in lung diseases of children.\\nAcute Bronchitis Acute catarrhal bronchitis is very com-\\nmon in childhood, and is more common in children who are not\\nwell nourished. It starts from a cold, from exposure, insufficient\\nclothing in severe weather, wet feet, and other causes. Bron-\\nchitis is usually present with la grippe, measles, whooping cough,\\nscarlet fever, typhoid fever and diphtheria. It may also be pres-\\nent in lung fever or pleurisy. This disease is an inflammation\\nof the membrane which lines the bronchial tubes, and usually\\noccurs in both lungs and only the larger bronchial tubes are\\naffected.\\nSymptoms and Signs In young children the mild form usually\\nbegins gradually with cold in the nose, some discharge from\\nthe nose and a light cough. The severe form begins in the same\\nmanner except that all symptoms are more severe. There is\\nsome fever. The child raises some material but does not often\\nexpectorate. Vomiting is occasionally found and this is usually\\ncaused by swallowing the mucus which is coughed up. The\\nchild breathes from thirty-five to fifty times a minute, and there\\nis frequently a rattling sound caused by the discharge in the\\nbronchial tubes and in the windpipe. The child is ordinarily\\nnot very sick, but is somewhat restless and may have diarrhea.\\nOn listening early in the disease, a dry sonorous rattle will be\\nheard in the lungs; later the rattle sounds moist. The sickness\\nlasts from five to seven days. Children frequently take relapses.\\nSometimes in the severe form the child is very ill, the breathing\\nrapid and the cough persistent and very tight. The fever runs\\nfrom 100\u00c2\u00b0 to as high as 104\u00c2\u00b0 in very severe cases. The child\\nmay wheeze when the breath is blown out. The result in most\\ncases of catarrhal bronchitis is good and the patients recover in\\nfrom one to two weeks. This disease might be mistaken for lung\\nfever and the differences will be considered under lung fever.\\nAcute catarrhal bronchitis in older children is not nearly so\\nsevere as that found in infants. In the mild form the patient is", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0275.jp2"}, "268": {"fulltext": "264 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nnever sick enough to go to bed. There is a cough which is\\nworse at night and there is a sense of pressure about the breast\\nbone. The cough is tight at first, but soon loosens up and the\\nchild raises a considerable amount of mucus. If the case is a\\nsevere one it may begin with chills, fever, headache, pains in\\nthe back and chest, and cough. The fever runs from 100\u00c2\u00b0 to\\n103\u00c2\u00b0, and is usually the highest the first day. Occasionally a\\nlittle blood is spit up. The patient will be sick in bed for from\\ntwo to four days.\\nTreatment Bronchitis is much more easily prevented than\\ncured. The cough which troubles a child for the whole winter\\nis nearly always from bronchitis. The measures which will pre-\\nvent the child from taking cold are the best to follow in prevent-\\ning bronchitis. Plenty of good warm clothing, wholesome food,\\nfrequent bathing, dry feet and avoiding exposure are important\\npoints to remember. A child suffering from bronchitis should\\nbe kept indoors, and if there is fever keep the child in bed while\\nthat lasts. To break up the fever give one tablet No. 11 every\\nthree hours to a child up to three years of age; from three to six\\nyears of age give one tablet No. 11 every two hours, and to all\\nchildren over six years of age give one tablet No. 11 every\\nhour. Continue this treatment until the fever is gone. At the\\nvery start of the disease give to a child up to six years of age\\none tablet No. 9 every hour until the bowels move freely to a\\nchild six years of age and over give two tablets No. 4, and if the\\nbowels do not move freely in four hours repeat the dose. Over\\nthe chest put either a mustard plaster or a turpentine stupe.\\n(For directions for making these see the chapter on Counter-irri-\\ntants, pp. 122-124. Remove the plaster or stupe as soon as the\\nskin is thoroughly reddened and cover the skin with dry flannel.\\nRepeat the process three times a day. Thoroughly spray the\\nnose and throat every two hours with the atomizer, using three tab-\\nlets No. 3 dissolved in one-fourth cup of warm water. For the\\ncough give one tablet No. 23 every three hours to a child five\\nyears of age and younger and one tablet No. 23 every two hours\\nto a child over five years of age. Continue the use of this tablet\\nuntil the cough entirely disappears.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0276.jp2"}, "269": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 265\\nChronic Bronchitis This is not common in children, but\\nmay follow an attack of acute bronchitis or may follow measles or\\nwhooping cough. The only symptom which is always present\\nis the cough, and this many times very much resembles the\\ncough of whooping cough. The cough is always worse at night\\nand in the early morning, and the child raises a great deal of\\nmatter. The patient is thin, but is fairly healthy. There is no\\nfever.\\nTreatment Give one tablet No. 17 before each meal. The\\ndose is the same for all ages. Give one tablet No. 23 every\\nthree hours to a child five years of age and younger and one tab-\\nlet No. 23 every two hours to a child over five years of age.\\nKeep the bowels well open by using No. 9 for children under six\\nyears of age and by using No. 16 for children over six years of\\nage. Take good care of the child in every way and the recovery\\nis only a matter of time.\\nSometimes a cough occurs during childhood for which there\\nseems to be no especial cause, it is usually worse at night and is\\nnot severe. This cough is called nervous cough and it is treated\\nby keeping the bowels will open as directed above, and by giving\\none tablet No. 13 at bedtime. The dose is the same for all ages.\\nPneumonia I^ung Fever No disease which occurs dur-\\ning childhood is fraught with more danger to life, if neglected,\\nthan lung fever. The disease is frequently seen in children, and\\nis also found in connection with other diseases. There are two\\ngeneral forms of lung fever, one in which the disease is confined\\nto the lung proper and the other in which the bronchial tubes are\\nalso involved. In lung fever the lungs become filled with a dis-\\ncharge which many times contains one or more of the component\\nparts of the blood. When lung fever is present a germ known as\\nthe pneumococcus, is found. There may also be other germs\\npresent, hence it may be said that lung fever is a germ disease\\nand the germs find their way into the lungs from the mouth,\\nthe nose or the throat. Lung fever is more common in winter\\nthan in summer. It attacks weak children quicker than those\\nof robust health. Exposure of any sort may produce lung fever.\\nThe disease may be only in the larger bronchial tubes or it may\\ninvolve all of the bronchial tubes and the lung tissue itself.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0277.jp2"}, "270": {"fulltext": "266 HKAI/TH AT HOME.\\nIytmg fever nearly always occurs in both lungs, although it is\\nsometimes found in one alone. In lung fever death may occur\\nat any stage of the disease or the fever may be broken up and\\nthe patient recover. Pleurisy, or an inflammation of the cover-\\ning of the lungs, is found in nearly every severe case of lung\\nfever.\\nSymptoms and Signs Cases of lung fever present a very great\\nvariety of symptoms and signs, and it will be the endeavor to\\ngive them in a way that will be the most comprehensive and the\\nmost easy to grasp. A symptom that is always present is high\\nfever, and this may vary from 102\u00c2\u00b0 to as high as 107\u00c2\u00b0 in very\\nserious cases. The patient is quite sick from the very start;\\nvomiting is often present; the child is dull, complains of head-\\nache, does not eat, seems weak, and frequently goes to bed of its\\nown accord. The pulse is rapid and the breathing quick. There\\nis a cough which varies very widely in its character. Moist\\nrattling sounds are heard in the lungs and later in the disease\\nsmall spots where no breathing sound at all is heard can be found.\\nSounding the chest gives a very hollow sound, which later may\\nbecome dull and dead, much as the normal sound over the heart.\\nThe cough is in some cases severe and constant, and in most\\ncases there is a disposition to suppress the cough on account of\\npain. In small children there is no expectoration in older ones\\nthe material expectorated is brownish-red at first and toward the\\nclose of the disease is more yellow and very abundant. Pain is\\nfrequently complained of in all parts of the body. In a healthy\\nchild the pulse beats four times to one breath while in lung fever\\nthere will frequently be a breath to every two heart beats. The\\nbreathing is short and jerky. Many times there is a slight moan\\nwhen the breath is blown out. At the beginning of the disease\\nthe pulse is full and strong and very rapid later, although just\\nas rapid, it becomes weak and small. The fever rises rapidly at\\nthe beginning of the disease and varies from one to two degrees\\neach day until the end of the disease, when it falls rapidly to\\nnormal, nearly always falling in from twelve t to eighteen hours.\\nWhen the breath is drawn in all the soft parts of the chest seem\\nto be sunken and the nose dilates. The lips and finger tips may\\nbecome blue, but when this occurs the case one of severity\\nand heroic measures should be taken at once. Nervous symp-", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0278.jp2"}, "271": {"fulltext": "HEAI/fH AT home:. 267\\ntoms, such as twitching of the limbs, and tossing the arms are\\ncommon. In severe cases the child often becomes so near uncon-\\nscious as to be unable to recognize its nurse or parents. The\\nurine is scanty, has an odor and is highly colored. Patients\\nshould be watched most carefully from the fifth to the eighth day,\\nas that time is the most critical. When the fever is high the\\nchild is often delirious or out of its head; this is especially\\nso during the night. The face is flushed and the lips often\\ncrack and get quite sore. The appetite is lost and it is difficult\\nto get the child to take any nourishment. If much food is taken\\nthe stools show undigested material. The skin is dry and hot.\\nA child taken suddenly sick with high fever, rapid pulse and\\nbreathing, and a cough, should always make one think of lung\\nfever. If in addition to these the patient is found to be very weak\\nand sick, with blue lips and finger nails and a general blue tinge to\\nthe skin, it is almost certain that the disease is lung fever. At\\nfirst it is very difficult to tell lung fever from severe bronchitis,\\nyet there is not the continued fever in bronchitis, hence after\\ntwenty-four hours of sickness it is easy to distinguish between\\nthe diseases. Lung fever may be sometimes confounded with\\nmalarial fever. Two points of difference are to be noted. In\\nmalaria there is high fever one day and the next day there ma}\\nbe no fever at all, while in lung fever the high fever of one day\\nmay be less on the second, but is never entirely absent. The\\nsecond point is, the fever of lung fever is not affected by quinine,\\nwhile in malarial fever quinine acts as a specific. Do not forget\\nthe low moan which is often heard upon blowing out the breath\\nin patients sick with lung fever. The mistake is more often\\nmade of confounding lung fever with some other disease than\\nthat of mistaking some other disease for lung fever.\\nIn the beginning, scarlet fever, quinsy and cholera infantum\\nmay all somewhat resemble lung fever. In scarlet fever, how-\\never, is found the sore throat, and on the second day the charac-\\nteristic eruption of the skin. In quinsy the signs are all located\\nin the throat, while in cholera infantum there is not the high\\nfever and severe illness which is found in lung fever. Lung\\nfever is always a dangerous disease, and at any point during the\\ncourse of the disease the patient may take a sudden turn for the\\nworse and die, or on the other hand the fever may be broken at", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0279.jp2"}, "272": {"fulltext": "268 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nany point during the disease and the patient make a compara-\\ntively rapid recovery. I^ung fever is especially dangerous when\\nit occurs in connection with measles, diphtheria, or whooping\\ncough. No case is hopeless as long as food is taken and retained\\nwell and the stools show that it is being taken up by the body, no\\nmatter how grave other signs may be, but persistent vomiting,\\ndiarrhea, or severe indigestion make the chance for life very\\ndoubtful, even when other symptoms are favorable.\\nTreatment Every case of bronchitis in childhood should\\nreceive prompt and careful treatment as such a case is very liable\\nto run into lung fever. A child suffering from lung fever has a\\npart of the breathing space of the lungs cut off, hence one of the\\nfirst things to do is to place the patient in a large airy room where\\nthere is plenty of fresh air. The child must be kept in bed.\\nThe child may have all the water it wants and must be fed on\\nsoft foods, toast, oatmeal, gruel, broths, cornstarch, soft eggs,\\noyster and various other soups, milk and some small amounts of\\nfresh fruits but do not give preserves, jellies, etc. Careful nursing is\\none-half the battle in lung fever and one of the most important\\nthings the nurse will have to do is to attend to poulticing the\\nsick child. As soon as you have fully decided that the patient\\nhas lung fever and the high fever and rapid shallow breathing\\ncommence, begin poulticing. Make a jacket out of muslin that\\nwill fit the child front and back and lap over in either front or\\nback and with notches in place of arm holes. Have it fit up\\nwell in the neck and down on the abdomen as far as the ribs go.\\nMake another exactly like this and sew the edges together, mak-\\ning a sack. Then make another sack exactly like the first one.\\nNext make a mush out of ground flaxseed or, if flaxseed cannot\\nbe had, use corn meal in which a number of slices of onion have\\nbeen placed. Have this mush fairly thin and as hot as the child\\ncan bear; spread a thin layer in each jacket and place one jacket\\non the child and the other one where it may be kept hot by steam\\nfrom boiling water. Allow the poultice to remain on the child\\nuntil it begins to cool and be very careful never to allow it to\\ngrow cold; then take the fresh hot poultice jacket and place on\\nthe child below the poultice already on and draw the warm poul-\\ntice up under the cool one, thus avoiding exposure to the air for", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0280.jp2"}, "273": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 269\\neven one second. Place the cold poultice in the steaming appar-\\natus and change as often as one grows cold. Keep the poultic-\\ning up day and night until the fever is entirely gone. When it\\nis desired to stop poulticing, first carefully dry the skin, then\\ncover with a layer of cotton and several layers of flannel. These\\nmay be gradually removed until but a single layer of flannel\\nremains. This poulticing, if properly attended to, is one of the\\nmost effective treatments for lung fever, but to be of service the\\ndirections above given must be followed to the very letter. Give\\nthe patient a sponge bath with warm water twice a day, being\\ncareful not to get too near the poultice. After each bath rub the\\narms and legs with alcohol. To a child less than five years of\\nage give one-half tablet No. 11 every two hours, and to a child\\nover five years of age give one tablet No. 11 every two hours. Also\\ngive one tablet No. 13 every four hours. The dose is the same\\nfor all ages. Use the fever thermometer and keep a close record\\nof the temperature night and morning, also a record of the pulse\\nbeats per minute taken twice a day. After the first day or two\\nof the disease it is well to give something in the way of a stimu-\\nlant, in order to keep up the strength of the heart and nerve cen-\\nters. Whiskey and brandy are to be preferred, although wines\\nmay be given. When the heart seems to be weak or is the least\\nbit irregular in its beats give one teaspoonful of whiskey or\\nbrandy, well diluted with water or milk, every two hours day and\\nnight. Should the patient sink very rapidly at any time during\\nthe disease give two or three times this amount for a few doses\\nand do not dilute it at all. Allowing the patient to breathe the\\nsteam from boiling water in which a few drops of pure beechwood\\ncreosote has been placed will often loosen the cough and ease the\\nheavy sensation felt in the chest. The feet should be kept warm,\\nusing a hot water bag for this purpose when necessary and the\\nbowels kept open by using No. 9 for young children and by\\nusing No. 4 for older children. Finally, give the patient the\\nbest nursing possible, keep up the strength by careful feeding,\\ndo not be afraid to give stimulants if needed and do carefully and\\nwell all that may be done for the sick one and in the great\\nmajority of cases the outcome will be all that can be hoped for.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0281.jp2"}, "274": {"fulltext": "270 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nPleurisy Inflammation of the covering of the lungs\\nThis disease is found many times in childhood but usually occurs\\nwith or following other diseases of the lungs. With the inflam-\\nmation of the covering of the lungs may occur a discharge of a\\nwatery substance or of pus. When this discharge occurs it\\naccumulates between the lung covering and the walls of the chest.\\nPus is found more often than the watery fluid. Pleurisy very\\noften follows such diseases as scarlet fever, measles, typhoid fever\\nand la grippe. It also comes from exposure to cold, wet feet, etc.,\\nand more frequenty follows lung fever than any other disease.\\nThere are three principal forms of pleurisy, the dry pleurisy,\\npleurisy with the watery fluid, and pleurisy with the formation\\nof pus.\\nSymptoms and Signs of Dry Pleurisy The symptoms and signs\\nof dry pleurisy are sharp pain in one particular spot in the lungs\\nwhich is made worse by drawing in a full breath, soreness upon\\npressure and troublesome hacking cough. On placing the ear\\non the spot where the pain is felt, a moist, crackling sound is\\nheard coughing does not change this sound. Dry pleurisy lasts\\nfrom a few days to a week, and there are no signs except those\\ngiven.\\nTreatment Apply a mustard plaster (For directions as to mak-\\ning see Counter-irritants, on pp. 122 and 222) over the sore place\\nuntil a thorough redness of the skin is produced then remove\\nand cover with dry flannel. Repeat this one or twice every\\nday. Give to a child five years old and younger one tablet No.\\n15 every three hours during the daytime; to a child over five\\n3^ears of age give one tablet No. 15 every two hours during the\\ndaytime. After the child has recovered from the disease the\\nbowels will need some attention. Open them up freely by using\\none tablet No. 9 every two hours until a free movement takes\\nplace.\\nSymptoms and Signs of Water Pleurisy In the pleurisy with a\\nwatery discharge the signs are more those of a serious disease.\\nThere is some fever, headache, general sick feeling, and in fact\\nall the signs of lung fever, but they are not nearly so severe with\\nthe exception of the pain, and that is more severe. The patient\\nis not often sick enough to go to bed. In cases where fluid is", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0282.jp2"}, "275": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME- 271\\nfound in the chest it is the rule for the fluid to absorb slowly but\\ncompletely and leave no marks behind. Looking at the patient it\\nis noticed that on the side where fluid is suspected the move-\\nment of the chest walls is less than on the opposite side and the\\nspaces between the ribs bulge out. On sounding the chest a\\nremarkably dull sound is noticed upon changing the position of\\nthe patient the position of this dull sound may also be changed.\\nTreatment Keep the patient in bed and apply the mustard\\npoultice as directed in dry pleurisy. Give to a child five years\\nold and younger, one tablet No. 15 every three hours and to a\\nchild over five years of age, one tablet No. 15 every two hours.\\nIt is very important that the patient be kept quiet, as death some-\\ntimes occurs very suddenly from over exertion. It will be several\\nmonths before the child will be entirely well again, and care\\nmust be taken during this entire period.\\nSymptoms and Signs of Purulent Pleurisy The great major-\\nity of cases in which pus is found in the chest occur with or fol-\\nlowing lung fever, although this condition maybe found following\\nmeasles, scarlet fever and other diseases of this sort. A wound\\nabout the chest which cuts through into the lung covering will\\nproduce this disease at times, as will a broken rib. When the\\npus first commences to form it does so in the little pockets caused\\nby the pleurisy adhesions, but as the pus continues to form these\\nadhesions are broken down until in many cases the whole space\\nbetween the lung covering and the ribs becomes filled with pus.\\nWhen this trouble follows lung fever it may be that the tempera-\\nture has been normal for a day when it will gradually rise\\nagain until a considerable amount of fever is present. There is\\nalso present very rapid breathing and a cough. After the pus\\nhas been in the chest for a day or two, the signs are loss of\\nflesh and a general ill-nourished look about the body very pale\\nskin lack of blood in the vessels, shown by the pale lips and\\nwhite clear skin, and the child is ill enough to stay in bed of its\\nown free will. The breathing is rapid from forty to seventy-five\\nrespirations per minute and very often difficult. The fever\\nranges from 100\u00c2\u00b0 to 103 The pulse is quite rapid but strong.\\nIn some of the chronic cases, the signs very much resemble those\\nof consumption. Occasionally the feet swell. On looking at the", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0283.jp2"}, "276": {"fulltext": "272 HEAI/fH AT HOME.\\nchild the same things that are noted in cases in which other\\nfluid is found in the chest are seen. When fluid of any sort is\\nsuspected call a physician, and he can with a hollow needle\\nsyringe explore and certainly detect the presence of fluid or pus.\\nIn fact, a case of this sort must be treated by a surgeon, and the\\nsooner one is called the better. Pus in the chest can only be\\nremoved properly by an operation, and the best advice that can\\nbe given is to have the operation performed early in the disease-\\nThe Heart and Blood Vessels in Infancy\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Before a\\nchild is born circulation of the blood goes on after this manner:\\nthere is a vein which runs from the mother to the child through\\nthe cord and the pure blood from the mother passes through\\nthis vein to the child, passes through the liver and through the\\nvarious parts of the body and into the right side of the heart. In\\nthe adult the blood passes from the right side of the heart to the\\nlungs and thence back to the left side to be pumped to the var-\\nious parts of the body. In the infant before birth, however, but\\nvery little blood is sent to the lungs, the most of it passing from\\nthe right to the left side ot the heart through an opening known\\nas the foramen ovale. At birth breathing commences and the\\nblood passes from the right side of the heart to the lungs and back\\nto the left side, the foramen ovale very soon closing entirely and\\nthe circulation being the same as that in the adult. In infancy\\nthe heart beats more rapidly than in adult life. The pulse rate\\nis as follows: In a child six to twelve months, 100 to 115 per\\nminute; in a child two to six years, 90 to 110 per minute; in a\\nchild seven to ten years, 75 to 95 per minute; in a child eleven\\nto fourteen years, 72 to 90 per minute. Violent exercise will\\nincrease the heart beats from twenty-five to fifty beats per minute.\\nThe heart beats more frequently in females than in males and\\nmore frequently when standing up than when lying down quietly.\\nA very rapid pulse in an infant may also be irregular and not\\nmean anything. In an infant just born it requires twelve seconds\\nfor the blood to make the round of the circulation; in a child\\nthree years old fifteen seconds in an adult twenty-two seconds.\\nVery frequently children are born in which some part of the heart\\nis not perfectly formed the most common of these is the failure\\nto close on the part of the opening between the right and left", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0284.jp2"}, "277": {"fulltext": "HEAI/fH AT HOME. 273\\nheart, which has been spoken of as the foramen ovale. This\\nsometimes closes with the exception of a very small opening, and\\nin such a case no serious results need be anticipated. Other\\ntrouble may occur in the heart and in the blood vessels, but as\\nthe symptoms and signs of all such trouble are very much alike\\nthey will be given here, but the advice of a physician should be\\nasked for in any such trouble. In all cases where the heart or\\ncirculation is affected before birth the baby will be blue the lips,\\nfinger tips and the whole surface of the skin. The intensity of\\nsuch blueness is a good index as to the gravity of the case. A\\nsymptom often noticed is the enlargement of the ends of the\\nfingers and toes the members will be of natural size to the end,\\nand there will be noticed a decided enlargement. Other signs\\nare bleeding from the nose, spitting of blood, difficult breathing\\ndropsy and swelling of the lower limbs.\\nDISEASES OF THE GENITAL ORGANS.\\nVery often in the penis of the male child a very tight foreskin\\nis found. When this condition is present the foreskin should be\\nforcibly pushed back and the parts carefully washed. Then apply\\na drop of oil and draw the skin forward. Repeat this daily until\\nthe foreskin is thoroughly loosened up. Sometimes the opening\\nin the forsekin is so small that it cannot be forced back. This\\ncondition is known as phimosis. Such a condition makes clean-\\nliness impossible and may produce very serious trouble. The\\ncure of this trouble is surgical and a physician should be called\\nto attend to the little one. Occasionally a case is met with in\\nwhich the opening of the urethra is not in its proper place, but\\nas this is also a case for the surgeon it is only mentioned here.\\nSometimes the testicles do not descend into the scrotum properly,\\nbut in all cases of this sort allow nature to care for the trouble\\nand do not interfere in any way. An inflammation of the fore-\\nskin sometimes occurs, and may be the result of uncleanliness or\\nof phimosis, previously mentioned. When this trouble occurs\\ncleanse the parts thoroughly and bathe three or four times a day\\nin a solution made by dissolving three tablets No. 3 in a half pint\\nof water. A few days of this treatment will effect a cure. An", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0285.jp2"}, "278": {"fulltext": "274 HEALTH AT HOME.\\ninflammation of the urethra is sometimes seen. This is a rather\\nserious condition and must be treated by a physician. Sometimes\\nfluid will accumulate in the scrotum, but this will usually disap-\\npear in a few weeks or months; if not the use of iodide of potash,\\nthree grain doses three times a day will help the absorption.\\nIn the female an inflammation of the private parts may occur.\\nCareful cleansing and the use of a solution made by dissolving\\nthree tablets No. 3 in a half pint of water will be the only treat-\\nment necessary. Should this not effect a cure in a few days it is\\nbest to call the attention of a physician to the matter. When\\nsmall sores or blisters occur about the parts cleanse thoroughly\\nand dust twice a day with talcum powder.\\nEnuresis Bed-wetting Bed-wetting may be due to some\\nmalformation of the urinary apparatus, or it may occur in disease\\nof the central nervous system, such as idiocy, meningitis, injuries\\nto the spinal cord, and tumors of the brain. In cases produced\\nin this manner there may also be lack of control of the bowel.\\nThe real bed- wetting of childhood, however, is not caused by any\\nof the above. In early infancy the passage of urine is purely a\\nreflex act. If a child is unable to control the discharge of urine\\nafter the third year treatment is necessary. An irritation of the\\nnerves may cause bed-wetting, and this irritation may be in the\\nnerve centers, in the bladder or in the urethra. Bed- wetting\\nmay occur in a very nervous child, or in one who is not well\\nnourished, or it may be associated with epilepsy, headache, neu-\\nralgia and other nervous symptoms. A highly acid u rine may\\nalso produce this trouble. Inflammation of the bladder or of the\\nexternal organs may also produce this trouble. It is sometimes\\ncaused by pin-worms in the rectum. And in many cases habit\\nseems to be the only reason we can find for the trouble. It occurs\\nin both sexes and at all ages up to manhood and womanhood.\\nBed-wetting occurs in many cases every night, or it may occur\\nonly under some especial exciting cause. There is usually a\\ncomplete emptying of the bladder and no dribbling.\\nTreatment In the treatment s of this disease first think of\\nchanges in the urinary organs which might cause the trouble,\\nsuch as stone in the bladder, a narrow or adherent foreskin,\\ninflammation of any part of the urinary tract and any spinal", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0286.jp2"}, "279": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 275\\naffection. If these do not occur the case is an ordinary case of\\nbed- wetting. In treatment do not allow the child to use much\\nfluid in the evening; require the bladder to be emptied just before\\ngoing to bed and have the child get up at least once during the\\nnight for the same purpose. Do not cover the child up too\\nwarmly, and try to keep it from sleeping on the back. The use\\nof an electric battery is often of value. The child should have a\\nthorough cold bath just before going to sleep. Be careful not\\nto overtax the child s nervous system, either at home or at school,\\nand early hours and plenty of sleep must be the rule. Punish-\\nment with the rod will not do any good and may be really harmful.\\nEndeavor to strengthen the child s will power and call his pride\\nto assist him. The medical treatment of these cases is, on the\\nwhole, very successful, but all remedies which can be used with\\nany hope of effecting a cure are very active poisons and should\\nbe given only under the personal direction of the family physi-\\ncian.\\nSpasm of the Bladder This sometimes occurs, and may\\nbe recognized by the frequent passing of water and pain upon\\npassing water. The treatment consists in giving an abundance\\nof water and two grains of citrate of potash in water every two\\nhours.\\nStone in the Bladder This occurs in children quite as\\noften as in adults, and the signs are pain upon passing water,\\nespecially at the end of the act; there may be a sudden stoppage\\nof the flow straining is frequent inability to hold the urine is\\noften present, more marked during the daytime. The treatment\\nof stone in the bladder is entirely surgical.\\nDISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM.\\nConvulsions Convulsions may be caused by some condition\\nwhich affects the nutrition of the brain, or the lack of develop-\\nment of some of the nerve centers. Convulsions may be brought\\nabout from exhaustion, lack of the proper amount of blood, poor\\nnourishment, any disturbance of digestion, any of the acute\\ndiseases, or worms. Children who inherit a nervous disposition", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0287.jp2"}, "280": {"fulltext": "276 HKAI/TH AT HOME.\\nfrom their parents are more liable to convulsions than others.\\nAll sorts of brain diseases are liable to produce convulsions.\\nThey may also be produced by severe injuries. Difficult teeth-\\ning will also sometimes produce convulsions. The presence of\\nundigested food in the stomach is often the exciting cause.\\nVery frequently convulsions are associated with whooping cough,\\nand more rarely with lung fever, malaria, scarlet fever and indi-\\ngestion. Sometimes the attack is preceded by restlessness and\\nslight twitching ol the muscles, but more often the attack comes\\non very suddenly and without warning. The first thing noticed\\nwill be the pale face and fixed eyes; in a moment convulsive\\ntwitchings begin in the face and rapidly extend to all parts of\\nthe body. The head is thrown back, the hands are clenched and\\nthe baby becomes unconscious. The breathing is very feeble,\\nthe lips become blue, the forehead is clammy, rattling sounds\\nare heard in the throat and the bladder or bowels may empty them-\\nselves. The attack lasts from a few minutes to nearly an hour,\\nand the patient is left very weak and in a sort of stupor. Once\\nin a great many times death occurs from one attack. One\\nattack is very apt to be followed by others.\\nTreatment When it is noticed that a young child is about to\\nhave a convulsion or is having a convulsion, plunge the child,\\nwith the exception of the head, into hot water; have the water so\\nhot as to almost parboil the skin place cloths wrung out of cool\\nwater on the head; allow the child to remain in the bath from\\none-half minute to two minutes. Remove from the bath, dry\\nthoroughly and apply mustard plasters on the feet and legs and\\ngive one tablet No. 7 every two hours until four doses have been\\ngiven. This treatment will, in all ordinary cases, stop the con-\\nvulsions and prevent a recurrence, but should the attack persist\\nand return often, seek the advice of a physician.\\nEpilepsy Epilepsy is a disease in which convulsions of a\\npeculiar sort occur at fairly regular intervals and in which there\\nis complete loss of consciousness. In many of the cases of epilepsy\\nthere is a family history of epilepsy or insanity running through\\nseveral generations. Epilepsy does not usually come on until\\nthe age of ten or twelve years has been reached, and frequently\\noccurs in those who have had convulsions in infancy. The first", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0288.jp2"}, "281": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 277\\nattack can many times be traced to such things as fright, great\\nexcitement, sunstroke or blows or falls upon the head. It also\\nsometimes follows scarlet fever, typhoid fever or measles. Chronic\\nconstipation may also produce this disease. Some attacks of\\nepilepsy are very light, and in these the unconsciousness is only\\nmomentary and they many times pass under the names of/ spells,\\ndizziness, and faint spells. The unconsciousness, how-\\never, and the return of the spells mark them as epilepsy.\\nSymptoms and Signs There may be only a slight dropping\\nof the head and a fixed stare for a moment. The mind is usually\\nsomewhat confused for a moment or two after such an attack^and\\nthe person may say or do strange things. Acts of violence, how-\\never, do not occur during such times. In the more severe peases\\nthe patient usually has an instant s warning, and then the attack\\ncomes on very suddenly. Persons so afflicted ^describe an [end-\\nless number of sensations. The face is pale, the eyes rolled up\\nand fixed and a spasm of the muscles immediately follows. There\\nis a peculiar cry. The attack lasts from a few minutes to a^ half\\nhour and the patient is somewhat dazed upon coming to and fre-\\nquently complains of severe headache. When the disease first\\nbegins the attacks are a long distance apart but they become\\nmore frequent until the interval between the attacks will be from\\ntwo to four weeks. Sometimes a number of attacks will follow\\neach other closely and then will follow quite a length of time in\\nwhich no attack will occur. The general health of persons suffer-\\ning from epilepsy is usually normal.\\nTreaiinerit If a cause can be found remove it. Pay particular\\nattention to the digestion, as the most favorable cases for recovery\\nare those which are due to disordered digestion. Allow the patient\\na little meat once a day, but no potatoes or oatmeal, nor should tea,\\ncoffee or alcohol in any form be allowed. Milk may be given,\\nand green vegetables with the exception of beans and peas also\\nall sorts of fresh fruits. The bowels should be carefully looked\\nafter. The patient must lead a regular, simple life, be out of\\ndoors as much as possible, and the nervous system should be\\nkept as quiet as possible. Children suffering from epilepsy should\\nnot be allowed to attend school. The drugs which are of most\\nvalue are the bromides of sodium and ammonium. To a child of", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0289.jp2"}, "282": {"fulltext": "278 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nfive years give five grains of sodium bromide every two hours\\nand increase the dose one-half grain for every year of age until\\na dose of ten grains is reached. To stop the attack when it comes\\non, nothing is of more value than nitrate of amyl. This remedy\\ncomes in small glass beads, and one of these broken in a hand-\\nkerchief and held to the nose of a patient just taken with a fit of\\nepilepsy will often check or entirely stop the attack.\\nChorea Saint Vitus Dance This is a nervous disease\\nwhich is recognized by irregular, aimless movements of any or\\nall of the voluntary muscles. These movements are somewhat\\nspasmodic in character, and there is notable loss of power in the\\nmuscles affected. Along with this is noticed a very irritable\\nmind. Saint Vitus Dance is most frequent between the ages of\\nsix and fifteen years. This disease is found more often in females\\nthan in males and is more frequent in the spring months than at\\nany other season of the year. Rheumatism is very often found\\nclosely associated with Saint Vitus Dance. The disease may\\nfollow scarlet fever and other diseases of this sort. Saint Vitus\\nDance may also be caused by pin- worms, phimosis, delayed men-\\nstruation, and defects of the eyes. Many childern inherit a ten-\\ndency to have Saint Vitus Dance fright may also cause the\\ndisease and some authors claim that it may be caused by lack of\\nblood, nervous constitution or a severe disturbance of the nutri-\\ntion of the child.\\nSymptoms and Signs An attack of this sort comes on grad-\\nually the child is usually thought to be nervous and it is noticed\\nthat he has difficulty in using the hands for close work, such as\\nwriting. He is continually dropping things and has much diffi-\\nculty in feeding himself and in buttoning his clothes. Next will\\nbe noticed a stumbling gait and the child frequently falls and has\\ndifficulty in stepping up. Then commences the irregular, jerking\\nspasmodic movements of the disease, which vary from the\\nslightest twitching to almost constant motion. These movements\\nare always increased by excitement or fatigue. In the more\\nsevere cases, the patient may be unable to help himself or even\\nto walk. Patients suffering from Saint Vitus Dance are always\\nfretful, irritable, easy to make laugh or cry and often very diffi-\\ncult to control. Sometimes the mind is so active and irritable as", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0290.jp2"}, "283": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOME. 279\\nto border on insanity. Stammering or stuttering is frequently-\\nseen. Heart trouble sometimes manifests itself, the appetite is\\npoor, the sleep disturbed, headaches are frequent and all the\\nsymptoms of poor nutrition are present.\\nThe disease usually lasts from one month to two and one-half\\nmonths. Second attacks are very liable to occur and even third\\nand fourth ones, usually just one year apart.\\nTreatment A child suffering with Saint Vitus Dance should\\nbe taken out of school and should never be laughed at or pun-\\nished on account of the peculiar movements. The diet should\\nbe carefully looked after. The patient should have a warm bath\\ndaily, followed by a brisk rubbing. Give two tablets of No. 24\\nevery hour and every other day add one tablet to each dose until\\ntwelve tablets are given at each dose. Continue this until the\\nstomach or bowels rebel, then stop for a few days and start again\\nwith two tablets every hour and work up in the same manner to\\ntwelve tablet doses. As soon as the movements stop discontinue\\nthe use of the medicine.\\nHeadaches Headaches occur in childhood from poorly venti-\\nlated rooms, from malaria, from constipation, from lack of proper\\nnutrition, from various nervous disorders, from various eye\\ndiseases and from eye strain, from rheumatism, and from some\\nother causes. The removal of the cause will effect a cure.\\nStuttering and Stammering In childhood a number of\\ndisorders of speech sometimes occur, such as stuttering, stammer-\\ning and lisping. Careful training and insisting that the child\\nspeak slowly and pronounce but one syllable at a time and draw\\na breath before attempting to pronounce a second syllable will in\\ntime correct these defects.\\nRestless Sleep Restless sleep is often seen in childhood,\\nand is ordinarily due to hunger, indigestion resulting from over-\\nfeeding or improper feeding, trouble in teething, colic, earache,\\nextreme nervousness, enlarged tonsils or growths in the back of\\nthe throat, lack of fresh air in the sleeping room, cold feet, vio-\\nlent or exciting play just before going to sleep, or to the bad hab-\\nits of rocking or night feeding. The cause of disturbed sleep in\\nchildhood is usually easily discovered, and a removal of this\\ncause is all that is necessary to produce natural sleep. Soothing", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0291.jp2"}, "284": {"fulltext": "280 HSAI/TH AT HOMK.\\nsyrups should never be given to restless children, not even in bad\\ncases of teething. Medicines are to be used only in cases of\\nserious disease or in cases in which the child has frequent attacks\\nof nightmare. In such cases the child awakes in a state of fright\\nand says he has had a bad dream, or it may be he is found sit-\\nting up in bed in a state of terror and is afraid of some animal or\\nmonster which seems very near. In cases of this sort give five\\ntablets No. 7 at bedtime. Have the child eat a very light supper\\nand avoid all nervous strain of any and all sorts.\\nCerebro-spinal Meningitis Spotted Fever This dis-\\nease occurs many times as an epidemic, especially in winter\\nand spring, and affects persons of all ages. In the great majority\\nof cases no cause for the disease can be discovered. It some-\\ntimes follows or occurs with lung fever, scarlet fever, typhoid\\nfever, la grippe, inflammation of the middle ear and abscess of\\nthe brain. Death may occur very early in this disease. Very few\\ndiseases are so irregular in their course as spotted fever.\\nSymptoms a?id Sig?is Some cases begin with a day or two of\\ngeneral weakness and dumpy feeling, but in the majority of\\ncases the disease begins suddenly with vomiting, convulsions,\\nheadache and high fever. The fever at the very start is from\\n102\u00c2\u00b0 to 105\u00c2\u00b0. Severe headache is always present, the patient is\\nvery sick, there is pain in the back of the neck and along the\\nspine; the patient is abnormally sensitive to pain; there is consti-\\npation, and the muscles of the neck are stiff. Later on nervous\\nsymptoms develop. The patient is delirious, throws the hands\\nand arms about the head; frequently there is a low distressed\\nmoan; the muscles twitch, and sometimes convulsions occur.\\nSometimes the patient is very dull and does not seem to notice\\nanything and this passes on until the person is unconscious. The\\nbreathing is slow and often irregular. The pulse is weak. After\\nabout two days, the pupils of the eyes become very large. The\\ndisease lasts from one to two weeks. In over half ot the cases,\\nred spots from an inch to two inches in diameter will be found,\\nafter the second day of the disease, upon the back, along the\\nspine and it is from this fact that the name, spotted fever, is\\ngiven to the disease. When the patient gets well, there is\\noften dealness or paralysis. The paralysis is usually of one side", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0292.jp2"}, "285": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 281\\nof the body or of one arm or one leg. This paralysis will disap-\\npear in time recovery is aided by the use of an electric battery.\\nThe mind may not be very clear for some time after recovering\\nfrom the disease. Sometimes attacks of spotted fever are very\\nsevere and the patient will die in two or three days, and again\\nthe patient may be taken very severely ill and at the end of three or\\nfour days begin to improve and go on steadily to recovery.\\nBetween these two extremes are found all grades of severity. In\\nnearly all severe cases the speech of the patient is interfered with\\nin some manner. The skin is more or less blue in all cases. The\\ntongue is coated. The large joints, and particularly the knees,\\noften swell and are tender and painful. When death occurs it\\nusually does so in less than a week. In the cases which recover\\nit requires many weeks before the full health and strength is\\nregained. All grades of mental disturbance are seen after an\\nattack of spotted fever. In infants the disease is usually fatal,\\nand when epidemics of the disease occur, from 30 to 75 per cent\\nof the cases die.\\nTreatment The patient should be fed upon milk, eggs, broths,\\nsoups and meat juices, and the food should be given every two\\nto three hours day and night. The nape of the neck and along\\nthe spinal column should be sponged with hot water every\\nhour or two and an ice cap or cold water should be applied to the\\nhead. Bach day paint the nape of the neck and along the spinal\\ncolumn lightly with tincture of iodine. Keep the bowels well\\nopen by using, for children, No. 9, and for adults, No. 16, suffi-\\ncient to produce a free movement from the bowels each day-\\nGive one tablet No. 15 every three hours to a child five years of\\nage and younger, one tablet No. 15 every two hours to a child\\nover five years of age, and two tablets No. 25 every hour, to an\\nadult. Place a tablespoonful of whiskey or brandy and a table-\\nspoonful of water in a glass and give one teaspoonful of this every\\nthree hours. To an adult give one tablespoon ful of whiskey or\\nbrandy, somewhat diluted, every three hours. If the patient will\\nnot eat, inject milk into the rectum every two or three hours.\\nDeafness Children born deaf are often met with. Deafness\\nmay be produced by inflammation of the bones of the ear or\\ninflammation of the covering of the bones about the side of the", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0293.jp2"}, "286": {"fulltext": "282 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nhead and ear by the absence of all or any part of the middle ear\\nby the death of the nerve of hearing; by a diseased condition of\\nthe brain; by scarlet fever; by spotted fever, or it may follow any\\nof the serious diseases of childhood.\\nBone, Joint and Skin Diseases A number of diseases of\\nthe bones, of the joints and of the skin occur in childhood.\\nThese conditions are hard to name and equally hard to treat, and\\nmany times the treatment requires frequent changing. It would\\nbe a practical impossibility to describe the various conditions\\nwhich might arise in connection with diseases of this sort, and as\\nit is the object of this book to give advice which may safely be\\nfollowed in all cases, it is advised that in cases of bone, joint or\\nskin diseases, excepting those described, the family physician\\nbe called.\\nSweat Rash This is a disease of the skin, seen in young\\ninfants, due to too much clothing. It is usually seen on the face\\nand meek, often upon the side of the face upon which the infant\\nsleeps or the side held against the mother while nursing. The\\ndisease is really an inflammation of the sweat glands, and shows\\nas a red eruption of small pimples. Lessen the amount of cloth-\\ning and dust often with talcum powder and the trouble will be\\ncured in a short time.\\nPrickly Heat In this disease the skin is covered with r tiny\\nbright red pimples, very close together, and on the top of the\\npimples will be a tiny sac of watery fluid. Scratching causes the\\npimples to rupture, and a large crusty sore is soon formed. The\\ndisease comes on very quickly, with intense itching and sting-\\ning. Very hot weather and too much clothing produce this\\ndisease. On those parts of the body where the rash does not\\nappear there is much sweating. Prickly heat may be prevented\\nby light clothing, frequent bathing and by dusting the body\\nfreely with talcum powder. During an attack open the bowels\\nby using one tablet No. 9 every hour until they move freely.\\nGive one teaspoonful sweet spirits of nitre to start a free action of\\nthe kidneys. Bathe the body and dust well with talcum powder.\\nIf the itching is intense, spirits of camphor will much relieve\\nthe irritation. The diet should be light and as nearly fluid as\\npossible.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0294.jp2"}, "287": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 283\\nSeborrhea This is a disease in which dirty, yellow, greasy\\ncrusts form upon the scalp. These crusts are easily recognized\\nand should be first softened with oil and then removed by\\nthoroughly washing the head with soap and water. Having\\nremoved the crusts, apply a salve made by taking one part of\\nflowers of sulphur and eight parts of vaseline mix thoroughly\\nand rub in well. Repeat this treatment every few days until the\\ndisease is cured.\\nEczema Eczema is an inflammation of the skin and is the\\nskin disease which is found most often in children, and in fact is\\nthe most frequent skin disease in all ages. A thin, delicate-skin-\\nned child or one in whom the glands of the skin are very active\\nis more liable to be affected by eczema than a more hardy child.\\nChildren of rheumatic parents are very liable to have eczema.\\nHeat, cold dry air, winds, the use of hard water or strong soaps\\nin bathing, irritation of clothing, want of cleanliness and irritat-\\ning discharges from the mucous surfaces may cause eczema. It\\nmany times accompanies the skin diseases which are caused by\\nparasites, such as ring-worm. Eczema is also caused by the\\nkidneys or bowels not being in proper working order, and may\\nbe caused by disturbances of digestion, especially intestinal indi-\\ngestion.\\nThe form of eczema which usually affects children is seen most\\noften upon the face, usually upon the cheeks, forehead and scalp.\\nIt may occur upon any part of the body, and when found upon\\nthe trunk and extremities is usually in patches. When the\\ndisease begins small red pimples form, which run together, and\\nthere is then a moist red surface which is covered with a thick\\nwatery fluid. This fluid soon dries up and forms thick gummy\\ncrusts. There is intolerable itching, and from the scratching\\nthe surface becomes very tender and bleeds freely. The skin is\\noften swollen. When the crusts are removed the flesh looks red\\nand granular and the watery fluid spoken of appears. The\\nintense itching causes loss of sleep and restlessness, and in this\\nway affects the general health of the patient. It is easy to get\\nsome improvement in eczema, but it is difficult to bring about a\\ncomplete cure. In more than half of the cases of eczema it is\\nfound either on the face or the scalp.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0295.jp2"}, "288": {"fulltext": "284 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nTreatment In nearly all cases the treatment of eczema must\\nbe carried on for several months and to have the best results the\\nnursing must be carefully looked after. It is important to dis-\\ncover the cause of eczema, as the cure of the disease may be much\\nhastened by its removal. The patient should have a very plain\\ndiet and little or no fat, only a small amount of meat and in fact the\\nfood had best be milk, eggs, vegetables and fresh fruits. The\\nkidneys should be kept working well by allowing the child to\\ndrink large amounts of water. Keep the bowels well open by\\ngiving No. 9. Give the tablets one hour apart and give enough\\nto have a free movement from the bowels every day. If eczema\\noccurs in a child who is thin and pale and not well nourished\\ngive one tablet No. 6 three times a day before meals. In wash-\\ning the skin always wash with bran water or with milk and\\nwater. Loosen all crusts by soaking in sweet oil and then care-\\nfully remove them. After the crusts have been removed apply this\\nointment: Tincture of opium, one dram; salycilic acid, two\\ndrams; subnitrate of bismuth, three drams; common starch, three\\ndrams; vaseline sufficient to make a thick paste. Apply this to\\nthe raw surfaces and every other day thoroughly cleanse the parts\\nand apply fresh ointment. If this does not produce an improve-\\nment in a few days, consult your family physician.\\nBoils A boil is a circumscribed inflammation beginning in a\\nhair follicle or sweat gland and extending to the surrounding\\ntissues, ending usually in breaking and discharging pus. In\\ninfants small boils sometimes occur in great numbers, usu-\\nally upon the scalp, face or shoulders they are about the size\\nof a pea or a little larger. In all cases where boils occur\\nthoroughly cleanse the skin and with a sharp knife thoroughly\\ncut open the boil, and any ordinary dressing will be all that is\\nrequired to complete the cure.\\nEarache Earache frequently occurs in children and is a very\\npainful and annoying disorder. It is easily recognized and in\\nmost cases the child himself will tell you where the trouble is.\\nThe pain is very severe and the child will drop asleep only when\\ncompletely exhausted from the crying. Treatment of these cases\\nis comparatively easy. Lay the child down so that the ear which\\naches is uppermost, then, with the small ear syringe, fill the ear", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0296.jp2"}, "289": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOME. 285\\nwith water as hot as the child will bear; allow the water to remai n\\nin the ear for a few seconds, then turn the child over and allow\\nthe water to run out turn the child back and refill the ear with\\nhot water. By beginning with water which is moderately warm\\nand having it a little hotter each time, very hot water may be\\nfinally used. Continue this treatment until the pain ceases;\\nthen allow the ear to drain, thoroughly cover it and the side of the\\nhead with dry flannel which has been heated. Do not use sweet\\noil or laudanum in a child s ear.\\nSPECIFIC INFECTIOUS DISEASES.\\nIn childhood a number of diseases occur which are known as\\ninfectious diseases, or diseases which may be taken from exposure\\nto another person who is suffering from one of the diseases or\\nexposure to the same conditions which produced the disease in\\nanother person. These diseases are placed in two groups. In\\nthe first group are scarlet fever, measles, German measles,\\nchickenpox, whooping cough and mumps.\\nIn the second group are diphtheria, typhoid fever and con-\\nsumption.\\nAll of the first group are contagious, but the exact poison occur\\ning in these diseases is as yet unknown. In the second group\\nthe exact poison is well known and the manner in which this\\npoison is given off from the body is well understood. The first\\ngroup may be contracted by simply being near a person suffer-\\ning from one of the diseases mentioned, while in the second group,\\nthe actual germ of the disease must be received into the body or\\nin other words, strictly speaking, the second group are not con-\\ntagious.\\nScarlet Fever This is an acute, self -limited contagious dis-\\nease, and one attack usually protects the individual from another.\\nFrom the time of exposure until the first sickness is felt is from two\\nto six days; it requires from twelve to twenty-four hours ^for the\\ndisease to come on the eruption lasts from four to six days, and\\nthen the skin peels off, requiring from three to six weeks for\\nthis process. This disease may be given to another at any time\\nfrom the time the patient is taken sick to the end of the peel-", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0297.jp2"}, "290": {"fulltext": "286 HEALTH AT HOME.\\ning off stage, but the time when the disease is most liable to\\nbe given is during the time when the skin is scaling off. Deaf-\\nness and kidney disease often follow scarlet fever. About one-\\nhalf of the children who are exposed to this disease contract it,\\nwhile the other halt do not seem to be affected at all. Epidemics\\nof scarlet fever are common, and are more frequent in tall and win-\\nrer than in summer. If a child has been exposed to scarlet fever and\\na week passes without its taking the disease you may feel quite cer-\\ntain that it will not take the fever. It is doubtful whether the\\npoison of scarlet fever can be carried by the breath, but it can\\nsurely be carried by the skin which peels off and by the urine,\\nthe matter from the bowels and the perspiration. The disease\\nmay be carried by anything from the room in which a patient\\nhas been lying sick with scarlet fever. Milk which has been in\\nthe sick room is a fine conveyor for the disease. Physicians may\\ncarry seal let fever from one house to another, or in other words\\nthe disease may be carried by a third party. The discharge\\nfrom the nose, ears, and throat carry the disease and must be\\nlooked upon as sources of contagion.\\nSymptoms and Signs Scariet fever usually begins abruptly\\nwith vomiting, sore throat and high fever. The vomiting is fre-\\nquent and hard. The fever at the onset is from 102\u00c2\u00b0 to 105\u00c2\u00b0.\\nThe child complains of sore throat, and on looking into the throat\\nit is seen to be evenly red all over with the exception of the hard\\npalate, and this is covered with little red points. If ^the disease\\noccurs in summer, diarrhea is nearly always present at the begin-\\nning. The child is sick in proportion to the height of the fever.\\nIn from twelve to thirty hours after the child is first taken sick\\nthe eruption appears. It requires from twelve to twenty-four\\nhours for the rash to fully develop and the rash then lasts from\\nthree to six or seven days. The rash first appears upon the neck\\nand chest and soon covers the entire body. The rash is of a\\nbright scarlet color and upon close examination is seen to be made\\nup of very tiny points. Very often there is a peculiar whiteness\\nabout the mouth, and this makes a striking contrast to the rest of\\nthe face. In mild cases the rash may not appear upon the face\\nat all, and may be faint upon the body. Should the rash be out\\nwell and suddenly disappear it means nothing except that the\\nheart, which was very strong, has suddenly become weaker.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0298.jp2"}, "291": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 287\\nWhen the rash is faint a hot mustard bath will often bring it out\\nclear. Shortly after the rash has faded the skin begins to peel\\noff, and this peeling off of the skin is not found in any other\\ninfectious disease. The neck and chest show the first signs and\\nthe skin comes off in fine scales. From the neck and chest the\\nscaling continues over the entire body, the hands and feet being\\nthe last to scale. The appearance of the fingers during this time\\nis very characteristic. The finger tips peel first, and the new\\nskin is pink and fresh looking, while that which has not yet\\nscaled is dull gray and rough. Sometimes cases occur which are\\nso mild that nothing is noticed until the peeling begins. Usually,\\nhowever, even in mild cases, the child vomits and has sore throat\\nat the beginning of the disease. It is very difficult to keep child-\\nren with mild attacks in bed. The highest fever is when the\\neruption or rash is most prominent. The severe cases of scar-\\nlet fever begin with repeated vomiting or with convulsions and\\nthe rash very soon appears. By the third or fourth dav, white\\npatches appear on the tonsils and may appear on other parts of\\nthe throat; the lining of the mouth is very red, and little ulcers\\nmay be present which bleed easily; the glands in the neck swell;\\nthere is a discharge from the nose and mouth and the breath is\\nbad. The fever is from 103\u00c2\u00b0 to 105\u00c2\u00b0 and continues steady for\\nabout a week. The fever lasts from three to four weeks. The\\npulse is rapid, weak and irregular. The appetite is gone and\\nit is with difficulty that the child can be coaxed to take food.\\nRelapses may occur in scarlet fever. Whenever the throat symp-\\ntoms are severe swelling may occur in the neck. This may be\\nso severe as to interfere with the breathing. This swelling of\\nthe neck, however, is rare. An inflammation of the ears is very\\nfrequent in connection with scarlet fever, and the younger the\\nchild the greater is the liability to ear trouble. Ear trouble\\noccurs most often early in the second week of the disease, but\\nmay occur at any time. Usually but one ear is affected at a time.\\nThere may be only pain and a certain amount of deafness, but\\nusually the ears discharge quite freely and the deafness is marked.\\nShould ear trouble develop keep the throat and ears as clean as\\npossible by swabbing the throat and by syringing the ears with\\nwarm water in which one or two tablets of No. 1 have been dis-\\nsolved and as soon as the child is well enough it should be taken", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0299.jp2"}, "292": {"fulltext": "288 HKAI/TH AT HOME.\\nto an ear specialist for treatment. Some trouble with the kidne}^\\naccompanies nearly every case of scarlet fever this is very ligh t\\nin most cases, but may be very severe indeed. In the milder\\nforms nothing is noticed with the exception of a small amount of\\nalbumen in the urine and the kidney trouble will correct itself as\\nthe patient recovers from the fever. The only treatment needed\\nis a fluid diet. The most severe cases of kidney trouble develop\\nabout the third week ol the fever, and in this case the urine is\\nscanty and filled with small particles. This condition is really\\nan acute form of Bright s disease, and may permanently damage\\nthe kidney. In nearly all cases in which this form of kidney\\ndisease occurs with or following scarlet fever there is swelling of\\nthe feet and ankles and puffiness under the eyes; there will be\\npain in the back and there may be vomiting. After this disease\\ndevelops the patient usually becomes very pale. Upon boiling a\\nsmall amount of the urine a portion of it will become solid after\\nthe same manner that boiling an egg will cause the white portion\\nto become solid. In all cases which recover, the grave signs last\\nfrom one to three weeks. There are two dangers when kidney\\ndisease occurs with scarlet fever; first, the danger of death dur-\\ning the active stage of the disease, and second, the danger of\\nchronic Bright s disease developing. For treatment of this\\ntrouble keep the patient quiet, give an entirely fluid diet, allow\\nlarge quantities of water, keep the bowels well open and give fre-\\nquent baths in warm water. Test the urine often by boiling a\\nsmall quantity and then adding a few drops of nitric acid. As\\nlong as any solid matter remains in the urine after testing in\\nthis manner, the treatment should be kept up. In scarlet fever\\nthe tongue is coated at first, then clears off and little red\\nbunches are seen, giving an appearance known as strawberry\\ntongue.\\nThe signs by which we may recognize scarlet fever are:\\nthe patient is taken very suddenly sick with a chill,\\nvomiting, high fever, a red and inflamed throat. Within\\ntwenty-four hours following this the rash appears. This rash\\nmay be separated from other rashes by a simple experiment.\\nOn any place on the body where the rash occurs draw the finger\\nnail along the skin with moderate pressure if the rash is that of\\nsacrlet fever a white line will be seen where the finger nail", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0300.jp2"}, "293": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 289\\ntouched the skin and this will not disappear for a few seconds.\\nThis white line is a thing peculiar to scarlet fever alone. Know-\\ning that the child has been exposed to scarlet fever is a help in\\ndetermining the disease. Even the mildest cases of scarlet fever\\nshould be kept entirely by themselves and away from other peo-\\nple for at least six weeks. Other children should be kept in a\\npart of the house away from the sick one or, better still, be kept\\naway from the house entirely, and after the sick one gets well\\nit should not be allowed to sleep with other children for at least\\na month. The nurse and all others about the sick room should\\ngargle the throat three times a day with a solution made by dis-\\nsolving four tablets No. 3 in a cup of warm water. After the\\nchild is well enough to leave the sick room, the room and every-\\nthing in it should be thoroughly disinfected. This is best done\\nby closing the room tightly and burning a pound of sulphur in\\nthe room allow the room to remain tightly closed for a day and\\nthen open all doors and windows for two days longer before any-\\none tries to live in the room. For more complete directions as\\nto disinfecting, see the chapter on Disinfectants. There are three\\ndangers of spreading the disease which we must guard against\\nfirst the patient, second the sick room and third the nurse.\\nTreatment Put the child to bed and keep him there for at least\\na week after the fever has disappeared. Begin at once to feed\\nupon a liquid diet entirely. This is important, as it may prevent\\nserious kidney disease. During the eruption keep the body well\\noiled with camphorated oil; this will keep the skin soft and pre-\\nvent itching. Give a sponge bath once a day after the rash has\\ndisappeared, using warm water. Keep the air in the sick room\\nfresh. The food should be given at regular intervals and should\\nconsist of soups, broths, milk and beef juice. Do not give any\\nsolid food. To a child up to the age of five years give one tablet\\nNo. 13 every four hours to a child between five and twelve years\\ngive one tablet No. 13 every three hours and above the age of\\ntwelve give one tablet No. 13 every two hours. Should the\\nfever remain above 104\u00c2\u00b0 after giving this remedy for a day, give\\ncold sponge baths every hour until the fever is reduced to 103\u00c2\u00b0 or\\n104\u00c2\u00b0. Note the pulse when it becomes rapid and feeble give\\none teaspoonful of whiskey or brandy well diluted with water", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0301.jp2"}, "294": {"fulltext": "290 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nevery two to three hours, but do not give stimulants of any sort\\nunless the heart is rapid and weak. For the sore throat use four\\ntablets No. 3 dissolved in a cup of warm water as a gargle. If\\nthe nose discharges freely this same solution may be used in the\\natomizer and the nose sprayed two or three times a day, and if\\nthere is difficulty in gargling, the throat may also be sprayed.\\nWhen discharge from the ears occurs carefully syringe the ears\\ntwo or three times a day with warm water in which one or two\\ntablets of No. 1 have been dissolved. When the fever leaves and\\nthe patient begins to get better, gradually and carefully add solid\\nfoods to the diet and give one tablet No. 17 three times a day\\nbefore meals. Finally, have the sick room as cheerful as pos-\\nsible; have everything about the patient clean and fresh and exer-\\ncise careful judgment in the small details of nursing.\\nMeasles Measles is an epidemic contagious disease which\\noccurs more frequently than any of the other fevers which are\\ncharacterized by an eruption or rash. Very few people reach\\nadult life without having had measles and one attack prevents\\nanother in nearly all cases. The disease is very highly conta-\\ngious and very quickly spreads from the sick patient to all suscep-\\ntible persons. From the time of exposure until the first sickness is\\nfelt is from ten to fourteen days it requires from three to four days\\nfrom the time the patient is first taken sick until the disease begins\\nin earnest, and during this time the patient has an inflammation\\nin the nose resembling that ol a bad cold. The eruption closely\\nfollows and lasts from four to seven days. After this the skin\\nscales off in little thin scales, and this process lasts from six to\\neight days. Only a short exposure is necessary to take measles,\\nand close contact with a person affected with measles does not\\nseem necessary. All children take measles very easily. Measles\\nmay be carried by clothing and by a third party.\\nSymptoms and Signs Measles begins gradually. The child\\nwill seem to have a bad cold the nose will run and there will\\nbe a slight amount of fever. These conditions will grow slowly\\nworse until the eruption appears. Tears run from the eyes and\\nbright light hurts the eyes; there is sneezing and a discharge\\nfrom the nose. Quite often the patient complains of a moder-\\nately sore throat and the throat will be noticed to be ^somewhat", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0302.jp2"}, "295": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 291\\ncongested. On the third day small red spots about the size of a\\npinhead are often seen on the hard palate. There is always dull-\\nness, headache, pain in the back and drowsiness, but all of these,\\nwith the possible exception of drowsiness, may be found in other\\ndiseases. In from two to four days from the time the patient is\\ntaken sick the eruption appears. It first appears behind the ears,\\non the neck or on the forehead. The eruption appears as small,\\ndark red spots, which are at first few, scattered and not elevated,\\nvery much resembling insect bites. In twenty-four hours the\\nspots are more numerous and many of them are pointed and con-\\ntain a little watery fluid in the top. In from one to three days\\nthe rash is fully out. When the eruption is fully out the face\\nswells somewhat and it is sometimes difficult to recognize a well\\nknown face. The rash appears last upon the lower extremities,\\nand by the time it is fully out on them it has usually begun to\\nfade from the face. The rash lasts about four days. During the\\nfirst two days of the eruption all symptoms are more severe and\\nare at their worst when the rash is out best on the face. The\\nskin burns and itches. The eyes are red, light hurts them and\\nthere is some discharge from the eyes, giving them a gummy feel-\\ning. There is some pain on swallowing. There is a cough\\nwhich occurs often and is quite annoying. There is a varying\\namount of fever, ranging from 101\u00c2\u00b0 to 104\u00c2\u00b0. As the rash fades\\nthe fever falls and very soon both rash and fever are gone.\\nAlmost at once the skin begins to come off in tiny scales. This\\nlasts for from one to two weeks. Lung fever may occur with\\nmeasles, and this makes a very serious case. Trouble with the\\nears occurs in some cases of measles, and when there is any run-\\nning from the ears they should be thoroughly and carefully\\nsyringed every few hours with warm water in which two or three\\ntablets of No. 1 have been dissolved. The eyes are somewhat\\nsore in almost every case of measles, and sometimes very severe\\neye trouble is met with. When the eyes give any trouble what-\\never bathe them frequently in hot water in which four or five\\ntablets of No. 1 have been dissolved. If either eye or ear trouble\\ndevelops during measles the child should be taken to an eye and\\near specialist as soon as well enough to leave home. There is\\ncold in the head, at first slight, but steadily growing worse, and\\nwatery eyes; gradual rise of fever; the pinhead-like rash, appear-", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0303.jp2"}, "296": {"fulltext": "292 HEALTH AT HOME.\\ning first upon the neck and face, and slowly extending over the\\nbody. The red throat with pinhead spots on the hard palate\\nshould make the naming of the disease comparatively easy.\\nWhen the rash is of a doubtful character a hot mustard bath will\\noften bring the rash out clear and distinct. Deaths from measles\\nare very few indeed. Never expose a delicate child to measles.\\nTreatment Even in mild cases keep the child in bed and keep\\nhim fairly warm warmer than in scarlet fever. The sick room\\nshould be a trifle darkened if the light hurts the patient s eyes at\\nall. The food should be light, almost all fluid, and given at\\nregular intervals. The itching and burning of the skin may be\\nrelieved by rubbing the skin thoroughly with No. 42. The cough\\nmay be controlled by giving one tablet of No. 26 every two to\\nthree hours. Give one tablet No. 13 every three hours, the dose\\nis the same for all ages. As soon as the rash has left, the\\npatient should have a bath every day and immediately after the\\nbath be rubbed with No. 41. As the patient gets well, carefully\\nlook after the eyes. If there is a cough continue the use of No.\\n26. If the patient seems weak, give one tablet No. 17 before\\neach meal and continue this for from three to six weeks.\\nFinally, do not imagine that measles do not need any care; put\\nthe patient to bed and keep him there until well, and remember\\nthat, although the patient may not seem to be very sick, serious\\ncomplications might arise.\\nGerman Measles German measles is rarely seen unless an\\nepidemic occurs. The disease is contagious. Having had ordi-\\nnary measles will not prevent one from having German measles,\\nnor will German measles prevent an attack of measles. German\\nmeasles occurs but once in the same person. It is not so conta-\\ngious as measles or scarlet fever. It requires from one to three\\nweeks from the time a person is exposed until the first sickness is\\nfelt. The rash appears almost as soon as the patient is taken sick,\\nand is, in fact, the first thing noticed in many cases. Frequently\\na child goes to bed well and awakes in the morning covered with a\\nrash. The rash generally appears first on the face and rapidly\\nspreads to the rest of the body. The rash fully develops in less\\nthan one day. On the face the rash appears as large irregular\\nblotches of red color on the body the spots vary from the size of", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0304.jp2"}, "297": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 293\\na pinhead to that of a pea. Sometimes the rash is elevated\\nenough to give the skin a shotty feeling. It lasts from one\\nto three days, and then fades. The fever is low, from 100\u00c2\u00b0 to\\n102\u00c2\u00b0. The patient does not usually seem to be very sick, and\\nwere it not for the eruption the child would not be thought of as\\nsick. There is very little itching of the skin. One of the things\\nnoticed in German measles is the fact that no after-troubles arise,\\nthe patient recovers easily and quickly. It is difficult to dis-\\ntinguish German measles from light attacks of measles or scarlet\\nfever, yet in measles there is always found the running from the\\nnose and eyes, and this is absent in German measles. Low fever\\nwith an abundant rash should make the difference between scar-\\nlet fever and German measles noticeable.\\nTreatment Take good care of the patient; give one tablet No.\\n11 every two hours as long as any fever is present; keep the\\nbowels open by using No. 9 for small children and No. 16 for\\nlarger ones. Feed the patient carefully and no other treatment\\nis needed.\\nChickenpox Chickenpox is an acute contagious disease in\\nwhich there is an eruption on the skin of little bunches which\\nvery much resemble tiny boils, with the exception that there is no\\nmatter in the bunches, although a small amount of watery fluid\\nmay occur in some of them. The general symptoms are quite\\nmild, and the child is usually not very sick. It is from fourteen\\nto sixteen days from the time the person is exposed to the disease\\nuntil he is taken sick.\\nSy?npioms and Signs In most cases the eruption is the first\\nsign of the disease, although there may be slight fever and a sick\\nfeeling for a day before the attack begins. The eruption appears\\nfirst upon the scalp, face or shoulders, as tiny, red, scattered pim-\\nples, and slowly spreads over the body. The first pimples have\\nusually begin to dry up by the time the last ones appear, so that\\npimples of all stages may be noticed quite close together, and\\nthis is one of the characteristic signs of the disease. The pim-\\nples are very small at first, but gradually increase in size and the\\nskin surrounding them for a quarter- or half-inch is quite red.\\nMost of the pimples have little blisters on the top. When the\\ndrying up process begins it usually begins in the center, or where", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0305.jp2"}, "298": {"fulltext": "294 HKAI/TH AT HOME.\\nthe little blister is, and this makes a little depression in the center\\nof the pimple. The red ring around the pimple fades as the\\npimple dries up. As soon as the pimples dry up crusts form and\\nthese fall off in from one to three weeks. In most cases no mark\\nis left, but after very severe cases, where the whole thickness of\\nthe skin has been involved, scars are left and the skin is some-\\ntimes pitted. Such marks are most likely to appear on the face.\\nThe fever is from 100\u00c2\u00b0 to 102\u00c2\u00b0 the pulse is a very little faster\\nthan usual and the child is somewhat sick.\\nTreatment Keep the child out of school and in the house; do\\nnot needlessly expose other children. The itching may be\\nrelieved by a sponge bath with a solution of four or five tablets\\nof No. 3. Prevent scratching as much as possible. Keep the\\nbowels open by using No. 9 for young children and No. 16 for\\nolder ones. Should the fever reach 102\u00c2\u00b0 or above, give one tab-\\nlet No. 11 every two hours until the fever drops to 101\u00c2\u00b0. The dose\\nis the same for all ages.\\nWhooping Cough This is an epidemic contagious disease\\nand usually occurs but once in an individual. Whooping cough\\nvery often proves fatal in very young children. Lung fever and\\nconvulsions are often found associated with whooping cough.\\nIn whooping cough the symptoms are of two kinds catarrhal\\nand nervous. The catarrhal affects the mucous membrane of the\\nmouth, throat and lungs. The most prominent nervous sign is a\\npeculiar spasmodic cough, from which the disease takes its name.\\nConvulsions are frequent. It is very easy to catch whooping\\ncough. In from one to two weeks from the time a person has\\nbeen exposed the disease will begin to manifest itself.\\nSymptoms and Signs For convenience the symptoms of\\nwhooping cough are divided into three stages the catarrhal\\nstage, the spasmodic stage and the stage of decline.\\nThe Catarrhal Stage lasts about ten days. The symptoms at\\nfirst are those of a moderately severe cold. After about a week\\nthe cough, instead of getting better, as in an ordinary cold, grad-\\nually grows worse and occurs in paroxysms. At first these are\\nquite mild and only two or three occur in a day, but they grad-\\nually increase in frequency and severity until the typical whoop\\nof the disease is heard, and this takes us to the second stage.\\nDuring the first stage there may be some slight fever.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0306.jp2"}, "299": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 295\\nThe Spasmodic Stage is the stage of paroxysms, and f requentty\\nat the beginning of a paroxysm the child will run to some con-\\nvenient place for support during the attack. The paroxysm\\nbegins with a number of explosive coughs, so near together that\\nthe child cannot draw a breath between them the face becomes\\nred or purple and sometimes almost black the blood vessels stand\\nout on the face and forehead tears run from the eyes and they\\nseem almost to start from their sockets then follows a long drawn\\nin breath which produces the crow-like sound called a whoop;\\nthen follows another succession of coughs and another whoop.\\nThe paroxysm lasts from one to three minutes, and the child may\\nwhoop a half dozen times during this time. The last cough usu-\\nally brings up an amount of stringy mucus. With the parox-\\nysms vomiting and nose bleed often occur, and if food has been\\ntaken just before the paroxysm came on, vomiting is sure to\\nfollow. After the paroxysm has passed, the child is often almost\\ntoo weak to stand alone there is much perspiration. Some par-\\noxysms are not so severe as that described, but usually from\\nfive to forty severe ones occur during twenty-four hours. Ordi-\\nnarily the spasmodic stage lasts about four weeks, but it may be\\nmuch longer than this.\\nThe Stage of Decline Gradually the severity of the paroxysm\\nceases and the whoop stops. The cough resembles more and\\nmore the cough of an ordinary cold, then stops altogether. The\\nthird stage may last from a few weeks to all winter.\\nTreatment The child should have plenty of fresh air during\\nthe entire attack, and it is a fact worth noting that there are\\nfewer paroxysms when a child is out of doors. Vomiting and\\nindigestion are so frequent that feeding is difficult. When a\\nmeal is vomited up shortly after it has been given another meal\\nshould be supplied. The diet should be as nearly fluid as pos-\\nsible. The nose and throat should be sprayed often with a solu-\\ntion made by dissolving four tablets of No. 3 in a cup of warm\\nwater. Use the atomizer found in the Cabinet for spraying. A\\nfew drops of pure creosote placed in a quart of water and the\\nwhole placed in a tea kettle and boiled, allowing the child to\\ninhale the steam, will be of much benefit.\\nGive to a^child five years old or younger one tablet No. 13\\nevery three hours, and to a person over five years of age, one tab-", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0307.jp2"}, "300": {"fulltext": "296 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nlet No. 13 every two hours. Continue this during the whole\\ncourse of the disease. Also give one tablet No. 27 three times a\\nday before meals.\\nMumps Mumps is a contagious disease, the principal sign\\nof which is the swelling of the glands which produce saliva. The\\naverage time from time of expsoure to the first sick feeling is\\ntwenty days, but this may vary.\\nSymptoms arid Sig?is In mild cases the swelling of the jaw is\\nthe first thing that is noticed. In more severe cases the disease\\nbegins with headache, vomiting, pains in the back and limbs\\nand fever. The fever is from 101\u00c2\u00b0 to 103\u00c2\u00b0. There is usually\\npain in the jaws, which is worse when the jaw is moved or when\\nacid substances are taken into the mouth, hence the home test for\\nmumps is to give the suspected child a pickle, and if it causes\\nsharp pain in the jaw the case is at once named mumps. The\\nswelling begins just below the ear and usually on one side at a\\ntime, but frequently there is no swelling on the other side at all.\\nThe swelling is at its height on the second or third day, remains\\nstationary for two or three days and then gradually goes away.\\nThe mouth is often very dry, and the child will complain of this.\\nThe patient is not usually very sick, and yet there is usually but\\nlittle difficulty in keeping the child quiet.\\nIn children complications are rare, but it is no uncommon thing\\nfor men to have a swollen testicle, which may be quite painful,\\nbut usually subsides in a few days; with this there is usually more\\nfever. In females swelling of the breasts may occur.\\nTreatment Keep the patient in the house; give a light diet;\\nkeep the mouth clean by rinsing often with a solution made by\\ndissolving three tablets No. 3 in a cup of warm water. Keep the\\nbowels well open by using No. 9 for young children and No. 16\\nfor older persons. Be careful with your patient and no further\\ntreatment is necessary.\\nDiphtheria Diphtheria is an acute, contagious disease\\ncaused by a known germ. Its charcateristic is the formation of\\nfalse membrane over the mucous membrane of the throat and\\nnose. In very mild cases the patient is not very sick, while in\\nmore severe cases he is very sick the heart is weak and the skin\\npale and bloodless.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0308.jp2"}, "301": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 297\\nIn most large cities diphtheria may be found at almost any-\\ntime. Catching the disease from exposure to another person is\\nthe most common method of taking diphtheria a person may-\\ntake diphtheria from anything which has been near a person who\\nhas suffered with the disease. A person with a weak throat will\\ntake diphtheria sooner than another. It only requires from one\\nto two days after a person has been exposed for the disease to\\ncome upon him. Diphtheria may attack a second time, but such\\ncases are rare.\\nSymptoms and Signs Diphtheria is divided into three groups,\\naccording to the severity of the disease First, the mild cases,\\nin which there is little or no membrane, and in these cases the\\npatients soon recover; second, the severe cases, in which there\\nis a marked membrane and in which there are evidences of\\npoisoning from the diphtheria germs; third, the mixed cases,\\nwhere there is marked poisoning from the germs of the disease.\\nIn the first group when there is an epidemic of diphtheria\\ncases are frequently seen which are so mild that they seem only\\nto have a bad cold, and yet could a microcsope be used numbers\\nof germs of diphtheria could be found in the discharge from the\\nnose or throat. In these cases there is usually a free irritating\\ndischarge from the nose this is occasionally streaked with blood\\nand may continue for weeks. There is a slight amount of fever,\\nbut the patient is not very sick as a rule.\\nIn the second group the membrane is usually found only in\\nthe throat, and often only upon the tonsils. There is sore throat\\nat the beginning and fever from 101\u00c2\u00b0 to 103\u00c2\u00b0. The patient may\\nor may not be sick enough to go to bed. The throat first shows\\nred, and later a gray film forms, then a small spot of white deposit\\nappears on the tonsils, and this rapidly spreads and covers the\\nwhole tonsil. This membrane is tough and sticks quite tight,\\nbeing removed with difficulty with a swab, and when removed\\nleaves a bleeding surface.\\nIn the third group the disease begins gradually; there is\\na slight indisposition for a day or two and some soreness\\nof the throat. The symptoms increase for four or five days,\\nwith headache, vomiting, chills, and a fever from 102\u00c2\u00b0 to 104\u00c2\u00b0.\\nThe membrane is the same as that already described except\\nit may now cover the whole throat and even extend into the nose.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0309.jp2"}, "302": {"fulltext": "298 HKALTH AT HOME.\\nIn very severe cases this membrane grows very rapidly. There\\nis a free discharge from both the nose and the mouth, and the\\nbreathing through the nose is interfered with. The breathing is\\nnoisy, the tongue dry and the lips are cracked and bleed easily.\\nBleeding from the nose is frequent and both nostrils are plugged\\nup by the swelling and the membrane. There is an odor to the\\ndischarge. About the second week, when fluids are given to the\\npatient, they will run out of the nose again. The condition of the\\nnose and throat gives the patient much annoyance. The patient\\nbecomes very ill and weak and shows evidence of being poisoned\\nby the disease; the pulse is feeble and rapid and a sort of stupor\\ncomes over him, and when this is present he is very restless.\\nVomiting and diarrhea are liable to be present, and delirium is\\nfrequent. Sometimes the disease extends down to the vocal cords,\\nand in such a case there is at first hoarseness, and later there may\\nbe complete loss of the voice. By the sixth or seventh day the\\ndisease has usually reached its height, and it then remains sta-\\ntionary for two or three days, the membrane then comes away\\ngradually, leaving behind a bright red surface which bleeds\\neasily. As soon as the membrane disappears the patient begins\\nto improve, but it requires a long time to regain health. The\\nheart is slow to regain its normal strength, and the muscles\\nremain weak for a long time. Once in a long time the mem-\\nbrane may remain for two or three weeks. When death occurs\\nit usually does so when the membrane is the worst in the throat,\\nand it may be due to the general weakness of the patient or to\\nheart failure. Sudden failure of the heart may cause death even\\nafter the patient is nearly well. In diphtheria of any severity\\nthe pulse is always weak and rapid and the extremities are often\\ncold. All cases of diphtheria must be regarded as serious and\\ncarefully watched, as it is impossible to tell when unfavorable\\nsigns may arise. A great many persons, both children and adults,\\ndie from diphtheria, but the cases vary so much that it is impos-\\nsible to give an accurate percentage of deaths. Diphtheria is so\\nserious a disease that every precaution should be taken to pre-\\nvent its spread. Whenever an epidemic of diphtheria occurs in\\na neighborhood all schools should be closed and public funerals\\nof persons who have died from the disease should never be\\nallowed. When a case of diphtheria occurs the patient should", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0310.jp2"}, "303": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOME. 299\\nat once be placed in a room entirely away from the rest of the\\nfamily; a room in the top of the house is the best, as it can be\\naired easily and is usually more quiet. The nurse should have\\na room next to that occupied by the patient and should remain\\naway from the rest of the family. Use every precaution possible\\nto prevent the spread of this dreadful disease, and every case of\\neven suspected diphtheria should be isolated at once. No per-\\nson except the nurse and the physician should be allowed in the\\nroom with the patient. The meals and everything else required\\nby the patient and nurse should be left outside the door. This\\nquarantine of the patient should continue for ten days after the\\nmembrane has entirely disappeared. Strangers should be kept\\nentirely away from the house as long as the quarantine is kept\\nup. The nurse should never eat food that has been in the sick\\nroom and should not sleep in the same room with the patient and\\nshould spray her throat and nose frequently with a solution made\\nby dissolving six or eight tablets of No. 3 in a cup of warm water.\\nThe nurse should also take exercise out of doors every day.\\nWhen a patient is sick with diphtheria everything should be\\nremoved from the room except actual necessities; all pictures,\\nbooks, toys, cushions, etc., should be removed. All laundry\\nfrom the sick room should be removed in a closed package and\\nimmediately boiled for at least one hour. All dishes should be\\nboiled for fifteen or twenty minutes after taking them from the\\nroom. After the patient gets well and is removed, the room\\nshould be thoroughly disinfected for directions as to this see\\nthe chapter on Disinfectants.\\nTreatment Have plenty of fresh air in the sick room, and\\nwhere possible have two rooms for the use of the patient one for\\nday use and one for night use. The room not in use can then\\nbe thoroughly aired. The patient must be kept in bed during\\nthe entire attack and for some time after he is really well enough\\nto sit up this is done that no sudden heart failure may occur\\nfrom overexertion. The feeding should be carried out in accord-\\nance with the rules in the chapter on Diet in Disease. Some-\\ntimes the food comes back through the nose, and in such a case\\nliquid food must be given through a tube which is passed well\\ndown the throat.\\nAs soon as any depression is noticed or the heart s action is", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0311.jp2"}, "304": {"fulltext": "300 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nweak, as shown by a rapid, weak pulse, begin the use of stimulants.\\nGive to a child four years old and younger one teaspoonf ul of whis-\\nkey or brandy, well diluted with water, every three hours day and\\nnight; to a child from four to ten years of age give one teaspoon-\\nf ul as above every two hours and to one above the age of ten\\nyears give from two to six teaspoonfuls at a dose and give the\\nstimulant every two to three hours. Also for a child five years\\nold and younger dissolve one tablet No. 28 in four teaspoonfuls of\\nwater, stir thoroughly and give one teaspoonful of the mixture\\nevery four hours to a child from five to ten years of age give one\\nteaspoonful of the above every three hours to a child from ten to\\nsixteen years of age give one-half tablet No. 28 every three\\nhours and to those above the age of sixteen give one tablet No.\\n28 every three hours. Every hour the nose and throat should be\\nthoroughly sprayed with a solution made by dissolving four to\\neight tablets No. 3 in a cupful of water. Vary the strength\\naccording to the age of the patient. It is important that the\\nnose and throat be kept clean in this manner. As the patient\\nrecovers, great care must be taken until both heart and muscles\\nregain their normal strength, and during the convalescence give\\none tablet No. 17 three times a day before meals. The dose is\\nthe same for all ages.\\nThe antitoxine treatment is used with very excellent results in\\ncases of diphtheria, but should only be used by a physician in\\nfact, when diphtheria is suspected, send for a physician at once\\nand carry out the treatment here outlined until he arrives. Then\\nplace the matter fully in his hands.\\nTyphoid Fever Typhoid fever is an acute, infectious, con-\\ntagious disease which is produced by a known germ. It is rare\\nin infancy and frequent in childhood and adult life. The typhoid\\nfever of childhood does not last so long as that in adults, nor does\\ndeath occur so often. Typhoid fever is almost always caused by\\ndrinking water or milk which contains the germs of the disease.\\nFrom the time a person receives the infection until the first ill-\\nness is felt is from one to three weeks. Typhoid fever in young\\nchildren is very rarely fatal. The disease is one which attacks\\nboth the large and small intestines and certain parts of the intes-\\ntines are very liable to ulcerate badly during the course of the", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0312.jp2"}, "305": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 301\\ndisease. The spleen is also always affected. It may be said of\\ntyphoid fever that the disease comes on slowly, with nose bleed,\\ndull headache, followed later on by stupor red tongue, becom-\\ning dry, brown and cracked; tenderness over the abdomen, with\\ndiarrhea and gas in the intestines; a peculiar eruption upon the\\nabdomen the patient grows sick very rapidly after the disease is\\nonce fully established, and recovers very slowly.\\nSymptoms and Signs The beginning of the disease may be\\nvery sudden, but the rule is that it comes on slowly with a feeling\\nof slight illness, dizziness, headache, disordered digestion, dis-\\nturbed sleep, nose bleed, depressed spirits and weakness of the\\nmuscles, followed by a chill. Sometimes, and particularly where\\nmalaria is common, the chill is followed at once by high fever.\\nDuring the first week of typhoid fever there is present a fever\\nwhich rises slowly each da}^ the pulse is frequent, but not rapid\\nthe tongue is coated there is some sickness felt in the stomach\\ndiarrhea is noticed there is headache, and about the seventh day\\na few reddish spots resembling flea bites may be found upon the\\nabdomen, chest or back.\\nDuring the second week the symptoms noticed the first week\\ngrow worse; the fever is constant; the pulse is rapid and com-\\npressible; gas is noticed in the intestines; the abdomen is tender;\\ngurgling is sometimes heard in the intestines; there is often\\ndelirium at night; the headache is constant and severe; there is\\na short cough a substance gathers upon the teeth and lips and\\nthe diarrhea continues. During this week deafness may develop\\nor there may be some trouble in seeing properly.\\nDuring the third week the character of the fever changes and\\ninstead of being constant it is now low in the morning and high\\nat night. With this exception the symptoms remain about the\\nsame for the third week.\\nDuring the fourth week the fever is lower in the morning and\\ndoes not rise at night, as during the third week the pulse is less\\nrapid and more compressible the tongue gradually becomes clean\\nthe size of the abdomen is less; the diarrhea ceases; and the\\npatient becomes a convalescent, but very much reduced in flesh\\nand will require careful nursing and feeding for several weeks.\\nThe fever record of typhoid fever is very characteristic. On", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0313.jp2"}, "306": {"fulltext": "302 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nthe morning of the first day the fever will be very little above\\nnormal, and at night will be, say 100.5\u00c2\u00b0; the second morning\\n99.5\u00c2\u00b0, evening 101.5\u00c2\u00b0; third morning 100.5\u00c2\u00b0, evening 102.5\u00c2\u00b0;\\nfourth morning 101.5\u00c2\u00b0, evening 103.5\u00c2\u00b0; fifth morning 102. 5\u00c2\u00b0,\\nevening 104.5\u00c2\u00b0. From this time on to the end of the second\\nweek the evening temperature ranges from 103\u00c2\u00b0 to 105\u00c2\u00b0, while\\nthe morning temperature is a degree or more lower. These\\nfigures are not exact but they are typical of the fluctuations of the\\nfever. The principal intestinal symptom is diarrhea; if absent,\\nthe disease is very light. The stools are dark at first, but early\\nin the second week they become fluid, ochre-yellow in color, may\\nbe streaked with blood, and have a very offensive odor. They\\nnumber from three to fifteen in twenty-four hours. The eruption\\nis nearly always found and consists of from five to twenty rose\\ncolored spots on the abdomen, chest or back sometimes on the\\nlimbs appearing in crops, lasting about five days and they dis-\\nappear if the finger is pressed firmly against them. The ner-\\nvous symptoms are very severe; headache early in the disease,\\ndullness of the intellect soon following, passing into drowsiness\\nand stupor, with very great illness and weakness; pronounced\\ndeafness; disturbance of sight; low, muttering delirium, always\\npresent in very severe cases. During convalescence the patients\\nare very weak; the skin is pale and bloodless, and there is great\\nnervousness; the heart is often easily excited; profuse night\\nsweats occur, and in women the hair falls out.\\nThere are complications with typhoid fever. Bleeding from\\nthe intestines is the most frequent, this blood, of course, showing\\nin the stools. During bleeding the temperature usually falls con-\\nsiderably. The ulcers which occur in the intestines may eat\\nthrough the intestine walls, and this makes an almost hopeless\\ncase. Pneumonia and bronchitis often occur with typhoid fever.\\nDeath occurs in about one case in twenty sick with typhoid fever.\\nTreament Put the patient to bed and keep him quiet. The\\nroom must be thoroughly ventilated. The diet should consist\\nentirely of fluids and under no circumstances allow even a bite of\\nsolid food. For full list of fluid foods see the chapter on Diet in\\nDisease. The discharges from the body should be immediately\\ndisinfected with carbolic acid and should be kept in a closed\\nvessel for several hours before final disposal. If there are more", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0314.jp2"}, "307": {"fulltext": "H3AI/TH AT HOME. 303\\nthan three stools in twenty-four hours give one tablet No. 29\\nevery four hours. The dose is the same for all ages. To reduce\\nthe fever give cold baths every two hours until the temperature\\nis lowered and do not be afraid to have the bath cold ice water\\nis none too cold, and will do the patient good. Put the patient\\nin a bath of lukewarm water and add ice or cold water until the\\ntemperature of the water is as low as can be had allow the\\npatient to remain in the bath for ten or fifteen minutes, then\\nplace in bed again. Give to a child of four years one tablet No.\\n13 every three hours; also give one tablet No. 21 every four hours.\\nTo a child four to twelve years, give one tablet No. 13 every two\\nhours and one tablet No. 21 every four hours. To a person\\nabove the age of twelve, give one tablet No. 13 every two hours\\nand one tablet No. 27 every two hours. When the gas in the\\nintestines is troublesome, place a turpentine stupe over the abdo-\\nmen it is well to apply one a part of the time at any rate.\\nFor directions as to making, see Counter-irritants, p. 122. To\\nquench thirst give any cooling drink in moderation or allow the\\npatient to hold small pieces of ice in the mouth. When the head-\\nache is severe apply cold to the head and a small mustard plaster\\nto the back of the neck, and if this does not relieve, give one tab-\\nlet No. 30 every hour until three or four tablets have been given.\\nIf the heart s action is feeble give stimulants as directed in the\\ntreatment of diphtheria. Finally, rely on cold sponge baths,\\ncold baths, and cold packs for the principal reduction of fever.\\nRemember that under no circumstances is solid food to be given\\nuntil two weeks after the fever in gone. Give the meals of\\nliquid food at regular intervals, take good care of the patient,\\nfollow directions carefully as to giving drugs and your patient\\nwill progress as rapidly as can be expected in this disease.\\nSyphilis Syphilis is a disease which is often inherited, and no\\ndisease produces a greater variety of symptoms or more suffering.\\nIt is a disease which manifests itself in so many ways that it is\\nnot within the scope of this work to take up the subject fully.\\nIt is a disease in which the treatment must be varied so much\\nthat a physician is the only competent person to handle it. There-\\nfore the disease is only mentioned, and the suggestion made that\\nwhen any skin disease arises which cannot be understood or when", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0315.jp2"}, "308": {"fulltext": "304 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nbone or blood disease occurs which cannot be named, consult a\\nphysician and the case will be safe in his hands.\\nInfluenza or I,a Grippe This is an infectious, contagious\\ndisease, due to a known germ, and occurs in epidemics. One\\nattack does not protect from another, but rather seems to make\\nthe person more liable to a second attack.\\nSymptoms and Signs The mild cases last from two days to a\\nweek. The disease comes on quickly with chills, pains in var-\\nious parts of the body and sometimes vomiting. The fever is\\nfrom 100\u00c2\u00b0 to 103\u00c2\u00b0 and the patient is usually sick enough to stay\\nin bed. The tongue is coated and the appetite lost. The eyes\\nwater, the nose runs and there is a light persistent cough. It\\ntakes from three to four weeks to recover from an attack of this\\nsort.\\nIn the severe cases the fever is from 102\u00c2\u00b0 to 105\u00c2\u00b0. The disease\\nbegins with severe headache, chill and vomiting, and the patient\\nis decidedly sick. These cases much resemble lung fever, except\\nthat the signs in the lungs are not present. The fever remains\\nhigh for about a week or ten days. Marked nervous symptoms\\nare present, such as headache, pain in the eyes from light, stupor\\nand sometimes even delirium. The tongue has a brown coating,\\nthe lips are dry and parched, the pulse is rapid and compressible.\\nIt requires many weeks for the full effects of such an attack to\\nwear off. Sometimes there is quite a serious inflammation in the\\nthroat or the disease may go down to the lungs, in which case\\nit will resemble lung fever more than ever, and in fact this latter\\ndisease may develop in connection with la grippe. Many of the\\nsigns of la grippe are very indefinite, and it is hard to make\\nmuch out of them. Iya grippe often runs into other diseases, and\\nthe tendency is for it to hang on, and the patient will often be\\nmore or less ill tor months the cough especially is hard to get\\nrid of.\\nTreatment This consists in keeping the patient as comfortable\\nas possible. Keep the bowels open by using No. 9 for children\\nand No. 16 for adults. Keep the fever down by using one tab-\\nlet No. 11 every two hours for children and by using one tablet\\nNo. 13 every two hours for adults. When the pulse is weak and\\nrapid, give stimulants freely one teaspoonful of whiskey or", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0316.jp2"}, "309": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 305\\nbrandy well diluted every three hours for children and one table-\\nspoonful whiskey or brandy every two hours for adults. Give\\nto children one tablet No. 27 three times a day before meals and\\nto adults two tablets No. 27 three times a day before meals. At\\nthe very beginning of the disease put the patient to bed between\\nblankets, place hot irons and hot water bottles about him and\\nhave him take a good sweat. Keep the headache down by the\\nuse of cold cloths on the head. Feed the patient on soft foods,\\ngive him plenty of good nursing and the recovery is only a ques-\\ntion of time.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0317.jp2"}, "310": {"fulltext": "SURGERY.\\nIt is not within the scope of this work to enter into the exhaus-\\ntive details of general surgery nor to even mention surgical opera-\\ntions in general. There are, however, certain principles under-\\nlying the science and art of surgery, and rules and methods\\napplicable in the management of many surgical conditions, which\\nshould be familiar subjects in every home. It is with these that\\nwe shall deal, and they may be conveniently classified under the\\nsubjects of Inflammation; Antiseptics and Surgical Dressings;\\nHemorrhage; Wounds; Burns, Scalds and Frostbite; and Car-\\nbuncles.\\nINFLAMMATION.\\nInflammation may be defined as that succession of changes\\noccurring in living animal tissues, produced by injuries or\\nchanges in conditions and surroundings, not sufficiently severe\\nto cause loss of vitality, and which changes are accompanied\\nby pain, redness, heat, swelling and disturbance of function.\\nTaken singly none of these features of the inflammatory process\\ncan be said to express the morbid condition they must all be\\npresent. Irritation is a primary necessity for inflammation.\\nUnder the stimulation of irritation the vital forces are quickened,\\nthe circulation increases, tissue change becomes more rapid. The\\nblood vessels dilate and more blood is brought to the inflamed\\npart. The fluid portion of the blood escapes, in part, into the\\nsurrounding tissues, and with it passes out many of the white\\nblood corpuscles, and generally a few of the red ones. This pas-\\nsage of the fluids and white blood corpuscles from the blood ves-\\nsels into the tissues produces the swelling, which is called oedema,\\nor soft swelling, and which pits when pressed upon. In those\\ncases of inflammation in which the swelling is hard and pits but\\nlittle, if any, on pressure, there is an increase in the substance of", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0318.jp2"}, "311": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 307\\nthe tissues, produced by the augmented vital activity, and more\\nrapid cell proliferation. Thus in some inflammatory processes\\nin the glands of the neck we find a great increase in the amount\\nof tissue which makes up the gland. In many instances this\\nincrease in tissue remains as a permanent new growth after the\\ninflammation has subsided more frequently the new growth dis-\\nappears, either by resolution and absorption or the new tissue\\nbreaks down and, undergoing degenerative changes, forms pus.\\nWhere we find this latter process to be local and confined to a cir-\\ncumscribed area, it constitutes an abscess or boil. The pain\\nwhich accompanies inflammation is caused by the irritation of\\nthe nerves about the seat of the disturbance. The irritation is\\nchiefly produced by the pressure of the swelling, and hence the\\nlocation of the inflammation has much to do with the degree of\\npain. Thus a swelling occurring in a confined space permits of\\na much greater degree of pressure, hence more intense pain.\\nOne of the most painful of all acute inflammations is a boil or\\nabscess located in the external canal leading to the ear. Owing\\nto the confinement of rigid bony walls the swelling soon fills the\\nentire canal, and the highly sensitive nerves are subjected to\\ngreat pressure. The rapid diminution of pain when an abscess\\nhas been opened, and the tension relieved, further points to the\\npressure of the swelling upon the nerves as the cause of the pain.\\nThe pain may, however, be of a reflex character, and the seat\\nof pain located at some point distant from the injury or place of\\ninflammation; thus in the case of hip joint disease the pain is\\nfelt about the knee, particularly back of the knee, and is gen-\\nerally absent from the hip joint. Tenderness, however, is always\\npresent at the seat of all inflammations, and is a much more reli-\\nable symptom than pain. The inflamed part is reddened and the\\ntemperature is elevated. These changes are produced by the\\ngreater flow of blood through the part. The excess of blood is\\nmost marked during the early stage of the process, when the\\nlocality will be bright red and hot. As the resistance to the\\nflow of the blood becomes greater from the increased swelling,\\nthe amount of blood passing through the part is diminished and\\nthe temperature falls even to or below the normal. The color\\nchanges from red to pale or even a bluish tinge, or it may be mot-\\ntled.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0319.jp2"}, "312": {"fulltext": "308 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nVarieties of Inflammation These may be considered as\\nsimply steps in the process of inflammation due to variation in\\nthe resisting power of the tissues, the intensity of the cause and\\nthe duration of its action.\\nInflammation may be divided into two general classes First,\\nnon-suppurative, in which there are all the characteristics of\\ninflammation, but without the breaking down of tissue and the\\nformation of pus; second, suppurative, in which the process of\\ninflammation passes through all the steps of the first class, but\\ngoes further, and the tissues break down, decomposition sets in,\\nand pus is formed.\\nIncluded under the non-suppurative inflammations are serous\\ninflammation, fibrinous inflammation and productive inflamma-\\ntion.\\nSerous hiflammation Under slight cause the normal passage\\nof fluid from the blood vessels into the tissues is increased in\\nquantity and contains an excess of albumen, but very few of\\nthe white blood corpuscles or leucocytes escape. The best exam-\\nples of this form of inflammation are chronic effusions into the\\ncavities of the body the pleura or joints. In more intense inflam-\\nmations also, where the passage of the blood corpuscles has not\\nbeen fully established, as in the early stages of the process, and\\nwhen the cause, although severe, is rapid and transient in its\\naction, as that caused by heat and blistering agents, the effusion\\nis a clear transparent fluid containing but little albumen, and few\\nif any blood corpuscles. With more severe and prolonged cause\\nthe percentage of albumen and white blood corpuscles increases,\\nand there is a greater tendency [to coagulation. These inflam-\\nmations are called sero-fibrinous and lead up to the next class.\\nFibrinous Inflammation In this class we find still more albu-\\nmen, fibrin and white blood corpuscles present in the exudate,\\nand there is a much greater tendency to coagulate, and lymph\\nforms on the inflamed surface or in the substance of the tissue.\\nIn an inflammation of the pleura or enveloping membrane of the\\nlungs this lymph may form upon the opposing surfaces, and,\\nblending together, constitute an adhesion or band of union\\nbetween the two surfaces, which often becomes permanent,\\nthrough the organization of the lymph into scar tissue. L,ymph", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0320.jp2"}, "313": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 309\\nformed in exactly the same way, is the temporary uniting medium,\\nwhich seals the lips of a cut or wound when healing occurs, by\\nfirst intention, and it is a similar lymph which glazes the sur-\\nface of an open wound a few hours after it occurs. In these\\ncases the fluid escapes from the open surface. A similar exuda-\\ntion occurs into the tissues as a result of chronic slight irritation,\\nthe fluid is apparently absorbed as fast as it escapes; the white\\nblood corpusles crowd the tissue and replace the parts which may\\nhave been destroyed. The white blood corpuscles are the repair\\nforces which rebuild tissues which have been destroyed either\\nby injury or disease, and all repair of tissue is accompanied by\\nmore or less inflammation. This function of building tissue\\nbrings us to the next class.\\nProductive Inflammation In many cases of inflammatory pro-\\ncess the white blood corpuscles crowd into the lymph exudate\\nand convert it into a tissue of closely packed leucocytes. To\\nsupply this with nourishment small loops of blood vessels spring\\nfrom the capillaries of the inflamed tissue and penetrate into the\\nlymph in all directions; this is the process by which granulation\\ntissue is formed. When this granulation tissue has a plentiful\\nsupply of blood for its nourishment, it then undergoes further\\ndevelopment, and is finally changed into what is called connec-\\ntive tissue. This new connective tissue is called scar tissue. At\\nfirst it is highly vascular \u00e2\u0080\u0094a recent scar is always redder than the\\nsurrounding parts but the tendency to contract is characteristic\\nof this new fibrous tissue, and as this contraction proceeds the\\nvessels disappear, and the scar in the course of some weeks or\\nmonths becomes white as compared with the surrounding parts.\\nThis contraction of scar tissue may produce the most serious\\nresults, such as the gravest deformities, so frequently seen after\\nextensive burns. The tendency is most marked where the tis-\\nsues are loose, as about the mouth or eyelid. A scar is always a\\nweak point in the system, and a tight scar is always irritable and\\nvery liable to break down. Granulation tissue frequently fails\\nto develop into scar tissue. Continuance of excessive irritation\\nor insufficient development of blood vessels or too close packing\\nof the leucocytes in the tissues, thus preventing the entrance\\nof the newly formed blood vessels into the mass, result in degen-", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0321.jp2"}, "314": {"fulltext": "310 HEALTH AT HOME.\\neration of the granulations. These broken down granulations\\nform pus, and in such a case we are led to the second grand divi-\\nsion of inflammations.\\nSuppurative Inflammation This is a very common form. In\\nit the exudate is the same as in the non-suppurative form, but no\\ncoagulation occurs and no lymph forms and vascularizes; even\\nlymph which may have formed at earlier stages of the inflamma-\\ntion is destroyed when suppuration sets in. The various forms\\nof non-suppurative inflammation often precede the suppurative,\\nshowing they are minor grades of the same process. Suppura-\\ntion may be either acute or chronic. Either of these forms may\\nappear in a circumscribed locality, forming an abscess, or its\\nseat may be a free surface, such as the skin or some mucous\\nmembrane. In the latter case the process is called ulceration.\\nAcute suppuration is always due to the action upon the tissues\\naffected of some forms of micro-organisms or bacteria. Some of\\nthese organisms become lodged at some point, and if the condi-\\ntions are favorable for their growth they proceed to multiply and\\nto give off the products of their growth. The secretions of these\\nbacteria are poisonous to the tissues of the body and destroy all\\nwith which they come in contact. As soon as this process of\\ndestruction on the part of the bacteria begins, however, nature at\\nonce marshals her forces, the blood and its white blood corpu-\\nscles, to repel the invaders and repair damage. In a few hours\\na ring of leucocytes appears around the invaded area and becomes\\nmore and more dense; they infiltrate and displace the tissue which\\nhas become poisoned by the bacteria, and everywhere oppose the\\ninvasion of new tissue by the foreign organisms. Thus we see\\nthat the extent of tissue invaded by the suppuration is measured\\nby the ability of the leucocytes to check and prevent the ravages\\nof the bacteria. Usually they soon succeed in forming a dense\\nwall of granulation tissue, everywhere intervening between them\\nand the healthy tissue.\\nTaking for examination an acute abscess as it runs its course\\nwe can trace out the various steps described above as they occur,\\nand finally when the leucocytes have gained the victory we find\\na central yellowish mass of dead tissue through which are scat-\\ntered great numbers of both bacteria and leucocytes; surrounding", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0322.jp2"}, "315": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 311\\nthis will be a layer of tissue of a granular character which the\\nleucocytes have built up. Gradually the central mass softens,\\nand the covering tissues become thinner and finally point at\\nthe top of the elevation or in the line of the greatest pressure.\\nIf allowed to run the course without interference rupture of the\\nsurface tissues follows, and the softened contents of the central\\nspace are discharged. Upon the removal of the pressure upon\\nthe wall of granulation tissue new blood vessels at once begin to\\nform and the process of converting granulation tissue into con-\\nnective tissue suitable for repair or the formation of a scar begins.\\nANTISEPTICS AND SURGICAL DRESSINGS.\\nAsepsis means cleanliness, not only freedom from visible\\nuncleanliness, but absolute freedom from any and all impurities,\\nwhether visible or invisible, poisonous chemical material or micro-\\norganisms.\\nAntiseptics This is a term applied to those agents which\\nare used to bring about an aseptic condition either preventing\\nthe entrance of septic material or organisms into the wound or\\ndestroying those already present, or producing a condition which\\nis unfavorable to their development, and limiting their action.\\nHeat is the most certain in action of all antiseptics and applic-\\nable in most cases^where its action does not implicate living tis-\\nsues. Thus for sterilizing dressings, instruments or solutions which\\nare to be used about a wound, heat, either dry or moist, is most\\nefficient Instruments and solutions should be boiled for several\\nminutes before use. Dressings, such as absorbent cotton, and\\nother materials which are to come in contact with a wound, should\\nbe thoroughly sterilized by baking in a hot oven. Antiseptic\\nsolutions are used to cleanse a wound or the parts about a wound.\\nThey are made by the addition of certain chemical substances to\\nwater in varying proportions. In the absence of chemical Sub-\\nstances thorough washing of the wound with pure water, which\\nhas been boiled, will be very efficient as a cleansing agent. The\\nmore common solutions used for disinfecting, are those of corro-\\nsive sublimate, carbolic acid, boric and salicylic acid, and alco-\\nhol. Corrosive sublimate is the most powerfuLof all, but is an", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0323.jp2"}, "316": {"fulltext": "312 HKAI/TH AT HOME.\\nactive poison and must be used with great caution. The usual\\nstrength is one to five thousand that is, one part of corrosive\\nsublimate to five thousand of water. In the Cabinet will be\\nfound tablets of corrosive sublimate, No. 38. Two tablets dis-\\nsolved in one quart of water makes a safe solution for general use\\nabout wounds, and for cleansing surfaces which are to be opera-\\nted upon.\\nAnother safe and non-irritating disinfectant solution is made\\nby dissolving two tablets of No. 1 in one tablespoonful of water.\\nThis is especially useful about the eye, or as a wash for sore\\nmouth. One part of carbolic acid added to ten parts of water\\nmakes a very efficient disinfectant, which is especially valuable\\nin cleansing ulcers and open sores, as it has a stimulating effect\\nupon the development of granulations. Alcohol is too irritating\\nto be used on wounds unless diluted to a point where its efficiency\\nas a germicide is so much reduced as to make it of little account.\\nIt is, however, a valuable fluid in which to immerse instruments\\nto disinfect them before use.\\nFor cleansing a wound or the parts about a wound pledgets of\\nabsorbent cotton should be used as they can be immediately\\nthrown away when soiled. Sponges are liable to become foul,\\nand be the conveyers of septic poison.\\nSurgical Dressings The substances which come in contact\\nwith the wound must be absolutely free from any septic poison.\\nThe two substances most commonly used are gauze and absorbent\\ncotton. The gauze consists of ordinary cheesecloth which has\\nbeen thoroughly impregnated with some antiseptic material, as\\ncorrosive sublimate or iodoform. This dressing can be procured\\nfrom the Home Remedy company. Absorbent cotton is a fine\\nfibre cotton which has been subjected to chemical treatment which\\nthoroughly removes all oil and foreign matter, and at the same\\ntime bleaches it pure white. Bandages are employed in surgery for\\nthe purpose of keeping the dressings in place and to compress\\nand support portions of the body. The bandages supplied in the\\nCabinet are suitable for all ordinary dressings. Where the band-\\nages are to be applied around the body, much wider ones may be\\nmade in the home from any light, strong muslin. The very\\nnarrow bandage will be found easier of application when used\\nto dress wounds of the fingers or toes.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0324.jp2"}, "317": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 313\\nHEMORRHAGE.\\nHemorrhage or bleeeding is of three kinds, arterial, venous\\nand capillary. Arterial hemorrhage occurs when an artery is\\nopened the blood, as it escapes, is bright red in color, and flows\\nin jets corresponding to the beats of the heart. In venous hem-\\norrhage the blood escapes from a vein, is dark in color and flows\\nin a steady stream without acceleration caused by the heart beat.\\nWhen only capillary vessels are opened, the blood has no dis-\\ntinct flow but is^rather a general oozing over the entire surface of\\nthe wound. This is called capillary hemorrhage. Blood when\\nremoved from the vessels and exposed to the air, undergoes a\\npeculiar change, known as coagulation or the formation of a blood\\nclot. It is to this property of the blood that man is enabled to\\nexist, and were it not present the slightest wound to a blood ves*\\nsel would endanger life by the continual leakage of the blood.\\nAll wounds are attended by more or less bleeding. Besides\\nsuch, which may be decsribed as traumatic, there may be hem-\\norrhage caused by the rupture of blood vessels, either from disease\\nof the vessel walls or of the surrounding parts. The amount of\\nbleeding from a wound depends not only upon the kind and size\\nof the cut vessels, but upon the manner in which they are divided.\\nA wound cutting across an artery will occasion more severe hem-\\norrhage than one cutting the artery lengthwise an incised or\\nclean cut wound more than a contused or lacerated, and a mere\\npuncture than a completely severed artery. The arteries are\\nalways in a state of tension and when cut, the edges retract from\\neach other and contract upon themselves, so lessening the cali-\\nber. The outlets are choked by the coagulating blood, and when\\nthere is much loss of blood fainting ensues, the action of the\\nheart becomes slower, and there is less blood sent to the wounded\\npart. In these three ways nature tries to arrest hemorrhage\\nand moderate bleeding will soon be checked spontaneously when\\nthe blood is in normal condition. The application of heat or\\ncold favors the formation of clots, and the arterial contraction and\\nelevation of the injured part reduces the force of the blood sent to\\nit; this will often be the only treatment required, but in severe\\ncases, when blood is spurting from an artery, further measures", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0325.jp2"}, "318": {"fulltext": "314 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nbecome necessary. The most important of these, and usually call-\\ning for no further apparatus than one s fingers, is pressure upon\\nthe bleeding point. There is no danger of serious hemorrhage\\nfrom a wound to which a forcible digital pressure can be applied.\\nIf the vessel is too deep to be reached by the finger, the wound\\ncan be plugged up by a compress of absorbent cotton or gauze.\\nTo do this effectively, begin first with small pads of the material,\\nhaving each one a little larger than the preceding, and pack the\\nwound until the pile of compresses rises well above the surround-\\ning tissues; then they should be secured by a tight bandage.\\nThis form of pressure is effective only when there is an underly-\\ning bony surface. If the artery is imbedded in a large fleshy\\nmuscle it becomes difficult if not impossible to control it. Wounds\\nof the head and face, although they may bleed profusely, can\\nalmost always be controlled by direct pressure, as the skull forms\\na firm base upon which the pressure can be exerted.\\nBending of a limb will sometimes be of aid in arresting hem-\\norrhage. Put in the joint a firm roll of cotton or a small roll of\\nbandage against which pressure will come when the limb is bent.\\nIn the case of bleeding from the palm of the hand, which will\\nsometimes be profuse, have the patient clasp firmly a wad of cot-\\nton, and at the same time hold the hand high above the head.\\nAnother method of arresting hemorrhage, especially capillary or\\nvenous hemorrhage, is the application to the bleeding surface\\nof astringents. These are called styptics. The most useful are\\nthe subsulphate or the perchloride of iron, alum and gallic acid.\\nIn case none of these are to be had the bleeding may often be\\nstopped by covering the surface with wheat flour.\\nThe most dangerous form of venous hemorrhage is that from\\nrupture of large varicose veins. Pressure should be applied\\nbelow the bleeding point, cold or heat applied and the limb ele-\\nvated. When pressure is applied for the arrest of hemorrhage\\nfrom an artery it should be placed on the side of the wound next\\nto the heart, but in the case of venous hemorrhage always on the\\nside away from the heart.\\nWhere there is internal hemorrhage much benefit may often be\\nderived by applying bandages around the limbs on the arms\\njust below the shoulder and on the limbs just below the groin.\\nThese bandages should be applied firmly enough to check the", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0326.jp2"}, "319": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 315\\nreturn flow of venous blood, but not so tightly as to retard the\\narterial flow. By this means a very considerable quantity of\\nblood may be retained in the extremities, and the blood pressure\\nin the vessels of the trunk much lowered, thus giving the rup-\\ntured vessels a better chance to contract, and a clot to form.\\nThere are some persons who are called bleeders, who show\\nan excessive tendency to hemorrhage, so that even a slight cut or\\nscratch may be followed by severe hemorrhage which is difficult\\nto control. The constitutional effects of severe hemorrhage are\\npallor, coldness of the extremities, clammy sweat, feeble or sigh-\\ning respiration, small rapid pulse, restlessness and thirst, vertigo,\\ndimness of vision, ringing in the ears, difficulty in articulation,\\nfollowed by unconsciousness, slight convulsive movements and\\ndeath, if the bleeding is not stopped before this.\\nThe same effects follow internal hemorrhage, and may be the\\nonly evidence of its existence, though usually the blood will find\\nan outlet somewhere.\\nHemoptysis\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Bleeding from the X,nngs\u00e2\u0080\u0094 In hemoptysis\\nor bleeding from the lungs the blood is usually coughed up;\\nit is bright red, and more or less frothy from admixture with\\nair. It is always a serious symptom, though the quantity of blood\\nlost in this way is rarely great. Blood supposed to be from the\\nlungs may often come from ruptured vessels in the mouth or\\nthroat.\\nHematemesis Vomiting of Blood The vomiting of\\nblood is called hematemesis. This is not so serious as hemor-\\nrhage from the lungs. The patient is likely to have a sense of\\nfullness and oppression in the pit of the stomach, and then to\\nthrow up, without much nausea, a large quantity of dark blood,\\nmixed with food, but containing no air, acid in reaction and not\\ncoagulable.\\nTreatment for Hemoptysis and Hematemesis In either case\\nkeep the patient quiet and cool and the head elevated. Give bits\\nof ice, having them swallowed whole, if possible, and if the\\nbleeding is repeated apply ice cold cloths externally. Give only\\nfluid food, cold, and in small quantities. For hemorrhage from\\nthe bowels ice cold injections may be given, and in the same way\\nsolutions of oak bark or tannic acid may be used for their astrin-", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0327.jp2"}, "320": {"fulltext": "316 HEALTH AT HOME.\\ngent effect. Make cold applications over the abdomen. One\\ntablet of No. 25 may be given and, if necessary, repeated in four\\nhours. This form of hemorrhage may occur in typhoid fever,\\nbut is more common from internal hemorrhoids than any other\\ncause.\\nHematuria Blood in the Urine The blood may come\\neither from the kidneys, bladder or urethra. If it appears at\\nthe beginning of the act of passing water it is probably from the\\nurethra, if at the end more likely from bladder or kidney.\\nUterine Hemorrhage In the case of uterine hemorrhage a\\nvaginal douche of hot water or a hot solution of alum is espec-\\nially called for. A half teaspoonful dose of fluid extract of ergot\\nmay be given, and repeated in half an hour. It may be neces-\\nsary to plug the vagina. One way of doing this is to introduce\\nas far as the mouth of the uterus a soft handkerchief, leaving the\\nends projecting. Then pack this with small pieces of dry sponge\\nor absorbent cotton and tie the ends of the handkerchief together.\\nThe sponge is best, as it swells somewhat when saturated, mak-\\ning considerable pressure. After a sufficient time the plugs can\\nbe removed, on at a time, and finally the handkerchief Another\\nway is by means of the kite-tail tampon a series of bunches of\\nabsorbent cotton tied at intervals of a couple of inches along one\\nstring. These are introduced, one at a time, till the vagina is\\ndistended, and the end of the string is left hanging externally.\\nUpon pulling this, the plugs easily come out in succession.\\nEpistaxis Nose Bleed Bleeding from the nose demands\\nsome special attention. This may be either the result of an acci-\\ndent or a spontaneous outbreak. In the latter case it may be\\nregarded as an effort of nature to relieve the congestion of the\\nhead, and need seldom cause any uneasiness. To check it, apply\\npressure upon the facial artery at the root of the nose, and apply\\ncold to the forehead and back of the neck. The ordinary posi-\\ntion taken, that of leaning over a basin, is the worst possible.\\nMake the patient stand erect, throw back the head, and elevate\\nthe arms, while cold applications are being made to the nostrils.\\nIf the bleeding persists beyond a reasonable time, the nose may\\nbe syringed with a solution of salt one ounce, water one pint, ice\\ncold. Avoid blowing the nose, and so disturbing the forming", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0328.jp2"}, "321": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 317\\nclots. If all other means fail, it may be necessary to plug the\\nnose this proceeding, however, should only be attempted by a\\ncompetent physician.\\nWOUNDS.\\nA wound is a sudden breach in one or more of the tissues of the\\nbody. Where the breach occurs in bone or cartilage, it is called\\na fracture. Wounds are accidental and operative. They may\\nbe classified under four leading heads as follows incised, punc-\\ntured, lacerated and contused. Any wound may become inoccu-\\nlated with a virus or venom it is then a poisoned wound. An\\nincised wound is made by a clean cut with a sharp instrument.\\nA punctured wound is caused by a narrow instrument, which\\npenetrates the tissues, but does not cut laterally. A lacerated\\nwound is made by a dull instrument which tears the tissues. A\\ncontused wound is one in which the tissues are more bruised than\\nseparated. When a wound has occurred, the first effect is the\\nseparation of the tissues, and then follows hemorrhage. The\\nwound fills with blood, and, if no large vessels are divided, the\\nhemorrhage may cease spontaneously by coagulation this occurs\\nas a rule except in severe wounds, in which large vessels are\\nsevered. Very soon other changes follow they are hyperaemia,\\nor increase in the flow of blood to the injured part, redness, swell-\\ning, heat and pain, in the edges of the wound all the phe-\\nnomena of inflammation. No repair of tissue is possible without\\nthis inflammation. It may be mild, but it must of necessity\\nexist. Inflammation produces cell-multiplication or proliferation,\\nand a reunion of atom to atom, capillary to capillary, and the\\nresumption of function cannot occur without cell proliferation.\\nIf the edges of the wound are brought close together and no\\nsuppuration or poisoning of the wound occur, then we get heal-\\ning or closure of the wound by first intention but if the wound is\\nleft to gape open the space between the edges begins to be filled\\nin a few days by granulation or newly formed tissue, and this\\ngranulation tissue continues to grow until it fills the wound to the\\nlevel or above the level of the surrounding tissues. In some\\ncases this granulation process becomes excessive, and the new", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0329.jp2"}, "322": {"fulltext": "318 HEALTH AT HOME.\\ncells are formed more rapidly than they can become organized\\ninto permanent tissue, and this excess of newly formed cells con-\\nstitutes proud flesh which unless removed prevents the closure\\nof the wound and favors ulceration and sloughing. Often this\\nexcess of granulation tissue will, of itself, break down and slough\\nwhere it does not it should be removed either by the application\\nof caustics, such as the solid stick of lunar caustic, or nitrate of\\nsilver or by the application of powdered burnt alum over its sur-\\nface.\\nFrom what has been said, it can be readily seen that it is most\\ndesirable to procure union by first intention, and the two chief\\nfactors in bringing about this result are perfect cleanliness in and\\nabout the wound and perfect co-aptation or closure of the edges\\nof the wound.\\nTreatment of Wounds The first step in the treatment of\\nwounds is to arrest the hemorrhage. Incised wounds bleed most\\nfreely, and are more dangerous in this particular than lacerated and\\ncontused wounds. In one the vessels are smoothly severed, in\\nthe other the ends are torn in shreds. Punctured wounds do not\\nbleed seriously, unless some of the larger vessels are opened.\\nThe general rules for arrest of hemorrhage were given in the pre-\\nvious section and need not be repeated here.\\nAfter hemorrhage has ceased, the next step is the careful cleans-\\ning of the wound. In many cases dirt is obviously present and\\nshould be carefully removed, but often some form of septic\\nmaterial or poison, which cannot be seen, may gain entrance,\\nand to provide against such a contingency antiseptics should be\\nthoroughly used. A solution made by dissolving two tablets of\\nNo. 38 in a quart of water should be used to wash the wound.\\nUse small pledgets of absorbent cotton dipped in the solution and\\nafter thoroughly wiping out the wound and washing the sur-\\nrounding tissues, the saturated cotton should be held over the\\nwound and squeezed out, allowing the solution to flow over the\\nwound, and thoroughly flush it. After thoroughly cleansing the\\nwound, and arresting the hemorrhage the question of how to\\nclose the wound so as to get the best adaptation of the edges of\\nthe wound, must be considered. In an incised wound of any\\nconsiderable depth or extent, especially if in a location where the\\nnatural position and tension of the tissues will tend to make the", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0330.jp2"}, "323": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOMB. 319\\nwound gape open, the only certain way of maintaining the edges\\nof the wound in accurate apposition is by the proper insertion of\\nsutures or stitches. In the case of superficial wounds, so located\\nthat there is but little tendency for the edges to gape, properly\\napplied straps of adhesive or surgeon s plaster will often answer\\nthe purpose and give good results. The same is true in the case\\nof wounds in which there is more or less laceration, and hregu-\\nlarity in the wound. In such cases much benefit may be obtained\\nby the application of the straps of plaster in such a manner that\\nit tends to draw the surrounding tissues towards the wound, and\\nthus relieve the tension upon the wounded parts. In using\\nstitches to close a wound, the curved needle will generally be\\nfound the most useful. The point of the needle should be\\ninserted through the skin a quarter or half an inch from the edge\\nof the wound, and carried down through the tissues towards the\\nbottom of the wound and following this curve the point of the\\nneedle will be carried across the wound into the tissues of the\\nopposite side, and finally out through the skin at a point corres-\\nponding to the point of the entrance upon the opposite side.\\nThe thread should then be drawn through, and tied. In tying\\nthe suture the friction knot should be used, that is, the threads\\nare twice wrapped around each other before the second part of\\nthe knot is tied and the thread cut. This process is then repeated\\nuntil a sufficient number of stitches have been placed to thor-\\noughly close the wound and bring the edges smoothly into apposi-\\ntion. Care must be taken that the edges of the wound do not\\npucker, and any shreds of tissue which are hanging partially\\nloose in the wound should be cut away before the wound is closed,\\nas they are very liable to slough if left in place. Care must also\\nbe taken not to draw the suture too tight or it will cause the edges\\nof the wound to turn in upon themselves, and interfere with heal-\\ning. The knot should be tied on one side of the wound, not\\ndirectly over it. The tissues may often be advantageously sup-\\nported, and tension upon the sutures relieved by the proper appli-\\ncation of strips of adhesive plaster; or the same result may be\\nobtained in the application of the bandage.\\nAfter the wound has been cleansed and closed the next step is\\nthe placing of protective dressing upon it. In most cases it will\\nbe sufficient to cover the wound fully with a thick layer of No.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0331.jp2"}, "324": {"fulltext": "320 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\n40, and then apply a layer of absorbent cotton and finally cover\\nthe whole with a bandage. In other cases where septic poison-\\ning is suspected, medicated gauze should be employed in place of\\nthe ointment and absorbent cotton. Where the wound is clean\\ncut, and free from poison, the primary dressing may often\\nremain for three or four days before renewal, especially if the\\nhemorrhage has been thoroughly arrested before the dressings\\nare applied. The indications for changing the dressings are,\\nundue heat and pain in the part, and the presence of any con-\\nsiderable swelling. Blood oozing slightly from the wound into\\nthe dressings will become hard and dry and thus make the dress-\\nings uncomfortable, and also tends to make them foul. Any dress-\\ning which shows evidence of soiling by seeping of the discharges\\nfrom the wound should at once be removed and fresh dressings\\napplied. In ordinary cuts, the stitches should remain in place\\nfor five or six days. They should not be left too long, for ulcera-\\ntion around the thread may occur or the stitches may cut through\\nthe tissues and leave a scar. In removing the stitches, a fine\\npointed pair of scissors should be used and the thread cut between\\nthe knot and the skin, when it may be easily withdrawn. It is\\noften advisable to continue the support to the tissues by the adhe-\\nsive straps for several days after the stitches have been removed,\\nin order that the wound may not be again torn open.\\nIf pus forms after a wound has been dressed in the manner\\nabove described, the dressings must be removed and all pus\\nthoroughly removed, and the wound washed out with the anti-\\nseptic solution made by dissolving two tablets No. 38 in a quart\\nof water and fresh dressings applied. If much pus forms, the\\ncleansing should be repeated two or three times daily, care being\\ntaken each time to thoroughly irrigate the entire wound with the\\nantiseptic solution. In many cases of suppuration of a wound\\nhe pus will have a tendency to burrow under the edges of the\\nwound, and to form pockets. These should be carefully sought\\nafter, and when found thoroughly washed out. For this purpose,\\nthe medicine dropper found in the Cabinet may often be employed\\nto advantage, or in the case of extensive wounds, the fountain\\nsyringe may be used to irrigate the wound. Place the antiseptic\\nsolution in the syringe and hang it at a sufficient elevation to\\ninsure considerable force to the stream, and allow it to play over", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0332.jp2"}, "325": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 321\\nthe surface of the wound. The rubber nipple may be removed\\nfrom the glass tube of the medicine dropper, and the glass tube\\ninserted into the rubber tubing of the fountain syringe, thus\\nforming a very efficient irrigator for suppurating wounds it will\\nalso be useful for cleansing a wound before dressing.\\nIn dressing lacerated wounds all shreds of skin or tissue which\\nhave no extensive attachment to the surrounding tisuses, or\\nwhich have been so badly torn and injured as to destroy their\\nvitality, should be removed at once, otherwise they will die and\\nslough, thus endangering the safety of the whole wound by infec-\\ntion from the dead tissue. Never, under any circumstances,\\npoultice a wound, since a poultice offers an ideal breeding place\\nfor bacteria, as it furnishes the two conditions essential for their\\nrapid growth heat and moisture. In the case of wounds\\nwhich are very painful and attended by much swelling, a great\\ndeal of relief may be obtained by the use of hot applications, but\\nthey should be used very hot, and removed as soon as they begin\\nto cool. A stream of hot antiseptic solution may be allowed to\\nflow continuously over the wounded part, where there has been\\nmuch laceration and bruising of the tissues this will often stim-\\nulate the circulation, and help keep up their vitality until repair\\nhas begun.\\nPoisoned Wounds When venom or virus is introduced\\ninto the tissues through a wound it is said to be poisoned.\\nSnake Bites The venom of certain reptiles, when carried\\ninto the circulation through a wound, often produces alarming\\nand sometimes fatal results. The intensity of its action is in pro-\\nportion to the quantity and quality of the poison absorbed, and\\nto the rapidity of its introduction into the system. If the venom\\nbe introduced directly into a vein it is tar more rapid and power-\\nful in its action than though it were lodged in the skin or fatty\\ntissues, where its absorption would be slow. The most poisonous\\nserpent is the Indian cobra then comes the rattlesnake of the\\nSouth the rattlesnake of the North the American copperhead\\nthe American moccasin and the spreading adder. The venom of\\nsnakes is excreted by a gland situated near the eye. In the act\\nof striking or biting it is forced by a compressor muscle along a\\ngroove, or channel in the fang. When the snake is quiet the", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0333.jp2"}, "326": {"fulltext": "322 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nfangs (one on either side) are folded backward, and are buried in\\ngrooves in the mucous membrane in the roof of the mouth.\\nWhen ready for use they are drawn forward by certain muscles.\\nThe venom seems to be as potent in cold weather as in warm.\\nThe symptoms following snake bite will vary according to cir-\\ncumstances as above mentioned, but usually are as follows: pain of\\na sharp stinging character usually felt in the wound. Fright or\\nshock may mask this symptom. Swelling rapidly follows, and\\nin rattle-snake bite, spotted discoloration often occurs. The\\nswelling extends in all directions, but is most marked along the\\nline of the large veins and lymphatic vessels toward the heart.\\nHeadache, fever, chills, irregular breathing, a slow feeble pulse,\\nand nausea may be present. Inflammation of the tissues\\nwith abscesses, and sloughing usually occur. If death does not\\noccur, the case may terminate favorably in two or three days, or\\nit may last for weeks or months.\\nTreatme?it The first indication is for the immediate removal\\nof the venom. Suction by the lips is an efficient method and may\\nbe safely practiced provided there is no abrasion on the lips or\\nabout the mouth. A bite about the mouth or neck is more dan-\\ngerous than elsewhere since the great swelling which occurs may\\nclose the larynx and trachea, and thus smother the patient.\\nNext in order of usfulness is free and immediate cutting out of\\nall tissues within a half an inch of the bite, or free and numerous\\ncuts be made in the tissues, so that the blood may flow freely and\\nwash out the poison.\\nPermanganate of potassium is the best chemical, and whiskey\\nthe best physiological antidote. A solution containing five grains\\nof the permanganate of potassium to one ounce of water should\\nbe injected into the tissues about the bite, using from one\\nto three teaspoonf uls of the solution. Whiskey or alcohol in any\\nform should be given freely to keep up the heart s action; large\\nquantities of it can be taken under the circumstances without\\nintoxication. Care must be used, however, in giving alcohol to\\nchildren, as it has occasionally proved fatal. Where great swell-\\ning occurs, and gangrene is threatened on account of the great\\ntension, free incisions or punctures should be made in the swollen\\ntissues.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0334.jp2"}, "327": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 323\\nBee, Wasp and Hornet Stings These are very rarely\\nfatal, but are painful and annoying. The application of an alka-\\nline solution, if immediately used, will neutralize the pain and\\nthe tendency to swelling. A half teacupful of ordinary baking\\nsoda in a quart of water makes a solution of the proper strength\\nto apply to the part. If the sting remains in the wound, it should\\nbe removed. Clay moistened into paste with saliva is an effective\\nremedy.\\nHydrophobia The bite of certain animals, as the wolf, dog,\\nfox, and cat is at times followed by alarming, and often fatal\\nsymptoms, due to the absorption of a specific virus.\\nThe symptoms may follow the bite of an animal seemingly in\\nperfect health, as well as from one noticeably affected with rabies.\\nIt may occur at any season of the year and in all climates. The\\nwound always heals slowly, even where there is no specific virus\\npresent, for it is always lacerated and contused, and in addition\\nit is infected by the contact with the saliva. The saliva of man\\nat times will produce fatal septic poisoning when injected into\\nthe tissues. The period of development of rabies varies in man,\\nfrom five days to as many months; and in exceptional cases to\\nas long as one or two years. The symptoms of its approach are\\noften vague. Pain along the nerves leading to the wound, and\\nin and about the scar is considered as being among the earlier\\nsymptoms. Irregular heart action occurs, together with respira-\\ntory disturbance of a convulsive character. The face expresses\\na sense of actual suffering, or anxiety. Nausea, increased flow\\nof saliva, and vomiting occur, and are often followed by general\\nor partial convulsions. Death usually ensues between the second\\nand fifth days. Professor Flint is of the opinion that no well\\nauthenticated case has ended ia recovery.\\nTreatment Preventive measures are of first importance. If\\nPasteur is correct in his deductions and there is little doubt of\\nhis success with animals enforced inocculation (vaccination)\\nof all cats and dogs should be practiced. The wound inflicted\\nby any animal, especially one known or suspected to be suffering\\nfrom rabies, should be immediately and freely removed with a\\nknife, or the parts around the wound destroyed by the actual\\ncautery. When possible the mouth should be applied to the", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0335.jp2"}, "328": {"fulltext": "324 HEAI/fH AT HOME.\\nwound and strong suction employed. After the poison has been\\nabsorbed, and with the appearance of the convulsive stage, the\\ncase should be placed in the hands of a skilled physician for the\\nadministration of medicinal remedies.\\nI/Ock Jaw Tetanus This is caused by infection of a\\nspecific baccillus or germ. Any wound, however small or seem-\\ningly insignificant, and upon any part of the body, may serve as\\nthe starting point of this affection. Wounds of the exposed parts\\nof the body, as of the hands, feet and face, are especially liable\\nto become infected. The time which may elapse between the\\nreceipt of the injury and the appearance of the muscular spasms is\\nfrom a few hours to several weeks, but usually within the first\\nthree weeks after the injury. The earlier symptoms are a greater\\ndegree of pain and irritation about the wound than would be\\ncaused by the inflammation present. The pain is often felt at\\npoints along the nerves at some distance from the seat of injury.\\nIrritability, a sense of muscular excitability and a feeling of\\napprehension are among the symptoms which precede the con-\\nvulsive attacks. The muscles about the jaw are the first to be\\nthrown into spasms, hence the term, lockjaw. In mild cases the\\nspasms may be confined to these muscles. In severe cases the\\nsense of distress is first in the pit of the stomach, this is followed\\nby spasms of the muscles, beginning with the diaphragm, and\\ninvolving in quick succession the muscles of the jaws, larynx,\\nback of the neck, and upper part of the back. Respiration\\nbecomes interrupted, the expression of distress is intense, the\\nface becomes blue, and death may occur from paralysis of the\\nrespiratory muscles. The spasms continue until the muscles are\\nexhausted and can no longer contract. Successive attacks fol-\\nlow rapidly, being started by the slightest cause, as the jar occa-\\nsioned by walking upon the floor, or the contact of the clothing\\nagainst the oversensative skin. The mind remains clear until\\ncarbonic acid poisoning occurs from interference with respira-\\ntion. The pulse and temperature vary between great extremes\\nrecords of the pulse show as high as 160 beats per minute, while\\nthe temperature has been found as high as 112\u00c2\u00b0 F. Such a tem-\\nperature indicates the near approach of death, which may occur in\\na single spasm, or the patient may survive a number of attacks.\\nThe danger of death diminishes if the patient survives the fifth", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0336.jp2"}, "329": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 325\\nday, although the vast majority of cases end fatally before this.\\nHigh temperature, and violent and frequent spasms are gave\\nsymptoms.\\nHysteria is more apt to be mistaken for tetanus than any other\\ndisease. In hysteria there is usually no elevation of temperature\\nand the symptoms of great and acute distress are absent. Hys-\\nteria occurs chiefly in females; tetanus, in a large majority of\\ncases, in males. The spasms of strychnia poisoning are quite\\nsimilar to those of true tetanus, but in strychnia poisoning the\\nspasms come on within a few minutes after the poison has been\\ntaken; the muscles of the jaw are not the first affected as in true\\ntetanus, and are not always rigid during the attack. The\\nconvulsive movements of strychnia poisoning are of short dura-\\ntion, and complete relaxation occurs, while in tetanus the muscu-\\nlar rigidity continues.\\nTreatment The essential feature of the treatment is preven-\\ntion, by thorough cleansing of all wounds with the antiseptic\\nsolution made by dissolving two tablets of No. 38 in a quart of\\nwater, and washing the wound in the manner advised when\\ndirecting the dressing of wounds. When tetanus is impending,\\nthe most perfect quiet must be maintained about the patient, and\\nthe administration of concentrated nourishment continued to keep\\nup the patient s strength. The medicinal treatment is similar to\\nthat of hydrophobia in the main and should be in the hands of a\\nskillful physician.\\nBURNS AND SCALDS\u00e2\u0080\u0094 FROSTBITE.\\nThe degree of danger from burns and scalds depends more upon\\nthe extent of surface of the skin destroyed than upon the depth\\nof the burn. Burns of the head and face are most dangerous\\nthose of the extremities least grave. Recovery is rare after des-\\ntruction of one-third of the skin surface of the body. Death may\\nresult from shock, or exhaustion, from prolonged suppuration\\nand septic poisoning. In the case of a slight burn or scald\\ninvolving only a small area of the surface of the body and not\\nextending beneath the skin there is simply local disturbance.\\nWhen, however, a considerable area of tissue is burned or scalded,", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0337.jp2"}, "330": {"fulltext": "326 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nsymptoms of profound constitutional disturbance rapidly come\\non. The patient will have chills or rigors, suffer excruciating\\npain, and show in his epxression extreme anxiety as to his con-\\ndition, andjsinks into a condition of collapse, which is often the\\nbeginning^of a fatal ending. When death does not occur at once,\\nthe duration of this stage is from six to thirty-six hours. It is\\nthen followed by the stage of reaction and inflammation. The\\ncharacter of fever, which is found in this stage, depends upon the\\nextent of tissue destroyed, and upon the occurrence of certain\\ncomplications in the upper portion of the intestines, and about\\nthe lungs. Inflammation of the glands in the upper part of the\\nsmall intestine, and the formation of an ulcer and subsequent\\nperforation ending in death, is not of infrequent occurrence dur-\\ning the second week after the accident. Peritonitis, pleurisy or\\npneumonia may occur in any case at about the same time and\\nadd much to the gravity 7 of the case. Inflammation of the larynx\\nand bronchial tubes is apt to follow where scalding steam has\\nbeen inhaled.\\nTreatment The first thing in severe cases is to relieve the\\npain. Give one tablet of No. 25 every twenty minutes until\\npatient is easy, but do not give more than six doses within\\ntwelve hours. Stimulation with whiskey or brandy, either by\\nmouth or by injection into the rectum, is also indicated to pre-\\nvent collapse, or to modify the intensity of the shock. The cloth-\\ning should be carefully removed, and the burned surafce at once\\ncovered with some protective material so that it may be kept from\\ncontact with the air. No. 42 is the best covering of this sort, as\\nit not only protects from the air, but is a healing agent. A mix-\\nture of equal parts of linseed oil and lime water is a good cover-\\ning. If these are not at hand, the part may be covered with a\\nlayer of ordinary white lead as mixed for use in painting\\ndwellings. Flour sprinkled over until all the burned surface is\\nentirely covered is a good method of treatment and may be\\ncarried out in almost any emergency. Lint, or thin layers of\\nabsorbent cotton, dipped in a solution of carbolic acid, one tea-\\nspoonful, in one-third of a pint of sweet oil, may be laid directly\\nupon the wound, so as to entirely cover it. No pressure should\\nbe permitted on the burned surface. In case the burn is upon\\nthe back or posterior surfaces of the extremities, the patient", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0338.jp2"}, "331": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 327\\nshould be placed in a prone position, and be kept lying upon\\nthe face. When sloughing and suppuration commence, great\\ncare as to cleanliness should be observed, to prevent absorption\\nof septic poison. The dressing should be changed frequently,\\nespecially when the temperature, as shown by the thermometer,\\nwhich should be used at least three times a day, shows any\\nconsiderable elevation. The entire surface of the wound should\\nbe thoroughly washed with an antiseptic solution, made by\\ndissolving two tablets of No. 38 in a quart of water. The\\nsurface may be gently wiped off with absorbent cotton pled-\\ngets dipped in this solution, and then the entire surface should\\nbe flushed with the solution. When granulation tissue has\\nbegun to form, No. 40 should be thickly spread upon pieces of\\nmuslin, and then placed upon the wound. This should then be\\ncovered with a piece of rubber tissue or a greased cloth. Proud\\nflesh will often occur during the stage of granulation, and this\\nmust be destroyed by the application of lunar caustic, or the\\nmasses of proud flesh may be compressed by binding them down\\nwith strips of adhesive plaster. Where there has been exten-\\nsive destruction of skin, so that the scar cannot form, the trans-\\nplantation of skin should be practiced, but this procedure must\\nbe left in the hands of a physician.\\nBurns from acids and alkalies require no different treatment\\nfrom other burns, except to at once neutralize the acid or alkali\\nwhich has caused the burn.\\nFrostbite The effect of prolonged and extreme cold upon the\\ntissues is to cause the capillary blood vessels to close, followed by\\nloss of sensation and death of the tissues by gangrene.\\nTreatment There should be an effort to gradually restore the\\ncirculation by friction in a low temperature. A part of the body\\nbenumbed by cold should never be suddenly exposed to a high\\ntemperature, but should be bathed and rubbed in snow or cold\\nwater, the temperature of which is slowly elevated. When gan-\\ngrene results, amputation is demanded after the line of demarka-\\ntion between living and dead tissue has been established.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0339.jp2"}, "332": {"fulltext": "328 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nCARBUNCLE.\\nThis disease is characterized by an inflammation of a low order\\ninvolving chiefly the skin and the connective tissue immediately\\nbeneath it. It is a disease of faulty nutrition. The cause is a\\nstoppage of the circulation through the capillaries of a certain\\npart, and this is followed by localized gangrene; the inflamed\\narea breaks down in several places, giving discharge to parts of\\ndead tissue and pus, usually small in quantity. Carbuncles are\\napt to occur in connection with certain general diseases which\\nare attended with considerable disturbance of nutrition, such as\\ndiabetes mellitus, consumption, scrofula, etc. They are apt to\\noccur in parts of the body subjected to more than ordinary irrita-\\ntion, as the back of the neck, where the collar presses, or the\\nregion of the buttocks.\\nSymptoms and Signs Loss of appetite, headache, fever, vary-\\ning in intensity, which are followed by or accompanied with deep-\\nseated pain in and about the point of inflammation. The skin\\nat this point becomes tense, inflamed, throbbing and painful; the\\nepidermis blisters in spots, and the dead tissues slough away.\\nOften the gangrene will extend rapidly through the underlying\\nfatty tissues before the skin breaks down. Blood poisoning may\\noccur from absorption of septic matter from the dead tissue. The\\nresult of carbuncle depends upon the condition of the patient, the\\nage, the location and the amount of tissue involved, and whether\\nor no blood poisoning occurs. When it occurs in diabetes or any\\ndangerous disease, it hastens the fatal result. When situated\\nupon the face it is always a grave condition. This is in part due\\nto the great pain which follows in the parts in which the trifacial\\nnerve is distributed. When located upon the thorax, the pleura\\nmay be involved, and thus cause a grave complication.\\nTreatment This should at once be directed toward the im-\\nprovement of the patient s vitality by all possible means. Tonics\\nand stimulants should be freely used and food in concentrated\\nform should be given. The local application of heat will give\\nsome relief, but the chief consideration is to get free drainage of\\nall fluid and septic material from the diseased area. This is", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0340.jp2"}, "333": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOME. 329\\nobtained by making free incisions into the diseased tissues, usu-\\nally in the form of a cross or ^several lines of Hncision radiating\\nfrom a common center. This can be done with satisfaction only\\nunder an anaesthetic, and should be performed by a physician.\\nUsually consideralbe hemorrhage will follow the incision which\\nmay be controlled by packing the wound with antiseptic gauze.\\nThe after treatment should behot or warm antiseptic gauze dress-\\nings, applied loosely, and covered with a layer of absorbent cot-\\nton or oiled silk. Poultices, if used at all, should be antiseptic in\\ntheir preparation.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0341.jp2"}, "334": {"fulltext": "OBSTETRICS\u00e2\u0080\u0094 CHILDBIRTH\\nVery often it will be found impossible to get a physician soon\\nenough to care for a case of childbirth, and it is therefore import-\\nant that the one who assumes the responsibility may know how\\nto conduct a normal case of labor without the personal direction\\nof a physician. Oftentimes the lives of both mother and child\\nwill depend upon the skill and promptness of the nurse.\\nA woman who is carrying a child is said to be pregnant, and\\nthe usual duration of pregnancy is reckoned as about 280 days\\nfrom the first day of the last menstruation. During this condition\\nthe uterus or womb becomes enlarged, rises up out of the pelvis\\nand occupies the abdominal cavity. Other signs of this condi-\\ntion are suppression of the menses or monthly flow, enlargement\\not the breasts and presence of milk in them, and movements of\\nthe baby. Milk is sometimes lound in the breasts as early as\\nthe second month and this is pretty reliable evidence that preg-\\nnancy exists. During pregnancy the breasts enlarge and are\\ntender, the veins show plainer, and the pink color about the\\nnipple becomes darker. The veins of the legs often enlarge and\\nsometimes the feet swell. Trouble with the bladder is quite com-\\nmon. Constipation, diarrhea, and other disturbances of diges-\\ntion may be looked for. Nausea or morning sickness is common\\nearly in pregnancy. The appetite is capricious and there may\\nbe great hunger or foods which the patient is usually very fond\\nof may be disliked. During the fourth month movements are\\nusually felt by the mother and about this time the morning sick-\\nness usually stops. Many nervous symptoms may be present\\nwith pregnancy, such as headache, neuralgia, irritability, sleep-\\nlessness, etc. The only certain sign of pregnancy, however, is\\nthe hearing of the heart beats of the infant when the ear is placed\\nupon the abdomen of the mother. The heart of a child in the\\nuterus beats very much faster than the pulse of the mother, so\\nthere is no danger in confounding the two. The child in the", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0342.jp2"}, "335": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 331\\nuterus is connected therewith by the placenta, more commonly\\nknown as afterbirth, and the cord, and through the cord the child\\nreceives nourishment from the mother. At the end of nine\\nmonths the child is fully developed and is expelled from the\\nuterus by the process known as labor.\\nMiscarriage If such an expulsion occurs before the seventh\\nmonth it is known as an abortion or miscarriage. Should this\\noccur at any time after the seventh month, it is called premature\\nlabor. The first indication of an approaching abortion is usually\\nhemorrhage or bleeding from the uterus, generally accompanied\\nby pain. The patient should at once be put to bed, as the threat-\\nened miscarriage may in some cases be avoided by rest and quiet.\\nShould the miscarriage take place, care must be taken that the\\nplacenta or afterbirth is all expelled, as the retention of even a\\npart of this might bring on dangerous bleeding or produce blood\\npoisoning. The patient should be kept in bed after a miscar-\\nriage and receive the same care she would have had, had she\\ngone on to full term she must not be allowed to exert herself\\nin any way for at least two weeks. It is important that this be-\\ndone in order that the organs may regain their ^proper places be\\nfore the usual duties are taken up. Miscarriage is more com-\\nmon in women who have borne children, than among those who\\nare carrying the first child. After it has occurred a few times,\\nit becomes very difficult to carry a child to full term.\\nI abor Certain signs indicate the approach of labor. Dur-\\ning the last two weeks the abdomen grows smaller and the uterus\\nsinks down between the hip bones. The pressure on the bladder\\nand rectum is increased and these organs require more attention.\\nContractions may be felt and finally these are accompanied by\\npain. True labor pains come on at regular intervals, each one\\nbeing a little harder than the one before and are felt in\\nthe back. False pains are chiefly in front and are short and\\nirregular. They do not aid at all in the labor and many times\\nresult from indigestion or an overloaded bowel. When indi-\\ncations show that labor is coming on, both the bowels and\\nbladder should be emptied. As the true pains begin there is\\noften a discharge of blood. This is sometimes called the show.\\nThere are three distinct stages to labor. The first is the stage", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0343.jp2"}, "336": {"fulltext": "332 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nwhen the mouth of the uterus dilates or opens and ends with the\\nbreaking of the bag of waters. The second stage is while the\\nchild passes from the uterus along the canal of the pelvis, and\\nends when the child is born. After the waters have escaped,\\nthe uterus contracts upon the child and forces it toward the out-\\nlet of the pelvis. Each pain is now accompanied by an impulse\\nto bear down and this aids in delivering the child. During the\\nthird stage, the uterus contracts on the afterbirth and forces it out\\nalso. The uterus now contracts into a firm hard ball and some\\npains, known as after pains, are still felt. These gradually dis-\\nappear. Very soon a discharge begins which lasts for three or\\nfour weeks. It requires six weeks for the organs to regain their\\nnormal size and condition. During the two weeks immediately\\nfollowing the birth of a child the mother very easily takes any\\ndisease and care should be taken that she be not exposed in any\\nway. The average time of labor is from ten to eighteen hours.\\nPreparation for I^abor When it is determined that labor\\nhas actually begun, the patient and the room should be put in\\nreadiness. Unless there is a history of other labors being very\\nrapid, the patient need not be put to bed at once; it is better, in\\nfact, that she should stand or walk about, resting occasionally on\\na chair, but staying in an upright position, as this position favors\\nthe descent of the head into the pelvis. The bed should be pre-\\npared for her, and well protected. The under sheet should be\\nput on tightly, as it may not be changed again for some days;\\nover this place an oilcloth or rubber blanket and over this another\\nsheet. An oilcloth or rubber blanket should always be used, as\\nit is much easier to clean the bed, and after labor is over pull out\\nthe sheet just next the oilcloth, wipe off the oilcloth and place a\\nclean sheet under the patient. She will then have a dry clean\\nbed to lie on. The patient should have on a clean night dress\\nand over it a loose wrapper, which can be slipped off when she\\nis ready to go to bed. Brush the hair and braid it tightly. See\\nthat the bowels and bladder are empty and to make certain that\\nthe bowels are empty it is well to give an injection of warm water.\\nHave at hand plenty ot clean towels, hot and cold water, some\\nfinely cracked ice if it is to be had, soap, scissors, strong cord,\\nsafety pins, napkins for mother and child, a binder or T bandage", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0344.jp2"}, "337": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 333\\nfor the mother, a small blanket to receive the baby, a small bath\\ntub or large wash bowl, plenty of soft rags, band and clothing\\nfor the child, two or three chamber vessels, a fountain syringe,\\nointment No. 41, carbolic acid, sweet oil or sweet cream, fluid\\nextract of ergot and chloroform.\\nThe patient may be allowed plenty of food that is easy to\\ndigest, but no stimulants, as they increase the danger of hemor-\\nrhage after the child is born. The first stage of labor lasts from\\nthree to six hours. An examination should be made early to\\nsee that everything is normal. Oil the examining finger well\\nand introduce, between pains, until it reaches the open mouth\\nof the uterus. The head can then usually be felt. Efforts at\\nbearing down should not be encouraged during this stage, as it\\nis only a waste of energy and exhausts the patient. No one\\nshould be allowed in the room but the necessary assistants. The\\npatient may lie in bed in any position she chooses. Very little\\nexposure is necessary; the clothing can be so arranged as to\\ncover the patient, and yet be protected from discharges. After\\nthe waters have broken and several severe pains have passed,\\nanother examination should be made. Carefully feel around\\nthe head and see if anything except the head is ^presented.\\nSometimes the cord comes down ahead of the head, in such a\\ncase place the patient upon her elbows and knees and work the\\ncord back, then be careful that the cord does not catch about the\\nneck of the baby and strangle it. The pains now become more\\nsevere and the inclination to bear down is felt at this time it\\nis of benefit. During this stage, after the breaking of the bag of\\nwaters, the pains are severe and the back of the patient should\\nbe supported. She should also have something to pull upon if\\nshe so wishes. A sheet fastened to the foot of the bed is useful\\nfor this purpose. As the head approaches the external opening,\\nit should be thoroughly plastered with No. 41 this will many\\ntimes prevent the external parts from being torn; and as an addi-\\ntional precaution, discourage the bearing down and remove any-\\nthing that may have been used to jpull upon. As ^soon as the\\nhead begins to show, gently push it back when the pains occur,\\nas a too rapid expulsion is sure to rupture the eternal parts.\\nAs soon as the head is born, look and see if the cord is about the\\nneck if so draw it down gently and slip it over the head. If", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0345.jp2"}, "338": {"fulltext": "334 HEALTH AT HOME-\\nyou cannot do this or if the cord is two or three times about the\\nneck, tie the cord firmly in two places and then cut it between\\nthe points that are tied. The cord can then be easily unwound.\\nThere is plenty of time to do this, as it is usually several minutes\\nbefore the shoulders follow the head. It is seldom necessary to\\ntie the cord in this manner. As soon as the child is born, lay\\nit down at right angles to the mother and at such a distance that\\nthe cord is not tight. If breathing does not start at once, wipe\\nout the nose and mouth with a soft cloth and sprinkle a little cold\\nwater over the babe. Do not cut the cord until the child has\\ncried or until no pulse beat can be felt in the cord. Tie the cord\\nabout two inches from the child s abdomen and tie again about\\ntwo inches from this tie, using broad strong cord or narrow\\ntape. Then cut the cord between the two tied places. Examine\\nthe cord after an hour or so and if there is any bleeding, tie it\\nagain. In the opening chapter on Children s Diseases will be\\nfound full directions for the care of the baby. Should the above\\ncourse not succeed in starting the breathing in the baby, dip the\\nbaby in cold water and then in hot. This must be done quickly\\nand repeatedly. Rubbing the surface of the body with brandy\\nor whiskey is sometimes of benefit. Immediately after the child\\nhas been born, an assistant should place one hand on the abdo-\\nmen of the mother and hold it firmly over the uterus until the\\nafterbirth has been expelled and contraction of the uterus has\\ntaken place. The afterbirth may be expelled immediately after\\nthe birth ot the child or after an interval of half an hour or more.\\nImmediately after the child has been born give to the mother\\none-half teaspoonful of fluid extract of ergot. This will in many\\ncases prevent a serious hemorrhage. As soon as the afterbirth\\nhas come away carefully examine it to see if it is entire. If\\nany portion is missing it must be looked out for until it has\\npassed and if it does not pass during the first day a physician\\nshould be called. The parts may now be bathed with warm water,\\nall soiled clothing and cloths removed, a clean napkin placed\\nover the part and the T bandage put in place. The part which\\npasses around the abdomen should be drawn snug and fastened\\nwhile the portion which holds the napkin in place need not\\nbe so tight. As soon as the mother has been made clean and\\ncomfortable, she should be allowed to rest and sleep if she will.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0346.jp2"}, "339": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 335\\nAll persons with the exception of one attendant should be sent\\nfrom the room and no talking should be allowed. While the\\nmother rests the child may be cared for as instructed in the chap-\\nter on Care of Young Children. After the mother has rested for\\na few hours, and the child has been washed and dressed, it is\\nwell to allow the child to nurse. There will not be an abund-\\nance of milk until the third day, but the amount present will be\\nquite sufficient for the needs of the child. If the child cannot\\nempty the breasts, the milk should be drawn off by a breast pump.\\nNever allow a child to nurse from one breast alone, but alternate\\nin the use of the breasts. If the nipples are tender, bathe them\\ndaily in alcohol and cleanse carefully before allowing the child\\nto nurse. If the child, for any reason, is not to nurse, the secre-\\ntion of the milk must be checked. This is usually done by band-\\naging the breasts closely, supporting them by pads of cotton on\\neach side, so that the pressure will be applied evenly. When it\\nis desired to stop the secretion of milk the bowels must kept open\\nand as little fluid as possible taken into the stomach.\\nThe mother should be kept in bed for ten days or two weeks\\nafter the birth of a child and should not be allowed to sit up for\\nany purpose a bed pan may be used to attend to the calls of the\\nbowels or bladder. It is of the greatest importance that she and\\neverything about her be kept clean. She should have a care-\\nfully given sponge bath all over each day, and the private parts\\nshould be washed two or three times each day. If the discharge\\nhas a bad odor, a vaginal douche should be given morning and\\nnight. Use a fountain syringe full of warm water first, and then\\ndissolve six tablets of No. 3 in a quart of warm water and douche\\nwith this. Have plenty of fresh air but do not chill the patient.\\nThe diet should be fluid for the first day or two and light for a\\nweek after that time allow the patient to eat whatever she pleases.\\nHemorrhage Bleeding after delivery is known as post-\\npartum hemorrhage or secondary hemorrhage. It sometimes fol-\\nlows a perfectly natural labor and may be so severe as to endan-\\nger life. There is little fear of bleeding so long as the uterus is\\nfirmly contracted. If it is felt to be swelling, it is a sign of dan-\\nger, and every effort must be made to cause the uterus to con-\\ntract; contraction will make the vessels smaller and prevent the", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0347.jp2"}, "340": {"fulltext": "336 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nbleeding. Swelling of the uterus, pale skin, cold hands and feet,\\nfeeble pulse and slow feeble breathing are signs which indicate\\nbleeding and must be watched for. If hemorrhage occurs, lower\\nthe head, raise the hips, apply pressure with the hands upon the\\nupper end of the uterus, place ice or cold cloths all about the\\nuterus and external parts, inject water as hot as can be borne\\ninto the vagina and give one teaspoonful of fluid extract of ergot.\\nIf the bleediing should come with a gush, do not stop to do any\\nof these things, but at once roll up the sleeve on one arm and\\nplace the hand and arm in water as hot as can be borne for a\\nsecond, then with the other hand upon the abdomen of the mother,\\ninsert the hand into the vagina and go on rapidly until the\\nhand is in the uterus then double up the fist and rub the uterus\\nroughly with the knuckles and keep the hand in the uterus until\\nit thoroughly contracts. If you do not wish to employ this\\nmethod, break some ice up into very small pieces and push these\\nup into the uterus. The first method is to be preferred as it is\\nquicker and in a case of this sort speed is everything.\\nChildbed Fever Another peculiar danger to which a mother\\nis liable at the time of childbirth is a form of blood poisoning\\nknown as puerperal fever, or childbed fever. When this occurs,\\nit usually does so within three or four days after labor. The\\ndisease is caused in two ways, either by the absorption of decom-\\nposing matter produced by the woman herself, or from infection\\nbrought to her by means of dirty hands, cloths, instruments, etc.\\nThe greatest care should be taken that everything about a lying-\\nin woman be perfectly clean and free from infection of any and\\nall sorts. The disease begins by chills, followed by high fever;\\nthe pulse is rapid, the countenance sunken and anxious; there is\\na sickly odor to the breath and diarrhea and vomiting are us u-\\naliy present; the^secretion of milk ceases and the discharge from\\nthe parts either stops or is changed. The disease is dangerous\\nto life and should be treated by a physician.\\nDuring the pains of labor, the pain may be somewhat relieved\\nby allowing the patient to have a few breaths of chloroform.\\nThis is best given by placing a handkerchief in an ordinary tum-\\nbler and allowing a few drops of chloroform to fall upon the hand-\\nkerchief. The patient can then place the tumbler over the", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0348.jp2"}, "341": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOMK. 337\\nnostrils and breath the chloroform. If the patient can be allowed\\nto hold the tumbler herself it will be impossible for her to get an\\noverdose, as the moment the patient begins to loose conscious-\\nness the hand and tumbler will fall away from the face. The\\npatient will soon reach for the tumbler. A few more drops of\\nchloroform may be placed on the handkerchief and the patient\\nallowed to inhale again. This may be done an endless number\\nof times without danger to the patient.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0349.jp2"}, "342": {"fulltext": "TREATMENT OF POISONING\\nCastile soap dissolved in four times its bulk of hot water and\\ndrunk by the cupful is one of the the best remedies in many\\ncases, especially in poisoning by metals or acids. It should never\\nbe used when the poison is an alkali. The white of egg dis-\\nsolved in water is useful in poisoning by metals. Vinegar is use-\\nful in cases of poisoning by alkalies. Strong black coffee is used\\nin cases of poisoning by opium, morphine, chloral and atropine.\\nCamphor is the principal remedy to be used for all vegetable poi-\\nsons. Milk, oil and mucilage are used for all acids and alkalies\\nwhich destroy tissue. Charcoal is a remedy for arsenic, corro-\\nsive sublimate and poisons of this sort. The remedies which are\\nused to produce vomiting in a patient who has been poisoned are\\nzinc sulphate, the dose of which is twenty grains, and for child-\\nren tartar emetic is the best remedy, one-half grain usually being\\na sufficiently large dose.\\nIn poisoning from acids, give chalk or magnesia, plaster from\\nthe wall mixed with water, slaked lime mixed with water; give\\nany of these things and at the same time give milk and oil or\\nthe white of an egg.\\nCarbolic Acid In poisoning by carbolic acid the membrane\\nlining the mouth and throat will be very white and will look\\nburned or seared; there will be dizziness and headache; the\\npupils will be very small, vomiting will be present; the pulse is\\nslow at first, then rapid the urine has a dark olive green color.\\nTreatment Empty the stomach by means of a stomach pump,\\nif one can be obtained very soon, give slacked lime and water\\nand a good remedy is sulphate of magesnium or sulphate of\\nsodium given in one ounce doses.\\nSulphuric Acid In poisoning by this acid the mucous mem-\\nbrane of the mouth and throat will be burned quite deeply.\\nDeath occurs very soon and with convulsions, in severe cases.\\nThe mouth and throat are whitened, swallowing is very painful", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0350.jp2"}, "343": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 339\\nand there is much distressing choking and retching. The vom-\\nited matter will contain black lumps. The saliva will run freely.\\nThe abdomen is usually distended and very tender when pressed\\nupon. The pulse is small and rapid. In mild cases the recovery\\nis very slow severe cases terminate fatally.\\nTreatment Give chalk, plaster, slacked lime, milk, white of\\negg, etc. Should the patient not die, the above treatment may\\nbe followed by giving small bits of ice the mouth should be gar-\\ngled by a solution made by dossolving two tablets No. 3 in a cup\\nhalf full of warm water. The patient should live entirely upon\\nmilk, eggs and soup for a long time.\\nHydrochloric and Nitric Acids The symptoms are sim-\\nilar to those of sulphuric acid poisoning. Nitric acid sometimes\\nstains the parts touched yellowish, and the vomit may be yellow-\\nish.\\nTreatment The treatment is the same as for sulphuric acid.\\nOxalic Acid This acid acts much as the acids mentioned\\nabove excepting that the burning from oxalic acid is less severe\\nandcertain nervous symptoms are noticed; the finger tips be-\\ncome numb convulsion occurs and paralysis may occur.\\nTreatment Give lime water and finely powdered egg shells.\\nAmmonia The fumes of ammonia affect the air passages;\\nthe solution affects the mouth, throat and stomach. When\\nammonia comes in contact with the mucous membrane of the\\nmouth, throat or in fact any mucous membrane, an intense\\ninflammation is produced. In the mouth this inflammation\\ncauses an increase in the flow of saliva; in the stomach it pro-\\nduces vomiting and if a piece of litmus paper be placed in this\\nvomited matter it will remain blue, whereas the normal secretion\\nfrom the stomach causes litmus paper to turn red. Ammonia\\npoisoning also produces diarrhea, cough, difficult breathing, and\\nin severe cases rapid pulse, great weakness, pain, dizziness and\\nconvulsions.\\nTreatment Empty the stomach by the use of the stomach\\npump if one is not to be had, give to child one tablet No. 18\\nevery ten minutes until vomiting is produced to an adult give\\none tablet No. 32 every ten minutes untiLthe same effect is pro-", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0351.jp2"}, "344": {"fulltext": "340 HKAI/TH AT HOME.\\nduced. After free vomiting has been produced, give the juice\\nof a lemon one dose of this will be sufficient. Give bits of ice\\nquite often and give one tablet No. 15 every hour.\\nCaustic Soda Caustic Potash Treat cases of poisoning\\nfrom these substances in exactly the same manner that cases\\npoisoned with ammonia are treated.\\nSaltpeter When this is taken in an amount sufficient to\\nproduce poisoning, vomiting and diarrhea are the first signs and\\nvery soon severe pains in the abdomen follow with great weak-\\nness, cold skin and rapid but very tiny pulse.\\nTreatment Give one tablet No. 15 every hour to a child and\\none tablet No. 25 every hour to an adult. Discontinue the medi-\\ncine after six doses have been given. Also give one-fourth to\\none-half teaspoonful spirits of camphor every two hours. Allow\\nthe patient to hold small bits of ice in the mouth as much as he\\ndesires.\\nIodine Iodine poisoning is usually produced by injecting the\\ntincture of iodine into the body as in the case of a tumor, or by\\nthe long continued use of some drug which contains iodine, as\\nthe iodide of potash. The symptoms of iodine poisoning are, in\\nthe case of poisoning by an injection of the tincture, small rapid\\npulse, blue skin, vomiting, difficult breathing. The urine does\\nnot flow freely and later the skin becomes very red, the throat\\nis sore, the nose runs, albumen may be found in the urine,\\nthere is severe headache, especially in front, the eyes are red and\\ninflamed and eruptions occur on the skin. In poisoning from\\nthe long continued use of a drug containing iodine, there is a\\nfree discharge from the nose, the eyes are red and inflamed, the\\nthroat is sore, the digestive system is deranged there is head-\\nache, dizziness, and a number of mild nervous symptoms.\\nTreatment When the poisoning has just occurred, give the\\nwhite of an egg and ^whiskey, brandy or spirits of camphor.\\nGive the stimulants in small doses and repeat them often.\\nI^ead Lead poisoning is often met with and acute cases pro-\\nduce severe symptoms in the stomach and intestines the colic is\\nvery severe.\\nTreatment In acute lead poisoning give one tablet No. 4", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0352.jp2"}, "345": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 341\\nevery two hours and give the white of an egg in milk every\\nhour. If the case comes under observation soon after the poison\\nis taken, as the taking of white lead or drinking paint, give to a\\nchild one tablet No. 18 every ten minutes until free vomiting is\\nproduced and give to an adult one tablet No. 32 every ten minutes\\nuntil the same result is produced. Chronic lead poisoning is seen\\nin type-setters, type-founders, painters, potters, and any class of\\npersons whose work keeps them near lead and breathing lead\\ndust most of the time. Some of the symptoms in chronic poison-\\ning are violent colicky pains radiating from the navel the bowels\\nare constipated the abdomen is sunken and hard there is vomit-\\ning; the pulse is slow and hard; and occasionally the brain is\\naffected.\\nTreatment Apply cloths wrung out of hot water over the seat\\nof pain and give one tablet No. 25 every three hours give fre-\\nquent warm baths and keep the bowels well open by the use of\\nNo. 4.\\nCopper Blue Vitrol Verdigris In poisoning from any\\nof these there will be a copper taste in the mouth, vomiting of\\ngreenish matter, severe colic, bloody stools with much pain about\\nthe rectum, headache, dizziness, loss of feeling, and there may\\nbe paralysis or delirium.\\nTreatment If vomiting has not already taken place, produce\\nit by giving No. 18 to children and No. 32 to adults. Give as\\ndirected under lead poisoning. Having produced free vomiting,\\ngive the white of an egg in milk every hour and give one tablet\\nNo. 4 every three hours.\\nMercury Corrosive Sublimate The mucous membrane\\nof the mouth, throat, gullet, stomach and intestines is seared or\\nburned quite deeply there is a taste of metal in the mouth vom-\\niting is present; there is diarrhea with much pain about the\\nanus. Poisoning from corrosive sublimate usually ends in death\\nvery soon. A mild form of mercury poisoning is that known as\\nsalivation and usually occurs from an overdose of calomel.\\nTreatment Give the white of an egg in milk every hour; give\\none tablet No. 15 every two hours; and give dialyzed iron at fre-\\nquent intervals.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0353.jp2"}, "346": {"fulltext": "342 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nPhosphorus The most common form of phosphorus poison-\\ning is from eating matches. The symptoms are violent pain in\\nthe stomach, vomiting the vomited matter smells of phosphorus.\\nThese symptoms will last an hour or two and then will follow two\\nor there days of comparative comfort. Then very grave symp-\\ntoms appear the skin and whites of the eyes become yellow there\\nis severe pain about the liver and this extends over the entire\\nabdomen the liver is somewhat enlarged there is some fever the\\npulse is feeble and rapid; sometimes there is bleeding from the\\nstomach nose bleed is common the mind remains clear, the urine\\ncontains albumen. Death usually occurs at the end of one or\\ntwo weeks although in mild cases recovery may occur.\\nTreatment In cases in which the poison has just been taken,\\nwash out the stomach with the stomach tube, or if this is not to\\nbe had, give one tablet No. 32 every ten minutes until vo miting\\nis produced. Give one tablet No. 4 every three hours. Give\\nthirty drops of the oil of turpentine in mucilage or milk give\\nbut one dose of this remedy.\\nArsenic Arsenic poisoning occurs from taking arsenic, from\\ngreen wall paper, and from Scheele s green. The symptoms of\\narsenic poisoning are violent vomiting, watery stools, severe\\npain in the abdomen, headache, dizziness, faintness, twitching\\nof the muscles, a weak heart; the skin is blue and the patient\\nvery weak. Severe cases end in death in from one to two days.\\nTreatment Empty the stomach with a stomach tube or by\\ngiving one tablet No. 32 every ten minutes until vomiting is pro-\\nduced. Give two tablespoonfuls of dialyzed iron every thirty\\nminutes. Give one tablet No. 4 every hour.\\nIlluminating Gas Coal Stove Gas Poisoning from this\\nsource is usually due to long continued breathing of gas. This\\nusually takes place at night when the gas enters the sleeping apart-\\nment by means of a leaky stove or an open gas jet. The symptoms\\nare, at first dizziness, headache, throbbing in the temples, ringing\\nin the ears and floating spots before the eyes. The patient gradually\\nbecomes unconscious. The skin is blue and the breathing irreg-\\nular the temperature is lower than normal.\\nTreatment At once give the patient plenty of fresh air, per-\\nform artificial respiration in the manner described in the chapter", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0354.jp2"}, "347": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 343\\non Drowning on p. 346 and give small doses of brandy or whiskey.\\nBelladonna Atropine Nightshade One of the most\\nmarked symptoms in belladonna poisoning is the dryness of the\\nthroat. Patients poisoned with any of the above always complain\\nof an excessively dry mouth and throat and of great thirst.\\nThere is headache and dizziness, the pupils are widely opened,\\nthe skin has a peculiar red rash which resembles that of scarlet\\nfever, the mind is disturbed and peculiar fancies appear to the\\npatient.\\nTreatment The remedies used to counteract the effects of bel-\\nladonna are poisons and it is best to have a physician give them.\\nThe following is the treatment used Give to an adult one-\\nfourth grain of morphine and repeat the dose in four hours.\\nNicotine Tobacco Poisoning This form of poisoning\\noccurs sometimes from the excessive use of tobacco. The symp-\\ntoms are slow small pulse, a sense of oppression, some vomiting,\\nirregular action of the heart and attacks of pain in the heart,\\nloss of sleep, disturbances in digestion and loss of vision.\\nTreatment Give up the use of tobacco entirely and take one\\ntablet No. 17 three times a day after meals. Continue the use\\nof this for at least a month.\\nStrychnine The symptoms of strychnine poisoning are\\nviolent convulsions, lockjaw, spasm in which the head is thrown\\nback and the head and feet nearly drawn together; the pulse is\\nsmall and rapid; the convulsions occur with intervals of rest\\nbetween them; the intellect is usually perfectly clear and recov-\\nery takes place only in the mildest cases.\\nTreatment Empty the stomach by the use of the stomach\\npump or by giving to a child one tablet No. 18 every ten minutes\\nand to an adult one tablet No. 32 every ten minutes. Stop the\\nuse of the remedies as soon as vomiting begins. Then give one\\ntablet No. 7 every hour until twelve doses have been given and\\nthen one tablet every three hours. Also give one tablet No. 25\\nevery two hours.\\nMorphine Opium Poisoning from morphine or opium\\nbegins with fatigue, headache, drowsiness, darkening of the vis-\\nion, nausea and vomiting, although many times the vomiting is", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0355.jp2"}, "348": {"fulltext": "344 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nabsent. Then the patient slowly looses consciousness and the\\nbreathing becomes irregular and noisy, the muscles completely\\nrelax, the pupils of the eyes are very small, the pulse is rapid\\nand small.\\nTreatment Empty the stomach by giving to a child one tablet\\nNo. 18 every ten minutes and to an adult one tablet No. 32 every\\nten minutes until vomiting is produced. Give large quantities\\nof strong black coffee; give cold baths and slap the patient s body\\nsmartly with a wet towel give a teaspoonf ul of spirits of cam-\\nphor every two hours. Do not allow the patient to go to sleep\\nand to prevent this it is often necessary to keep the patient walk-\\ning all of the time with an attendant on either side slapping the\\nbody with a wet towel.\\nPoisonous Mushrooms A number of mushrooms are poi-\\nsonous and cases of poisoning from this source are quite common.\\nThe symptoms of mushroom poisoning are nausea, vomiting,\\ndiarrhea, headache, general sick feeling and the most characteris-\\ntic, the presence of blood in the urine. In severe cases death\\noccurs and is preceded by convulsions. Other symptoms occur\\nand the treatment of such cases is very unsatisfactory, hence the\\nbest advice that can be given is, do not eat mushrooms unless\\nthey are purchased from a hot house.\\nTreatment Empty the stomach in the manner already de-\\nscribed in this chapter. Give one tablet No. 16 every two hours\\nuntil the bowels move very freely. Give one teaspoonful of\\nwhiskey or brandy every hour.\\nTainted Sausages Poisoning from this source sometimes\\noccurs as a result of eating partially decayed sausages. The symp-\\ntoms are pain in the stomach, nausea, vomiting, colic and diarrhea.\\nThere is also marked feebleness, difficult breathing, dizziness,\\nheadache, drowsiness, some disturbance of vision and often the\\neyelids grow very thick and heavy. The mouth is dry, the pulse\\nfeeble. The cases are usually prolonged but rarely prove fatal.\\nTreatment Empty the stomach by giving No. 18 every ten\\nminutes to a child, and No. 32 every ten minutes to an adult until\\nvomiting is produced. Give two tablets of No. 9 every half hour\\nand give one-half teaspoonful of brandy or whiskey every half\\nhour.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0356.jp2"}, "349": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOME. 345\\nTainted Meat The special poison in tainted meat is not yet\\nfully known. The usual symptoms are vomiting and diarrhea\\nand the case may closely resemble cholera. In most cases wake-\\nfulness, delirium and headache occur; often there is high fever\\nand the skin may be covered with red spots the pulse is small\\nand a little faster than normal and there is a sense of oppression\\nabout the lungs.\\nTreatment Empty the stomach as directed under Tainted\\nSausages and give two tablets No. 9 every hour give one-half\\nteaspoonful whiskey or brandy every half hour and give the\\npatient a bath in lukewarm water every three hours.\\nFish, Mussels, Cheese and Milk Poisoning from these\\nsubstances occur at times. The symptoms are much the same as\\nin the preceding section and the treatment should be carried out\\nin the same manner.\\nPoison Ivy The effects of poison ivy are somewhat familiar\\nto everyone. Some persons are so susceptible to the poison\\nthat if they go anywhere near the plant they will be poi-\\nsoned. Others can even rub the leaves on the bare skin without\\nany effect being noticed. The action ot the plant is that of an\\nirritant to the skin, causing redness and swelling of the parts\\naffected, with a tiny eruption and intolerable itching. The trouble\\nwill spread rapidly over the surface of the body, and will even\\nextend to the cavities and affect the mucous membranes lining\\nthem, causing redness and swelling and a feeling of thirst in the\\nmouth and throat, cough, nausea and vomiting, dizziness, etc.\\nThe effects of this poison usually last for ten or fifteen days, after\\nwhich time the skin will scale off.\\nTreatment One of the drugs used for the treatment of poison-\\ning by this plant is fluid extract of Grindelia Robusta. Rub the\\naffected parts thoroughly every three hours, but do not use force;\\nbe careful not to get any of the remedy in the mouth.\\nOther remedies which are used to apply upon the parts where\\nthe poison has taken effect are a solution of corrosive sublimate,\\nlime-water, linseed oil and alum curd. The best remedy is a com-\\npound which does not keep at all well, and for this reason it is\\nnot put in the Cabinet, but a description of it will be found in\\nthe Appendix.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0357.jp2"}, "350": {"fulltext": "TREATMENT OF\\nCASES OF DROWNING\\nRemove the person from trie water as quickly and as gently as\\npossible turn the face downward for a moment, and push the\\ntongue down in order that water, mucus, etc. may be removed\\nfrom immediately over the windpipe. Give the patient plenty\\nof fresh air fully expose the neck and chest to the breeze unless\\nthe weather should be very severe. Next, the patient lying upon\\nthe face, place one forearm under the forehead, and raise the\\nbody up so that the water may run freely from the mouth. Place\\nthe patient upon one side and start the breathing again by slap-\\nping the body with a cold cloth or by placing ammonia or alco-\\nhol under the nostrils.\\nVery often the above measures will fail to accomplish the desired\\nresult and in such a case carry the body to the nearest convenient\\nspot, remove the clothing and dry the body carefully; (if possible\\nplace it on a warm bed) and with the head and shoulders slightly\\nraised, at once proceed according to the following instructions:\\nPull the tongue forward, to prevent obstruction to the entrance\\nof the air into the windpipe; produce expansion of the chest\\nby placing the arms of the patient close to his side and then draw\\nthem out and up until they almost meet over the head. Then\\nbring the arms down to the sides again until the elbows meet\\nover the pit of the stomach. This produces contraction of the\\nchest. This imitation of the act of respiration should be kept up\\nat the rate of fifteen to sixteen per minute. This method of\\ntreating cases of drowning is known as Silvester s method. The\\nefforts to bring the patient to consciousness should be continued\\nfor several hours, if necessary, and constant effort must be made\\nto keep up the temperature of the body by rubbing the body with\\nwarm flannels, with alcohol, and with the bare hand. Always rub\\nup, that is, toward the heart and apply hot water bottles, hot\\nbricks, etc. to the stomach, the arm pits, the feet and legs and", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0358.jp2"}, "351": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOMK. 347\\nin fact to as many parts of the body as possible. As soon as the\\npatient begins to revive somewhat, carefully administer small\\namounts of stimulants, hot soup, beef juice, etc. Harley says\\nIf the eyes are open, the pupils dilated, the white of the eye\\ninsensible to pain, the face pale, the skin cold, frothy mucus\\naround the nose and mouth, no attempt at breathing, and the\\nheart s action not to be heard when the ear is applied to the chest,\\nthe case is hopeless.\\nSigns of Death Tie a string firmly about the finger. If\\nthe end of the finger becomes swollen and red, life is still present.\\nInsert a bright needle into the flesh. If it tarnishes in the\\ncourse of half an hour, life is still present.\\nMoisten the eye with atropine. If life is present the pupil\\nwill dilate.\\nHold the fingers closely side by side, and look through them\\nat a bright light as at the sun. During life the color is pink\\nafter death it is a dead white.\\nPutrefaction is an absolute sign of death. Better delay for it\\nthan run any risk of burying alive.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0359.jp2"}, "352": {"fulltext": "THE EYE AND ITS DISEASES\\nAnatomy and Physiology The eye as an organ of vision\\nconsists of the globe, or eyeball, the protecting membrane and\\nstructuies around it, the muscles which move it, and the optic\\nnerve which connects the eyeball with the nerve centers in the\\nbrain.\\nThe Byeball The eyeball is globe-shaped, the outer tunic\\nor covering being made up of the sclerotic, or white membrane,\\nand the cornea, or clear membrane, which is situated on the front\\nof the eye, and is naturally a transparent substance. In many\\ndiseases, and in most cases of injury to the cornea, it loses more\\nor less of its transparency. The sclerotic is a dense, tough,\\ninelastic membrane, and is rarely affected by disease. Lying\\nback of the cornea is a membrane, varying in color in different\\neyes, called the iris. This membrane is constructed of muscu-\\nlar tissue, freely supplied with blood vessels and nerves, and has\\nan opening in the center, called the pupil. This opening varies\\nin size under different conditions and degrees of light falling\\nupon the eye. Still further back in the eyeball, just behind the\\npupil, is the crystalline lens, which performs the focusing of the\\nrays of light in such a manner that an image of the object looked\\nat is formed upon the retina at the extreme posterior portion of\\nthe eye. The retina is formed by the fibers of the optic nerve,\\nwhich, where it enters the eye, is spread out in the form of a thin,\\ndelicate membrane lining the entire posterior, internal surface of\\nthe globe. The eye, as an optical instrument may well be com-\\npared with the photographic camera. Thus, in the eye, we have\\nthe interior of the eye lined by the pigment or choroid coat,\\ncorresponding to the interior or box of the camera, to which light\\ncan gain admission only through the diaphragm in the front\\nportion this portion in turn is represented in the eye by the\\npupil, which has the power of automatically regulating the amount\\nof light which enters the eye. In both the eye and the camera", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0360.jp2"}, "353": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 349\\nthere is a focusing lens, and in both a mechanism for receiving\\nand recording the impressions produced by the image formed.\\nIn the camera, this function is produced by the sensitized plate\\nwhich receives and fixes permanently the impression of the image\\nin the eye the same function is performed by the retina, which\\nreceives the impression of the image focused upon it, but instead\\nof retaining it permanently, transmits it as a sensation to the pro-\\nper nerve cells in the brain for recognition and retention. Here\\nthe analogy between eye and camera ceases. In the manner of\\nregulating the focus there is a marked difference in the two\\ninstruments. In the camera the focusing is accomplished by\\naltering the distance between the focusing lens and the sensitized\\nplate to accommodate for variations in distance between the\\nobject and the camera; but in the eye such a process is mani-\\nfestly impossible, and the same result is brought about by a varia-\\ntion in the curvature of the lens itself, thus altering its refracting\\npower. This process is called accommodation, and is accom-\\nplished by the action of a small specially arranged muscle within\\nthe eye. The arrangement of this muscle is such that when it is\\ncontracted the refracting power of the lens is increased, and when\\nthe muscle is allowed to relax the power of the lens is diminished.\\nThus it may readily be seen that the muscle of accommodation\\nin the eye has a vast amount of work to perform, and in fact no\\nmuscles in the body except the muscles of the heart and respira-\\ntion, are more constantly in action than the focusing muscle of\\nthe eye. With this explanation, it may be seen how any depart-\\nure from the normal construction of the eye will have its effect\\nupon the ease with which this muscle will perform its work.\\nThese variations in construction are called, errors of refraction,\\nand may be divided into there general classes: First, hypero-\\npia or far-sight; second, myopia or near-sight; third, astigmatism.\\nThese errors are all produced by alterations in some portion of\\nthe coverings of the eyeball which change its contour.\\nHyperopia Far-sightedness In this condition the eye-\\nball is shortened from before backward, so that the rays of light\\nentering the eye reach the retina before coming to a focus. This\\ncondition calls for a greater amount of effort than normal on the part\\nof the focusing muscle, hence the muscle sooner tires, and if the", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0361.jp2"}, "354": {"fulltext": "350 HEALTH AT HOMK.\\neffort of seeing is persisted in, especially if the eye be used for\\nprolonged near work, the focusing muscle becomes irritable and\\neven exhausted. There is a sensation of effort in looking; the\\neyes blur, and smart; pain is experienced in and around the eye,\\nand headache follows, usually occurring over the eye or in the\\ntemples, although it may be located an} where about the head or\\nneck this is called a reflex headache. A large proportion of\\nchronic, persistent headaches are the result of eye strain, and in\\nany case where headache is of a recurrent character, and where\\nthe cause is not apparent, the patient should have the eyes care-\\nfully examined by a competent oculist, and if found necessary,\\ncorrecting glasses should be worn.\\nMyopia\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Near-sightedness This condition is exactly\\nthe opposite of far-sight, in that the eyeball is too long from before\\nbackward, and the distance between the lens and the retina is\\ntoo great, so that the rays of light meet at their focus before com-\\ning to the retina, and crossing each other, fall upon the retina\\nin circles of diffusion, producing blurred images. This condi-\\ntion is an evidence of a weakened state of the coverings of the\\neye, and generally indicates a diseased condition. Near-sighted-\\nness may be stationary in degree but the tendency is toward an\\nincrease in amount. This tendency is the result of the constant\\npressure of the fluids of the eye exerting its force outwardly upon\\nthe coats of the eyeball and since the posterior portion of the\\ncoats about the entrance of the optic nerve is the weakest, the\\neffect is to produce a bulging of the eyeball backward in that loca-\\ntion. Headache and reflex pains are not common with near-sight-\\nedness, but all cases should, if possible, be corrected early, as often\\nthe tendency to increase in amount may be checked by wearing\\nproper correcting glasses. Whenever a child does not see objects\\ndistinctly at a distance of twenty feet, and especially if when\\nreading it holds the book very close to the eyes, the oculist should\\nbe called upon to make the proper examination and if necessary\\nprescribe correcting glasses.\\nAstigmatism This form of refraction is confined almost\\nexclusively to the cornea, and consists of a difference in the\\ndegree of curvature of different parts of the cornea. That meri-\\ndian of the cornea which has the greatest degree of curvature,", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0362.jp2"}, "355": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 351\\nas a rule, lies at right angles to the meridian which has the least\\ndegree of curvature. These meridians may lie in any angle, so\\nlong as they maintain their relative position to each other. A\\ngood example of an astigmatic surface is the bowl of a spoon\\nin it is a long curve, lying in the direction of the length of the\\nspoon, while the short curve lies across the spoon at right angles\\nto its length. The effect of an astigmatic curve is to distort the\\nimage formed, as can be readily demonstrated by looking at one s\\nreflection in a highly polished spoon. This form of error of\\nrefraction is very productive of eye strain and nervous irritability,\\nand is one of the most prolific causes of headache. A skillful\\noculist can, however, fully correct the defect and give complete\\nrelief by properly adjusted lenses.\\nConjunctiva This is a term used to designate the mucous\\nmembrane which lines the inner surface of the eyelids and fold-\\ning back from the lids upon the eyeball covers its anterior half.\\nThe membrane is divided into three parts, that lining the lids,\\ncalled the palpebral portion that covering the eyeball, called the\\nocular portion and that portion lying between the two just named\\ncalled the transitional fold. This membrane is very freely sup-\\nplied with glands, blood vessels and nerves, and because of its\\nexposed condition is very prone to disease. These diseases may\\nbe divided into non-suppurative, and suppurative.\\nNon-Suppurative Diseases of Conjunctiva\u00e2\u0080\u0094 These\\ndiseases are very numerous but differ from each other chiefly in\\ndegree rather than in character. In the simpler forms, the mem-\\nbrane is reddened there is an increase in the flow of tears, and\\na sensation of burning or smarting about the eyes, feeling as\\nthough a foreign body were present, or the eye had sand in it.\\nThese symptoms either disappear in a few days or pass into more\\nsevere forms, in which the existing symptoms are intensified, and\\nin addition mucus is formed and there is a swelling of the mem-\\nbrane^as a whole, but particularly in the glandular structures, which\\nare enlarged until they stand out above the surrounding struct-\\nures. The vision is not usually disturbed but the eyes are weak\\nand any attempt to use them for close work aggravates the symp-\\ntoms. This form of trouble is called follicular conjunctivitis or\\npink eye and usually follows exposure to irritating substances,\\ndust or cold.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0363.jp2"}, "356": {"fulltext": "352 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nTreatme?it Avoid use of the eyes for close work; bathe them\\nfrequently in hot water, for five minutes at a time. Dissolve two\\ntablets No. 1 in one tablespoonf ul of clean water, and drop two or\\nthree drops into the eyes every hour. This treatment will generally\\nrelieve the inflammation in a few days. If, after the inflamma-\\ntion has disappeared, the surface of the lids still appears rough,\\nthey may be lightly touched with a bit of alum which has been\\nwhittled to a smooth surface; after touching with the alum the\\nsurfaces of the lids should be washed off with warm water.\\nTrachoma Granulated I/ids This is a disease of the\\nmucous membrane lining the lids, and is caused by a specific\\ngerm which finds lodgment in the membrane. It is a very con-\\ntagious disease, and any secretion or discharge from an eye suffer-\\ning fom granulated lids introduced into a well eye sets up the\\nsame disease. The disease is often epidemic and very frequently\\nit will be transferred from one member of a family to all the others.\\nIn military camps or barracks, in boarding schools or in any\\nlocality where large numbers of people are closely associated\\ntogether the disease is likely to spread very rapidly. Such being\\nthe case, it is essential that a person suffering from granulated\\nlids should be provided with a separate wash basin and towel,\\nand the greatest care taken to avoid spreading the contagion to\\nunaffected eyes. The disease, however, is contagious only by\\ndirect transference of the discharge from one eye to another.\\nSymptoms a?id Signs Granulated lids first begin as a simple\\nirritiation. The eyes feel hot and the tears flow freely. Soon\\nthe eyes feel as though full of sand they become red and a con-\\nsiderable swelling of the lids ensues. The inflammation rapidly\\nincreases and the discharge becomes more profuse and contains\\nconsiderable mucus this soon changes to a muco-purulent char-\\nacter. When the mucus membrane is examined, it is found to\\nbe much swollen and thickened, and apparently covered with\\nsmall lumps often arranged in ridges and folds. The eyeball\\nsoon becomes affected by the constant rubbing over its surface of\\nthe roughened mucous membrane of the lids, and the delicate\\nouter covering of the cornea or clear part is rubbed off in spots\\ncausing superficial ulceration. These ulcerated portions fre-\\nquently become infected by the poisonous discharges and exten-", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0364.jp2"}, "357": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 353\\nsive destruction of corneal tissue follows, so that the eyesight is\\npermanently damaged by the resulting scars or the eye may\\neven be lost from perforation of the ulcer through the cornea fol-\\nlowed by escape of more or less of the contents of the eyeball.\\nThe active stage of the inflammation usually lasts from two to\\nsix weeks and is then followed by the stage of contraction in\\nwhich the swelling disappears and leaves extensive scars in the\\nmucous membrane. This scar tissue continues to contract and\\nproduces a deformity of the lid known as entropion, in which\\nthe free margin of the lid is drawn in towards the eyeball so that\\nthe eyelashes rub against the cornea causing great irritation and\\nmuch discomfort. This is the condition commonly known as\\nwild hairs, and is curable only by a properly performed sur-\\ngical operation. When this operation is performed by a skillful\\nsurgeon the results are highly satisfactory, and it should always\\nbe performed providing a skillful operator can be secured.\\nTreatment Little of curative value can be done by home treat-\\nment in this condition and a skillful oculist should at once be\\nconsulted and the case placed in his hands. Until such skilled\\nattendance can be obtained, the eyes should be kept as clean as\\npossible and frequent applications of hot water made. The eyes\\nshould be thoroughly washed out with water that has been boiled\\nand then three or four drops of a solution made by dissolving\\nfour tablets No. 1 in two tablespoonfuls of boiled rain water,\\nshould be dropped into the eyes. Do this every half hour. Be\\ncareful to have separate towels, wash basin and handkerchiefs for\\nthe patient and to take every possible precaution to prevent the\\nspread of contagion. The disease is essentially chronic in its nature\\nand requires a long period of careful and persistent treatment for\\nits cure. If proper treatment is begun early and continued the\\nresults are as a rule very satisfactory and but little if any perma-\\nnent damage to the eyes should result.\\nPurulent Inflammation of the Byes In this inflammation\\nthe destructive symptom is the formation of true pus. It is a\\ndisease which is exceedingly destructive to the tissues of the eye\\nand but few eyes which suffer from this disease escape without\\nmore or less permanent damage. The disease is due to a specific\\npus germ and hence is highly contagious, and the same remarks", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0365.jp2"}, "358": {"fulltext": "354 HEALTH AT HOME.\\ngiven in connection with granulation of the lids, as regards care\\nin preventing the spread of contagion, apply with added emphasis\\nto this disease. Generally but one eye is infected at first and\\nwherever posssible the eye first infected should be kept carefully\\ncleansed and especial care taken to prevent any of the discharge\\nfrom entering the unaffected eye. A special form of this disease\\nis that which is found in new-born infants and which is known\\nas ophthalmia neonatorum. This disease is responsible for many\\ncases of blindness and the results are all the more deplorable,\\nsince we know that it is a preventable disease, and furthermore\\nthat even after the eyes have become inoculated with the virus,\\nthat proper and timely treatment will prevent any permanent\\ndamage being done. The cause of the disease in infants is the\\nentrance of poisonous material into the eyes either during or\\nimmediately after birth, the source of the poisonous material\\nbeing the discharges from the genitals of the mother. These\\ndischarges are as a rule the result of specific disease in the\\nmother, gonorrhea being by far the most frequent cause. The\\ndisease may be produced, however, by the acrid discharges of a\\nchronic leucorrhea.\\nSymptoms and Sig?is As a rule the disease is first noticed the\\nsecond or third day after birth. The eyes will be reddened and\\nthe lids somewhat swollen; soon a discharge is noticed, which at\\nfirst is watery, but rapidly changes into pus, becoming very pro-\\nfuse during the second and third days. The swelling increases\\nuntil it is often very difficult if not impossible to open the lids\\nsufficiently to examine the eyeballs. It is during this stage that\\nthe greatest danger obtains, for the swelling and pressure is so\\ngreat that the circulation of the blood to the cornea is interfered\\nwith and its nourishment cut off. The vitality of the cornea is\\nthus lowered and ulceration and sloughing follow with resulting\\ndamage or complete loss of the eye.\\nTreatment The treatment of this disease is divided into first,\\nprevention, which begins with the mother before the birth of\\nthe babe; and second, curative, which is to be applied after\\nthe disease has made its appearance in the eyes of the new-born\\ninfant.\\nIn any case in which there is or has been a discharge of any\\ncharacter from the vagina of the mother before confinement, the", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0366.jp2"}, "359": {"fulltext": "HKAI/TH AT HOME. 355\\nvagina should be thoroughly irrigated with the fountain syringe\\ntwice a day for two weeks before confinement. For an irrigating\\nsolution dissolve three tablets No. 38 in three pints of warm rain\\nwater and pass it through the vagina, elevating the syringe suffi-\\nciently to secure considerable force to the flow.\\nWhen the child is born, the nurse must first cleanse the eyes\\nwith a solution made by dissolving four tablets No. 1 in half a\\nteacupful of warm water. Use small pledgets of absorbent cotton\\nand take especial care in wiping the eyes to wipe away from the\\nopening between the lids so that none of the matter on the face\\nshall enter the eye. After the eyes have been thoroughly washed,\\nthe lids should be held widely open, and, with the medicine\\ndropper, a stream of the disinfecting solution thrown into the eye.\\nThe eyes should then be closed and covered with a thin pad of\\nabsorbent cotton which has been wet in the solution and then\\nsqueezed out flat. Never re-wet a piece of cotton in the solution\\nafter it has touched the parts to be cleansed.\\nThe above precautions are ample in all ordinary cases, but\\nshould it be known that the mother has at any time suffered from\\nspecific disease, or where there is a profuse discharge present\\nfrom the maternal parts, it is well to employ as an additional pre-\\ncaution a solution made by dissolving two grains of nitrate of\\nsilver in one ounce of water; this solution may be used twice a\\nday, dropping in three or four drops each time. The curative\\ntreatment consists of as perfect cleanliness as it is possible to\\nobtain. The eyes should be washed out every few minutes with\\na solution made by dissolving six tablets of No. 1 in two table-\\nspoonfuls of water. Any discharges around the eyes should be\\ncarefully washed away with cotton pledgets dipped in the above\\nsolution then the lids should be opened as widely as possible and\\na stream of the solution from the medicine dropper thrown well\\nunder the lids so as to wash away any discharge which may be\\nthere. Sometimes the discharge is thick and ropy and cannot be\\neasily washed away; it may then be removed by wiping with a\\nwisp of cotton twisted upon the end of the cotton carrier found in\\nthe Cabinet. In case the patient cannot be under the care of a\\ncompetent physician, the further treatment consists of the use of\\na solution made by dissolving ten grains of nitrate of silver in one\\nounce of water this solution should be applied to the under sur-", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0367.jp2"}, "360": {"fulltext": "356 HEAl/fH AT HOME.\\nface of the eyelid, after everting or turning the lids inside out\\nand holding them in that position until the solution is applied\\nwith a small cotton brush on the cotton carrier, and then washed\\noff with a stream of water or disinfectant solution from the medi-\\ncine dropper. The nitrate of silver solution should be applied\\ntwice a day. The greatest care should be taken by those having\\nthe care of such a case to carefully wash their hands after touch-\\ning the sore eyes, before touching anything else, as the smallest\\nparticle of pus or matter from the sore eye is sufficient to infect a\\nhealthy eye. The active stage of this inflammation is from ten\\ndays to three weeks; the discharge gradually ceases and the\\nswelling subsides the eyes remain red and the mucous mem-\\nbrane lining the lids will be thickened and rough for several\\nweeks or even months. After the purulent discharge has ceased,\\nthe nitrate of silver solution should be discontinued and in its\\nplace may be used the alum stick as recommended on page 352.\\nIritis This is an inflammation of the iris and is usually found\\nin connection with rheumatism or some debilitating general\\ndisease, although it may be seen in cases where no cause can be\\ntraced. Exposure to inclement weather may be the cause in\\nsome instances. It is also seen as a complication in wounds of\\nand injuries to the eyeball and accompanying deep corneal ulcers.\\nThese forms are called secondary, in contradistinction to the\\nforms in which no specific cause can be traced, where the disease\\nis known as primary.\\nSymptoms and Sig?is The first symptom generally noticed is\\nmore or less intolerance of light with an increase in the flow of\\ntears. Very soon the eyeball becomes reddened, the congestion\\nbeing greater in that portion of the eyeball lying immediately\\naround the cornea or clear part here the redness is seen to be\\ndeep-seated and of a darker color than that in the surround-\\ning parts. Where the redness becomes pronounced the patient\\nexperiences much pain; at first the pain is of a sudden shooting\\ncharacter, but this quickly changes to a deep-seated throbbing\\nache, felt chiefly in the region just above the eyebrow, but often\\nradiating over the whole side of the head. In addition to the\\nredness and the pain, there is more or less disturbance of the\\nvision, beginning at first as a slight cloudiness or haziness as\\nthough one were looking through smoke or fog this increases", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0368.jp2"}, "361": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 357\\nuntil in many cases the vision may be reduced to mere perception\\nof light. The cause of this decrease in vision is an exudate of a\\ncloudy material which is thrown out into the aqueous humor of\\nthe eye. One of the chief diagnostic symptoms as well as one of\\nthe greatest dangers of iritis is the contraction or narrowing of\\nthe pupil. In iritis the pupil is always smaller in diameter than\\nnormal, and is immovable, that is, it does not dilate and con-\\ntract under varying degrees of light, and there is a tendency to\\nthe formation of adhesions between the margin of the pupil and\\nthe lens which lies just behind it. The formation of these adhe-\\nsions which bind down the iris and prevent the pupil from dilat-\\ning is the condition which makes iritis so dangerous and which\\ncauses blindness in those cases which are not properly treated.\\nTreatment Wherever possible, any case of eye disease in\\nwhich iritis is suspected should be immediately placed in the\\nhands of a competent oculist. Should such an oculist be not avail-\\nable, the treatment should be directed along two lines first, the\\nreduction of the inflammation and the relief of the pain, and\\nsecond, the dilation of the pupil and the prevention of adhesions.\\nFor the reduction of the inflammation nothing is so beneficial as\\nthe application ot hot water. Two or three thicknesses of flannel\\nor a layer of absorbent cotton should be squeezed out of water as\\nhot as can be borne and applied directly over the eye this should\\nbe repeated as often as the compress becomes cooled. As the\\npain in iritis is generally worse at night it may be necessary in\\nextreme cases to give a general sedative one tablet No. 25\\nrepeated every half hour until the patient rests or until four tablets\\nhave been given. This should be done when application of hot\\nwater does not relieve the pain sufficiently to enable the patient\\nto sleep and obtain the necessary rest.\\nTo dilate the pupil and prevent the formation of adhesions the\\nonly reliable remedy is the following receipt which can be\\nobtained from any first-class druggist: Atropia sulphate (Merck s)\\n5 grains; acid boric, 10 grains; aqua distilled, 1 ounce. Mix\\nthoroughly and drop one or two drops in the eye every two hours.\\nIf this treatment is begun sufficiently early, before the ^adhesions\\nhave become firm, they will be broken up, the pupil dilated and\\nthe danger removed. The eye will make comparatively rapid\\nrecovery and no permanent bad results remain.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0369.jp2"}, "362": {"fulltext": "358 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nThe drops recommended above contain atropine or belladonna\\nand are poisonous, hence care should be exercised in handling\\nthem and they should be kept out of the reach of children.\\nWhen the necessity for their use has passed, they should be thrown\\naway. Used for such cases and in the manner directed above\\nthey are perfectly safe.\\nWhen the patient is known to have a rheumatic tendency, give\\none tablet No. 37 every three hours during the daytime until all\\ninflammation of the eye has subsided.\\nCataract Cataract is that condition in which the crystalline\\nlens of the eye loses its natural transparency and becomes clouded\\nand of a milky- white color. The normal crystalline lens lies imme-\\ndiately back of the pupil, and owing to its perfect transparency, is\\ninvisible and the pupil looks perfectly black. When cataract\\ndevelops, however, the pupil changes color and looks perfectly\\nwhite. Cataracts are of two kinds: primary and secondary. The\\nprimary are those which develop from natural causes, generally\\nthe result of disturbance in the nutrition of the lens, causing a\\nloss of its vitality and consequently the development of opacity.\\nThis form is by far the most common and is called senile cataract\\nsince it is, as a rule, confined to old people or those past middle\\nlife in whom senile changes are more liable to occur in the vari-\\nous tissues of the body. The senile form comes on very gradu-\\nally, without any pain or inflammation and usually develops more\\nrapidly in one eye than in the other, often one eye becoming\\nblind while useful vision will still be retained in the other.\\nThe patient first notices that objects look dim or hazy, especially\\nwhen looked at through the eye earliest affected. This condi-\\ntion gradually increases until only perception of light remains,\\nwhen the cataract is said to be ripe or mature.\\nSecondary cataracts are those which result either from external\\nviolence, such as blows upon the eye, or operations or wounds, in\\nwhich the lens is injured. Here as a rule but one eye is affected,\\nthe other remaining normal unless the violence or injury extends\\nto both eyes. The development of secondary cataract is much\\nmore rapid than that of the senile form, often but a few days or\\nweeks being required for the complete formation of the opacity\\nin the lens, while in the case of the senile cataract the develop-", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0370.jp2"}, "363": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 359\\nnient is always slow, many cases requiring years for their full\\ndevelopment.\\nTreatment The only cure for cataract is the removal of the\\nopaque crystalline lens by means of a surgical operation; the\\nso-called absorption methods are entirely worthless in producing\\na cure in a case of true cataract. The operation for the removal\\nof a cataract is an exceedingly delicate one and should only be\\nperformed by a surgeon of skill and experience. When proper\\nskill and care are employed, the results are eminently satisfactory\\nand a large proportion of the operations performed are success-\\nful.\\nPterygium This is a condition or alteration in the mucous\\nmembrane, covering the eyeball, in which it becomes folded upon\\nitself in such a manner as to form a triangular growth, the apex\\nof the triangle pointing toward the pupil and firmly attached to\\nthe cornea or clear part of the eyeball. As a rule the growth is\\nfound springing from the inner angle, next to the nose, although\\nit may grow from any point, but always extends toward the pupil,\\nand if left without interference eventually covers enough of the\\npupilary space to greatly interfere with the sight. The growth\\nis of slow development, as a rule, often reaching a certain stage\\nwhen growth seems to be arrested and the condition may remain\\nstationary for many years, only to take on, at last, new activity\\nand finally permanently damage the eye.\\nTreatment This condition can only be removed by surgical\\nmeans and none but skilled surgeons should attempt the operation.\\nWhen properly done the operation is free from danger and is gen-\\nerally very successful. The growths, however, show a marked\\ntendency to recur and often require a second or even a third\\noperation before the recurrence can be checked.\\nDiseases of the Tear Ducts\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The tears flow out from the\\neye through two small ducts or canals at the inner angle of the\\nlids, one opening being in the upper and one in the lower lid; as\\nthese two minute canals pass in toward the nose they unite to\\nform one larger channel which empties into a small cavity lying\\nagainst the side of the nose called the lachrymal sac; this in turn\\ndischarges through a canal or tube extending through the bone\\ndown into the nose. Any obstruction or closure of this drainage", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0371.jp2"}, "364": {"fulltext": "360 HKALTH AT HOME.\\nchannel interferes with the proper removal of the tears from the\\neye and we have the condition commonly known as watering\\nof the eyes. The tears accumulate until they overflow upon the\\ncheek and cause more or less inflammation both of the eye and\\nthe skin of the lids. The obstruction may occur at two different\\npoints, either in the small canals leading from the outer openings\\nin the lids into the lachrymal sac, or else the obstruction may be\\nlocated in that portion of the drainage system lying below the sac\\nand between it and the nose. The latter position is the more\\nfrequent one and is productive of the greatest disturbance. When\\nthis portion of the channel is closed the tears accumulate in the\\nlachrymal sac and cause its distention until it shows as a dis-\\ntinct swelling in severe cases this swelling may be very great\\nand be attended by much inflammation of the surrounding tis-\\nsues. The mucous membrane lining the sac becomes inflamed,\\npus forms in the sac and unless the distention is relieved\\nrupture takes place externally upon the cheek alongside of the\\nnose and an opening remains through which the pus and tears\\nare discharged. The constant presence of pus in the sac and eye\\nresults in more or less serious inflammation of the eye itself;\\noften corneal ulcers form and not infrequently the eye is lost from\\nsloughing of the cornea. In most cases, especially during the\\nearly stages of the diseases the sac can be erupted by applying\\npressure upon the outside when the closure below is not com-\\nplete the contents of the sac can be forced down into the nose in\\nother cases it will flow back into the eye and be discharged\\nexternally by this route.\\nTreatment This is always a serious condition and should be\\nplaced in the hands of a reliable oculist as early as possible.\\nThe treatment is surgical and consists of opening the canals and\\ndilating the passages with suitable probes until perfect drainage\\nis established.\\nIn some cases, in which there are deformities in the bony canal\\nbelow leading into the nose, perfect drainage may be difficult or\\neven impossible to obtain, and often after it is obtained relapses\\noccur and the case may become incurable. When proper atten-\\ntion is given early in the course of the disease, however, good\\nand permanent results are the rule, and it is in the old neglected\\nor chronic cases that the surgeon finds the greatest difficulty.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0372.jp2"}, "365": {"fulltext": "THE EAR AND ITS DISEASES\\nThe structure of the ear may be divided into three portions,\\nfirst, the sound receiving portion, consisting of the external or\\nvisible portion of the ear and the external auditory canal extend-\\ning down to the drum membrane second, the sound conducting\\nportion made up of the drum membrane the middle ear cavity,\\nwith the chain of three bones articulated together and lying\\nwithin the cavity and connecting the drum membrane with the\\ninner ear, the hollow space or cavity in the bony process lying\\nback of the ear, called the mastoid process, and finally the\\neustachian tube which connects the middle ear cavity with the\\nthroat; third, the inner or true ear, lying deeply within the dense\\nhard portion of the temporal bone, and consisting of the various\\ncavities throughout which the auditory nerve or nerve of hearing\\nis distributed. In the outer ear or aurical and auditory canal,\\ndisease of any gravity is seldom found.\\nThe inner or true ear is very rarely the seat of disease. When\\ndisease does occur it is the result of extension of the disease\\nfrom some surrounding tissue as, for instance, the extension of\\nthe inflammation to the inner ear in the case of meningitis or\\ninflammation of the membranes covering the base of the brain.\\nThese cases are almost always fatal and treatment is of little or\\nno value. The majority of cases in which total deafness exists\\nat birth are caused by a low grade of inflammation of the base of\\nthe brain and its membranes which damages or destroys the\\nauditory nerves before birth.\\nBoils These sometimes occur in the skin lining the canal\\nand call for the same treatment as that given to boils in other\\nlocalities, namely, hot applications until the boil shows signs of\\nhaving come to a head, then free incision and removal of the\\npus. This procedure had best be done by a skillful surgeon as\\nundue violence or awkwardness may injure the drum mem-\\nbrane. In many cases there is a tendency to recurrence of boils", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0373.jp2"}, "366": {"fulltext": "362 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nand should they persist, the following preparation should be\\ngiven internally: Calcium sulphide, 15 grains; sulpho-carbolate\\nof soda, 1J drams. Mix thoroughly and make into thirty cap-\\nsules. Take one capsule after each meal. This treatment should\\nbe continued for three or four weeks.\\nWax in the Bars In elderly or middle-aged people there\\nis frequently a tendency to hardening of the ear wax, so that it\\nbecomes impacted and acts as a plug in the canal causing ringing\\nnoises in the ear and a sense of pressure, and in some cases very\\ngreatly diminished hearing. The presence of this hardened mass\\nof ear wax can usually be detected by inserting- the ear speculum\\ncarefully into the canal and holding the patient s head in such a\\nposition that the light will fall into the canal. To insert the\\nspeculum, grasp the external ear by the upper portion and draw\\nit slightly upward and backward, when it will be seen that the\\ncanal becomes straightened and a clear view can be obtained. In\\na case of impacted ear wax, its removal may be attempted by\\nsyringing the ear with warm water. Should the mass not come\\naway when the syringe has been thoroughly used, drop three or\\nfour drops of warm olive or sweet oil into the ear and let it remain\\nuntil the following day when the syringing may be repeated.\\nAs a rule the oil will soften the mass so that it may be easily\\nremoved by a stream of warm water. In some cases, however,\\nwhere the mass is very hard it may be necessary to repeat the\\napplication of oil several times, using the syringe and warm\\nwater between each application of the oil. After the wax has\\nall been removed, the canal should be thoroughly dried and\\nwiped out with a wisp of cotton twisted upon the end of the cot-\\nton carrier and then another cotton swab should be dipped in\\nointment No. 40 and the entire canal thoroughly swabbed out.\\nThis application of the ointment to the canal should be repeated\\nevery other day for two or three weeks.\\nTHE MIDDLE EAR.\\nThe middle ear is the location in which by far the largest num-\\nber of ear diseases find their origin and development. The mid-\\ndle ear is directly connected with the posterior portion of the nose", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0374.jp2"}, "367": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 363\\nand throat through the eustachian tube. This tube, as well as\\nthe middle ear cavity, is lined by mucous membrane which is\\nsimilar to and continuous with the membrane lining the nose and\\nthroat, and any inflammatory process affecting this membrane in\\nthe throat may extend to the eustachian tube and through it to the\\ncavity of the middle ear. In fact, nearly all the more common\\ndiseases of the middle ear are catarrhal in character and have\\ntheir origin in a cold affecting, first the nose and throat and\\nthen extending to the eustachian tube and middle ear. The\\nmucous membrane lining the middle ear cavity is constantly\\nsecreting fluid and mucus and the natural and only means of\\ndrainage from the cavity is through the eustachian tube into the\\nthroat. Where inflammation of the membrane lining this tube\\noccurs, the accompanying swelling causes more or less closure\\nof the tube and interference with the proper drainage of the cav-\\nity, hence, retention of the secretions occurs, and should the\\nobstruction become sufficiently great, the cavity soon fills and\\nthen there occurs pressure upon the drum membrane. As soon as\\npressure occurs there is pain which continues until the pressure\\nis relieved either by the reopening of the eustachian tube and\\nthe re-establishment of drainage through the natural channel or\\nelse the drum membrane ruptures under the pressure of the en-\\nclosed fluid and the discharge occurs externally through the aud-\\nitory canal. It will be seen that an earache is caused by swell-\\ning and inflammation of the eustachian tube and interference\\nwith the natural drainage of the middle ear cavity. As soon as\\nthe pressure is removed, the pain subsides, but should the drum\\nmembrane be ruptured, the discharge may continue for some\\ntime, and if neglected may become chronic. The discharge\\nis at first thin and watery containing much mucus and often in\\nsevere inflammations it will be bloody. Where exposed to air,\\nhowever, the discharge rapidly undergoes decomposition and\\nbecomes very foul smelling and irritating. In those cases which\\nreceive proper attention as regards cleansing the ear, and where\\nthe catarrhal condition which causes the trouble is treated, the\\ndischarge soon stops and the opening in the drum membrane\\ncloses, and recovery with normal hearing results. In other cases\\nwhich are neglected, the membrane lining the cavity undergoes\\nulceration, as does the drum membrane, resulting in more or less", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0375.jp2"}, "368": {"fulltext": "364 HEALTH AT HOME.\\ndestruction of tissue and permanent damage to the ear. There\\nare certain complications, some of them of grave import, which\\nmay occur in the course of a suppurative inflammation of the\\nmiddle ear. The principal one and by far the most dangerous is\\nthe development of an abscess in the cavity of the mastoid pro-\\ncess of the temporal bone lying just back of the ear. This cavity\\nis lined by mucous membrane which is similar to and connected\\nwith that lining the middle ear and should the swelling of the\\nmembrane close the small passage connecting the two cavities,\\nsuppurative and extensive inflammation of a destructive charac-\\nter is likely to occur in the bone and unless the retained pus and\\nsecretions are removed and free drainage established, disease of\\nthe bone itself occurs and the inflammation will extend to the\\nbrain and its membranes causing meningitis or abscess of the\\nbrain frequently resulting in death. The treatment of this con-\\ndition calls for the most skillful surgery and none but surgeons\\nof experience should attempt the operation for the operation itself\\nis attended with considerable danger; nevertheless where a mas-\\ntoid abscess develops, an operation should always be performed,\\nas fatality is almost certain to occur without it. Whenever any\\ntenderness or swelling is found over the mastoid process during\\nan inflammation of the middle ear, the best possible surgical\\nadvice should at once be sought. In the meantime, the inflam-\\nmation may best be treated by constant applications of flannels\\nwet in hot water and applied over the parts.\\nDischarging Ear First of all cleanliness is of greatest\\nimportance and no secretions should be allowed to remain any\\nlength of time in the ear. To wash out the ear dissolve one tab-\\nlet No 3. in a teacupful of warm water and thoroughly wash out\\nthe canal using the ear syringe. After thoroughly washing\\naway all matter or pus, twist a bit of cotton on the cotton carrier\\nand wipe the canal dry. Then take two tablets No. 1 and crush\\nthem into a fine powder and place the powder in the canal, tak-\\ning care that it goes well down to the drum membrane. This\\nshould be repeated two or three times a day, as long as the dis-\\ncharge continues. In addition Jx the treatment of the ear itself,\\nthe nose and throat should receive attention. The patient\\nshould thoroughly wash out the nose by snuffing up considerable\\nquantities of the same fluid which is used to wash out the ear;", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0376.jp2"}, "369": {"fulltext": "HKAI/fH AT HOME. 365\\nhe may also gargle the throat with the fluid. This should be\\nfollowed by thorough use of the spray with the following solu-\\ntion: Oil of cinnamon, 2 drops; carbolic acid, 10 drops; lavo-\\nline, 2 ounces. Mix thoroughly and use as spray.\\nEarache Earache is very common in children and as before\\nmentioned is caused by interruption of the normal drainage fol-\\nlowing the swollen condition of the mucous membrane in the\\nnose and eustachian tubes, so generally found in the case of\\nordinary colds. The presence of enlarged tonsils or swollen\\nglands in the space behind the palate predisposes to this trouble 4\\nand where these conditions exist, they should receive proper\\nattention. When earache begins in a child or adult the direct\\napplication of heat, in the form of hot water to the ear, will often\\nrelieve the pain and congestion. The best manner of applying\\nhot water is to have the patient lie down on the sidejjwith the\\naching ear uppermost and then fill the auditory canal with water\\nas hot as it can be borne as soon as the water cools it should be\\npoured out and more hot water introduced, and the process con-\\ntinued. Should the drum membrane rupture and a discharge\\nfrom the ear occur, the cleansing methods recommended in the\\ncase of discharge from the ear should be pursued until all dis-\\ncharge stops.\\nProgressive Deafness This condition occurs in many\\ncases as a result of chronic catarrhal trouble involving the eus-\\ntachian tube and middle ear. The cases occur usually in adults\\nand those past middle life are more liable to be afflicted. The\\ncatarrhal trouble is a low, mild form of inflammation, attended by\\nlittle swelling or increase in secretions, but owing to its pro-\\nlonged course, the mucous membrane becomes permanently thick-\\nened. This thickening process extends into the middle ear and\\ninvolves the articulations or joints between the chain of small\\nbones lying in the middle ear, resulting in stiffening of the joints.\\nThe drum membrane itself becomes thickened and less elastic.\\nThe result of the whole process is a condition of the sound con-\\nducting structures within the middle ear making them much less\\nsensitive to the delicate sounds which ordinarily produce the\\nsensation of hearing. In other words, the sound conducting\\nmechanism is so altered that it requires a more forcible sound", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0377.jp2"}, "370": {"fulltext": "366 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nstimulus than normal to produce the sensation of hearing. The\\nonset of this condition is exceedingly slow and often much per-\\nmanent damage is done before the sufferer really becomes con-\\nscious that his hearing is disturbed. The symptoms noted are\\nthose of diminished hearing and noises of various kinds in the\\nears. Sometimes but one ear is involved, but often both, gene-\\nrally, however, to a different degree. The condition is often\\naffected by changes in the weather, wet damp weather increasing\\nthe difficulty of hearing while in warm dry weather the patient\\nmay notice but little if any trouble. The hearing is always poorer\\nwhen the patient has a cold in the head and the noises then\\nbecome very troublesome. The progress is always slow, so that\\nthe patient may from month to month not be able to really note\\nany material change in his condition, but gradually the changes\\nin the tissues become more and more pronounced and the deaf-\\nness and head noises increase.\\nTreatment After this condition has become thoroughly estab-\\nlished, especially in middle-aged people, the results of treatment\\nare very unsatisfactory. The best results are obtained in young\\npeople when the disease is recognized early in its course and\\nprompt and proper treatment instituted and carried out. When\\nthese conditions are noted the case should at once be placed\\nunder the care of a skillful specialist in ear diseases and his\\ninstructions faithfully carried out. But little can be done in this\\ncondition in the way of home treatment.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0378.jp2"}, "371": {"fulltext": "THE NOSE AND THROAT.\\nIn the part of this book devoted to the general diseases of the\\nbody, all diseases of the nose and thioat which in any way\\ncause general systemic disturbances, have been fully discussed\\nand it remains to take up those things which belong entirely to\\nthe organs named.\\nThe Nose The nose performs a threefold duty in the human\\norganism. It is the organ of the sense of smell, it gives a cer-\\ntain character and resonance to the voice, and it is the natural\\npassageway through which the external air reaches the lungs.\\nAny one or all of these functions may be interfered with and any\\ninterference is usually in the form of some inflammation of the\\nmembranes which line the nose. Speaking of the nose as the\\norgan of the special sense of smell, any inflammation which\\noccurs about the tiny endings of the nerves of smell will materi-\\nally interfere with the function of these nerve filaments. Should\\nan inflammation occur which causes any considerable amount of\\nswelling, or should new or foreign growths occur in the nose, the\\nother functions will be interfered with from the fact that the\\nnasal passage is not free enough to act as a sounding board for\\nthe voice nor large enough to admit a sufficient amount of air to\\nthe lungs.\\nCatarrh There are so many things which are misunderstood\\nin regard to what is ordinarily called nasal catarrh that a some-\\nwhat general discussion upon certain questions connected with\\nthis subject is given here. One of the mistakes is that it is gen-\\nerally believed that catarrh is a special disease of the nasal cavity\\nwhich leads finally to the ulceration of the soft parts and to the\\ndeath of the bone. This idea is very largely encouraged by all\\nadvertisements of patent medicines which are said to cure\\ncatarrh. A simple catarrhal inflammation is always a catarrhal\\ninflammation from the start and never results in anything more\\nthan a simple swelling of the parts. Ulceration and the death", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0379.jp2"}, "372": {"fulltext": "368 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nof bone are never found in simple catarrh and when these things\\noccur it may be certain that some serious general disease is pres-\\nent, such as syphilis. Another mistaken idea which is very\\ncommon is that when a person has a catarrhal inflammation in\\none part of the body, the mucous surfaces in other parts are liable\\nto become affected also. Doctors very often have patients who\\nare suffering from nasal catarrh and these people frequently make\\nthe statement that they are suffering from catarrh of the stomach\\nas a result of the catarrh of the nose. There is no ground what-\\never for such an assertion and in the vast majority of cases the\\nstomach trouble is due to some excess as to manner of living, and\\nit is never due to nasal catarrh. Another very common mistake\\nis to believe that catarrh will eventually develop into consump-\\ntion this is entirely untrue and there is no tendency whatever\\nfor consumption to follow cases of catarrh. The natural ten-\\ndency of catarrh is to go downward but the inflammation will\\nalways remain catarrhal. The worst thing that could happen\\nwould be the development of a chronic case of bronchitis with\\nasthma. A very common idea in regard to catarrh is that its\\nmost prominent symptom is the excessive secretion of mucus or\\nmuco-pus. This is not at all true as in many cases the actual\\namount of secretion is less, and in those cases where the secretion\\nis apparently more than normal the character of the secretion has\\nbeen changed so that instead of being taken up by the air and\\ncarried off in this manner it discharges from the nostrils, falls\\nback into the throat or forms solid hard scabs in the nostril. In\\na healthy nose the secretion is never noticed and yet the amount\\nsecreted b}*- a healthy nose is about a pint in every twenty-four\\nhours.\\nThe three most prominent symptoms which give rise to the\\nordinary catarrh are swelling and inflammation in the mucous\\nmembrane of the nostril, swelling and inflammation of the mucous\\nmembrane of the upper part of the throat and a bony growth upon\\nthe septum of bone which divides the two nostrils. These three\\nconditions are closely associated in most cases and it is some-\\nwhat difficult to tell which one is the real cause of the trouble.\\nThe character of the discharge is always something of an indica-\\ntion of the disease with which we have to deal. A purely watery\\ndischarge usually indicates a common cold or hay fever; a pro-", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0380.jp2"}, "373": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOMK. 369\\nfuse discharge in which the discharge resembles the white of an\\negg but not quite so thick and in which there appears numbers\\nof grayish flakes, indicates nasal polypi. This same discharge\\nis also seen in the second stage of a severe cold. A very thick\\nmucus discharge indicates disease of the upper part of the throat\\njust back of the nostrils; a thick whitish discharge which is\\nraised from the throat with much hawking indicates disease of\\nboth the throat and nose; a purulent discharge composed of mod-\\nerately thick yellow pus, accompanied by an odor, usually indi-\\ncates disease of some one of the bony cavities near the nose; a\\npurulent discharge in which blood and shreds of dead tsisue are\\nmixed indicates syphilis; the discharge of greenish crusts in con-\\nnection with somewhat healthy looking pus, or thick mucus in\\nconnection with a mild offensive odor, the crusts being bright\\nyellow or greenish in color, and containing neither blood nor\\ndead tissue, indicates dry catarrh.\\nAcute Catarrh Taking Cold Although this is one of\\nthe most common and familiar of the slight illnesses, yet what\\nespecial influences produce the changes which are called taking\\ncold, or what is the true relation between the recognized cause\\nand the effect, it is somewhat difficult to determine. The view\\nof Dr. Seitz is the one most generally accepted and that is, that\\nthe disorders resulting from catching cold are due to the removal\\nof heat to an unusual extent from the external or internal surface\\nof the body; that this causes some functional disturbance, which\\nin turn gives rise to certain processes in some portion of the body,\\nfar removed from the part immediately affected by the cold. That\\nthe changes are not due to the immediate or direct effect of the\\nexposure, is evident from the fact, that as a rule, a certain length\\nof time elapses before these changes set in. This theory is far\\nfrom complete and leaves the matter still somewhat in the dark.\\nAs a matter of observation we know that colds occur during the\\nspring and fall months, seasons which have moderately low tem-\\nperature, notable dampness of the atmosphere, together with a\\nconsiderable amount of wind. Hence we recognize that there\\nare three factors necessary for the production of a cold low tem-\\nperature, air in motion and moisture. It is also necessary, as a\\nrule, that one or more of these factors should act for a consider-\\nable length of time. In our ordinary life there are few of us but", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0381.jp2"}, "374": {"fulltext": "370 HEAI/fH AT HOME.\\nthat may subject ourselves to slight temporary exposure without\\ndanger, as, for instance, rising in the morning in a cold room.\\nOn the other hand, sitting in a draught for a prolonged period\\nwith even^only a small portion of the body exposed is almost\\nsure to result in the taking of cold.\\nAmong the well known things which may produce a cold are\\nsitting in a draught, wearing insufficient clothing, wearing thin\\nsoled shoes, going from a warm room to a cold one, sitting in a\\ncool place when warm, slight exposure while perspiring, etc.\\nThere is generally aj slight amount of fever present with every\\ncold. The cold manifests itself in various parts of the body and\\nis spoken of as a cold in the head, or it may assume the form\\nof muscular rheumatism, or it may settle in the bladder and\\ncause some trouble there. Nearly always, however, the upper\\nair passages are affected and repeated attacks of cold in these\\nparts eventually produce a condition which is to a certain extent\\npermanent, and we speak of the trouble as catarrh. Some people\\nstate that they take cold very easily and very often. Were they\\nto be carefully examined it would be found that they have a\\nmild form of chronic catarrh and the slightest exposure brings\\non an acute attack.\\nPrevention of a Cold From what has already been said it is\\neasy to see that a cold may be prevented by avoiding those things\\nwhich produce it and the best methods of avoiding those things\\nwill be considered. The most care is required in the spring and\\nfall of the year. One of the most important directions that can\\nbe given in regard to preventing colds is as to the proper regu-\\nlation of the clothing. The body should have sufficient clothing\\nfor warmth and comfort, no more and no less. A frequent and\\ncommon error in the use of clothing is of crowding on too much\\nclothing upon those portions of the body which are supposed to\\nbe subject to some special weakness; as for instance, many peo-\\nple, supposing themsleves to have weak lungs and throats, fall\\ninto the error of piling wrap after wrap around their necks and\\nupon their chests, thereby encouraging the very condition which\\nthey fear, and incurring the risk they desire to avoid, for the\\nexcessive muffling of the parts necessarily leads to perspiration\\nand consequently the danger of its being suddenly checked upon\\nthe removal of the wraps. The habit of muffling up the neck", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0382.jp2"}, "375": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 371\\nis the source of much mischief and much harm is done by this\\nprocedure. Especially is this the case when the cold which is\\ncontr actedMevelops into sore throat. As a rule when a sore\\nthroat^comes on, the first thing that is done is to tie a piece of\\nflanneljabout the throat; the only advantage of this is a certain\\namount of fcounter-irritation due to the flannel rubbing against\\nthe skim It is put on for a protection it simply renders the\\nthroat more sensitive, and more liable to take another cold. What\\nhas just been said about the neck may be said about any other\\nportion of the fbody. There could be no greater error than to\\nsuppose that mufflers about the neck protect the throat, or that\\nthe chest is protected in any way by extra thickness of covering\\nabout it. In fact the contrary is quite true. The worst place in\\nthe world in which to wear the so-called chest protectors, sold in\\nthe drug stores, is on the chest. It would be much better to wear\\nthem on the feet as the chest is much better protected, in one\\nliable to colds, by an extra sole worn on the boot than by a felt\\npad worn across the chest. The clothing should be uniformly\\ndistributed over the body, with simply enough of it for comfort\\nand no more. Wool is the best materal for underclothing and\\nsilk should never be worn. Many people change the thickness\\nof the underclothing twice or even three times a year but this\\nplan is not a wise one as the houses in which we live are at prac-\\ntically the same temperature the entire year. A much better\\nplan is to^wear the same thickness of underwear throughout the\\nyear, and supply protection from the extreme cold of winter by\\na change in the outer garments. The body is protected from\\nabsolute cold by wearing clothing, but not from taking cold. The\\nprotection from taking cold is, by so regulating the habits of life\\nas regards clothing, etc., that exposure to the changes of the\\nweather can be made without fear. In other words, compel your-\\nself to become thoroughly accustomed to a climate and to its\\nchanges; perhaps no better aid to this is afforded than the use of\\nthe bath. A cold bath or a cold sponge bath is a great aid in\\nthe prevention of taking cold if the bath is taken regularly every\\nday.\\nTreatment Ordinary colds are commonly allowed to take their\\ncourse without treatment, and this very thing of allowing a cold\\nto take its own course produces a weakening of the parts affected", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0383.jp2"}, "376": {"fulltext": "372 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nby the cold and they are less able to withstand the next attack.\\nThe ordinary treatment of a cold is so simple and requires so little\\ntime that a cold, no matter how slight, should always be treated.\\nAt bedtime take a hot footbath and at the same time drink a\\nlarge quantity of some sort of hot drink, as a bowlful of hot lem-\\nonade; then take four tablets of No. 39, go to bed and cover up\\nwarmly. If a free perspiration is induced it is so much the better.\\nOn arising in the morning take three tablets of No. 16 and after\\nbreakfast begin and take two tablets of No. 39 every three hours\\nuntil the cold is cured. The points to remember in the cure of\\na cold are: Bring the natural body warmth back by hot drinks,\\nby hot baths, or by placing the patient in bed with hot water\\nbottles or hot bricks about him; open the bowels thoroughly by\\nthe use of No. 16 for adults and by the use of No. 4 for children\\nand overcome the cold by giving to children one tablet of No. 39\\nevery three hours, and to adults two tablets No. 39 every two to\\nthree hours. In addition to this treatment, spray the nose sev-\\neral times each day with a solution made by dissolving from one\\nto five tablets of No. 3 in one-half a cupful of warm water.\\nChronic Catarrh This is a somewhat general term and\\nincludes a number of diseases which are entirely separate and\\ndistinct from each other.\\nHypertrophic Rhinitis Moist Catarrh This is the\\nname given to that form of chronic catarrh which is the result\\nof frequent attacks of acute catarrh, or, in other words, it is\\nthat form of catarrh which follows the repeated taking of cold.\\nIt is defined as a chronic inflammation of the mucous membrane\\nlining the nasal cavities, which inflammation produces enlarge-\\nment enough of the parts to interfere to a considerable extent with\\nthe free passage of air through the nostrils. One reason why\\nthis enlargement takes place with but a moderate amount of irri-\\ntation is the fact that more blood passes through the mucous\\nmembrane of the nose in twenty-four hours than through any\\nother mucous membrane of the body during the same length of\\ntime.\\nSympto?ns and Signs In this form of catarrh the discharge\\nbecomes less in amount and somewhat thick. It has a tendency\\nto fall back into the throat and will be raised by a considerable", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0384.jp2"}, "377": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 373\\namount of hawking. There is no tendency for the discharge to\\nform crusts and there is no odor to the discharge. It is a popu-\\nlar delusion that the secretions in this form of catarrh have an\\nodor and are irritating and this belief is based partly on the\\nteachings of some who claim that catarrh leads to ulceration and\\ndeath of the bone. These beliefs are entirely wrong and death\\nof bone is never found in any sort of catarrh, and the bad odor\\nis found in dry catarrh alone, where there is no discharge. Mouth\\nbreathing is always a prominent sign of this disease and this is\\nproduced by the closure of the nostrils by the enlargements\\nwhich accompany the disease. This inability to breathe through\\nthe nose allows the secretions of the upper part of the throat to\\naccumulate, and these form into hard masses, especially at night,\\nand in the morning require considerable hawking and retching\\nto raise or loosen the plugs; sometimes this retching will produce\\nvomiting. This difficulty, while not a disease in itself and while\\nproduced entirely by the nasal catarrh, will in time produce disease\\nof the upper part or vault of the throat. Ear trouble is very often\\nmet with in this form of catarrh, and this trouble may be only a\\nringing in the ears or there may be considerable difficulty in\\nhearing. The hawking which is practiced in order to raise the\\nmucus which accumulates in the upper part of the throat will\\nmany times produce a lengthening of the hanging palate and this\\nfalling on the base of the tongue will cause an irritation which\\nwill produce much coughing. This form of catarrh is very often\\nthe starting point of hay fever and asthma. Other troubles which\\nmay be caused by this form of catarrh are headaches, eye troubles\\nof various kinds, and a large number of nervous diseases.\\nTreat7nent This disease has been described as a thickening o\\nthe nasal mucous membrane and as a thickening of the secretions\\nof j this membrane, therefore, in treatment of the disease three\\nthings should be accomplished the surface [of the membrane\\nshould be kept^clean, the membrane should be*stimulated to more\\nnatural action, and astringents should be used to bring the mem-\\nbrane back to its natural state. The membrane is kept clean by\\nspraying several times a day with a solution made by dissolving\\nthree tablets of No. 3 in^a pint of warm water. The stimulant\\nand astringent action is produced Iby the use of the following\\nTannic acid, 10 grains; tincture of iodine, 10 drops; glycerine,", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0385.jp2"}, "378": {"fulltext": "374 HEALTH AT HOME.\\n1 ounce. Mix thoroughly, and allow to stand twenty-four hours.\\nTo use this, twist a small piece of cotton about a cotton\\ncarrier or a long splinter, then saturate the cotton with the\\nmixture and pass the swab well back in each nostril. Always\\nspray the nose after making this application use the medicine\\nonce or twice every day and use the spray four or five times a\\nday. Continue the whole treatment from two to six months.\\nBy being faithful and persistent in this treatment all ordinary\\ncases of catarrh of this sort can be cured in time.\\nPurulent Catarrh of Childhood This is a form of catarrh\\nwhich occurs in childhood alone and which is accompanied by a\\nprofuse discharge of a yellowish, pus-like material. The disease\\ndoes not manifest itself in any other way. The nose keeps up a\\ncontinual discharge and unless carefully looked after the child\\nbecomes what is known as a dirty-nosed child. The matter\\ninterferes with the child s breathing somewhat and may cause\\nmouth breathing especially at night. There is no obstruction of\\nthe nasal passage except as a result of the accumulation and dry-\\ning of the secretion.\\nTreatme?it Treat this disease by the same method as that\\ngiven for the treatment of hypertrophic rhinitis,\\nAtrophic Rhinitis Dry Catarrh This is that form of\\nchronic catarrh in which the membranes of the nose shrink up and\\nin this way lose the power of performing their function in the\\nproper manner. This shrinkage of the membrane ^lessens the\\namount of liquid secretion, and, as a result, crusts form upon the\\nmembrane and these in turn interfere with the flow of the blood\\nin the veins and also prevent the escape of the discharge. As a\\nresult of holding the discharges in check, they accumulate back\\nof the hard crusts and decay to a certain extent and thus produce\\nan odor so that one of the prominent symptoms in this form of\\ncatarrh is a very free breathing space and a decided odor to all of\\nthe discharge from the nose. Nosebleed sometimes occurs in\\nthis form of catarrh as a result of picking the crusts off with the\\nfinger nail. Sometimes this is kept up for so long a time that\\na small hole is made in the bone which divides the nostrils. As\\na result of the air not being moistened to any extent on its pas-\\nsage through the nose it takes up a great amount of moisture from", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0386.jp2"}, "379": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 375\\nthe throat and one of the prominent signs of dry catarrh is a very\\ndry throat.\\nTreatment Three times each day spray the nose and throat\\nwith the following: oil of cinnamon, 2 drops; carbolic acid,\\n10 drops; lavoline, 2 ounces; also twice a day with a solution\\nmade by dissolving six tablets of No. 3 in a cup of warm water.\\nDissolve two tablespoonfuls of salt in two quarts of hot water and\\nplace the solution in the fountain syringe. Take the nozzle off\\nof the syringe and hang the syringe a very little higher than the\\nhead place the end of the rubber tubing in one nostril, open the\\nmouth slightly, tip the head a little bit forward and allow the\\nsolution to run through the nose. Have the water as hot as can\\nbe borne. Do this once each day. In addition to this treatment,\\nhave the following made up and use it three times a day by\\nsnuffing a small portion up the nose Salicylic acid, 5 grains\\ncalcined magnesia, 1 dram mix thoroughly and use as directed.\\nDeformities of the Nasal Septum The septum is the\\nbone which divides the two nostrils from each other. In infancy\\nthis bone many times receives severe blows, and, as a result of\\nsuch blows, various deformities develop later on in life, the most\\ncommon of these being a growth upon one side of the partition.\\nThis growth may be but a small bulging of a portion of the sep-\\ntum or it may be so extensive as to entirely close the nostril and\\nthus prevent the air from passing to the lungs through^that nos-\\ntril. At other times a growth occurs on both sides and it is then\\nnot possible for the air to reach the lungs by way of the nostrils\\nat all, and the person so afflicted is a confirmed mouth breather.\\nWhenever a deformity of the nasal septum is found there is sure\\nto be more or less swelling of the mucous membrane upon the\\nouter side of the nostril and a chronic catarrh is the result.\\nDeflections or growths upon the septum can be treated in but one\\nway with any degree of success and that is by having a compe-\\ntent surgeon operate upon the nose and remove all bunches and\\nenlargements of whatever sort which occur upon this bone.\\nSuch operations are very successful, can be performed with little\\nor no pain and give a great amount of relief. In fact many\\nsevere cases of catarrh may be cured by an operation of this sort\\nand by using a solution of No. 3. in the spray for a short time\\nafterwards.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0387.jp2"}, "380": {"fulltext": "376 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nForeign Bodies in the Nose Foreign bodies are many\\ntimes found in the nostrils; sometimes they get there by accident\\nand many times they are put there by mischievous children. A\\nchild will frequently be playing with some small article and will\\nstuff the article up one nostril or some article will be swallowed,\\nand in the act of vomiting, instead of being thrown out the mouth,\\nthe article will be thrown up into the back part of the nose where\\nit will lodge. As soon as a foreign body is placed in the nostril\\nit sets up a certain amount of irritation and this in turn produces\\nswelling and a very free discharge. This discharge soon be-\\ncomes thick and it will not be long until it becomes quite offen-\\nsive, so that one of the early signs of a foreign body in the nos-\\ntril will be a free and offensive discharge. There will also be a\\ncertain amount of sneezing and it will be difficult to breathe\\nthrough the side which contains the foreign body. The sense of\\nsmell is not affected by the presence of a foreign body in the nos-\\ntril. A neuralgia of some part of the face is many times present\\nand this is many times a very distressing symptom. The dis-\\ncharge from the nose may cause the upper lip and a portion of\\nthe nose to become quite sore. This is especially true in children.\\nTreatment The only treatment is the removal of the foreign\\nbody and this had best be undertaken by a competent physician.\\nTumors of the Nose A number of growths may occur in\\nthe nose. In fact, any tumor which may occur in any other part\\nof the body may occur in the nose. The tumor most often met\\nwith is the soft tumor which is known as nasal polypi. This\\ntumor looks very much like a grape from which the skin has\\nbeen removed. It is soft, has a watery look, is somewhat greyish\\nin color, the covering shines or glistens and the tumor is fastened\\nto the nose by a small neck or pedicle. A single nostril may\\ncontain one or a dozen of these tumors. They interfere with the\\nbreathing and also with the free discharge of the secretions of\\nthe mucous membrane of the nose. There is only one treatment\\nfor this trouble and that is to remove the tumors. This is best\\ndone with a wire snare and as the treatment is in the line of an\\noperation the best advice that can be given is to take the sufferer\\nto a specialist and have the matter attended to. This may be\\nsaid of any tumor which may occur in the nose.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0388.jp2"}, "381": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 377\\nTHE THROAT.\\nPerhaps no part of the body is the seat of more small troubles\\nthan the throat. From earliest infancy the throat is a source of\\ncare and oftentimes of very serious worry. The years of child-\\nhood are filled with times when the throat gives more or less\\ntrouble and although in the majority of cases this trouble is in no\\nwise serious yet the fact remains that a little carelessness as to\\nthe care of the throat at this period of life is almost sure to result\\nin a weak throat. The most common trouble is, of course,\\ncatarrh, and the various forms of throat catarrh are much the\\nsame as those forms found in the nose. Aside from catarrh of\\nthe throat, many diseases occur which affect the throat in some\\nway and tumors of the throat occur much the same as in other\\nparts of the body.\\nAcute Catarrh of the Throat Acute Pharyngitis\\nIn taking cold it is sometimes said that the cold settles in the\\nhead or nose, and this is the acute catarrh which has already been\\ndescribed under the head of nasal catarrh, but if the cold should\\nsettle in the throat, the disease would be acute catarrh of the\\nthroat. The symptoms are those of a severe cold the throat is\\nvery red and inflamed, feels sore; there is profuse discharge of\\nsaliva there may some difficulty in swallowing and there is often\\na general sick feeling. The trouble is not hard to recognize\\nand every mother of any experience is quite familiar with this\\nform of throat trouble.\\nTreatmerit This form of sore throat is more common in child-\\nren but may occur in adults. The person takes a cold and it\\nis noticed that the throat is somewhat sore. Upon examining\\nthe throat, it is seen to be red and the blood vessels stand out\\nclear and distinct. The throat is much congested and the first\\nthing to be thought of is the removal of the congestion. To do\\nthis, dissolve three or four tablets of No. 12 in a teacupful of hot\\nwater and gargle the thoat with this every hour in addition spray\\nthe throat every three hours with a solution made by dissolving\\nfour tablets of No. 3 in a teacupful of hot water. No other treat-\\nment will be necessary.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0389.jp2"}, "382": {"fulltext": "378 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nChronic Catarrh of the Throat Chronic Pharyn-\\ngitis The same thing that is true in nasal catarrh is equally\\ntrue in catarrh of the throat if the acute catarrh is not treated\\nbut is allowed to get well without treatment, and this occurs time\\nafter time, it will not be a great while until the inflammation\\nwill not leave during the intervals between the attacks, and the\\ndisease is then chronic, or, in other words, the patient now has\\nchronic catarrh of the throat. Some signs which will aid in\\nrecognizing the chronic disease are here given. The throat is\\nraw most of the time and feels sore and disagreeable; the mucous\\nmembrane is covered most of the time with a thick mucus much\\ntime is spent in the morning in clearing the throat; the matter\\nraised in the morning is thick and stringy or in hard, scab-like\\npieces; a cough is very often present; the breath is very offensive\\nat times, and the patient is in rather poor health most of the\\ntime. The conditions are very common, and although they may\\nvary somewhat from this description, the trouble is not hard to\\nrecognize as it is a disease which is present all of the time and\\ndiffers from the acute form only in the fact that it is more severe.\\nTreatment In the treatment of this form of catarrh, the first\\nthing to be looked after is that the parts be kept clean and free\\nfrom irritating discharges at all times. To accomplish this, gar-\\ngle the throat three times each day with a solution made by dis-\\nsolving three tablets of No. 3 in a teacupful of water. Having\\nthoroughly cleansed the parts, stimulate the weak glands to nor-\\nmal action, strengthen the tissues in general and use a remedy\\nwhich will cause 2My parts which are swelled to shrink up; in\\nother words, use a stimulating astringent and such a remedy is\\nhere given: Tincture of iodine, 10 drops; tannic acid, 15 grains;\\npure glycerine, 1 ounce. Mix thoroughly, allow to stand for\\ntwenty-four hours, apply to the throat twice a day with a swab,\\nand rub gently, but for a considerable time. In this treatment\\nthe rubbing will count for much and should be done carefully,\\nregularly, and without using too much force.\\nFollicular Pharyngitis There is a form of chronic throat\\ntrouble which is known by this name. This form is not pro-\\nduced by the continued taking of cold, but is a disease in\\nitself. In this disease the throat has the appearance of a piece of", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0390.jp2"}, "383": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 379\\nraw beef with the exception that all along the back of throat may-\\nbe seen little bunches from the size of a pinhead to that of the\\nhalf of a pea. These little bunches will be seen to be composed\\nof mucous membrane and are quite firm and solid. They bleed\\nquite easily, are covered with a thick glairy mucus, cause much\\nirritation in the throat, and cause the spitting of small amounts of\\nblood. The secretions of the throat are made less moist by them\\nand as a result the throat will be filled with scabs of dry mucus\\nin the morning when the patient awakens. During his waking\\nhours the patient will be hawking and trying to raise the tena-\\ncious mucus much of the time. The conditions here described\\nare often met with and if on looking into the throat the little\\nbunches which have been described are found, there need be no\\ndoubt as to the disease.\\nTreatment Cleanse the throat many times each day by spray-\\ning with a solution made by dissolving three tablets of No. 3 in a\\nhalf teacupful of water. Immediately after each cleansing, spray\\nthe throat with some mild oil such as liquid vaseline or lavoline.\\nOnce each day carefully swab the throat with the following:\\nArgentum nitrate, 10 grains; aqua distilled, 1 ounce. Mix thor-\\noughly, shake the bottle each time before using, keep the bottle\\nin the dark when not in use and be careful not to touch the skin\\nwith any of the solution. It will not do any particular damage\\nbut will turn the skin so touched black, and this color will remain\\nfor some time.\\nInflammation of the Uvula or Hanging Palate\\nThis affection of the uvula and diseases of the tonsils in general\\nhave already been described in this book and may be found un-\\nder their respective heads.\\nAcute I/aryngitis The large cartilage which may be seen\\nand felt in the throat just Under the chin and which is often\\nspoken of as Adam s apple is kown to medical men as the\\nlarynx. The larynx acts as a passageway for the air and is also\\nthe place where the voice originates. Inclosed within its walls\\nare some very delicate structures and diseases of these structures\\nsometimes occur, the most common of these being acute laryngitis.\\nBy acute laryngitis is meant an inflammation of the mucous mem-\\nbrane which lines the larynx, which inflammation is acute and", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0391.jp2"}, "384": {"fulltext": "380 HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nis accompanied by an extra supply of blood to the part, a moder-\\nate amount of swelling and a very slight increase in the secre-\\ntions. This disease is not a serious one and the patient will\\nalways recover, but it is a very disagreeable affair, as the voice\\nis always affected and many times is lost entirely. This loss of\\nthe voice need not mean any serious trouble, however, and m\\nacute laryngitis is only a temporary loss, the voice eventually\\nreturning with its full vigor. It is nearly always true that when\\nacute laryngitis is found there is some trouble with the balance\\not the throat or with the nose, and it is rare indeed that a laryn-\\ngitis occurs alone. Hence, recurring attacks of hoarseness, with\\nloss of the voice, should alwa3^s call attention to the probable\\nexistence of some diseased condition of the throat above. This\\ndisease is sometimes caused by inhaling irritating vapors such as\\nchlorine, iodine, ammonia, sulphur, etc., or from breathing\\ntobacco smoke or dense smoke of any kind. Overuse of the\\nvoice in public speaking, singing or shouting may also bring on\\nan attack of acute la^ngitis. Men are more liable to attacks than\\nwomen, simply from the fact that they are more exposed to colds\\nand more often are sufferers from some form of chronic catarrh.\\nSymptoms and Signs The most common sign is the hoarse-\\nness of the voice, which may later on be lost entirely. The com-\\nplete loss of the voice is rare, however, and cases are seldom met\\nwith where some sort of sound cannot be made if sufficient effort\\nbe made. Where loss of the voice does occur :it is due to the\\nswelling of the vocal cords; they become so thick as to be unable\\nto produce sound w T hen the air is forced against them. Patients\\nwith this trouble usually speak in a w r hisper, as speaking out loud\\nrequires quite an effort. There is nearly always a cough present\\nand this is such a cough as is seen when an effort is made to throw\\nsome foreign substance from the throat. The cough is not very\\ntroublesome, however. There is usually some soreness about the\\nthroat, but actual and severe pain is rarely present. Occasionally\\nthere is some loss of appetite and some headache but these things\\nare rare.\\nTreatment First carefully spray the throat with a solution\\nmade by dissolving three tablets of No. 3 in a half teacupful of\\nwater. While using the spray, draw the breath in that the spray\\nmixture may reach the diseased parts follow this with the follow-", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0392.jp2"}, "385": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 381\\ning Chloride*of zinc, 5 grains distilled water, 1 ounce. Mix\\nthoroughly and use as a spray in the same manner that No. 3 was\\nused. Once every two hours inhale the steam from a teakettle of\\nboiling water; place a few drops of any one of the following in\\nthe water before beginning to inhale Compound tincture of ben-\\nzoin, camphor, oil of tar, creosote, oil of eucalyptus, oil of turpen-\\ntine, or oil of peppermint. The use of No. 31 will give a certain\\namount of relief in cases of this sort. To use the remedy place\\none tablet on the tongue and allow it to remain there until it dis-\\nsolves. This may be repeated every half hour or every hour.\\nChronic I/aryngitis By this is meant a chronic inflamma-\\ntion of the mucous membrane lining the cavity of the larnyx and\\nwhich is catarrhal in character. A very great many people suf-\\nfer from this affection and are not caused any inconvenience\\nwhatever by its presence. In fact, when this trouble is chronic,\\nit is quite mild and gives rise to but a small amount of discom-\\nfort. To the public speaker or the professional singer such an\\naffection is a source of constant annoyance and trouble. Chronic\\nlaryngitis is many times caused by chronic diseased conditions of\\nthe passages above the larynx. The disease is also produced by\\nthe constant breathing of irritating dusts and such persons as\\nmillers, workers in tobacco factories, and those engaged in like\\nindustries are liable to have this trouble.\\nSymptoms and Signs The most prominent symptom is some\\ntrouble with the voice. This is not usually noticeable in the\\nordinary use of the voice but should the patient attempt to use\\nthe voice for a short time under a strain, a very pronounced\\nhoarseness will be noticed. The voice will be quiet clear in the\\nmorning and will gradually grow more hoarse until at evening a\\nvery considerable hoarseness will be noticed.\\nTreatment First see that all of the passages above the larynx\\nare in a healthy condition, as this disease in many cases depends\\nupon some diseased condition of the upper air passages. Use the\\nspray with No. 3 as directed in acute laryngitis; once each day\\nspray the throat with a solution made by dissolving five grains of\\nsulphate of zinc in one ounce of distilled water, and several\\ntimes each day spray the throat with the following Beechwood", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0393.jp2"}, "386": {"fulltext": "382 HEALTH AT HOME.\\ncreosote, 15 drops; oleate of strychnia, 5 drops; eucalyptol, 120\\ndrops lavoline, 2 ounces. Mix thoroughly and use as spray.\\nForeign Bodies in the Air Passages The entrance of\\na foreign body into the lower air passages may give rise to more\\nor less grave symptoms, according to the size, character and loca-\\ntion of the foreign body. A great many articles, such as pins,\\ncoins, particles of food, peas, beans, and, in fact, an almost end-\\nless number of things, may make their way into the breathing\\ntract during the act of breathing, chewing or swallowing. These\\narticles find their way into the passages in a great many ways,\\nbut once being lodged it is no trouble to recognize the diffi-\\nculty.\\nTreatment If a foreign body should become lodged in the air\\npassages of a child, immediately turn the child head downward\\nand by spanking cause the child to cry lustily. This will many\\ntimes dislodge the object. If it does not, try jerking the child\\nwhile the head is down. This, however, must be done with\\nsome care that the child be not injured in any way. These\\nmeans failing, an attempt may be made to reach the object\\nwith the finger. Grasp the tongue with a towel and pull it well\\nout, then insert a finger which has been previously well oiled and\\nendeavor to loosen the object; it is well to do this while the\\nchild has the head lowered. Should these methods fail, a\\nphysician had best be called, or a physician may be sent for\\nwhile these things are being tried and when he comes he can\\noperate if necessary. In the treatment of adults the same pro-\\ncess is tollowed as nearly as can be. Vomiting will often dis-\\nlodge a foreign body.\\nSpray Mixtures Below are given a few spray mixtures and\\nsome of the uses to which they may be put.\\nBeech wood creosote, 15 drops; oleate of strychnia, 5 drops;\\neucalyptol, 120 drops; lavoline, 2 ounces.\\nMix thoroughly and use as a spray in all cases of severe bron-\\nchitis or in any case where consumption of the lungs may be\\nfeared.\\nEucalyptol, 3 parts oil of tar, 3 parts lavoline, 96 parts. Mix\\nthoroughly and use as spray in any sort of purulent discharge\\nfrom the nose.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0394.jp2"}, "387": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME. 383\\nCamphenate of cocaine, 10 parts oil of gaultheria, 2 parts\\nlavoline, 98 parts. Mix thoroughly and use as a spray in irri-\\ntated conditions of the nose such as hay fever.\\nEucalyptol, 10 parts; guaiacol, 10 parts; menthol, 4 parts; thy-\\nmol, 2 parts; oil of caryophylli, 1 part; lavoline, 973 parts. Mix\\nthoroughly and use as a spray in any sort of nose or throat catarrh.\\nSalol, 30 parts menthol, 4 parts lavoline, 966 parts. Mix\\nthoroughly and use as a spray in acute inflammations of the\\nthroat.\\nThese receipts together with the solution of No. 3 as directed\\nwill be all that will be required in any case of nose or throat\\ntrouble.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0395.jp2"}, "388": {"fulltext": "THE REMEDIES AND THEIR\\nCONTENTS.\\nNote In each case following, the average adult dose of\\nthe remedy is given unless otherwise noted. The dose for child-\\nren of various ages may be determined by the use of the\\ndosage table found on page 224.\\nNo. I. Boracic Acid. This remedy is used principally ex-\\nternally as a wash. The adult dose is one tablet. Is used\\ninternally as an antiseptic for the intestinal and urinary tracts.\\nNo. 2. Sodium Bicarbonate. The adult dose is one tablet\\nevery four to six hours. Is used in indigestion whenever the\\nstomach is acid.\\nNo. 3. Sodium Bicarbonate, Sodium Borate, Sodium Ben-\\nzoate, Sodium Salicylate, Sodium Chloride, Kucalyptol, Thymol,\\nMenthol, Oil of Gaultheria. This is not used internally, but is\\nused externally as an antiseptic cleansing wash is used in catarrh\\nof the nose and throat, and as an injection in female diseases.\\nNo. 4. Magnesium Sulphate. The adult dose is from one to\\nten tablets. Is used as a saline cathartic and is given in diarrhea\\nto cleanse the bowels.\\nNo. 5. Sodium Biborate. The adult dose is one tablet. Is\\nused for indigestion and diarrhea in infants and is also used to\\ncorrect acidity of the stomach.\\nNo. 6. Ferrous Carbonate, Extract Nux Vomica. The adult\\ndose is one tablet before each meal. Is used as a general tonic.\\nNo. 7. Potassium Bromide. The adult dose is one to ten tab-\\nlets. Is used to quiet nervousness and to combat sleeplessness.\\nNo. 8. Powdered Nux Vomica, Pure Pepsin. The adult\\ndose is one tablet after each meal. Is used as a digestive and as\\na tonic.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0396.jp2"}, "389": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME- 385\\nNo. 9. Hydrargium Chloride Mite, Sodium Bicarbonate.\\nThis remedy is used most often for children the dose, however,\\nis the same for all ages. It is one tablet every hour until the\\nbowels move freely. Is used as a purgative.\\nNo. 10. Zinc Phosphide, Extract Nux Vomica, Extract Can-\\nnabis Indica. The adult dose is one tablet three times a day\\nbefore meals. Is used as a nerve tonic and to produce sleep.\\nNo. II. Tincture Aconite, Tartar Emetic, Powdered Ipecac,\\nCodeine Sulphate. The adult dose is one tablet every one, two\\nor three hours as required. The dose for children above the age\\nof ten is the same. For children younger than ten use the regu-\\nlar child s dosage table on p. 224.\\nNo. 12. Potassium Chlorate. The dose of this drug for\\nadults and children is the same one tablet dissolved in the mouth\\nevery two or three hours. Is used for sore throat.\\nNo. 13. Acetanilid. The adult dose is one tablet every two\\nto four hours. Is used for fever, headache, neuralgia, etc.\\nNo. 14. Salol. The adult dose is one tablet every two to\\nthree hours. Is used to reduce fever, as an intestinal antiseptic\\nin acute diarrhea, dysentery and cholera is ^used in diseases of\\nthe bladder, in acute rheumatism, etc.\\nNo. 15. Powdeied Ipecac, Powdered Opium, Camphor Gum.\\nThe adult dose is one to three tablets every three or four hours.\\nIs used to produce quiet, stop pain, and to start the kidneys.\\nNo. 16. Aloin, Belladonna Podophyllin, Extract Nux Vomica.\\nThe adult dose is from one to four tablets. Use enough to pro-\\nduce the desired effect. Is used as a cathartic and bowel tonic\\nis especially useful in chronic constipation.\\nNo. 17. Reduced Iron, Arenous Acid, Extract Nux Vomica.\\nThe adult dose is one tablet after each meal. Is used to aid\\ndigestion and as a general tonic.\\nNo. 18. Tartar Emetic. The dose for children is one tablet\\nevery ten to fifteen minutes until vomiting is produced. Is used\\nto produce vomiting in children whenever such a thing is desired.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0397.jp2"}, "390": {"fulltext": "386 HKAI/fH AT HOME.\\nNo. 19. Nickel Bromide, Codeine Sulphate, lithium Carbon-\\nate, Powdered Ipecac, Oil of Anise. The adult dose is one or\\ntwo tablets every fifteen minutes until the patient is quiet. The\\nsame dose may be given to children eight years old and over;\\nfor younger children use the dosage table on p. 224. Is used for\\ncolic, stomachache, restlessness, etc.\\nNo. 20. Bismuth Subnitrate, Powdered Ipecac, Powdered\\nOpium. This remedy is for infants and young children. The\\ndose is one tablet every two to three hours until the bowels are\\nchecked. Is used to check and control diarrhea in children.\\nNo. 21 Santonin, Podophyllin. This remedy is for children.\\nThe dose is one tablet every hour until the bowels move. Should\\ntne child be very young, give one tablet every two hours. Is\\nused to remove round worms from the intestinal tract.\\nNo. 2,2,. Antimony Sulphuret, Powdered Ipecac. The dose\\nfor both children and adults is one tablet every ten to fifteen\\nminutes until vomiting is produced. Is used in cases of spas-\\nmodic croup.\\nNo. 23. Ammonium Chloride, Extract Hyoscyamus, Tartar\\nEmetic. The dose for adults and children above the age of twelve\\nis one tablet every three to four hours for younger children use\\nthe dosage table on p. 224. Is used for the relief of cough.\\nNo. 24. Arsenous Acid, Potassium Bicarbonate, Tincture of\\nLavender. The adult dose is begin with one tablet three times\\na day before meals and add one tablet to each dose each day until\\nten tablets are being taken. Should ^the use of the remedy be\\nstopped, and it is desired to start it again, start with one tablet\\nthree times a day and work up again. Is useful in some forms\\nof skin diseases, is very useful in patients just recovering from\\nattacks of la grippe, and is used as a nerve tonic.\\nNo. 25. Powdered Opium. The adult dose is one tablet\\nevery hour, if necessary. Is used to stop pain, to produce rest\\nand to check diarrhea.\\nNo. 2,6. Extract Licorice, Camphor, Benzoic Acid, Oil of\\nAinse, Powdered Opium, Tartar Emetic. The adult dose is one\\ntablet dissolved in the mouth every hour or two. The dose for", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0398.jp2"}, "391": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME. 387\\nchildren is from one-fourth to one-half tablet used in the same\\nmanner. Is used for cough and is especially good for a cough\\nwhich is not severe but rather irritating, or, as it is commonly\\ncalled, a tickling cough.\\nNo. 27. Quinine Sulphate. The dose of this remedy varies\\nfrom one tablet every hour to one tablet three times a day before\\nmeals. The dosage is given in the body of the book and the use\\nof the drug is so well understood by every one that there is no\\ndanger but that it will be used correctly. The average adult dose\\nis one tablet every two hours. Is used in malarial and other\\nfevers, and also as a general tonic.\\nNo. 28. Tincture Digitalis, Tincture Strophanthus, Tincture\\nBelladona, Nitroglycerine. The adult dose is one or two tablets\\nevery two hours. Is used as a stimulant for the heart.\\nNo. 29. Powdered Opium, Camphor Gum. The adult dose\\nis one tablet and this remedy is not used for children. Is used\\nto check diarrhea and tablets are given one or two hours apart.\\nNo. 30. Acetanilid, Camphor Monobromate, Citrate of\\nCaffeine. The adult dose is one tablet every hour until relieved.\\nIs used for headache and neuralgia.\\nNo. 31. Benzoic Acid, Camphorated Tincture of Opium,\\nTincture Belladonna, Extract Licorice. The dose for all persons\\nabove the age of twelve years is one tablet dissolved on the\\ntongue every three to four hours. For younger persons use the\\ndosage table on p. 224. Is used in all form of sore throat.\\nNo. 33. Emetine. This remedy is not to be used for child-\\nren. The adult dose is one tablet every ten to fifteen minutes\\nuntil vomiting is produced. Is used when it is desired to pro-\\nduce vomiting in an adult for any reason whatever.\\nNo. 33, Pure Pepsin, Diasase, Extract Nux Vomica, Pow-\\ndered Ipecac. The adult dose is one tablet three times a day\\nafter meals. Is used to aid digestion and to stimulate the natural\\nsecretions.\\nNo. 34. Powdered Opium, Camphor, Powdered Ipecac, Lead\\nAcetate. The adult dose is one tablet every hour until five doses\\nhave been given, then one tablet after each loose movement from\\nthe bowels. Is used to check and control diarrhea.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0399.jp2"}, "392": {"fulltext": "388 HEALTH AT HOME.\\nNo. 35. Zinc Phosphide, Strychnia Sulphate, Extract Can-\\nnabis Indica, Sodium Arsenate, Aconitine. The adult dose is\\none tablet every one to four hours. Is used in neuralgia of any\\nsort.\\nNo. 36. Salycilic Acid. The adult dose is one or two^tablets\\nevery two hours. Is used in muscular and inflammatory rheu-\\nmatism.\\nNo. 37. Resin Guaiac, Extract Poke Root, Potassium Iodide,\\nColchicine, Digitalin. The adult dose is one or two tablets three\\ntimes a day after meals. Is used for muscular and inflammatory\\nrheumatism.\\nNo. 38. Corrosive Sublimate. This is a violent POISON\\nand is not to be taken internally at all. Is used to make antisep-\\ntic solutions for the cleansing of wounds, etc.\\nNo. 39. Quinine Sulphate, Dover s Powder, Powdered Cap-\\nsicum, Tincture Aconite. The adult dose is one to three tablets\\nat night and one tablet every three hours during the day. Is\\nused to break up a cold and will be found to be a very valuable\\nremedy if used as directed.\\nNo. 40. Iodoform, Vaseline. An ointment used for all cuts,\\nburns, scalds, bruises, and wherever a healing ointment is desired.\\nNo. 41. Vaseline. Used as No. 40.\\nNo. 42, Carbolic Acid, Vaseline. Used as No. 40.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0400.jp2"}, "393": {"fulltext": "INDEX OF SYMPTOMS.\\nAs an aid in diagnosing disease, the following short index of symptoms is\\npresented. It is very easy to recognize one sign or symptom, but it is often\\nquite difficult to place the various symptoms in the order in which they may\\nbe used to determine the disease.\\nBefore attempting to use the index of symptoms, caref uly read the chapter on\\nObservation of Symptoms on page 142, and the section on Symptoms and\\nDiagnosis or Naming the Disease, on page 216 These will call your attention\\nto the points to be observed. Having by careful observation determined the\\nsymptoms present, you are ready to proceed. In the Index, turn to the most\\nprominent symptom discovered, and note the various pages referred to under\\nthis symptom. By turning to the pages referred to it will be easy to determine\\nupon which page most of the symptoms are found.\\nThe same result may be obtained bv noting all the symptoms present, and by\\nturning to the index, making a list of all the pages given under each symptom.\\nTurn to those pages first which are found the greatest number of times in the\\nlists, and caiefully read the description of the disease and all the symptoms\\nthere given. If this does not discover the disease, select other pages in the\\nsame manner until the desired result is obtained. For example, a person is\\nsuddenly taken sick and vomits violently, has a chill followed by a high fever,\\nthe throat is sore and inflamed. Turn to the headings, chill, followed by high\\nfever, high fever, throat, sore and inflamed, and vomiting, and it is discovered\\nthat page 286 occurs under each. Looking on page 286, these symptoms are\\nall discovered there, and in addition other symptoms. Among the distinctive\\nsymptoms there given is a rash or eruption upon which, when the finger nail\\nis drawn across it, a white line or mark is left. If this rash appears on the\\npatient and most of the other symptoms agree, then it may safely be assumed\\nthat the patient has scarlet fever, but if the symptoms do not agree, and the\\nrash is not present, then other diseases must be looked for in which the symp-\\ntoms do agree.\\nAbscess, see Boils.\\nAbdomen, see Stomach.\\nDistended, 173.\\nDistended and tender when pressed\\nupon, 339.\\nFeeling of weight and soreness in\\nabdomen on right side above hip\\nbone, 180.\\nHard and tense, 176.\\nHard and somewhat distended, 251.\\nPain in abdomen, 183, 341, 342; burn-\\ning and tearing, 177; severe cut-\\nting and boring, and abdomen is\\ntense, hard and bloated, 181.\\nPuffed out or drawn in, 174.\\nSunken, 248.\\nSwells considerably, 182.\\nSwells and sounds hollow when\\nthumped upon, 257.\\nTender, 301.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0401.jp2"}, "394": {"fulltext": "390\\nHEALTH AT HOME.\\nAche, see Pain.\\nAppetite, capricious, 175, 202.\\nLoss of, 154, 158, 159, 164, 171, 173,\\n176, 181, 182, 184, 200, 201, 246,\\n255, 266, 287, 304.\\nBelching, 175.\\nBladder, see Kidneys.\\nBleeding, see Hemorrhage.\\nBlood vessels, hard, tortuous and some-\\ntimes bony, 170.\\nStand out on face and forehead while\\ncoughing, 295.\\nBoils and Abscesses, 152, 284.\\nBowels, see Constipation and Diarrhea.\\nDesire to evacuate almost constant,\\n154.\\nDesire to move but usually consti-\\npated, 176.\\nIrregularity in movements from, 154.\\nGas in, 251.\\nBrain, rupture of vessels in, 171.\\nBreath, bad, 159, 171, 202, 243,\\n251, 378.\\nBreathing, difficult, 161, 168, 182, 199,\\n339, 340.\\nDifficult and wheezing, 160.\\nDifficult and noisy, 259, 297.\\nDifficult while coughing, 295.\\nIrregular and rapid, 193, 232, 248,\\n344.\\nIrregular and slow, 189, 280.\\nMouth breathing, 241, 242, 243.\\nRapid, 162, 169, 191, 263, 266.\\nRapid and shallow, 164, 167, 257.\\nSlow and shallow, 172, 276.\\nChest, see Lungs.\\nDistress in, 161.\\nFixed and immovable, 169.\\nFluid between lungs and chest walls,\\n167.\\nIrritation in, 160.\\nLower part sunken in, 164.\\nMovements decreased over affected\\nparts, 167.\\nPain in, 264, 265; sharp in one par-\\nticular spot, 270.\\nSounds in, crackling or squeaking,\\n167; crackling which cough does\\nnot change, 270; dull, which\\nchanges when position changes,\\n271; moist and bubbling, 158;\\nslight rattling or crackling, 162;\\nsmall and large bubbling sounds,\\n164; rattling, 263, 266; rough,\\nrasping, 261.\\nSoreness in, 159.\\nTenderness to pressure, 167.\\nChill, 153, 155, 166, 167, 175, 177, 180,\\n242, 285, 288, 297, 304.\\nFollowed by fever, 181, 200, 301.\\nSlight, 175, 177.\\nViolent, 151, 162.\\nCirculation, of the blood, poor, 232,\\n233, 250.\\nCold, bad, 290; moderately severe, 294.\\nIn nose and head, 263.\\nIn nose and throat, 158.\\nColic, 30, 177, 183, 229, 251, 252, 255,\\n340, 341, 344.\\nDuring digestion of a meal, 181.\\nGallstone colic, 183.\\nCough, see Expectoration, 161, 240, 241,\\n266, 301, 339, 377, 380.\\nDry and hard, 158, 159.\\nExplosive, 295.\\nHacking, 161, 166, 167, 270.\\nHoarse and croupy, 161, 259, 260.\\nParoxysmal, 294, 295.\\nShort, 168.\\nTight, 264, 265.\\nWith rust colored expectoration, 162.\\nConstipation, 154, 158, 173, 175, 176,\\n179, 182, 184, 201, 202, 203, 235,\\n251, 252, 253, 280.\\nConvulsions, 190, 277, 280, 294, 339.\\nSlight twitching or sudden convul-\\nsion, 276.\\nViolent, 343.\\nCramps, in muscles and especially in\\ncalves, thighs, fingers and toes,\\n177; in muscles, 201.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0402.jp2"}, "395": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME.\\n391\\nCry, low distressed moan, 280.\\nSharp and piercing, 251.\\nSingle peculiar, 277.\\nDeafness, 189, 301.\\nDefect in hearing, 190.\\nDelirium, 151, 152, 267, 298, 341, 345.\\nWith snakes, horrors, etc., 153, 190.\\nWith throwing hands and arms about\\nhead, 280, 301, 304.\\nDepression, 169, 172, 173, 200, 202, 301.\\nEasily depressed, emotional and\\nwhimsical, 194.\\nDiarrhea, 153, 176, 242, 247, 248, 286,\\n301, 341, 344, 345.\\nBowels move so freely as to produce\\npurging, 172, 177.\\nModerate, 154, 164, 182, 198, 232, 238.\\nSevere, 154.\\nDigestion, disturbed, 153, 160, 162, 166,\\n173, 187, 233.\\nIndigestion, 174, 175, 195, 301.\\nDizziness, see Faintness.\\nDropsy, 182, 198, 199.\\nDrowsiness, 175, 291, 304, 343.\\nDyspepsia, see Digestion.\\nEars, ache, 284.\\nInflammation in, 287.\\nNoises in, 189, 191, 342.\\nRunning from, 291.\\nEruption, blisters form on pimples and\\npus in blisters about the eighth\\nday, 152.\\nBright scarlet, tiny points; passing\\nfinger nail over rash leaves white\\nline, 286.\\nCoarse red spots appearing on third\\nday, first upon forehead and lips,\\n151.\\nDark red spots first appearing behind\\nears and gradually speading over\\nbody, 291.\\nEczema, 283.\\nLarge irregular patches on face, and\\nof size of pinhead to that of a pea\\non body, giving skin shotty feel-\\ning, 292.\\nPimples upon face or scalp which\\nslowly spread and increase in size\\nand which have little blisters on\\nthem the blisters dry and form\\npits, 293.\\nPus forms in pimples and fever rises,\\n152.\\nRed spots which run together and\\nspread, appear after chill, 153.\\nRed spots along spine, 280.\\nResembling flee bites upon back,\\nchest and abdomen, 301.\\nRose colored eruption on skin, 340.\\nSweat rash, 282; prickly heat, 282.\\nTiny eruption with much itching, 345.\\nExpectoration, bloody, 378.\\nBrownish red and yellow, 266.\\nConsistence of cheese, 243.\\nOf glairy mucus, 166.\\nRust colored, 162.\\nScanty blood streaked, 161,\\nThick stringy and yellowish, 159.\\nEyes, see Sight.\\nBloodshot, 151, 161, 189, 191, 226,\\n258, 290, 340, 351, 352.\\nFixed stare for a moment, 276, 277.\\nLids swell, 352.\\nLight is painful, 290, 304.\\nPain in and about, 330, 351, 352.\\nPupils small, 189, 338, 344.\\nPupils large, 280, 343.\\nSunken, 202, 248.\\nThick creamy discharge and lids\\nswell, 226.\\nWatery eyes, 160, 161, 252.\\nWhites of eyes yellow, 182, 184, 342.\\nFace, anxious look, 167.\\nBreaking out or rash on, 283, 291.\\nDark circles under eyes, 202, 251.\\nDull and stupid expression, 241.\\nFlushed and bathed in perspiration,\\n160.\\nLight yellow color, 226.\\nPale, 191, 199, 202, 261, 276, 277.\\nPinched features and sunken eyes,\\n181; and shows pain, 183.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0403.jp2"}, "396": {"fulltext": "392\\nHEALTH AT HOME.\\nPinched look, 154, 172, 174, 176,\\n203, 248, 251, 257.\\nPuffiness under eyes, 198.\\nPuffy and swollen, 198, 202.\\nRed and purple while coughing, 295.\\nRed, 151, 162, 189, 267.\\nFaintness, feeling of, 174, 189, 190, 194,\\n197, 199, 301, 338, 341, 342.\\nFeet and Legs, ankles swollen, 174, 234.\\nCold, 174, 197, 232. 233, 248, 249,\\n251, 257, 289.\\nGangrene of, 171.\\nLegs and arms deformed, 235.\\nLimbs jerk, 189.\\nNumbness in feet, 187, 189.\\nPain and soreness in, 184, 187, 203.\\nFever, slight, 154, 155, 158, 164, 166,\\n167, 171, 175, 180, 181, 182, 184,\\n188, 198, 200, 270, 290, 293, 296,\\n297, 298, 301.\\nHigh, 151, 153, 156, 162, 240, 242,\\n248, 256, 266, 280, 286, 290, 301,\\n304.\\nSecondary fever, 152.\\nFretful, see Restlessness.\\nGas in intestines and bowels. 251, 255,\\n301.\\nGums, swollen and bleed easily, 202,\\n234, 239.\\nHands, cold, 174, 197, 232, 233, 248,\\n249, 251, 257, 298.\\nHands and arms deformed, 235.\\nHands difficult to use, 278.\\nHands and arms thrown about head,\\n280.\\nHard palate, covered with red spots,\\n286, 291.\\nHead, rush of blood to, 189.\\nHeadache, 151, 155, 156, 162, 171, 175,\\n184, 185, 189, 197, 199, 203, 266,\\n270, 279,280, 291, 296, 297,300,304,\\n338, 340, 341, 342, 343, 344, 350.\\nConstant and gradually growing\\nworse, 190.\\nHeart, action interfered with, 166, 167,\\n182, 343.\\nDistress about, 168.\\nPalpitates, 161, 175, 194, 197, 199,\\n202.\\nSevere, sickening pain in, 169.\\nWeak, 342.\\nHeartburn, 171, 175.\\nHeat flashes, 171, 179.\\nHemorrhage, from bowels, 178, 202,234,\\n252.\\nFrom lungs, 166, 315.\\nFrom nose, 258, 295, 298, 301, 316,\\n374.\\nFrom mouth, 202, 234.\\nFrom stomach, 202, 234, 315.\\nFrom uterus, 316; during labor, 335.\\nIn general, 313.\\nHiccough, 181, 194.\\nHoarseness. See Voice.\\nInflammation, about anus, 178.\\nOf bowels, 256.\\nOf covering of lungs, 270.\\nOf ears, 287.\\nOf mouth and throat, 304, 339.\\nOf tonsils, 242.\\nIn general, 206.\\nJoints, pain and stiffness in, 200.\\nSwelling about, 234, 281.\\nKidneys and bladder, pain about, 187,\\n198, 202, 275, 288.\\nLassitude, 30, 155, 158, 175, 184, 197,\\n202, 291.\\nLips, blue, 155, 259, 276.\\nPale, 202, 255.\\nDry, 237, 267, 304.\\nSore and cracked, 267, 298.\\nLiver, pain about, 183, 184, 342.\\nLungs, see Chest.\\nBleeding from, 315.\\nCongested, 168.\\nMemory, confused, 277.\\nPoor, 175, 189, 197, 203.\\nMind, confused somewhat, 277.\\nDisturbed by peculiar fancies, 343.\\nIrritable and weak, 197.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0404.jp2"}, "397": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\n393\\nMouth, bad taste in, 171.\\nBreathing through, 242, 243.\\nTry, 296, 344.\\nFree discharge from, 298.\\nInflamed, 238, 239, 339, 341.\\nTaste of copper or metal in, 341.\\nWhite and looks burned, 338.\\nMuscles, shrink, 186.\\nFlabby, 234, 240.\\nPain in, 201.\\nTwitching of, 276, 278.\\nWeak, 298, 301.\\nNails, blue, 155.\\nNausea, slight, 154, 155, 156, 176, 181,\\n182, 184, 190, 198, 301, 344.\\nVery severe, 172, 173.\\nNervousness, 194, 197, 203, 237, 251,\\n302.\\nNight sweats, 166, 302.\\nNose, discharge from, 160, 161, 241,\\n258, 259, 290, 297, 298, 304, 372,\\n376.\\nBleeds, 153, 162, 295, 298, 301, 316,\\n374.\\nNasal voice, 241.\\nPlugged, 258.\\nNumbness, 193, 341.\\nFeet numb, 187.\\nFinger tips numb, 339.\\nOdor to breath, 171, 174, 202, 251.\\nTo stools disagreeable, 248, 251, 302.\\nTo urine, sweetish, 202.\\nPeculiar about sick person, 152.\\nPain, about bladder, 200.\\nAbout joints, 200, 201.\\nAbout nerves, 185.\\nBurning in rectum, 154, 178.\\nConstant in pit of stomach, 173.\\nCutting, tearing, pinching, and\\ntwitsing over abdomen, 176.\\nColicky, 154, 174, 176.\\nDull in back and over kidneys, 198.\\nIn abdomen, 182, 183, 257, 341, 342,\\n344.\\nIn back, 151, 173, 202, 242, 264, 265,\\n280, 291, 296.\\nIn bowels, 154.\\nIn entire body, 158, 266, 304.\\nIn chest, 158.\\nIn ears, 284.\\nIn and about the eyes, 350.\\nIn limbs, 187, 203, 296.\\nIn heart, intense sickening, 169.\\nIn lungs, 162, 253, 264, 265, 270.\\nIn muscles, 201, 242.\\nIn side, 164, 167, 180.\\nNeuralgic, 199,\\nSudden piercing in region of liver,\\n183, 184.\\nUpon swallowing, 240.\\nParalvsis, 186, 188, 189, 341.\\nOf vocal cords, 190.\\nSudden of any part of the body, 193.\\nSensations blunted, 188.\\nPerspiration, clammy, 172, 177, 232.\\nGentle soft, 174.\\nOn head, 156, 169, 235.\\nProfuse at night, 302.\\nPits, 152, 294.\\nPotbelly, 236.\\nProstration, marked, 162, 166, 191.\\nPulse, strong and rapid, 151, 156, 158,\\n161, 162, 198, 201, 260, 266, 301.\\nWeak and rapid, 153, 154, 164, 167,\\n172, 177, 183, 191, 232, 248, 257,\\n259, 287, 298, 301, 304, 338, 339,\\n340, 342, 343.\\nSlow, 189, 280, 338, 343, 344.\\nHard and tense, 170, 176, 181.\\nIrregular, 170, 174, 338.\\nPurging, 177.\\nRash, see Eruption.\\nRestlessness, 153, 174, 237, 255, 279,\\n280.\\nAt night, 235, 279.\\nFretfulness, 248, 250, 257.\\nScabs and crusts, 151, 283, 294.\\nSight, interfered with, 188, 189, 190,\\n191, 199, 301, 304, 343.\\nFlashes of light, 189.\\nFloating spots before eyes, 342.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0405.jp2"}, "398": {"fulltext": "394\\nHEALTH AT HOME.\\nSkin, blue, 188, 340, 342.\\nCold and clammy, 172, 176, 177, 191,\\n232, 248, 261.\\nCold, 176, 181, 183, 191, 340.\\nCool and rough, 154.\\nCovered with rash, 287, 291, 293,\\n343, 345.\\nDry, harsh and itchy, 183, 291.\\nGoose-flesh appearance, 155.\\nHot and dry, 156, 158, 191, 198, 203,\\n267.\\nIrregular about blood vessels, 170.\\nMuddy color, 184, 202, 251.\\nPale, 155, 166, 174, 231, 233, 234,\\n242, 243, 248, 250, 302.\\nRed, irritated and swollen, 345.\\nScales off, 153, 291.\\nSensitive, 185.\\nYellow color, 226, 342.\\nSleeplessness, 151, 153, 162, 173, 175,\\n189, 190, 197, 200, 201, 233, 237,\\n248, 250, 251, 252, 301, 343.\\nSmell, see Odor.\\nSneezing, 160, 161, 258, 290.\\nSnoring, 243.\\nSpasm, see Convulsions.\\nStomach, see Abdomen.\\nBleeding from, 315.\\nBloated, 174, 246.\\nBurning feeling in, 172, 173.\\nDistress in and about, 153, 171, 173,\\n174, 175, 177, 182, 245, 246, 342,\\n344.\\nGas in, 171, 175.\\nHeaviness, 171, 173, 174, 175, 245.\\nSour, 174.\\nStools, bloody, 154, 178, 252, 341.\\nDry, 202.\\nDisagreeable odor, 248, 251, 302.\\nFrequent, 248, 302.\\nPale, 202, 251, 302.\\nUndigested food in stools, 232, 246.\\nWatery, 176, 177, 248, 342.\\nSwallowing, difficulty in, 239, 240, 242,\\n291.\\nSwelling, of ankles, legs or abdomen,\\n166, 174, 182, 198.\\nOf eyelids, 352.\\nOf face, 152, 198, 296, 352.\\nOf jaw, 296.\\nOf joints, 180, 201, 234, 281.\\nOf skin, 153, 345.\\nSweating, see Perspiring.\\nTemperature, see Fever.\\nTeeth, become loose, 202.\\nChatter, 155.\\nGrind, 251, 255.\\nThirst, intense, 153, 173, 177, 201, 202,\\n248, 343.\\nModerate, 155, 158, 171, 172.\\nThroat, dryness of, 172, 240, 343, 374.\\nDeposit in, 297, 378.\\nForeign bodies in, 382.\\nFeeling, as of ball in, 194.\\nHoarseness, 380, 381.\\nInflamed, 286, 297, 304, 339, 341, 377,\\n378.\\nRaw, 378, 380, 381.\\nRattling in, 276.\\nSpasms, in 261.\\nSore, 286, 290, 297, 340, 377.\\nTonsils swollen, 240, 243.\\nWhite and looks burned, 338.\\nTired feeling, see Lassitude.\\nTonsils, see Throat.\\nTongue, coated, 153, 154, 171, 182, 184,\\n238, 239, 246, 248, 250, 251, 281,\\n301, 304.\\nCovered with small white spots, 239.\\nDry, 297.\\nBdges red, 238.\\nSwollen, 239.\\nTumors, of brain, 190.\\nIn abdomen on right side over hip,\\n180.\\nProtruding from anus, 178.\\nVeins, stand out clearly, 168.\\nVoice, affected, 191, 243, 381.\\nHoarse, 154, 260, 380, 381.\\nLoss of, 298, 380.\\nNasal, 241, 258.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0406.jp2"}, "399": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME.\\n395\\nVomiting, 151, 159, 162, 167, 173, 174,\\n176, 177, 181, 182, 183, 189, 190,\\n198, 199, 240, 244, 245, 250, 253,\\n257, 280, 286, 296, 297, 304, 338,\\n340, 341, 344, 345.\\nAcid and bitter, 171.\\nAfter coughing, 295.\\nBlack lumps in vomit, 339.\\nCoffee ground vomit, 174.\\nGreenish matter, 248, 341.\\nOf blood, 172, 174, 246.\\nOf curds, 230.\\nVomiting caused by any sort of\\nliquid, 177.\\nVomit smells of phosphorus, 342.\\nUlcers, 237, 239.\\nIn stomach, 246.\\nUnconsciousness, 191, 276, 342.\\nUrine, blood in, 316, 344.\\nFrequent desire, 198, 200, 202, 203.\\nHeavy and dark color, 183, 198, 200,\\n338.\\nLarge amount of, 202, 203.\\nLack of control, 274.\\nPale and watery, 175, 202, 203.\\nScanty, 156, 171, 182.\\nScanty and highly colored, 154, 162,\\n164, 173, 175, 184, 199, 201, 202,\\n267.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0407.jp2"}, "400": {"fulltext": "GLOSSARY.\\nAbortion Premature expulsion of the\\nfoetus.\\nAbscess A limited cavity containing\\npus.\\nAbsorptio?i The taking up of fluids.\\nAcute In medicine the term is applied\\nto diseases attended with danger and\\nwhich terminate in a few days-\\nAnemia Deficiency in quantity and\\nquality of blood.\\nAnesthesia Lack of sense of feeling.\\nAneurism A dilation of a blood ves-\\nsel.\\nAnus The lower extremity of the\\nbowel.\\nAntidote A remedy against poison.\\nAntiseptics Drugs which counteract\\nputrefaction.\\nAsphyxia Apparent death or sus-\\npended life, particularly from suffo-\\ncation.\\nAtrophy Wasting or emaciation with-\\nout fever.\\nBacteria Microscopic organisms found\\nin decomposing matter, and believed\\nto be the cause of many diseases.\\nBile The secretion of the liver.\\nBronchial Tubes The air tubes of the\\nlungs.\\nCarbon Dioxide Gas The gas thrown\\noff by the lungs and also produced\\nby the burning of wood and coal.\\nCapillary Blood vessels, hairlike in\\nsize.\\nCasein The curd of milk separated by\\nacids or rennet.\\nCatarrh Increased secretion from, and\\ninflammation of, a mucous membrane.\\nCathartic\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A remedy which produces a\\nfree movement from the bowels.\\nCellulose The substance of which the\\ncell walls of vegetable tissue are\\nmade.\\nCerebellum The little brain.\\nCerebrum The large brain.\\nChronic Of long duration.\\nClinical Pertaining to the sick bed.\\nCoagulation Curdling of a fluid.\\nCongestion Overnlling or overfilled.\\nContagious A disease which may be\\ncontracted from a person who is suf-\\nfering from the disease.\\nComa Complete insensibility pro-\\nduced by disease.\\nConvalesce?ice The period of recovery\\nfrom disease.\\nConvulsions Involuntary contractions\\nof the muscles.\\nCou n ter- irritation Irr i tati on produced\\nin one part of the body to relieve\\nanother part.\\nDelirum Wandering of the mind.\\nDerma The skin.\\nDesquammation Scaling off of the\\nskin.\\nDiagnosis Distinguishing one disease\\nfrom another.\\nDietetic Belonging to the taking of\\nproper food.\\nDigestion The change which fluid\\nundergoes in the alimentary canal.\\nDouche A column or shower of fluid.\\nDuct Any tube or canal.\\nEffusion The act of pouring out.\\nElimination To expel, to put out, to\\nthrow off.\\nEmanation\u00e2\u0080\u0094 That which issues from\\nthe body.\\nEmesis The act of vomiting.\\nEmulsion A mixture of oil and water.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0408.jp2"}, "401": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\n397\\nEngorgement Overfullness.\\nEnuresis Inability to hold the urine.\\nEpistaxis Nose bleed.\\nExcreta Waste material from the body.\\nExpectorant A remedy which aids in\\nexpelling sputa.\\nExudation To pass outward, as through\\nthe pores.\\nFarinaceous Belonging to grain.\\nFauces The throat.\\nFebrile Pertaining to or indicating\\nfever.\\nFeces Evacuations from the bowel.\\nFlatulence Gas in the stomach or the\\nintestines.\\nFoetus The young of any animal be-\\nfore birth.\\nFomentation The application of hot\\ncloths.\\nGastric Pertaining to the stomach.\\nGerms Independent living organisms.\\nGestation Pregnancy.\\nGland An organ having the function\\nof secretion.\\nGranulations Small red bunches form-\\ning on the surface of wounds.\\nHematemesis Vomiting of blood.\\nHematuria Blood in the urine.\\nHemoptysis Spitting of blood.\\nHemorrhage The escape of blood from\\nthe vessels.\\nHemostatic Anything which will stop\\nbleeding.\\nHernia\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Rupture.\\nHygiene Health rules.\\nIncontinence Inability to restrain.\\nInfectious A disease which results from\\nthe same cause but not from contact\\nwith a person who is suffering from\\nthe disease.\\nInnocuous Harmless safe.\\nInorganic Substances which do not\\nbelong to the animal or vegetable\\nkingdoms.\\nIntermittent Ceasing at intervals.\\nIrrigation Regular and continuous\\nwashing of a part.\\nJaundice Yellowness resulting from\\nsome obstruction to the flow of bile.\\nLarynx The windpipe.\\nLegumin Vegetable proteid.\\nLitmus A blue vegetable pigment\\nwhich turns red when acid is applied\\nto it.\\nLocal Limited to one place.\\nLock Jaw A spasm with rigidity.\\nMalignant Very serious in character.\\nMammary Relating to the breasts.\\nManipulation Handling.\\nMassage Rubbing and handling the\\nmuscles.\\nMastication Chewing.\\nMiscarriage Premature expulsion of a\\nfoetus.\\nNares The wings of the nose.\\nNausea Squeamishness and sickness\\nat the stomach.\\nNitrogen The principal constituent of\\nair but not life supporting.\\nNutrition The process by which food\\nis digested, assimilated and made\\nnourishing.\\nOesophagus The gullet.\\nOrganic Any animal or vegetable sub-\\nstance.\\nOxygen One of the principal constitu-\\nents of air\\nPalate The roof of the mouth.\\nPanacea A universal remedy.\\nParoxysm Any sudden or violent ac-\\ntion.\\nParesis Paralysis.\\nParalysis Loss of voluntary motion.\\nPeriosteum The membrane covering\\nthe bones.\\nPlethora An excess of blood.\\nPleura The membrane which covers\\nthe lungs.\\nPolypus A kind of tumor which oc-\\ncurs in mucous membranes.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0409.jp2"}, "402": {"fulltext": "398\\nHEALTH AT HOME.\\nPost Mortem After death.\\nPrognosis A prediction of the course\\nof a disease.\\nPropagation The producing of young.\\nProphylax is Pre v e n t i on\\nPtomaine Poison produced by putre-\\nfaction.\\nPurgative To produce movement from\\nthe bowel.\\nPutrefy To rot.\\nPuerperal Relating to childbirth.\\nPulmonary Relating to the lungs.\\nPurulent Having the character of pus.\\nQuickening The first movement of the\\nfoetus felt in the uterus.\\nRales Sounds in the air passages pro-\\nduced by air passing through fluid.\\nRecurrent Tending to return.\\nRegurgitation The flowing backward\\nof the contents of an organ.\\nResolution Separating into parts.\\nRelapse A return of disease.\\nRigor A chill.\\nRigor Mortis A stiffening of the mus-\\ncles occurring after death.\\nSalivation\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Excessive secretion of\\nsaliva.\\nSeptic\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Poisonous.\\nSerum\u00e2\u0080\u0094 The watery portion\\nblood.\\nSedative\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A remedy which relieves irri-\\ntation and pain.\\nShow\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A discharge which occurs just\\nbefore labor.\\nSlough\u00e2\u0080\u0094 To come away, as the dead\\nmatter from a sore.\\nSordes\u00e2\u0080\u0094A gathering of the secretion of\\nthe mouth upon the teeth.\\nof the\\nSpasm An involuntary muscular con-\\ntraction.\\nSprain\u00e2\u0080\u0094 A violent stretching of the\\nparts about a joint.\\nSputum Matter spit out.\\nSuppurative The formation of matter\\nor pus.\\nSutures Stitches f~r holding the edges\\nof a wound together.\\nTampon A plug.\\nTetanus Lock j aw.\\nThoracic Relating to the chest.\\nThrombosis The obstruction of a blood\\nvessel by a clot.\\nTraumatic Resulting from a ^wound.\\nTrituration Thorough mixing,\\n7 u torulosis Consumption.\\nTu m e fact ion S welling.\\nTumor A diseased growth.\\nUlcer A running sore.\\nUmbilicus The navel.\\nUreters Tubes connecting the kidneys\\nwith the bladder.\\nUrethra The tube through which the\\nbladder is emptied.\\nUterine Relating to the womb.\\nUterus The womb.\\nVaricose Enlarged or twisted condition\\nof a vein.\\nVascular Full of blood vessels.\\nVertigo Dizziness.\\nVesicle A very small blister.\\nVirulent Very active in doing injury.\\nVitiate To make imperfect to impair\\nto spoil.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0410.jp2"}, "403": {"fulltext": "GENERAL INDEX.\\nAbscess, 241.\\nAbsorption, of products of digestion,\\n38.\\nAdam s apple, 379.\\nAdenoids, 241.\\nAdministration of remedies, 219.\\nAgue, 155.\\nAir, 27; for children, 213; impurities\\nin, 27; nature of impurities, 103;\\nground air, 20; effect of ground air\\non health, 19; methods of securing\\ninflow of pure air, 104; methods of\\nsecuring outflow of foul air, 105.\\nAir cells, 102.\\nAir passages, foreign bodies in, 261,\\n382.\\nAlbumen, test for in urine, 140, 288.\\nAlcohol, 56; conclusions on use of, 60;\\neffect of use on human system, 58.\\nAlcoholic beverages, list of, 60; use,\\n62.\\nAlcoholism, 190.\\nAmmonia, poisoning, 339.\\nAnatomy, of ear, 361 of eye, 348 of\\nrespiratory organs, 101.\\nAngina pectoris, 169.\\nAnthrax, 157.\\nAntipyretics, 220.\\nAntiseptics, 311.\\nAntitoxine, 300.\\nApnea, 103.\\nApoplexy, 189.\\nAppendicitis, 180, 253.\\nAppendix, vermiform, 180.\\nAppetite, observation of, 146.\\nArsenic, poisoning, 342.\\nArterio sclerosis, 170.\\nArtificial feeding, 228.\\nAssimilation of food, 44.\\nAsthma, 160.\\nAstigmatism, 350.\\nAtaxia, locomotor, 187.\\nAtropine, poisoning, 343.\\nBackbone, injuries to, 187.\\nBacteria, agents for destruction, 74.\\nBarley, as food, 52.\\nBarley water, 111.\\nBaths, 128; acid, 134; alkaline, 134;\\nbran, 134; cold, 131; foot, 133; hot,\\n132; hot air and vapor, 133; medi-\\ncated, 134; remedial, 130; salt, 134;\\nsitz or hip, 133 sponge, 132 starch,\\n134; sulphur, 134; Turkish, 78.\\nBathing of sick, 129; of child, 210.\\nBeans, 53; cooking, 54.\\nBed, air, 89; water, 89; sick, 84; to\\nmake, 86; position, 87; moving pa-\\ntient from one bed to another, 88 to\\nprop patient up in, 89.\\nBedwetting, 274.\\nBedstead, 85.\\nBed covers, 86.\\nBed sores, 90, 91 means of preventing,\\n90; treament, 91.\\nBee stings, 323.\\nBeef, juice, 114; beef tea, 114; beef tea\\nwith acid, 114.\\nBeer, physiological action, 61 dietetic\\nuse, 62.\\nBelladonna, poisoning, 343.\\nBeverages, alcoholic, discussion, 57;\\nlist, 60; dietetic use, 62.\\nBeverages, non-alcoholic, 63.\\nBile, 36.\\nBiliary calculi, 183.\\nBiliousness, 184.\\nBiscuit, 52.\\nBite of snake, 321.\\nBlack vomit, 147.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0411.jp2"}, "404": {"fulltext": "400\\nHEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nBladder, training to proper use, 212;\\ncatarrh, 200; spasm, 275; stone in,\\n275.\\nBleeding, see Hemorrhage.\\nBleeding, methods of stopping, 313;\\nfrom lungs, 315 from nose, 258, 316.\\nBleeding piles, 178.\\nBlisters, 123.\\nBlood, 92; how purified, 102; circula-\\ntion, 92, 94; functions, 93; effect of\\nalcohol, 58 in the urine, 316.\\nBlood letting, 161; in pleurisy, 168.\\nBlood vessels, in infancy, 272; effect\\nof alcohol, 58; of exercise, 68.\\nBloody flux, 154.\\nBlue babies, 93.\\nBlue vitriol, poisoning, 341.\\nBody, temperature, 97; effect of exer-\\ncise, 70.\\nBoils, 284; in ear, 361.\\nBone, diseases, 282.\\nBowels, see Intestines.\\nBowels, inflammation, 157, 256; injec-\\ntions into, 118; materials for injec-\\ntion, 119; method of giving injec-\\ntions, 118; training to proper use, 212.\\nBrain, congestion, 189; hemorrhage,\\n189; tumors, 190.\\nBrandy, 61.\\nBread, 50.\\nBreathing, see Respiration.\\nBreathing, 28, 101; rate, 262.\\nBright s disease, acute, 198; chronic,\\n199.\\nBronchitis, acute, 158, 263; chronic,\\n159, 265.\\nBronchial pneumonia, 164.\\nBroth, chicken, 114; clam, 114; mut-\\nton, 114; oyster, 115.\\nBuckwheat, 53.\\nBurns, 325.\\nButter, 56; adulterations, 56.\\nButterine, 56.\\nCaffein, 63.\\nCakes, 50.\\nCalculi, biliary, 183.\\nCamphorated oil, 222.\\nCancer of the stomach, 174.\\nCarbohydrates, 35.\\nCarbolic acid, poisoning, 338.\\nCarbuncle, 328.\\nCare, general of infants and young\\nchildren, 210 of eyes and mouth in\\nchildren, 211; of nervous system of\\nchildren, 212; of skin of children,\\n211 of bowels and bladder, 212.\\nCataract, 358.\\nCatarrh, effect of ground water, 21, 24;\\nof bladder, 200 acute of throat, 377\\nchronic of nose, 372; chronic of\\nthroat, 378; dry, 374; prescription for,\\ndry, 375 moist, 372 nasal, 257, 367\\npurulent, 374; acute of stomach, 171\\nchronic of stomach, 172.\\nCatheter, use of, 141.\\nCaustic soda, poisoning, 340.\\nCaustic potash, poisoning, 340.\\nCerebro-spinal meningitis, 280.\\nCess pools, 26.\\nChampagne, dietetic use of, 62; whey,\\n113.\\nCheese, 56; poisoning, 345.\\nChest, inflammation, 32.\\nChickenpox, 293.\\nChills, observation of, 144.\\nChildbirth, 330.\\nChild-bed fever, 336.\\nChildren, bathing, 210; care of eyes\\nand mouth, 211; general care, 210;\\ncare of nervous system, 212; care of\\nskin, 211 diseases, 210, 215 diseases\\nof new-born child, 225; dosage of\\nmedicine for, 224 food and feeding,\\n215; peculiarities of diseases, 215;\\nphysical examination, 215 pulse\\nrate, 272 scurvy, 234 sore eyes, 226\\nstarvation, 231 observation of symp-\\ntoms, 216.\\nChocolate, 65, 117.\\nCholera, Asiatic, 205; simple, 20, 205;\\ninfantum, 247.\\nCholera morbus, 177.\\nCirculation, of blood, 92, 94.", "height": "4327", "width": "2751", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0412.jp2"}, "405": {"fulltext": "HEAI/FH AT HOME.\\n401\\nCistern, away from vaults, 26.\\nClothing, 70 changing that of patients,\\n129; for children, 211.\\nClinical thermometer, use, 98.\\nCoca, 65.\\nCocoa, 64; adulterations, 64.\\nCoffee, 63, 117 adulterations, 64 as an\\narticle of diet, 63 nutritious, 113.\\nColic, 176.\\nCold applications, 127; in the chest,\\n158, 263; sores, 273.\\nComposition of remedies, 384.\\nCondiments, 65.\\nCongestion, of brain, 189 of liver, 184\\nof lungs, 32, 161.\\nConjunctiva, diseases, 351.\\nContagia, 72 material in which con-\\ntagia are spread, 73.\\nConstipation, chronic, 178, 252.\\nConsumption, 21, 24, 165; of spinal\\ncord, 187.\\nConvulsions, 275.\\nCopper, poisoning, 341.\\nCorea, 278.\\nCorn, 52.\\nCorrosive sublimate, poisoning, 341.\\nCough, observation of, 144; whooping,\\n294.\\nCounter-irritants, 122, 222.\\nCrackers, 50.\\nCroup, 206; membranous, 260; spasm-\\nodic, 259.\\nCrusts on scalps, 283.\\nCushions, rubber, 89.\\nCystitis, 200.\\nDeafness, 281; progressive, 365.\\nDeath, signs of, 347.\\nDeformities of nasal septum 375.\\nDeglutition, 37.\\nDelirium tremens, 190.\\nDentition, 214.\\nDeodorization, 72.\\nDeodorants, 77.\\nDiabetes insipidus, 203 mellitus, 202.\\nDiarrhea, 247; epidemic, 20, 21, 24;\\nsummer, 247.\\nDiet in disease, 106.\\nDietary, sick room, 111.\\nDietetic use of alcoholic beverages, 62.\\nDifferences noted in diseases, 205.\\nDifficult teething, 237.\\nDigestion, mechanism, 37; physiology,\\n33 conditions, 44 effects of exercise,\\n69.\\nDiphtheria, 206, 296; disinfection, 76;\\ncarried by milk, 56.\\nDisease, 150; general, 150; differences\\nnoted, 205; diet in, 106; of new-born\\nchild, 225; of children, 210; peculi-\\narities in children, 215; causes in\\nadults, 150; in children, 215.\\nDiseases, specific infecious, 285 disin-\\nfection, 75 connected with food and\\nfeeding, 42, 231; history, 150; pre-\\nvention, 219; prognosis, 219; symp-\\ntoms in children, 216; in adults, 150.\\nDisease, bone, joint and skin, 282;\\nconjunctiva, 351; digestive system,\\n236; ear, 361; eye, 348; genital or-\\ngans, 273 heart, 168, 169 intestines,\\n247 liver, 256 rectum, 255 respira-\\ntory system, 257; stomach, 244; tear\\nducts, 359; upper throat, 240.\\nDisinfection, 72, 75.\\nDisinfecting solution for diphtheria, 76.\\nDosage for children, 224.\\nDouche, vaginal, 121.\\nDressings, antiseptic and surgical, 311,\\n312.\\nDropsy, 182.\\nDrowning, treatment, 346; signs of\\ndeath, 347.\\nDrugs, effect on urine, 138.\\nDrunkard s dyspepsia, 172.\\nDry fomentations, 126.\\nDysentery, 20, 21, 154.\\nDyspepsia, 35, 36, 37, 44, 45, 175;\\nchronic, 172; drunkard s, 172.\\nDyspnea, 103.\\nBar, 362; boils, 361; discharge, 364;\\ndiseases, 361 observation, 145 wax,\\n362.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0413.jp2"}, "406": {"fulltext": "402\\nHEAI/TH AT HOMK.\\nEarache, 284, 365.\\nEczema, 283; of lips, 237; prescription\\nfor, 284.\\nEggs, 57.\\nEgg lemonade, 113; eggnog, 113; egg\\nwater, 111.\\nEliminating organs, effects of alcohol,\\n58.\\nEmbolus, 93.\\nEndocarditis, acute, 168.\\nEnemata, 118; material for, 119.\\nEnlargement, chronic, of tonsils, 243.\\nEnuresis, 274.\\nEpilepsy, 206, 276.\\nEpistaxis, 258, 316.\\nErysipelas, 153.\\nExamination, physical, of children,\\n215.\\nExcreta, removal, 25.\\nExercise, 213; effects, 66, 68, 69, 70.\\nEye, anatomy and physiology, 348; cat-\\naract, 358; pterygium, 359; iritis,\\n356 observation of, 145 purulent\\ninflammation, 353; purulent of in-\\nfants, 226; granulated lids, 352.\\nEyeball, 348.\\nFar sight, 349.\\nFeeding, diseases dependent upon,\\n231; artificial, 228; children, 215;\\nhelpless patients, 108; infant, 227.\\nFever, see Temperature.\\nFever, temperature, 99; how reduced,\\n220; antipyretics, 220; sponge bath,\\n132 wet pack, 132.\\nFever, childbed, 336; fever and ague,\\n155; hay, 161; intermittent, 155;\\nlung, 161, 265 malarial, 155 scarlet,\\n285, and temperature of room, 32;\\nsores, 237 spotted, 280 swamp, 155\\ntyphoid, 300.\\nFibrinous inflammations, 308.\\nFish, as food, 47; poisoning, 345.\\nFlour, 49; adulterations, 50; cooking,\\n50.\\nFollicular pharyngitis, 378.\\nFomentations, dry, 126; hot, 126, 224.\\nFood, 40; composition, 106; deficiency,\\n43; digestibility, 40; merits of dif-\\nferent articles, 45 diseases connected\\nwith, 42, 231; excess, 42; for infants,\\n210; preparation, 109; quality, 45,\\n108.\\nForamen ovale, 272.\\nForeign bodies in air passages, 261,\\n382; in nose, 376.\\nFracture board, 86.\\nFriction in massage, 136.\\nFrost bite, 325, 327.\\nGallstones 183.\\nGangrene, 171.\\nGargles, 128.\\nGas, poisoning, 342 sewer gas, 30.\\nGastralgia, 245, 174.\\nGastric juice, 35.\\nGastritis, acute, 172.\\nGeneral diseases, 150.\\nGenital organs, diseases, 273.\\nGin, 61; dietetic value, 62.\\nGin drinker s liver, 184.\\nGlanders, 157.\\nGlands, sweat and sebacious, 128.\\nGlossary, 396.\\nGranulated lids, 352.\\nGrip, 304.\\nGripes, 176.\\nGround water and air, effect on health,\\n20, 21, 24.\\nGruel, cracker, 116; flour, 116; Indian\\nmeal, 116; oatmeal, 116.\\nGum Arabic water, 111.\\nHair, combing, 130.\\nHay fever, 161.\\nHeadache, 279; habitual and chronic,\\n185; sick, 185.\\nHeart, 93; in infancy, 272; effects of\\nexercise, 68; disease, 32, 168, 169;\\nneuralgia, 169; nervous palpitation,\\n170.\\nHeartburn, 175.\\nHeat, conduction and convection, 32;\\nprickly, 282; stroke, 191.\\nHeating, see Warming.", "height": "4380", "width": "2804", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0414.jp2"}, "407": {"fulltext": "HEALTH AT HOME.\\n403\\nHealth rules, 17.\\nHematemesis, 315.\\nHematuria, 316.\\nHemorrhage, see Bleeding.\\nHemorrhage 313 as a symptom, 148\\nin brain, 189; in labor, 335; from\\nuterus, 316; method of stopping, 313.\\nHemorrhoids, 177.\\nHemoptysis, 315.\\nHobnailed liver, 184.\\nHornet sting, 323.\\nHot fomentations, 126, 224.\\nHydrochloric acid, poisoning, 339.\\nHydrophobia, 157, 323.\\nHygiene, definition and opening chap-\\nter, 17; general remarks on individ-\\nual hygiene, 77.\\nHyperopia, 349.\\nHysteria, 192, 206.\\nImpurities in air, 27.\\nIncontinence of urine, 141.\\nIndex of symptoms, 389.\\nIndigestion, 36, 37, 44, 45; acute, 171;\\nin stomach, 245; in intestines, 250.\\nInfants, food tor, 210.\\nInfantile paralysis, 188.\\nInfectious diseases, 285 purification of\\nrooms after, 75.\\nInflammation, 206; varieties, 308; ser-\\nous, 308; fibrinous, 308; productive,\\n309; suppurative, 310.\\nInflammation, bowels, 175, 256; puru-\\nlent of eye, 353 covering of lungs,\\n167, 270; mouth, 238; hanging pal-\\nate, 241,, 379; tonsils, 242; reduction,\\n126, 127.\\nInfluenza, 304.\\nInsomnia, massage as a cure, 135.\\nIntermittent fever, 155.\\nIntestines, diseases, 247 indigestion,\\n250; movements, 38; obstructions,\\n180.\\nInjections, prescription for, 224; into\\nbowel, 118 to produce purging, 119\\nmethod of giving, 118 administering\\nnourishment by, 120.\\nIodine, poisoning, 240.\\nIritis, 356.\\nJaundice, 182, 256.\\nJoint diseases, 282.\\nJunket, 113.\\nKidney, 199.\\nKola, 65.\\nKoumiss, 55, 112.\\nLabor, 331 preparations for, 332 hem-\\norrhage, 335.\\nLa grippe, 304.\\nLaryngitis, acute, 379; chronic, 381.\\nLiniments, 128.\\nLips, eczema, 237.\\nLiver, congestion, 184; diseases, 256;\\nhobnailed and gin drinker s, 184;\\neffect of alcohol, 58.\\nLead, poisoning, 240.\\nLockjaw, 324.\\nLotions, 127.\\nLungs, 262; congestion, 32, 161; effeGt\\nof alcohol, 58; of exercise, 66; bleed-\\ning from, 315 inflammation of cover-\\ning, 167, 270; fever, 161, 265.\\nLymph vessels, 39.\\nMacaroni, 50.\\nMad dog bite, 157.\\nMalarial fever, 155; effect of ground air\\nand water, 21, 24.\\nMastication, 37.\\nMassage, friction, 136; as a cure tor\\ninsomnia and neuralgia, 135; meth-\\nods of applying, 135 passive mo-\\ntions, 130.\\nMattresses for patient, 85.\\nMeasles, 76, 207, 290; German, 292.\\nMeat, 45; cooking, 47; raw meat diet,\\n115; how to detect bad meat, 45;\\ntainted meat poisoning, 345.\\nMeat cure, 115.\\nMedicine, doses for children, 224.\\nMembranous croup, 260.\\nMeningitis, cerebro-spinal, 280.\\nMenstrual flow, benefitted by sitz bath,\\n133.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0415.jp2"}, "408": {"fulltext": "404\\nHEALTH AT HOME.\\nMilk, 55 changes in, 55 from diseased\\ncows, 55 diseases carried by, 56.\\nMilk, and albumen, 116; and egg, 112;\\nhot milk and water, 112 peptonized,\\n112, 116; with toast, 112; punch,\\n117; sago, 116; sterilized, 112; pois-\\noning, 345.\\nMiscarriage, 331.\\nMixtures for spraying nose and throat,\\n382.\\nMorphine, poisoning, 343.\\nMouth, care of, 130; inflammation, 238;\\nobserving symptoms in, 146.\\nMumps, 296.\\nMuscles, effect of alcohol, 58 of exer-\\ncise, 69-\\nMushrooms, poisoning, 344.\\nMussels, poisoning, 345.\\nMustard, 65.\\nMustard plasters, how made and uses,\\n122, 222.\\nMyopia, 350.\\nNasal catarrh, 257.\\nNasal septum, deformities, 375.\\nNear-sightedness, 350.\\nNervous system, general care of in\\nchildren, 212; effects of alcohol upon,\\n58 effects of exercise, 69.\\nNervous prostration, 197.\\nNeuralgia, 184; massage for cure, 135;\\nof heart, 169.\\nNicotine, poisoning, 343.\\nNightshade, poisoning, 343.\\nNitric acid, poisoning, 339.\\nNose, 367; bleed, 258, 316; catarrh, 367;\\nforeign bodies, 376; tumors, 376.\\nNourishment, given by injection, 120.\\nNursing, 81; rules, 228, 229.\\nNutrition, imperfect, 233.\\nOats, as food, 52.\\nObesity, 203.\\nObservation of symptoms, 142, 144.\\nObstetrics, 330.\\nObstruction of the intestines, 180.\\nOil, camphorated, 222.\\nOintments, 128, 388.\\nOleomargarine, 56.\\nOphthalmia neonatorium, 226.\\nOpium, poisoning, 343.\\nOuthouses, 26.\\nOysters, peptonized, 113.\\nPalate, inflammation, 241.\\nPalpitation, nervous, of heart, 170.\\nPancreatic juice, 36.\\nParalysis, 186; infantile, 188.\\nPathology, 150.\\nPatients, feeding helpless, 108; mov-\\ning from one bed to another, 88; to\\nprop up in bed, 89.\\nPeas, 53 method of cooking, 54.\\nPepper, 65.\\nPepsin, 35.\\nPeritonitis, 181, 256.\\nPharyngitis, acute, 377; chronic, 378;\\nfollicular, 378.\\nPhimosis, 273.\\nPhysiology, of the eye, 348 of respira-\\ntion, 101.\\nPhosphorus, poisoning, 342.\\nPiles, 177; bleeding, 178; prescription\\nfor, 178.\\nPink eye, 351.\\nPinworms, 255.\\nPlaster, cayenne pepper, 123; mustard,\\n122, 222.\\nPleura, 101.\\nPleurisy, 167, 207; dry, 270; purulent,\\n271 watery, 270.\\nPneumococcus, 265.\\nPneumonia, 161, 207, 265; bronchial,\\n164; lobar, 162; temperature of sick\\nroom, 32.\\nPoisoning, ammonia, 339; arsenic,\\n342; atropine, 343; belladonna, 343;\\nblue vitriol, 341; carbolic acid, 338;\\ncaustic soda, 340; caustic potash,\\n340; cheese, 345; copper, 341; corro-\\nsive sublimate, 341 fish, 345 illum-\\ninating or coal stove gas, 342; hydro-\\nchloric acid, 339; iodine, 340; mer-\\ncury, 341; milk, 345 morphine, 343;\\nmushrooms, 344; mussels, 345; nico-", "height": "4380", "width": "2804", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0416.jp2"}, "409": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\n405\\ntine, 343; nightshade, 343; nitric\\nacid, 339; opium, 343; oxalic acid,\\n339; phosphorus, 342; poison ivy,\\n345; saltpeter, 340; strychnine, 343;\\nsulphuric acid, 338; tainted meat,\\n345; tainted sausage, 344; tobacco,\\n343; verdigris, 341.\\nPoisoning, treatment, 338.\\nPorridge, baked flour, 112.\\nPotatoes, 54; cooking, 54.\\nPot-belly, 236.\\nPotus imperialis, 117.\\nPoultices, 124, 223; bread, 125; char-\\ncoal, 125 hop and bran, 125 linseed,\\n124; mustard, 126; slippery elm,\\n125 spice, 125 yeast, 125 how made\\nand applied, 124, 223.\\nPregnancy, signs 330; duration, 330.\\nPrickly heat 282\\nPrivy vaults, 26.\\nPrognosis, 219.\\nProphylaxis, 219.\\nPrevention of disease, 219.\\nProstration, nervous, 197.\\nProteids, 35.\\nPterygium, on eye, 359.\\nPtomaine, 46, 55.\\nPtyalin, 35.\\nPulse, 95 rate of in children, 272 tak-\\ning, 96.\\nPunch, milk, 117.\\nPurification of sick room, 75.\\nQuinsy, 242.\\nRash, sweat, 282.\\nRate of respirations, 102, 262.\\nRectum, diseases, 255.\\nRemedies and their contents, 384; ad-\\nministration, 219.\\nRespiration, see Breathing.\\nRespiration, 28, 101 anatomy and phy-\\nsiology, 101 rate, 102 counting, 103\\nvariations, 103; diseases of respira-\\ntory system, 257.\\nRetention of urine, 140.\\nRheumatism, acute articular, 200; in-\\nflammatory, 200; muscular, 201;\\ntreatment of by sulphur baths, 134.\\nRhinitis, atrophic, 374; hypertophic,\\n372.\\nRice, 53; cooking, 53; rice coffee, 117;\\nrice water, 111.\\nRickets, 235.\\nRoe, 18.\\nRound worms, 255.\\nRubber cushions, 89.\\nRubefacients, 122.\\nRules for nursing, 228, 229 for serving\\nmeals, 107.\\nRum, 61, 113; dietetic use, 62.\\nRye, 52.\\nSt. Anthony s fire, 153.\\nSt. Vitus dance, 278.\\nSaliva, 34.\\nSalt, 65.\\nSaltpeter, poisoning, 340.\\nSausages, poisoning, 344.\\nScalds, 325.\\nScalp, crusts on, 283.\\nScarlet fever, 207, 285; carried by milk,\\n56; disinfection, 75; temperature\\nof sickroom, 32.\\nScrofula, 204.\\nScurvy, 202 in children, 234.\\nSebaceous, glands, 128.\\nSeborrhea, 283.\\nSewer gas, 30.\\nSheets, 86; method of changing, 87.\\nSickroom dietary, 111.\\nSickroom, location of, 81; furnishing,\\n83; noises in, 83; degree of warmth,\\n105.\\nSitz bath, 133.\\nSkin, 128 care of in children, 211\\ndiseases, 282; effects of exercise, 68;\\nobservation of changes in, 145.\\nSleep, 212; restless, 279.\\nSmallpox, 151 disinfection, 75.\\nSnake bites, 321.\\nSpasm ol bladder, 275.\\nSpasmodic croup, 259.\\nSpinal cord, injuries, 187.\\nSpotted fever, 280.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0417.jp2"}, "410": {"fulltext": "406\\nHEAI/TH AT HOME.\\nSpray mixtures, 382.\\nSoil, air in, 19; consistence, 20; water\\nin, 20.\\nSores, bed, 90; means of preventing,\\n90; symptoms, 91; treatment, 91.\\nSores, fever, 237; cold, 237.\\nSoup, apple, 115; cream, 114; white\\ncelery, 115; rice, 115.\\nStammering, 279; stuttering, 279.\\nStarches, 54.\\nStarvation in children, 231.\\nStimulants, 221.\\nStings, bee, wasp, hornet, 323.\\nStitch in the side, 167, 270.\\nStomach, diseases, 244; cancer, 174;\\ncatarrh, 171, 172; acute indigestion,\\n245; ulcer, 173, 246; movements, 37;\\neffect of alcohol, 58.\\nStomachache, 245.\\nStone in bladder, 275.\\nStools, condition of, as symptom, 147.\\nStrawberry tongue, 146.\\nStrychnine, poisoning, 343.\\nStupes, 126; turpentine, 222.\\nSugar, 54; test for sugar in urine, 140.\\nSulphur baths, 134.\\nSulphuric acid, poisoning, 338.\\nSummer diarrhea, 247.\\nSunstroke, 191.\\nSuppression of urine, 140.\\nSurgery, 306.\\nSurgical dressings, 311, 312.\\nSwallowing, 37.\\nSwamp fever, 155.\\nSweat glands, 128.\\nSweat rash, 282.\\nSyllabub, 117.\\nSymptoms, index, 389; of disease, 150,\\n216; observation of, 142, 144.\\nSyphilis, 303.\\nTabes dorsalis, 187.\\nTainted meat, poisoning, 345.\\nTainted sausages, poisoning, 344.\\nTapeworms, 254.\\nTaste, observation, 146.\\nTea, 64, 117; as an article of diet, 64;\\nflaxseed, 111.\\nTear ducts, diseases, 359.\\nTeething, 214; difficult, 2 37.\\nTemperature, see Fever, Warmth.\\nTemperature, of body, 97; for bath,\\n131, 132; in fever, 99; effects of alco-\\nhol, 58; of sickroom, 32; table, 97;\\nplaces where taken, 98 time required\\nto take, 99; varying by artificial\\nmeans, 100.\\nTest for albumen in urine, 140, 288.\\nTetanus, 324.\\nThein, 64.\\nTheobromiu, 64.\\nThermometer, clinical, uses, 98.\\nThirst, observation of, 147.\\nThreadworms, 255.\\nThroat, 367, 377; diseases of upper part,\\n240; acute catarrh, 377; chronic ca-\\ntarrh, 378 sore, prescriptions for,\\n381 observation of, 146.\\nThrombosis, 93.\\nThrush, 239.\\nToast water, 111.\\nTongue, observation of, 146 strawberry,\\n146.\\nTonics, 221.\\nTonsils, chronic enlargement, 242; in-\\nflammation, 243.\\nTrachoma, 352.\\nTreacle posset, 116.\\nTreatment, varieties of, 151.\\nTrichinae, 157.\\nTuberculosis, 165.\\nTumors of brain, 190; of nose, 376.\\nTurkish bath, 78.\\nTurpentine stupe, 222.\\nTyphoid fever, 300; carried by milk,\\n56; disinfection in, 76.\\nTyrotoxicon, 55, 57.\\nUlcers, 237; of stomach, 173, 246.\\nUrine, 136; blood in, 316; effect of\\ndrugs, 138; incontinence, 141; reten-\\ntion, 140; suppression, 140; observ-\\nance of, 138 test for albumen, 140,", "height": "4380", "width": "2804", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0418.jp2"}, "411": {"fulltext": "HEAI/TH AT HOME.\\n407\\n288 test for sugar, 140 variations in\\nurine, 157.\\nUvula, inflammation, 379.\\nUterine hemorrhage, 316.\\nVaccination, 212.\\nVaginal douche, 121.\\nVegetables, 54.\\nVentilation, 103; methods, 29.\\nVerdigris, poisoning, 341.\\nVermiform appendix, 180.\\nVesicants, 123.\\nVessels, lymphatic, 39.\\nVinegar, 65.\\nVomiting, 38, 244; of blood, 315; black\\nvomit, 147.\\nWarming of houses, 31.\\nWarmth, degree of for healthy person,\\n31; for sick persons, 32; kinds, 32.\\nWater, 22; artesian, 24; distilled, 24;\\ndrinking, 22; ground, 21; rain, 22;\\nriver and lake, 24 well and spring,\\n23; quantity of for healthy men, 22;\\nsources of supply, 22.\\nWater closets, 26.\\nWells, away from vaults, 26.\\nWet pack, 132.\\nWheat, 48.\\nWhiskey, 61 dietetic use, 62.\\nWhooping cough, 294.\\nWild hairs, 353.\\nWines, 61; dietetic use, 62; whey, 113;\\nmulled, 116.\\nWorms, pin, 255 round, 255 tape, 254\\nthread, 255.\\nWounds, 317; treatment of, 318; poi-\\nsoned, 321.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0419.jp2"}, "412": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4380", "width": "2804", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0420.jp2"}, "413": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX.\\nIn addition to the book and cabinet which is furnished by the Home\\nRemedy Company, the company also furnish at wholesale rates all drugs\\nand drug supplies which may be ordered from them. A list of drugs and\\nappliances is placed in this Appendix with prices attached. Everything\\nthat is offered in this part of the book is guaranteed to be first-class in\\nevery particular and just as represented. Should any article prove defec-\\ntive or not as here represented the purchase price will be gladly refunded.\\nThe Home Remedy Company will furnish anything in the drug line\\nwhether it is listed here or not and will be glad to quote prices at any\\ntime. The prices which are here given are net prices and the rule of the\\nCompany is that the cash must accompany the order. By doing this and\\nnot carrying any accounts the Company is able to make better prices to\\nits patrons.\\nIn ordering goods address all orders or communications of any sort\\nto the\\nHOME REMEDY COMPANY.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0421.jp2"}, "414": {"fulltext": "410\\nAPPENDIX.\\nDRUGS.\\nThe prices which are given in the following list do not include the car-\\nrying charges. On all dry drugs add two cents per ounce to the prices\\ngiven; on quantities of one pound or more, add fifteen cents per pound.\\nAll liquid drugs must be put into glass bottles and require a special mail-\\ning box to meet the requirements of the postoffice authorities. Add four\\ncents per ounce for postage and packing, to the prices given on all\\nliquid drugs which are to be sent by mail. Quantities of one-half pint or\\nmore will be sent by express or freight and no charge will be made for\\npacking.\\nDRY DRUGS.\\nPi-ice\\nPer Ounce\\nAcid, oxalic\\nAcid, tannic\\nAcid, tartaric\\nAllspice\\nAllspice, powdered.\\nAlum\\nArrowroot\\nArsenic\\nCubeb berries\\nBlue vitriol\\nBorax, refined\\nBuchu leaves\\nCamphor gum\\nCaraway seed\\nCelery seed\\nChalk, powdered.\\nCharcoal (animal).\\nCinnamon bark\\nCloves\\nCocoa butter\\nCopperas\\nCream tartar\\nCuttle fish bone\\nEpsom salts\\nFlaxseed, ground..\\nGelatine sheet\\nGinger\\nPrice\\nPer Pound\\n.04\\n15\\n.06\\n.04\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a005\\n.02\\n03\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a203\\n.04\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a203\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a203\\n.06\\n.08\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a003\\n.04\\n.02\\n.02\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a205\\n.04\\n.08\\n.02\\n.05\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a205\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a203\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a203\\n.07\\n.04\\n.20\\n1.40\\n.56\\n.26\\n.28\\n.12\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a215\\n.16\\n.24\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a215\\n.16\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a254\\n.87\\n.16\\n.20\\n.12\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a213\\n.48\\n.20\\n.72\\n.08\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a243\\n.40\\n.08\\n.09\\n.67\\n.20\\nPrice\\nPer Ounce.\\nGlue\\nIndigo\\nInsect powder\\nMustard seed, white\\nMustard seed,\\nground pure 04\\nNutmegs 08\\nOrange peel, sweet. .04\\nParafnne 04\\nPepper, black 04\\nPepper, black,\\nground 05\\nPepper, white 05\\nPepper, white,\\nground 06\\nPlaster Paris, extra\\nfine 02\\nRock candy, pure.. .03\\nSassafras bark 03\\nStrychnine,\\none-eighth ounce .2/\\nSulphur 02\\nTapioca 03\\nTar, pure pine, one\\npint can 10\\ndozen cans\\nPrice\\nPer Pound\\n.04 .24\\n.09 1. 00\\n.06 .54\\n.03 .15\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a234\\n.72\\n.28\\n.20\\n.28\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a230\\n.36\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a044\\n.06\\n.16\\n.16\\n.07\\n.11\\n1.00", "height": "4380", "width": "2804", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0422.jp2"}, "415": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX.\\n411\\nLIQUID DRUGS.\\nPrice\\nPrice\\nPrice Price\\nPer Ounce. Per Pound\\nPer Ounce. Per Pound\\nAcid, carbolic, pure\\n.14\\n1.60\\nl1, olive\\n.04 .28\\nAcid, carbolic, com-\\nO\\n1, olive (for salads)\\n.06 .60\\nmon\\n.04\\n.20\\nil, peppermint.\\nil, pennyroyal..\\n.24\\n.27\\nAcid, muriatic (hy-\\nO\\ndrochloric) pure.\\n.05\\n.38\\nO\\n1, sandalwood\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a234\\nAcid, muriatic, (hy-\\nO\\n1, whale (sperm).\\n.04 .28\\ndrochloric) com-\\n1, tansy\\n.24\\nmon\\n.04\\n.28\\nOi\\n1. tar\\n.03 .20\\nAcid, nitric, pure,\\n.06\\n.40\\nOil, wintergreen\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a231\\nAcid, sulphuric, pure\\n.05\\n.36\\nTurpentine, per pint,\\n15; pergal-\\nAcid, sulphuric,\\nIon 94.\\ncommon\\n.04\\n.28\\nFluid Malt, per pint,\\n60; per five\\nAmmonia water,\\npints, $2.50; per gs\\nillon, $4.00.\\nstrong\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a203\\n.24\\nFluid malt and iron,\\nper pint, 63;\\nAmmonia water,\\nper five pints, $2.7=\\nper gallon\\nhousehold\\n.07\\n$4.5o.\\nBay Rum\\n.06\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a254\\nBeef Iron and Wine,\\nper pint, 60;\\n.04\\n.28\\nper five pints, $2.50\\nper gallon\\nGlycerine, pure\\n.05\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a247\\n$4.00.\\nOil, castor\\n.04\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a234\\nVanilla flavoring\\nextract, per\\nOil, cloves\\n.16\\n1.92\\nounce, 20c; per two\\nounces, 35c.\\nOil, cocoanut\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a205\\n.40\\nLemon flavoring extract, per\\nOil, cod liver (Nor-\\nounce, 10c; per two\\nounces, 20c.\\nwegian)\\n.05\\n.40\\nThis is an incomplete drug list but it serves to show the prices of the\\nHome Remedy Company. They carry a full line and will be glad to\\nfurnish prices at any time.\\nAPPLIANCES.\\nShould any article which is purchased from the Home Remedy Com-\\npany prove defective in any way it will gladly replace the article\\nwith a new one or will refund the purchase price. In ordering, order by\\nnumber only.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0423.jp2"}, "416": {"fulltext": "412\\nAPPENDIX.\\nNo. 101. Square Invalid Cushion.\\nNo. 101. An air cushion is a great source of comfort to an invalid\\nand is a very convenient and useful article at any time. These cushions\\nwill stand a great amount of wear. Price of square cushion, $5.00.\\nThis must be sent by express or freight, carrying charges to be paid by\\npurchaser.\\nNo. 102. Invalid Cushion,\\nNo. 102. The cushion, which has long been called the invalid cush-\\nion, is the round one which is shown here. This cushion is a conven-\\nient one and is made in a number of different sizes, with prices as fol-\\nlows: 10 inch, $1.75; 12 inch, $2.00; 14 inch, $2.15. This must be\\nsent by express or freight, carrying charges to be paid by purchaser.\\nNo. 103. chair Cushion.\\nNo. 103. This is a chair cushion which may be used for invalids,\\nbut is intended for general use. Price, $4.25. This must sent by ex-\\npress or freight, carrying charges to be paid by purchaser.", "height": "4380", "width": "2804", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0424.jp2"}, "417": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX.\\n413\\nNo. 104. White Enamkl Bed Pan.\\nA bed pan is an article that is very useful in the sick room, and no\\nfamily should be without one. The one illustrated is of metal, with a\\nglazed white finish. Others which we carry are as follows\\nNo. 104. White enamel Bed Pan, Price $5.00\\nNo. 105. White earthenware bed pan similar to cut 1.25\\nNo. 106. Rubber bed pan, oblong shape, no outlet 3.00\\nNo. 107. Same as No. 106 but with outlet tube 3. 50\\nNo. 108. Plain round rubber bed pan, no outlet pipe 2. 75\\nThese must be sent by express or freight, carrying charges to be paid\\nby purchaser.\\nNo. 109.\\nno. No. in.\\nRubber Gloves or Mittens.\\nFor persons who have to keep the hands much in water or who suffer\\nfrom eczema of the hands, rubber gloves or mittens are a great aid.\\nThey are also useful when it is desired to have a glove to do dirty work\\nwith. The rubber glove is easily washed after the task is completed.\\nThe line of gloves which is here offered is complete and the quality is\\nof the best. In ordering state the size of glove ordinarily worn, or if\\nit is not possible to do this, place a string around the hand just back\\nof the knuckles and tie a knot in the string where the string meets on\\nthe back of the hand send this string for size.\\nNo. 109, price per pair, $1.45. No. 110, price per pair, men s,\\n$1.95; ladies per pair, $1.60. No. Ill, price per pair, $2.50. No. 112,\\nprice, $1.25. No. 113, not illustrated, thin, pure gum, skin tight glove,\\nprice per pair, $1.85. No. 114, ordinary rubber finger cots, not illus-\\ntrated, price per dozen, 50 cents. Postage and packing, gloves per pair,\\n14 cents; cots, per dozen, 9 cents.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0425.jp2"}, "418": {"fulltext": "414\\nAPPENDIX.\\nNo\\nVegetable Fibre Hand-Brush\\nNo. 115. This is a vegetable fiber hand-brush it is a good one and\\nwill wear a long time. Price, 10 cents, or 85 cents per dozen. Postage\\nand packing, 3 cents each.\\nNo. n6. Chemically Puke Soap.\\nNo. 116. Very often it is desired to use soap that is known to be per-\\nfectly pure and free from all sorts of foreign material such a soap is\\nthe chemically pure soap which is here offered and that it may remain\\npure it is put up in tubes. Price, 30 cents per tube, or $2. 50 per dozen\\ntubes. Postage and packing per tube, 3 cents.\\nNo. 117. Ice Bag.\\nNo. 117. This is a very compact and convenient ice bag the body is\\nmade from good rubber cloth and yet it is pliable enough to fit almost\\nany part of the body. The bag will hold quite a supply of ice and is a\\nserviceable bag in every wav. Price, fl.00. Postage and packing, 12\\ncents.", "height": "4380", "width": "2804", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0426.jp2"}, "419": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX.\\n415\\nNo. 118.\\nHot Water Bottles.\\nNo. 119.\\nA hot water bottle of some sort is used many times a year in every\\nfamily. The general usefulness of these appliances is so apparent that\\nit will not be necessary to describe the uses to which they may be put.\\nNo 118. illustrates the plain water bottle while No. 119 shows the flannel\\ncovered bottle. The prices are here given\\nOrdinary quality rubber, 1 quart bottle $1.15\\n2 1.25\\n3 1.45\\n4 1. 60\\nBest quality rubber, 1 quart bottle .$1. 25\\n2\\nt-\\nJ\\n3\\n4\\nFlannel\\ncovered,\\n1\\nquart\\nbottle\\n2\\n3\\n4\\n1.45\\n1.60\\n1.75\\n$1.60\\n1.75\\n1.95\\n2.10\\nPostage and packing, 1 quart, 13 cents; 2 quart, 15 cents; 3 quart/ 19\\ncents; 4 quart, 22 cents.\\nNo. 120. Bath Thermometer.\\nNo. 120. Something which is needed in every family and which is\\nseldom found is a reliable bath thermometer. Such an instrumeent is\\nhere offered. Price, 35 cents. Bxtra fine quality, $1.25. Postage and\\npacking 8 cents in each case.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0427.jp2"}, "420": {"fulltext": "416\\nAPPENDIX.\\nNO. X22.\\nVapor Bath Apparatus.\\nDuring the past few years great strides have been made in medicine,\\nand in no department has a greater amount of good resulted from the\\nexperiments than in the use of hot and medicated air for the cure of\\ndisease. A great deal has been written on this subject and nearly\\neveryone understands the use and management of the bath cabinet. The\\ncabinet is used to good advantage in all cases of muscular rheumatism\\nin cases of stiffness of the joints, soreness of the muscles, swelling of\\nthe limbs or of any part of the body; in a great many skin diseases; as\\na method of thoroughly opening up the pores of the skin when it is\\ndesired to do this for any reason whatever. Many other uses for the\\nbath cabinet arise which are not even thought of until the cabinet is at\\nhand. Be it sufficient to say that it will be a much used appliance if\\nplaced in the home.\\nNo. 121 illustrates a cheap vapor bath apparatus with heater and vapor-\\nizing pan complete. It is well made, but is not so complete as a more\\nexpensive apparatus it is so arranged that it attaches to a chair.\\nPrice, complete, $3. 50. This must be sent by express or freight, carry-\\ning charges to be paid by purchaser.\\nNo. 122 illustrates a more complete apparatus and in fact this appa-\\nratus is just as complete and just as serviceable as the very expensive\\ncabinets. This cabinet is really a very fine apparatus.\\nPrice, complete with heater and vaporizing pan, $6.75. This must\\nbe sent by express or freight, carrying charges to be paid by purchaser.", "height": "4380", "width": "2804", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0428.jp2"}, "421": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX.\\n417\\nNo. 123. Small Family Battery.\\nNo. 123. Many times the need of a small battery is felt, and yet\\nthe ordinary price asked for batteries makes the purchase of one entirely\\nout of the question. Batteries are useful in any form of paralysis; are\\nused to strengthen weakened muscles, to tone up the nervous system and\\nas a curative agent in many forms of rheumatism. The battery illus-\\ntrated above is a small compact family battery with a dry cell there is no\\nfluid to spill or to be changed; the battery is renewed by placing a new\\ndry cell in the place of the old one. The battery has three currents;\\nhas a foot plate, one sponge disc, one pair metal and wood handles,\\none pair conducting cords, and is put up in a finely finished hardwood\\nwalnut stained case, with strap for carrying. The dimensions of the\\ncase are 4\u00c2\u00a3x5x7f inches. Price complete, $6.00. This must be sent by\\nexpress or freight, carrying charges to be paid by purchaser.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0429.jp2"}, "422": {"fulltext": "418\\nAPPENDIX.\\nNo. 124. Higher Priced Battery.\\nI No. 124. This is a higher priced battery and is one that is intended\\nespecially for the use of physicians. It is put up in hardwood, walnut\\nstained box and has strap for carrying. It is furnished with foot piece,\\nmetal handles, sponge discs and conducting cords. It has a double\\nswitch by means of which five different currents may be obtained. The\\nsize of the battery is 6x8x10 inches. Price complete, $9.50.", "height": "4380", "width": "2804", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0430.jp2"}, "423": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX.\\n419\\nPlain Shears.\\nNo. 125. This cut shows a pair of plain shears. They are of extra\\ngood quality and are not a cheap shears. To one wanting something\\nthat is really good these shears will fill all requirements. Price, $1.25.\\nPostage and packing, 16 cents.\\nNo. i;:6. Operating Scissors.\\nNo. 126. This is a pair of regular operating scissors the material is\\nof the best, the edges are sharp and will cut at the very point of the\\nscissors. For a superior pair of scissors they are hard to equal. Price,\\n4\u00c2\u00a3 inches long, 80 cents; 5 inches, 85 cents; 5\u00c2\u00a3 inches, $1.00; 6 inches,\\n$1.10; 6\u00c2\u00a3 inches, $1.25. Postage and packing 16 cents.\\nNo. 127. Needle Holder.\\nNo. 127. In surgical sewing a needle holder is used in the place of\\na thimble this illustration shows such a needle holder. Price, $2. 50.\\nPostage and packing, 16 cents.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0431.jp2"}, "424": {"fulltext": "420\\nAPPENDIX.\\nIStcrilized Gauze.\\n[ChaslruaxGreene G\\n75 tm Wabash Ave\\nNo. 128. Sterilized Gauze.\\nNo. 128. In a number of places in the book sterilized gauze is men-\\ntioned. Sterilized and medicated gauzes are used for dressings for\\nwounds and as dressings in any place where a thoioughly pure and clean\\ndressing is required. The gauze is made from a thin cotton gauze and\\nis either plain or medicated. Gauze is considered by all medical men\\nto be the best dressing that can be used. Prices are as follows Half\\nyard plain bleached and sterilized gauze, as shown in cut, 9 cents;\\ndozen half yards, each one put up in a roll by itself, 80 cents. Postage\\nand packing, single roll, 2 cents; dozen rolls, 16 cents.\\nSame gauze in one yard roll, 20 cents. One yard roll medicated with\\ncarbolic acid, 25 cents. One yard roll medicated with iodoform, 40\\ncents. One yard roll medicated with boracic acid, 25 cents. One yard\\nroll medicated with corrosive sublimate, 25 cents. Postage and pack-\\ning, each, 6 cents.\\nNo. 129. Rubber Bandage.\\nNo. 129. In strains of the muscles, weak limbs, varicose veins, weak\\njoints, etc., some support is needed, and the support usually recom-\\nmended by the family physician is the rubber bandage. The bandages\\nwhich are here offered are manufactured from pure gum and are strictly\\nfirst class in every particular. Prices are as follows:\\n2 inches wide by 6 feet long .60\\n2\\nQ\\n2\\n12\\n2\u00c2\u00a3\\nZh\\n9\\nYl\\n3\\n9\\n3\\n12\\n.90\\n1.15\\n1.10\\n1.40\\n1.30\\n1.75\\nPostage and packing, each, 8 cents.", "height": "4380", "width": "2804", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0432.jp2"}, "425": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX.\\n421\\nNo. 130. Poison Chest.\\nIt is seldom indeed that the remedies which are required in a case of\\npoisoning are at hand, and it is to supply the remedies in a form which\\nmay be easily and quickly got that this chest is prepared. One such\\nchest among a number of families should be sufficient and should a\\ncase of poisoning occur the chest can be easily and quickly got and the\\nremedies and instructions as to their use can be had before it is too\\nlate. The quickness with which treatment is given is everything in a\\ncase of poisoning. The chest is intended for emergency cases, and con-\\ntains twenty-five well selected antidotes to poisons, a stomach pump, and\\na little book (edited by Dr. Webster), containing a list of the remedies\\nin the chest, their doses and how to give them, and a list of all poisons,\\ntheir symptoms and signs and the treatment of each one. The chest is\\nwell put up and is cloth covered. Price, $6. 50 without stomach pump,\\n$5.00. This chest must be sent by express or freight, carrying charges\\ntoTbe paid by purchaser.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0433.jp2"}, "426": {"fulltext": "422\\nAPPENDIX.\\nNo. 131. Atomizer.\\nNo. 131. It is very often desired to have an atomizer which will\\nthrow an oil spray m such a manner that it will reach the smallest cavi-\\nties of the nose, throat or lungs; such an atomizer is the one illustrated.\\nThis is not a good atomizer for a watery solution, but it will throw an\\noil spray better than any other atomizer made. It will throw a spray\\nin each direction that is indicated in the cut and the spray will\\nbe so fine that it will float in the air no matther how heavy the oil used\\nmay be. This is a first class instrument in every respect and is one that\\nis a great favorite among the doctors. Price, $1.60. Postage and pack-\\ning, 12 cents.\\nNo. 132. Stomach Pump.\\nNo. 132. This illustration shows a stomach pump. To operate a\\nstomach pump, oil the tube well and carefully insert in the throat.\\nWith a little practice a patient will learn to swallow tne tube with as\\nmuch ease as a piece of food is swallowed. The pump is made from\\nsoft rubber. Price, $1.25. Postage and packing, 28 cents.", "height": "4380", "width": "2804", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0434.jp2"}, "427": {"fulltext": "APPKNdlX.\\n423\\nHearing Hokn.\\nNo. 133. A great many people and old persons especially are hard of\\nhearing, and in many instances this difficulty is incurable. Nothing\\nadds more to the comfort of the person than a hearing horn of some sort;\\nit not only assists the person to hear but also lets strangers know that\\nthe person has some trouble with the hearing and they can then take\\nmore care in speaking and not cause so much general annoyance.\\nVery grave mistakes are sometimes made by persons who have deficient\\nhearing, and it is a duty they owe to their fellow men that they should\\nuse every means in their power to better their condition. A hearing\\nhorn is a very efficient method of bettering this annoying condition.\\nNo. 132 is a horn that is very largely used and is a thoroughly good in-\\nstrument. Price, in black japanned tin, $5.00. This must be sent by\\nexpress or freight, carrying charges to be paid by purchaser.\\nNo. 134. small Hearing Horn.\\nNo. 134. This illustrates a small hearing horn which may be carried\\nin the hand and which is not very noticeable. It is a serviceable horn\\nand is either black or nickel plated. It is also made in three sizes. In\\nordering state whether you want small, medium or large and whether\\nblack or nickel-plated. Price, $3. 75 each. Postage and packing, 26\\ncents.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0435.jp2"}, "428": {"fulltext": "424\\nAPPENDIX.\\nNo. 135. Conversation Tube.\\nNo. 135. Where persons are so hard of hearing that even loud con-\\nversation is not fully understood the conversation tube here illustrated\\nis a very convenient appliance. The patient places one end in the ear\\nand the person speaking to him places the mouth very near to the fun-\\nnel end and talks directly into the tube. For the purpose for which\\nthis tube is intended it is all that could be asked. Price, conical tube\\nof mohair 3 feet long, $3.75; same tube, but 5 feet long, $4.40; conical\\ntube of silk 3 feet long, $4.40; same tube, but 5 feet long, $5.00; straight\\ntube of mohair 3 feet long, $2.25; same tube but of silk, $2.75. Pos-\\ntage and packing, 28 cents.\\nNo. 137.\\nSharp Corn Knives.\\nA sharp corn knife is something that is very often wanted and is sel-\\ndom at hand. The cuts illustrate two forms. Prices, No. 136, 75 cents\\nNo. 137, $1.75. Postage and packing, 6 cents each.", "height": "4380", "width": "2804", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0436.jp2"}, "429": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX.\\n425\\nPair of Nail Cutters.\\n138.\\nNo.\\nbe used in\\nThis is an illustration of a pair of nail cutters. They can\\neither hand and are much more convenient than a knife.\\nPrice, $1.50. Postage and packing, 8 cents.\\nNO. 139.\\nNo. 140.\\nNo. 141.\\nFeeding Dishes.\\nIn the care of very sick persons it is oftentimes difficult to feed them,\\nas they are frequently not able to sit up or to even raise the head. For\\nthe purpose of feeding and of giving drinks to sick persons, feeding\\ndishes have been devised, and three such dishes are shown in the illus-\\ntrations. The prices are: No. 139, plain white feeding dish with side\\nspout, 45 cents each No. 140, feeding dish with side spout, blue dec-\\noration and gold lines, 70 cents each No. 141, long straight spout feed-\\ning dish, plain white, 45 cents each same dish, but flowered and witii\\ngold lines, 70 cents each. Postage and packing, 16 cents.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0437.jp2"}, "430": {"fulltext": "426\\nAPPENDIX.\\nNo. 142.\\nNO. 143.\\nNursing Nipples.\\nIn nursing mothers the nipples are sometimes in such a condition that\\nthey need some sort of protection. The nipple shields shown are for the\\npurpose of furnishing this sort of protection. Prices, No. 142, 15 cents\\neach No. 143, 13 cents each. Postage and packing, 3 cents.\\nNo. 144. Plain Nursing Bottle.\\nNo. 144. Plain nursing bottle without fitting.\\nPostage and packing, 9 cents.\\nPrice, 9 cents each.\\nNo. 145. Flint Glass Nursing Bottle.\\nNo. 145. Flint glass nursing bottle with fitting complete.\\n18 cents each. Postage and packing, 11 cents.\\nPrice,\\nNo. 146. Best Nursing Bottle Fitting.\\nNo. 146. Best nursing bottle fitting. Price, 16 cents each. Post-\\nage and packing, 6 cents.", "height": "4380", "width": "2804", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0438.jp2"}, "431": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX.\\n427\\nNo. 147. Plain Nursing Bottle Fitting.\\nNo. 147. Plain nursing bottle fitting. Price, 8 cents each. Post-\\nage and packing, 6 cents.\\nNo. 148. English Breast Pump.\\nNo 148. English breast pump, a good article, heavy glass. Price,\\n27 cents each. Postage and packing, 9 cents.\\nNo. J49. Economic Breast Pump.\\nNo. 149. Economic breast pump. A very satisfactory pump. Price,\\n18 cents each. Postage and packing, 9 cents.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0439.jp2"}, "432": {"fulltext": "428\\nAPPENDIX.\\nNo. i 54\\nNo. 155.\\nSyring.es.", "height": "4380", "width": "2804", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0440.jp2"}, "433": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX.\\n429\\nTRIM GREENES COSiSYRiNGE N97\\nNo. 156.\\nThe Home Remedy Co. carries a full line of syringes of all sorts and\\nillustrates a few here. If you do not see the style that you want write\\nto the company and prices will be sent. The goods are all first class\\nand as good as can be had in the various grades of rubber. The price\\nof course is regulated by the grade of rubber. The prices are asjfol-\\nlows g0 B\\nNo. 150. Small hard rubber syringe, 65 cents each. Postage/and\\npacking, 6 cents.\\nNo. 151. Two ounce female, hard rubber, 70 cents each. Postage\\nand packing, 12 cents.\\nNo. 152. Two ounce rectal, extra quality, $1.00 each. Postage and\\npacking, 17 cents.\\nNo. 153. Fluted female syringe, six ounce, $1.00 each. Postage and\\npacking, 17 cents,\\nNo. 154. Ladies perfect syringe, $2.00. Postage and packing, 17\\ncents.\\nNo. 155. Family syringe, good quality rubber, with slip fpipes and\\nhard rubber valve chambers. Put up in pasteboard box with hinged\\ncover. Every syringe warranted. Price, 75 cents. Postage and pack-\\ning, 16 cents.\\nNo. 156. Family syringe cheap quality, a fair grade of rubber, but\\ncannot be warranted. A very good syringe for the money. Put up\\nin plain pasteboard box. Price, 50 cents. Postage and packing, 16\\ncents.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0441.jp2"}, "434": {"fulltext": "430\\nAPPENDIX.\\nNo. 157. Alcohol Stovk.\\nNo. 157. i-Many times in the sick room it is necessary to keep a\\nsmall amount of water hot for the purpose of making hot applications or\\nfor other purposes, or it may be necessary to heat food often as in the\\ncase of a sick infant who is bottle fed. To meet such requirements an\\nalcohol stove is a great convenience. Such a stove is illustrated.\\nPrice, 25 cents. Postage and packing, 11 cents.\\nNo. 158. Medicine Glass.\\nNo. 158. Ordinary medicine glass. Price, 6 cents each. Postage\\nand packing, 6 cents.\\nNo. 159. Fine French Truss.\\nNo. 159. Fine French truss, either right or left. Give waist mea-\\nsure. Price, $3.00 each. This must be sent by express or freight,\\ncarrying charges to be paid by purchaser.", "height": "4380", "width": "2804", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0442.jp2"}, "435": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX.\\n431\\nNo. 160. Elastic Truss.\\nNo. 160. Klastic truss, right or left. Give waist measure. Price,\\n$2.00. This must be sent by express or freight, carrying charges to be\\npaid by purchaser.\\nFine German Truss.\\nNo. ,.161. Fine German truss with under strap, right or left. Price,\\n$1. 75. This must be sent by express or freight, carrying charges to be\\npaid by purchaser.\\nDouble: Elastic Truss.\\nNo. 162. Double elastic truss. Price, $4.00. This must be sent by\\nexpress^or freight, charges to be paid by purchaser.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0443.jp2"}, "436": {"fulltext": "432\\nAPPENDIX.\\nNo. 163. Silk Abdominal Supporter.\\nNo. 163. All silk abdominal supporter, to lace. Will lace in either\\nside or back. Price, $10.00 to $15.00, according to size. Made from\\ncotton, price, $8.00 to $10.00, according to size. This must be sent by\\nexpress or freight, carrying charges to be paid by purchaser.\\nStandard Abdominal Supporter.\\nNo. 164. Standard abdominal supporter made from moleskin. Price,\\n$4.00. This must be sent by express or freight, carrying charges to\\nbe paid by purchaser.\\nNo. 165. Abdominal Supporter with Silk Elastic Front.\\nwith silk., elastic front. Price,\\nNo. 165. Abdominal supporter\\n$8.00 to $12.00, according to size,\\nfreight, carrying charges to be paid by purchaser\\nsilki elastic\\nThis must be sent by express or", "height": "4380", "width": "2804", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0444.jp2"}, "437": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX.\\n433\\nNo. 165. Corset Shoulder Brace.\\nNo. 165. Corset shoulder brace. Price, $1. 50. This must be sent\\nby express or freight, carrying charges to be paid by purchaser.\\nNo. 166. Suspender Shoulder Brace.\\nNo. 166. Suspender shoulder brace. Price, $1.50. Postage and\\npacking, 12 cents.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0445.jp2"}, "438": {"fulltext": "434\\nAPPENDIX.\\nNo. 167. 1,inen and Elastic Menstrual Belt.\\nNo. 167. Linen and elastic menstrual belt. Price, 75 cents. Postage\\nand packing, 12 cents.\\nNo. 168. Sanitary Pads.\\nNo. 168. Sanitary pads for menstrual periods. Price, 60 cents per\\ndozen. Postage and packing, 16 cents.", "height": "4380", "width": "2804", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0446.jp2"}, "439": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX.\\n435\\nNo. 169. No. 169%.\\nElastic Stockings, Belts and Supporters.\\nElastic stockings, belts and supporters are made for the relief and sup-\\nport of varicose veins, weak, swollen or ulcerated limbs, corpulency,\\nabdominal weakness and tumors. These goods are of great value in the\\ntreatment of varicose veins, as they give a firmness and a support to the\\nveins which is impossible to get in any other way. In any case where\\nthe limbs are swollen or ulcerated from any cause whatever the elastic\\ngoods will be of immense value. As a support to the abdomen in very\\nfleshy persons the elastic supporter is a source of much comfort. For\\nthe support of old dislocations there is nothing that anywhere near\\nequals these goods, and even in recent dislocations they are a means of\\nsafety and will very often prevent a second dislocation. As a support", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0447.jp2"}, "440": {"fulltext": "436 appendix.\\nto weak joints when it is desired to tax them somewhat heavily the\\nelastic goods are the only ones that are of real benefit.\\nDirections for applying elastic stockings\\nTurn the stocking inside out down to the part which covers the foot.\\nTake hold with the thumbs inside this folded part, stretching and draw-\\ning it on to the foot. Take hold with the thumb of one hand (inside\\nthe fold) and with the other thumb (inside the fold) at the heel, then\\nstretch and roll it over the heel. Take hold at the top of the stocking\\nand turn it over the foot as far up the limb as it can be drawn without\\nforcing it. Turn down the top of the ankle and insert the thumbs on\\neither side between the limb and the fold in the stocking; stretch and\\ngradually roll it (repeating the process as often as is necessary) until it\\nreaches the proper position without a wrinkle. It should always be\\nworn over a thin stocking.\\nAll goods are manufactured to order and the best of material is used.\\nAn extra charge will be made for extra large sizes.\\nDIRECTIONS FOR MEASUREMENT.\\nThe measurements should always be taken in the morning when the\\nparts are smaller.\\nGive exact measurments. We allow for pressure.\\nBe sure and indicate whether you want silk or cotton goods.\\nFor a thigh stocking Circumference at A, B, C, D, B, F, G, H, I.\\nLength from floor to F, and from F to I.\\nFor a thigh legging Circumference at C, D, B, F, G, H, I. Length\\nfrom C to F and from F to I.\\nFor a thigh knee cap Circumference at E, F, G, H, I. Length from\\nF to I.\\nFor a thigh piece Circumference at G, H, I. Length from G to I.\\nFor a knee stocking Circumference at A, B, C, D, B, F, G. Length\\nfrom floor to F and from F to G.\\nFor a knee legging\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Circumference at C, D, E, F, G. Length from\\nC to F and from F to G.\\nFor a knee cap Circumference at B, F, G.\\nFor a garter stocking\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Circumference at A, B, C, D, B. Length from\\nfloor to B.\\nFor a garter legging Circumference at C, D, B. Length from C to B.\\nFor an anklet Circumference at A, B, C.\\nFor a wristlet\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Circumference at N, O, P. Length from from N to P.\\nFor an abdominal belt Circumference at K, L, M, and width in\\nfront.\\nFor a shoulder cap\u00e2\u0080\u0094 Circumference of chest at T; circumference\\nfrom armpit at S, and from armpit to R circumference of arm three\\ninches below armpit. State whether for right or left shoulder.", "height": "4380", "width": "2804", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0448.jp2"}, "441": {"fulltext": "appendix. 437\\nPRICKS FOR SINGLE STOCKINGS OR PIECES.\\nPostage and\\nPacking.\\nThigh stocking, extra heavy silk $9-oo .36\\nThigh stocking, fine silk 7 50 .36\\nThigh stocking, cotton 5.75 .36\\nThigh legging, extra heavy silk 7.50 .32\\nThigh legging, fine silk 6.00 .32\\nThigh legging, cotton 5.25 .32\\nThigh knee cap, extra heavy silk 5.00 .26\\nThigh knee cap, fine silk 4.00 .26\\nThigh knee cap, cotton 3.50 .26\\nThigh piece, extra heavy silk 3.00 .22\\nThigh piece, fine silk 2.50 .22\\nThigh piece, cotton 2.25 .22\\nKnee stocking, extra heavy silk 6.50 .26\\nKnee stocking, fine silk 5.00 .26\\nKnee stocking, cotton 3.75 .26\\nKnee legging, extra heavy silk 5.00 .26\\nKnee legging, fine silk 4.00 .26\\nKnee legging, cotton 3.50 .26\\nKnee cap, extra heavy silk 2 50 .16\\nKnee cap, fine silk 2.00 .16\\nKnee cap, cotton 1.75 .16\\nGarter stocking, extra heavy silk 4.00 .26\\nGarter stocking, fine silk 3.00 .26\\nGarter stocking, cotton 2.50 .26\\nGarter legging, extra heavy silk 2.50 .22\\nGarter legging, fine silk 2.00 .22\\nGarter legging, cotton 1.75 .22\\nAnklet, extra heavy silk 2.50 13\\nAnklet, fine silk 2.00 .13\\nAnklet, cotton 1.75 .13\\nWristlets, silk 1 .00 to 2.00 .13\\nShoulder cap, heavy silk 8.00 .28\\nShoulder cap, fine silk 7.00 .28\\nShoulder cap, cotton 6.00 28\\nAbdominal supporters, silk $10.00 to 15.00 .36\\nAbdominal supporters, cotton 8.00 to 10.00 .36", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0449.jp2"}, "442": {"fulltext": "438 APPENDIX.\\nNo. 170. Reclining Rolling Chair.\\nThis cut represents a new style of reclining rolling chair. It is so\\nbalanced that the occupant can assume any desired position by raising\\nor lowering a ratchet. The frame is made of oak with perforated veneer\\nseat, back and leg rest. The chair is made in two sizes.\\nChild s chair, seat 16x15 inches, back 19 inches high, front wheels\\n24 inches, rear wheel 12 inches, will pass through a 26-inch doorway.\\nPrice, with steel suspension wheels, $21.00; with steel suspension\\nwheels, cushion tires, $32. 50.\\nAdult s chair. Seat 18x17 inches, back 29 inches high, front wheels\\n28 inch, rear wheel 14 inch will pass through a 29-inch doorway.\\nPrice, with steel suspension wheels, $26.00; with steel suspension\\nwheels, cushion tires, $39. 75 ball bearing wheels, wood rim, cushion\\ntires, $46. 50 ball bearing wheels, wood rims, pneumatic tires $57. 50.\\nLoose cushions for back, seat and leg rest, in raw silk, $13. 50. Loose\\ncushions for back seat and leg rest in morocco leather or mohair plush,\\n$19. 50. There is no pneumatic tire on the rear wheel. This must be\\nsent by express or freight, carrying charges to be paid by purchaser.", "height": "4380", "width": "2804", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0450.jp2"}, "443": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX.\\n439\\nWorld s Fair Rolling Chair.\\nThis cut represents the well known World s Fair rolling chair. This\\nchair was one of the greatest conveniences at the Columbian Exposition.\\nThis is the same style chair, new, fitted with ball bearings, cushion tire\\nwheels, and is exactly the same construction throughout. This chair is\\nwell adapted for both indoor and outdoor use, and for comfort and dur-\\nability it cannot be excelled.\\nPrice, complete, with ball bearings, cushion or pneumatic tires, on\\nlarge wheels, push handle and fenders, $62.00. This must be sent by\\nexpress or freight, carrying charges to be paid by purchaser.", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0451.jp2"}, "444": {"fulltext": "440 appendix.\\nTHE MODERN CURE FOR OVERFATNESS.\\nA well known author upon this subject says:\\nThat you may have a clearer conception of what is to follow, I shall\\nfirst remind you that, by the natural law of proportion, fat should\\nconstitute about the one-fifteenth or one-twentieth of one s weight, and\\nthat a person s heft may vary ten or fifteen pounds either way from the\\nstandard of weight to height without its being significant of either dis-\\ncomfort or disease also that a certain quantity of fat is a blessing, as\\nit not only improves personal appearance, but is necessary to protect the\\nvarious organs and to maintain their temperature, and also to serve as\\nnutrition in time of need. For these purposes it is stored in cells in\\nvarious parts of the body, but more plentifully in some regions than in\\nothers.\\nIf any one has a much less proportion than one-twentieth, leanness,\\nlankiness or emaciation is observable a very much greater proportion\\nthan say one-ninth or one sixth constitutes corpulence, obesity or over-\\nfatness, and although stoutness to a moderate degree is considered an\\nelement of good health and indicative of the successful working of one s\\nphysiology, yet fatness alone is a very poor criterion of health but, on\\nthe contrary, it is an element that possesses the power for serious mis-\\nchief, because a very great amount of fat necessarily creates heaviness,\\nimpedes respiration, circulation, locomotion, digestion and other vital\\nfunctions to such a degree that the person who carries such a load of\\nbulky ballast is more burdened than blessed.\\nIn very fat persons all the cellulo-adipose structures are filled to dis-\\ntention, more noticeably about the subcutaneous tissues, the breast and\\nthe abdominal walls; also the abdomen about the intestines, on the sur-\\nface of the heart and about the kidneys; and if this morbid accumula-\\ntion grows to be excessive these all become buried in fat, which mech-\\nanically interferes with both function and nutrition.\\nAccording to my observations there are four common causes of overfat-\\nness:\\nCongenitally small lungs with defective oxygenating capacity.\\nEating excessively of all kinds of food.\\nWant of lung expending exercise.\\nAlcoholics to excess.\\nThere are numerous well known agents that more or less effectually\\nreduce surplus fat, and also counteract its return. Among these, iodine,\\nbromine, mercury, lead, arsenic, liquor potassium, lemon juice, sour\\nwines, vinegar, purgatives, sweating, semi-starving, baths of various\\nkinds, smoking and chewing, fish diet, bladder wrack, phytonllacca,\\ngulf weed, and various quack nostrums, each have more or less reputa-\\ntion for diminishing weight.\\nSome of these when taken sparingly or for a brief while, have proper", "height": "4380", "width": "2804", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0452.jp2"}, "445": {"fulltext": "APPENDIX. 441\\nplace and useful power, but unfortunately, when used in quantities suffi-\\nciently strong, and long enough continued, to destroy any considerable\\namount of fatty tissue, they likewise injure other structures therefore, are\\nnecessarily dangerous to health. Besides, they all act either by saponifying\\nthe fat or by producing numerical cell -atrophy, either of which exerts\\npowerful influence on the lympathic and absorbent systems, not only\\ncause re-absorption and destruction of olein, stearin, margrin, proto\\nplasm, nuclei, and other physiological constituents of the fat cells, but\\ngo further, and annihilate myriads of cell membranes, red blood glob-\\nules and other normal and essential elements of the economy and as these\\nperish, all histologists know, vitality is reduced and health is impaired.\\nIt is also well known that while, affecting the fat, many of these\\narticles also act as slow poisons, and damage or ruin the alimentary\\nmucous membranes and the functions of digestion, and thus cause mal-\\nassimilation and mal-nutrition, with repugnance to food. These, there-\\nfore, are all doubly injurious; and if used in too large quantities or con-\\ntinued beyond a certain period, anemia, general debiiity, consumption,\\nor other fatal affections may be induced.\\nNone but an idiot, however fat, wishes to endanger his health by\\nunwise efforts to reduce it, and many overweighted persons, anxious\\nto throw off their fleshy burden, and aware of the danger of using anti-\\nfat drugs, determinedly avoid them, and resort to walking, bicycling,\\ngymnastics, rowing, massage, electricity, restricted sleep, thyroid extract,\\nskimmed milk and other popular means; while a few begin a regular\\ndietary system, Banting s, Ortel s, Kbstein s, Bruen s, or others, which\\nall aim to limit the supply of elements that form fat and to increase its\\nre-absorption and I am glad to say, to the honor of their founders,\\nthat every dietary system, with which I am acquainted, seems to be based\\non rational principles.\\nBut ball-and-chain rules, and iron-clad regulations requiring daily\\ndiscomfort, long suffering, semi-starvation, strict dieting, etc., no differ-\\nence by whom recommended, are rarely persevered with to a successful\\ndegree by persons with simple overfatness, and we rarely meet anyone\\nwreathed in fat who has not begun on one or another or several differ-\\nent plans, and after awhile become either careless or disgusted and quit.\\nNeither with cases of enormous obesity nor with celebrities of fabu-\\nlous proportions nor with overfat invalids or semi-invalids have we had\\nany special experience, but if any healthy person, whether male or\\nfemale, weighing less than 300 pounds, with simple uncomplicated over-\\nfatness, wishing to make a fair, honest and faithful trial of our plan to\\ndiminish overtatness, will begin and drink a large glass of water in\\nwhich one heaping teaspoonful of Obesity No. 1 has been dissolved\\ntwenty or thirty minutes after each of the three daily meals, one day and a\\nsimilar glass of Obesity No. 2 after each of the three daily meals the\\nnext day, and persistently continue to take them thus, week after week,\\nhe will begin and gradually lose fat until he comes down to medium", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0453.jp2"}, "446": {"fulltext": "442 appendix.\\nweight and stoutness, and be correspondingly relieved of the discom-\\nforts and the dangers of obesity after which their use should be discon-\\ntinued.\\nIt is useless to take either of the obesity salts alone, as they act only\\nwhen both are taken, and taken alternately. The temperature at which\\nthey are used is immaterial.\\nWhile using the obesity salts the person should, as a necessary guide,\\nkeep tally on his girth and weight by taking his measures and by care-\\nfully weighing his body in the same clothes and on the same accurate\\nscales every two or three weeks, and if he has lost more than a couple\\nof pounds for each week, take less than a teaspoonful of each at every\\ndrink, and if he has lost less than a couple of pounds for each week,\\nsqueeze a few teaspoonfuls of lemon juice into each glass of Obesity JNo.\\n1, and also add one teaspoonful of aromatic spirits of ammonia to each\\nglass of Obesity No. 2.\\nHe should also lend assistance to the action of the medicine by a not\\ntoo restricted diet, which is not good even for the obese, but by us-\\ning starches, sugars, fats, alcoholics and all other fat forming food but\\nsparingly; avoid overeating, and use neither food nor alcoholics except\\nthe regular meals; also take early and light suppers, so that from that\\ntime until breakfast, the longest of the three intervals between meals,\\nthere may be but little material for fattening and favorable conditions for\\nreduction and especially that there may be complete emptiness of the\\nstomach during sleep, so that nature may then utilize some of his sur-\\nplus fat as fuel for the ceaseless wear and tear. He should also take\\nmoderate outdoor exercise, on foot or wheel, or in any other way that\\nwill increase and deepen his respiration and promote tissue oxidation.\\nAfter taking these salts and following these rules for a while, he\\nwill find that he is losing part of his girth and a couple pounds of avor-\\ndupois every week, and that the loss consists entirely of useless fat; and\\nthat his appearance, activity and feelings will all be improved just\\nas if there exists some natural antagonism between these salts, taken\\nthus, and adipose tissue more especially that located in the great fat-\\ncenters already mentioned.\\nThe more firm and solid the flesh, and the longer one has been fat,\\nthe more slowly it yields. Such a one, if quite fat and belonging to a\\nconstitutionally fat family, with proportionately small lungs, might\\nrequire a persistence with the salts methodically for six months or even\\nlonger, unless the ammonia and lemon juice are added regularly.\\nUngovernable appetite, failure to exercise, tippling, etc., may also\\nretard or prevent success.\\nIn some of these stubborn cases, a considerable decrease of size\\nwith but little lessening of weight has been observed.\\nIn addition the salts not only reduce overfatnesss but also tend to\\npermanently correct the irregular and excessive fat-making activity on\\nwhich it depends, without injury to health. The person gradually", "height": "4380", "width": "2804", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0454.jp2"}, "447": {"fulltext": "appendix. 443\\nbecomes thinner, looks healthier and feels younger and more active\\nas his or her superabundance disappears. At the same time, the skin\\nbeing an elastic and active tissue, contracts correspondingly, leaving\\nneither flabbiness nor wrinkles, bagginess nor crow s feet, while brain,\\nmuscle, nerve, blood and glandular nutrition and strength, all remain\\nnormal, proving that this method does not cause either pathological\\ndiminution or shriveling from reducing the flesh or loss of strength or\\nconstipation from impaired digestion, as the various anti-fat blood\\ndepuratives and glandular eliminatives are notoriously apt to do.\\nTo properly appreciate this fact it must be remembered that a person\\nin normal flesh has as much blood, and usually better blood, than a\\nsimilar person whose weight has been ever so much increased by fat,\\nand that the salt acts on the fat and not on either the blood, the glands\\nor the bowels.\\nWhen the excess is chiefly below the waist, causing what is called\\nlarge stomach, wearing a snug abdominal supporter or a moderately\\ntight abominal binder while pursuing the method, makes the fat dis-\\nappear much more promptly from this locality, and also braces up the\\nreduced form as absorption progresses.\\nThe records of eleven cases, seven males and four females, who have\\nused the salts show the following positive results A fat grocer, reduced\\nfrom 310\u00c2\u00a3 pounds to 289 pounds in eleven weeks; barkeeper, reduced\\nfrom 223 to 180 pounds in nineteen weeks; a lawyer, reduced from 191\\nto 173 pounds in fourteen weeks; young real estate agent, from 173 to\\n151 pounds in twelve weeks; clergyman reduced 16 pounds in nine\\nweeks; lady, aged 28 years, from 286\u00c2\u00a3 to 264 pounds in thirteen weeks;\\nstout actress, from 173 to 166 pounds in seven weeks; young English\\nlady, from 149 to 142 pounds in five weeks; conductor on steam cars,\\nfrom 183 to 174 pounds in six weeks; lady, aged 41, from 173\u00c2\u00a3 to 160\u00c2\u00a3\\npounds in eleven weeks, and that of a physician, who was reduced from\\n211 to 196\u00c2\u00a3 pounds in nine weeks.\\nFull directions sent with each bottle of the salts. One pound of each\\ncontains salt enough for two months treatment. Price per pound, $1.75.\\nPrice per half pound, $1.00.\\nCURB FOR POISONING BY POISON IVY OR FOR\\nPOISONING BY ANY OTHER PLANT.\\nThis is a safe and sure cure for the poisons named above and will\\neffect a speedy cure in each instance if used according to directions.\\nIt has been in use for a number of years and has yet to fail to cure a\\ncase. It is used extensively by physicians and is recommended by\\nthem in every instance where they have tried the remedy.\\nDirections First bathe the poisoned surface with water as hot as can\\nbe endured; continue this for five or ten minutes and immediately on", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0455.jp2"}, "448": {"fulltext": "444 appendix.\\nstopping the bathing apply the powder to the surface while it is yet\\nmoist. Repeat the application every two or three hours. Four or five\\napplications will be sufficient to effect a cure in most cases. Price,\\n$1.00 per box.\\nSPRING BLOOD MEDICINE.\\nIn the spring after having passed through a season of sudden changes,\\none often feels the need of something to tone up the system and get\\neverything in good working order before the heat of summer comes on.\\nMany people supply such a remedy by purchasing a patent medicine of\\nsome sort. The blood purifier which is here offered for sale is a com-\\nbination of those elements which have an alterative effect on the\\nhuman body, and in combination with these are the drugs which tend\\nto act as tonics. Among other things, this medicine contains fluid\\nextract of Sarsaparilla, Yellow Dock, Gentian, Iodide of Potassium\\nand Iron. The medicine is put up in large eight ounce bottles and full\\ndirections are sent with each bottle. Price $1.00 per bottle.\\nEYE WATER.\\nThe Home Remedy Company is in possession of the formula for Eye\\nWater which has long been used by one of the foremost eye specialists\\nin this country, in his private practice. It is a very superior Eye Water\\nand is used for any of the milder forms of eye trouble which occur. It\\nis used when the eyes burn, smart, water, feel as though there were\\nsand in them, are red, inflamed, and in fact it may be used with safety\\nin any case of sore eyes. Full instructions for its use sent with each\\nbottle. Price 50 cents.\\nCURE FOR GALLSTONE COLIC.\\nNo more distressing colic occurs than that produced by gallstones.\\nIt has been the practice, even among physicians, to give morphine in\\neach and every case of gallstone colic. This is not only an unneces-\\nsary procedure, but really hurtful to the patient. The remedy which\\nis here presented contains no morphine nor any opiate of any kind.\\nIt is a specific for this form of colic and if used according to directions\\nwill cure the most severe case of gallstone colic in from ten to twenty\\nminutes.\\nIt will not only cure the colic for the time being, but if taken accord-\\ning to directions will prevent the return of the trouble after a few weeks\\ntreatment. Full directions sent with each bottle. Price, $1.00.", "height": "4380", "width": "2804", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0456.jp2"}, "449": {"fulltext": "appendix. 445\\nCHAPPED HANDS.\\nAlthough the chapping of hands may not be called a disease, yet the\\nfrequency with which it occurs will be excuse enough for giving a treat-\\nment for the trrouble here. To care for chapped hands, take one part\\nof glycerine and two parts of alcohol and mix thoroughly wash the\\nhands carefully and apply the lotion while the hands are moist. This\\nwill very soon cure the worst form of chapped hands.\\nPERSPIRING FEET.\\nTo check this, bathe the feet each day in cold water and immediately\\nrub with the following: Tannic acid, one and one-half drams, alcohol\\nfour ounces, mix thoroughly. In addition to this, dust the feet freely\\neach day with Talcum powder.\\nTO REMOVE CORNS.\\nA corn is a very troublesome thing and various means have been\\ndevised for the cure of the callous growths. The removal of the corn\\nwill not effect a permanent cure, however, as the same thing which\\ncaused the corn in the first place may cause it again therefore in the\\ntreatment of corns they must first be removed and then the prsseure\\nwhich caused the corn in the first place must be permanently removed.\\nNever wear a shoe that even borders on tightness on a foot from which\\na corn has been removed. The removal of a corn is not a difficult mat-\\nter and if care is used and directions followed there is but little need\\nof suffering with painful corns. The remedy which is here offered will\\ndo the work thoroughly, and full directions are sent with each package.\\nThe application of the remedy causes no pain and from two days to\\ntwo weeks is required to remove a corn. Price, 25 cents per package.\\nPILE CURE.\\nIn the body of the book the subject of piles was taken up and dis-\\ncussed and treatment was recommended. In the majority of cases the\\ntreatment there given will effect a cure, yet some stubborn cases will\\noccur, and for such cases the Home Remedy Company has a special\\nmedicine which has given the highest satisfaction in many cases. It\\nwill gladly answer any questions as to the treatment and care of this\\ndisease, and can fully recommend the remedy which is here offered.\\nFull instructions sent with each package. This is not a patent medi-", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0457.jp2"}, "450": {"fulltext": "446 APPKNDIX.\\ncine in any sense of the term, but is a remedy compounded on scientific\\nprinciples, and the full formula will be furnished with a package of the\\ntreatment if it is desired. Price, 50 cents per package.\\nTOILET ARTICLES.\\nThe Home Remedy Company does not attempt to carry a line of\\neither toilet articles or toilet supplies. It is, however in such\\nclose touch with the wholesalers of such articles that it can furnish\\nanything which can be bought in a drug store at a very much reduced\\nrate. Should any article be wanted, write to the company for prices\\nand they will be forwarded promptly.", "height": "4380", "width": "2804", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0458.jp2"}, "451": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0459.jp2"}, "452": {"fulltext": "AUb 11 1900", "height": "4380", "width": "2804", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0462.jp2"}, "453": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0463.jp2"}, "454": {"fulltext": "5v ^5l%^4^c^l^ V\\n\u00e2\u0080\u00a2ears*\\n^^r.\\nsP gligra\\na*\\n\u00e2\u0096\u00a0ISl^MlS sata", "height": "4380", "width": "2804", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0464.jp2"}, "455": {"fulltext": "^sbsssks\u00e2\u0084\u00a2\\nWs$Sft23t\\nA\\nMM", "height": "4320", "width": "2687", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0465.jp2"}, "456": {"fulltext": "", "height": "4380", "width": "2804", "jp2-path": "healthathomedige00home_0466.jp2"}}